UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

FORM 8-K

 

CURRENT REPORT

 

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): July 5, 2016

 

CHINA LENDING CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

British Virgin Islands   001-36664   98-1192662
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)
  (Commission File Number)   (IRS Employer
Identification No.)

 

11 th Floor, Satellite Building

473 Satellite Road

Economic Technological Development Zone

Urumqi, Xinjiang, China

  830000
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

Registrant's telephone number including area code: +86 991-3072247

 

                            DT Asia Investments Limited                           

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

  Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

  Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

  Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

  Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page No.
     
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 3
     
EXPLANATORY NOTE 4
     
Item 1.01.    Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement. 5
     
Item 2.01.    Completion of Acquisition of Disposition of Assets. 5
     
THE SHARE EXCHANGE AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS 5
     
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 10
     
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTIES 25
     
RISK FACTORS 26
     
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 54
     
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 74
     
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS 75
     
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 81
     
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS 84
     
MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 90
     
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES 91
     
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 97
     
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 98
     
Item 3.01. Notice of Delisting or Failure to Satisfy a Continued Listing Rule or Standard; Transfer of Listing. 99
     
Item 3.02.  Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities. 99
     
Item 5.01.   Changes in Control of Registrant. 100
     
Item 5.02.    Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers. 100
     
Item 5.03.    Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year. 100
     
Item 5.05.    Amendments to the Registrant’s Code of Ethics, or Waiver of a Provision of the Code of Ethics. 100
     
Item 5.06.    Change in Shell Company Status. 100
     
Item 5.07.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders. 100
     
Item 9.01.    Financial Statements and Exhibits. 101

 

  2  

 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Current Report (the “Report”) contains forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, in the sections captioned “ Description of Business ,” “ Risk Factors ,” and “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Plan of Operations ,” and elsewhere. Any and all statements contained in this Report that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed forward-looking statements. Terms such as “may,” “might,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “project,” “estimate,” “pro-forma,” “predict,” “potential,” “strategy,” “anticipate,” “attempt,” “develop,” “plan,” “help,” “believe,” “continue,” “intend,” “expect,” “future,” and terms of similar import (including the negative of any of the foregoing) may be intended to identify forward-looking statements. However, not all forward-looking statements may contain one or more of these identifying terms. Forward-looking statements in this Report may include, without limitation, statements regarding (i) the plans and objectives of management for future operations, (ii) a projection of income (including income/loss), earnings (including earnings/loss) per share, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure or other financial items, (iii) our future financial performance, including any such statement contained in a discussion and analysis of financial condition by management or in the results of operations included pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and (iv) the assumptions underlying or relating to any statement described in points (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

 

The forward-looking statements are not meant to predict or guarantee actual results, performance, events or circumstances and may not be realized because they are based upon our current projections, plans, objectives, beliefs, expectations, estimates and assumptions and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties and other influences, many of which we have no control over. Actual results and the timing of certain events and circumstances may differ materially from those described by the forward-looking statements as a result of these risks and uncertainties. Factors that may influence or contribute to the accuracy of the forward-looking statements or cause actual results to differ materially from expected or desired results may include, without limitation:

 

  Market acceptance of our products and services;

 

  Competition from existing products or new products that may emerge;

 

  The implementation of our business model and strategic plans for our business and our products;

 

  Estimates of our future revenue, expenses, capital requirements and our need for financing;

 

  Our financial performance;

 

  Current and future government regulations;

 

  Developments relating to our competitors; and

 

  Other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under the section title “ Risk Factors .”

 

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because of the risks and uncertainties related to them and to the risk factors. We disclaim any obligation to update the forward-looking statements contained in this Report to reflect any new information or future events or circumstances or otherwise, except as required by law.

 

Readers should read this Report in conjunction with the discussion under the caption “ Risk Factors ,” our financial statements and the related notes thereto in this Report, and other documents which we may file from time to time with the SEC.

 

  3  

 

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

China Lending Corporation, a British Virgin Islands corporation (“China Lending Corporation” or the “Company,” formerly DT Asia Investments Limited) was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands as a company with limited liability on April 8, 2014. The Company was formed for the purpose of acquiring, engaging in a share exchange, share reconstruction and amalgamation, or contractual control arrangement with, purchasing all or substantially all of the assets of, or engaging in any other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities.

 

On July 6, 2016 (the “Closing Date”), we consummated the transaction contemplated by a Share Exchange Agreement (the “Share Exchange Agreement”) dated January 11, 2016, by and among DT Asia Investments Limited (“DT Asia”), Adrie Global Holdings Limited, a business company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with limited liability (“Adrie”), each of Adrie’s shareholders (collectively, the “Sellers”), DT Asia’s sponsor, DeTiger Holdings Limited, in the capacity as the representative for DT Asia’s shareholders prior to the closing of the Business Combination (defined below) (the “DT Representative”), and Li Jingping in the capacity as the representative for the Sellers (the “Seller Representative”), pursuant to which DT Asia acquired from the Sellers all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Adrie in exchange for 20,000,000 ordinary shares of DT Asia (the “Business Combination”). As a result of the Business Combination, the Sellers, as the former shareholders of Adrie, became the controlling shareholders of the Company and Adrie became a subsidiary of the Company. The Share Exchange was accounted for as a reverse merger effected by a share exchange, wherein Adrie is considered the acquirer for accounting and financial reporting purposes.

 

As a result of the Business Combination, DT Asia will continue the existing business operations of Adrie as a publicly traded company under the name “China Lending Corporation.”

 

In accordance with “reverse merger” or “reverse acquisition” accounting treatment, our historical financial statements as of period ends, and for periods ended, prior to the Business Combination will be replaced with the historical financial statements of Adrie in all future filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

As used in this Report henceforward, unless otherwise stated or the context clearly indicates otherwise, the terms the “Company,” the “Registrant,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to China Lending Corporation, giving effect to the Business Combination.

 

This Report contains summaries of the material terms of various agreements executed in connection with the Business Combination described herein. The summaries of these agreements are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by, reference to these agreements, which are filed as exhibits hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Prior to the Business Combination, we were a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). As a result of the Business Combination, we have ceased to be a “shell company.” The information contained in this Report, together with the information contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC, constitute the current “Form 10 information” necessary to satisfy the conditions contained in Rule 144(i)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

  4  

 

 

Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

 

The information contained in Item 2.01 below relating to the various agreements described therein is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2.01. Completion of Acquisition of Disposition of Assets.

 

THE SHARE EXCHANGE AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

The Share Exchange

 

On January 11, 2016, DT Asia entered into a Share Exchange Agreement with Adrie, the Sellers, the DT Representative, and the Seller Representative, pursuant to which DT Asia effected an acquisition of Adrie and its subsidiaries, including certain wholly foreign-owned enterprises registered in China which contractually control Urumqi Feng Hui Direct Lending Limited, a registered company in Xinjiang China (Adrie and its controlled entities, collectively, the “China Lending Group”) by acquiring from the Sellers all outstanding equity interests of Adrie (the “Business Combination”). The Business Combination closed on July 6, 2016 and pursuant to the terms of the Share Exchange Agreement, Adrie became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

Pursuant to the Business Combination, we acquired the business of the China Lending Group, which is to engage in the business of providing loan facilities to micro, small and medium sized enterprises (“MSMEs”) and sole proprietors in the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region (“Xinjiang Province”) of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC” or “China”). As a result, we have ceased to be a shell company.

 

At the closing of the Business Combination, pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement, Adrie’s 20,000,000 shares of capital stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination were exchanged for an aggregate of 20,000,000 of our ordinary shares (the “Exchange Shares”), with 8,000,000 of the Exchange Shares (the “Escrow Shares”) being held in escrow and subject to forfeiture (along with dividends and other earnings otherwise payable with respect to such Escrow Shares) in the event that we fail to meet certain minimum financial performance targets or in the event that the DT Representative successfully brings an indemnification claim under the Share Exchange Agreement on behalf of DT Asia’s pre-Business Combination shareholders.

 

The Share Exchange Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, pre- and post-closing covenants of each party and customary closing conditions. In consummating the Business Combination, the parties to the Share Exchange Agreement waived certain closing conditions, including, but not limited to the wavier of (i) the $12 million PIPE investment condition which required that DT Asia shall have completed the PIPE Offering for at least $12 million and (ii) the $10 million minimum closing proceeds condition which required that upon the closing of the Business Combination and after giving effect to the completion of the redemptions of the ordinary shares and the PIPE Offering, there would be at least $10 million in closing proceeds. Breaches of the representations and warranties are subject to indemnification claims and, other than claims based on fraud, willful misconduct or intentional misrepresentations, are limited to the value of the Escrow Shares.

 

The Business Combination will be treated as a “reverse acquisition” of the Company for financial accounting purposes, Adrie will be considered the acquirer for accounting purposes, and the historical financial statements of DT Asia before the Business Combination will be replaced with the historical financial statements of Adrie and its consolidated entities before the Business Combination in all future filings with the SEC.

 

  5  

 

 

The issuance of our ordinary shares to holders of Adrie’s capital stock in connection with the Business Combination has not been registered under the Securities Act, in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, which exempts transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, and Regulation D and/or Regulation S promulgated by the SEC under that section. The Exchange Shares may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirement.

 

The foregoing description of the Share Exchange Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Share Exchange Agreement, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 2.1 and is incorporated herein by reference. There are representations and warranties contained in the Share Exchange Agreement which were made by the parties to each other as of specific dates. The assertions embodied in these representations and warranties were made solely for purposes of the Share Exchange Agreement and may be subject to important qualifications and limitations agreed to by the parties in connection with negotiating their terms. Moreover, certain representations and warranties may not be accurate or complete as of any specified date because they are subject to a contractual standard of materiality that is different from certain standards generally applicable to shareholders or were used for the purpose of allocating risk between the parties rather than establishing matters as facts. Based on the foregoing reasons, investors should not rely on the representations and warranties as statements of factual information.

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

On July 6, 2016 and in connection with the Business Combination, DT Asia entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with the Sellers and the DT Representative (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Sellers will hold registration rights that will obligate the Company to register for resale under the Securities Act, all or any portion of the Exchange Shares so long as such shares are not then restricted under the Lock-Up Agreement (defined below). Sellers holding a majority-in-interest of all Exchange Shares then issued and outstanding will be entitled under the Registration Rights Agreement to make a written demand for registration under the Securities Act of all or part of the their Exchange Shares, so long as such shares are not then restricted under the Lock-Up Agreement. Subject to certain exceptions, if any time after the closing of the Business Combination, the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to its securities, under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall give notice to the Sellers as to the proposed filing and offer the Sellers holding Exchange Shares an opportunity to register the sale of such number of Exchange Shares as requested by the Sellers in writing. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, Sellers holding Exchange Shares will be entitled under the Registration Rights Agreement to request in writing that the Company register the resale of any or all of such Exchange Shares on Form S-3 and any similar short-form registration that may be available at such time.

 

Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will agree to indemnify the Sellers and certain persons or entities related to the Sellers such as their officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives against any losses or damages resulting from any untrue statement or omission of a material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which they sell Exchange Shares, unless such liability arose from their misstatement or omission, and the Sellers including registrable securities in any registration statement or prospectus will agree to indemnify the Company and certain persons or entities related to the Company such as its officers and directors and underwriters against all losses caused by their misstatements or omissions in those documents.

 

  6  

 

 

The foregoing description of the Registration Rights Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Registration Rights Agreement, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.1 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Lock-Up Agreement

 

On July 6, 2016 and in connection with the Business Combination, the Sellers entered into a Lock-Up Agreement with DT Asia and the DT Representative (the “Lock-Up Agreement”). Under the Lock-Up Agreement, each Seller agrees that such Seller will not, from the closing of the Business Combination until the first anniversary of the closing (or if earlier, the date on which the Company consummates a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction with an unaffiliated third party that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange either equity holdings in us for cash, securities or other property), (i) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to any of its Exchange Shares, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of its Exchange Shares, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) publicly announce any intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (i) or (ii). Each Seller further agrees that the Escrow Shares will continue to be subject to such transfer restrictions until they are released from the escrow account. However, each Seller will be allowed to transfer any of its Exchange Shares (other than the Escrow Shares while they are held in the escrow account) by gift, will or intestate succession or to any affiliate, stockholder, members, party or trust beneficiary, provided in each such case that the transferee thereof agrees to be bound by the restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Agreement. Additionally, each Seller will be allowed to pledge its Exchange Shares (other than the Escrow Shares while they are held in the escrow account) to an unaffiliated third party as a guarantee to secure borrowings made by such third party to Adrie or any of its subsidiaries or and variable interest entities.

 

The foregoing description of the Lock-Up Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Lock-Up Agreement, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.2 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement

 

On July 6, 2016 and in connection with the Business Combination, certain Sellers and individuals associated with such Sellers that are involved in the management of the Company (together with such Seller referred to as the “Subject Parties”) entered into Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements (the “Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements”) in favor of the Company, Adrie and their respective successors, affiliates and subsidiaries and variable interest entities (referred to as the “Covered Parties”). Under the Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements, for a period from the closing of the Business Combination to four years thereafter (or if later, the date on which the Subject Parties, their respective affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors or employees are no longer directors, officers, managers or employees of Adrie or its subsidiaries or variable interest entities), each Subject Party and its affiliates will not, without the Company’s prior written consent, anywhere in the PRC directly or indirectly engage in (or own, manage, finance or control, or become engaged or serve as an officer, director, employee, member, partner, agent, consultant, advisor or representative of, an entity that engages in) the business of directly or indirectly providing non-bank micro-credit and small and mid-size business lending in the PRC (the “Business”). However, the Subject Parties and their respective affiliates are permitted under the Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements to own passive portfolio company investments in a competitor, so long as the Subject Parties and their affiliates and their respective shareholders, directors, officer, managers and employees who were involved with the business of Adrie and its subsidiaries and variable interest entities are not involved in the management or control of such competitor. Additionally, family members and associates of Subject Parties are permitted to continue their existing activities as specified in the agreement, even if competitive, as long as the Subject Parties are not involved in the management or control of such competitor. Under the Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements, during such restricted period, the Subject Parties also will not, without the Company’s prior written consent, (i) solicit or hire the Covered Parties’ employees, consultants or independent contractors as of the closing (or during the year prior to the closing) or otherwise interfere with the Covered Parties’ relationships with such persons, (ii) solicit or divert the Covered Parties’ customers as of the closing (or during the year prior to the closing) relating to the Business or otherwise interfere with the Covered Parties’ contractual relationships with such persons, or (iii) interfere with or disrupt any Covered Parties’ vendors, suppliers, distributors, agents or other service providers for a purpose competitive with a Covered Party as it relates to the Business. The Subject Parties also agree in each Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement to not disparage the Covered Parties and to keep confidential and not use the confidential information of the Covered Parties.

 

  7  

 

 

The foregoing description of the Form Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Form Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.3 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Escrow Agreement

 

On July 6, 2016 and in connection with the Business Combination, the Company and the Seller Representative (on behalf of the Sellers) entered into an Escrow Agreement (the “Escrow Agreement”) with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Escrow Agent”). Pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, Escrow Agent will hold the Escrow Shares in a segregated escrow account, to be held and disbursed as agreed to in the Share Exchange Agreement. The DT Representative will have the sole right to act on behalf of the Company under the Escrow Agreement. The Company and the Seller Representative (on behalf of the Sellers) will split half of the Escrow Agent’s fees, costs, expenses and indemnification obligations.

 

The foregoing description of the Escrow Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Escrow Agreement, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.4 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Departure and Appointment of Directors and Officers

 

Upon the closing of the Business Combination, all of our incumbent directors, except Jason Kon Man Wong, resigned from their position as directors, and Mr. Alain Vincent Fontaine, Ms. Qi Wen, Ms. Li Jingping and Mr. Si Shen were appointed to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). Mr. Si Shen will serve as a Class I director, Ms. Qi Wen and Ms. Li Jingping will serve as Class II directors and Mr. Jason Kon Man Wong and Mr. Alain Vincent Fontaine will serve as Class III directors. The member of Class I will serve as a director until our annual meeting in 2017, members of Class II will serve as directors until our annual meeting in 2018 and members of Class III will serve as directors until our annual meeting in 2019.

 

Also, upon closing of the Business Combination, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Stephen Cannon, resigned from these positions and Ms. Li Jingping was appointed as our President and Chief Executive Officer by the Board.

 

  8  

 

 

Accounting Treatment; Change of Control

 

The Business Combination is being accounted for as a “reverse acquisition,” and Adrie is deemed to be the acquirer. Consequently, the assets and liabilities and the historical operations that will be reflected in the financial statements prior to the Business Combination will be those of Adrie and its consolidated subsidiaries and will be recorded at the historical cost basis of Adrie, and the consolidated financial statements after consummation of the Business Combination will include the assets and liabilities of Adrie, historical operations of Adrie, and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries from the Closing Date of the Business Combination.

 

As a result of the issuance of the Exchange Shares pursuant to the Business Combination, a change of control of the Company occurred as of the Closing Date. Except as described in this Report, no arrangements or understandings exist among present or former controlling shareholders with respect to the election of members of our Board and, to our knowledge, no other arrangements exist that might result in a change of control of the Company.

 

We continue to be a “smaller reporting company,” as defined under the Exchange Act, following the Business Combination. We believe that, as a result of the Business Combination, we have ceased to be a “shell company” (as that term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act).

 

  9  

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Immediately following the Business Combination, the business of China Lending Group is to engage in providing loan facilities to micro, small and medium sized enterprises (“MSMEs”) and sole proprietors in the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region (“Xinjiang Province”) of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC” or “China”).

 

Corporate Information

 

As described above, we were incorporated in the British Virgin Islands in April 2014. The Company was formed for the purpose of acquiring, engaging in a share exchange, share reconstruction and amalgamation, or contractual control arrangement with, purchasing all or substantially all of the assets of, or engaging in any other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities. Since incorporation and prior to the Business Combination, we were a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act).

 

As a result of the Business Combination, we acquired the business of China Lending Group and have ceased to be a shell company. China Lending Group commenced operations as a British Virgin Islands company in 2014.

 

As of July 6, 2016, our authorized and issued capital stock consisted of 22,132,474 ordinary shares, 715,000 Series A Convertible Preferred Shares, 6,852,835 public warrants, 2,387,126 Sponsor warrants, 6,852,835 public rights, 319,119 private rights held by our Sponsor, 7,228 public units and 33,134 private units held by EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. (“EarlyBird”). Our ordinary shares and warrants will begin trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbols “CLDC” and “CLDCW,” respectively, on or around July 12, 2016.

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 11 th Floor, Satellite Building, 473 Satellite Road, Economic Technological Development Zone, Urumqi, Xinjiang, China. Our telephone number is +86 991-3072247. Our website address is chinalending.com. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

  10  

 

 

Corporate History and Structure of our PRC Operation

 

Corporate Organization Chart

 

The following is an organizational chart setting forth our corporate structure, immediately following the Business Combination:

 

 

 

  11  

 

 

(1) Below is a list of the current shareholders of Feng Hui:

 

    Record Holder   Ownership Percentage     Beneficial Owner*   Beneficial Ownership in Record Holder  
1   Xinjiang Pu Zhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.     20.0000 %   Qi Wen     77.4 %
2   Xinjiang Nolde Equity Investment limited Partnership     5.0000 %   Feng Shuangping     33.00 %
                Qi Wen     33.00 %
                Li Jingping     34.00 %
3   Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.     10.0000 %   Li Jingping     80.00 %
4   Xinjiang Shuangcheng Equity Investment Co., Ltd.     5.0000 %   Feng Mengshi     90.00 %
5   Xinjiang Yongji Commercial and Trade Co., Ltd.     5.0000 %   Zheng Yongde     49.00 %
                Shi Xiaofang     51.00 %
6   Xinjiang Shenghe Dairy Co., Ltd.     10.0000 %   Yang Yali     45.00 %
                Yang Yaping     45.00 %
7   Xinjiang Reide Lighting Co., Ltd.     10.0000 %   Liang Zandong     99.00 %
8   Xinjiang Xinruihongcheng Commercial and Trade Co., Ltd.     5.0000 %   Pan Chunju     50.00 %
                Wang Qing     50.00 %
9   Xinjiang Pu Yuan Logistics Co., Ltd.     4.6000 %   Xinjiang Pu Zhao Technology Development Co., Ltd. (refer to No.1)     70.00 %
10   Li Jingping     7.2500 %            
11   Ma Shiyao     1.6667 %            
12   Li Yuanqing     0.3333 %            
13   Qi Wen     8.8167 %            
14   Guo Xiaoyan     0.6666 %            
15   Zhang Jianfeng     1.6667 %            
16   Chen Hong     5.0000 %            
    Total     100.0000 %            

 

 
* Beneficial owners of 30% or more of applicable record holders, where record holder is not an individual

 

  12  

 

 

History

 

Adrie is a limited liability company organized in 2014 under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and after the Business Combination is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Adrie is a holding company that has no operations and no assets other than its ownership of China Feng Hui Financial Holding Group Co., Limited (“Feng Hui Financial Group”).

 

Feng Hui Financial Group is a limited liability company organized in 2015 under the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC. It is the wholly owned subsidiary of Adrie. Feng Hui Financial Group is a holding company that has no operations and no assets other than its ownership of Feng Hui Ding Xin (Beijing) Financial Consulting Co., Limited (“Consulting”) and Xinjian Feng Hui Jing Kai Direct Lending Limited (“XWFOE”).

 

Consulting is a limited liability company organized in 2015 under the laws of the PRC. Consulting is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Feng Hui Financial Group with the business purposes of providing risk management-related financial consulting services to XWFOE and Urumqi Feng Hui Direct Lending Limited (“Feng Hui” and together with XWFOE, the “Lending Companies”) and to third-party direct lending companies in China and to enter into certain agreements with Feng Hui and its shareholders pursuant to which Consulting provides certain services to Feng Hui.

 

XWFOE is a limited liability company organized in 2015 under the laws of the PRC with the approval of the Financial Office of Xinjiang Provincial Government. XWFOE is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Feng Hui Financial Group with the business purposes of providing direct loans to MSMEs and sole-proprietors in Xinjiang Province. XWFOE has not yet conducted any operating activities.

 

Feng Hui is a limited liability company organized in 2009 under the laws of the PRC with the approval of Financial Office of Xinjiang Province Government and is engaged in providing direct loans to MSMEs and sole proprietors in Xinjiang Province. Feng Hui is owned by 16 shareholders, nine of which are legal persons and the remainder of which are natural persons. Feng Hui and its shareholders entered into certain variable interest entity contracts with Consulting pursuant to which the profits of Feng Hui are paid to Consulting, and in connection with entering into such contracts, Feng Hui is contractually controlled by Consulting.

 

The Lending Companies

 

As noted above, Adrie’s wholly-owned subsidiary XWFOE and consolidated variable interest entity, Feng Hui, are each licensed to provide direct loans to MSMEs and sole proprietors in Xinjiang Province, including Urumqi, the province’s capital and financial and commercial hub. While Feng Hui has operated as a direct lender since 2009, XWFOE was established in 2015 and its direct lending authority was not effective, and did not commence operations, until the closing of the Business Combination and net proceeds were injected as registered capital into XWFOE.

 

Both of the Lending Companies are consolidated into China Lending Group for financial reporting purposes, and China Lending Group intends to operate the two parallel direct lending services under the “Feng Hui” and “Jing Kai” brand names. Each Lending Company is an independent business entity and has its own management, employees, assets and office facilities. Although both of the Lending Companies are in the direct lending industry, their business models and focuses are different: while Feng Hui will continue to grow through traditional direct lending services, XWFOE will emphasize more on financial innovation, including supply chain finance.

 

  13  

 

 

Feng Hui currently engages in both the traditional direct lending business and financial innovation, such as supply chain finance in which Feng Hui provides financing for suppliers purchasing inventory from distributors. During 2015, Feng Hui originated loans to supply chain finance accounts constituting 24.94% of total loans originated. However, Feng Hui’s practice of supply chain finance has been limited to certain industries, primarily the tire industry, and has not expanded into other vertical industrial networks due to maximum leverage constraints. Feng Hui is a PRC domestic company whose lending capacity is constrained by the regulatory leverage ceiling of 1.5 times; therefore its current business has already saturated its lending capacity. During 2015, the monthly average fund utilization (cash or cash equivalent/loan receivables) of Feng Hui reached 98.5%, and it came to 99.8% for the first three months of 2016.

 

The Company believes that supply chain finance offers substantial market potential and intends, through XWFOE, to devote more attention to supply chain finance in new and various industries following the consummation of the Business Combination. The Company believes that XWFOE’s operations will not significantly overlap or cannibalize the traditional lending business of Feng Hui, because XWFOE will focus its operations on supply chain finance in industries in which Feng Hui is not currently operating and because the overall unmet MSME demand for loans. In 2014, the estimated loan shortage for MSMEs reached over $4.9 trillion in China, based on the data from China’s National Bureau of Statistics.

 

Substantially all of the money available after the Business Combination will be contributed to XWFOE’s registered capital. As shareholders of the pre-Business Combination DT Asia redeemed approximately 96% of the maximum of number of ordinary shares in connection with the Business Combination, the amount of net closing proceeds resulting from the Business Combination will not allow the Company to proceed on its preferred timeline; however, the Company still intends to implement its financial innovation strategy, but initially starting with a smaller scale. In preparation for such implementation, the Company has already established a research division, with several financial experts, to conduct research and development on financial innovation products beyond supply chain finance.

 

Consulting

 

As noted above, Adrie’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Consulting, is licensed to provide financial consulting services such as loan origination criteria, risk assessment and loan monitoring in several major metropolitan areas in China. Consulting was organized in Beijing having a branch company in Urumqi, Xiangjiang in the second quarter of 2015 and started operations as of August 1, 2015. Since its inception through March 31, 2016, Consulting has provided consulting services to 164 clients.

 

Consulting established its proprietary big data credit risk analytics (“CRA”) platform in the first quarter of 2016 to provide credit rating and risk management solutions to clients within the Company as well as other players in the industry.

 

Contractual Arrangements between Consulting, Feng Hui, and Feng Hui’s Shareholders

 

Consulting, Feng Hui and/or Feng Hui’s shareholders have executed the following agreements and instruments, pursuant to which the Company, through its subsidiary Consulting, controls Feng Hui: Equity Pledge Agreement, Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement and Power of Attorney (the “VIE Agreements”). Each of the VIE Agreements is described below and became effective upon its execution.

 

  14  

 

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

Pursuant to the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement between Feng Hui and Consulting, Consulting provides Feng Hui with comprehensive business support, technical services and consulting services relating to its day-to-day business operations and management, on an exclusive basis.

 

For services rendered to Feng Hui by Consulting under this agreement, Consulting is entitled to collect a service fee calculated based on the complexity, required time, contents and commercial value of the consulting services provided by Consulting. Consulting will calculate and sum up the service fees and correspondingly issue a notice to Feng Hui. Feng Hui will pay such service fees to the bank accounts as designated by Consulting within 10 working days from the receipt of such notice.

 

The Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement shall remain in effect for five years unless it is terminated by Consulting at its discretion with 30-days prior notice. Feng Hui does not have the right to terminate the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement unilaterally. Consulting may at its discretion unilaterally extend the term of the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement.

 

The foregoing description of the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.5 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Equity Pledge Agreement

 

Under the Equity Pledge Agreement between the Feng Hui shareholders and Consulting, the 16 Feng Hui shareholders pledged all of their equity interests in Feng Hui to Consulting to guarantee the secured indebtedness caused by failure of performance of Feng Hui’s and the Feng Hui shareholders’ obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement and Power of Attorney. Under the terms of the Equity Pledge Agreement, any dividend or bonus received by Feng Hui in respect of the Pledged Equity shall be deposited into an account designated by Consulting. The Feng Hui shareholders also agreed that upon occurrence of any event of default, as set forth in the Equity Pledge Agreement, Consulting is entitled to dispose of the pledged equity interest in accordance with applicable PRC laws. The Feng Hui shareholders further agreed not to dispose of the pledged equity interests or take any actions that would prejudice Consulting’s interest.

 

The Equity Pledge Agreement shall be effective until all obligations under the other VIE Agreements have been performed by Feng Hui, when the VIE Agreements are terminated or when the secured indebtedness has been satisfied in full.

 

The foregoing description of the Equity Pledge Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Equity Pledge Agreement, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.6 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement

 

Under the Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement, the Feng Hui shareholders irrevocably granted Consulting (or its designee) an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, once or at multiple times, at any time, part or all of their equity interests in Feng Hui. The option price is equal to the lowest price permissible by PRC laws.

 

The Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement will remain effective for a term of five years and may be renewed at Consulting’s discretion.

 

  15  

 

 

The foregoing description of the Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.7 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Power of Attorney

 

Under the Power of Attorney, each Feng Hui shareholder authorized Consulting to act on the shareholder’s behalf as his, her or its exclusive agent and attorney with respect to all rights as a shareholder of Feng Hui, under PRC laws and the Articles of Association of Feng Hui, including but not limited to attending shareholder meetings and voting to approve the sale or transfer or pledge or disposition of shares in part or in whole or to designate and appoint the legal representative, directors, and supervisors of Feng Hui. When Consulting executes such shareholders’ rights, it should obtain all the current Consulting directors’ approval by the resolution of board of directors.

 

The Power of Attorney shall be continuously valid with respect to each Feng Hui shareholder from the date of execution of the Power of Attorney, so long as such Feng Hui shareholder is a shareholder of Feng Hui. Consulting is entitled to terminate the Power of Attorney unilaterally at its discretion by the written notice to Feng Hui.

 

In the opinion of our PRC counsel, DeHeng Law Office, these contractual arrangements are valid, binding and enforceable under current PRC laws. There are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current or future PRC laws and regulations. See “Risk Factors--Risks Related to the Company’s Corporate Structure” below.

 

The foregoing description of the Power of Attorney does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Power of Attorney, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.8 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Our Business

 

Immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination, the business of China Lending Group became our business. With Adrie formed as a non-operational holding company, the China Lending Group is a PRC-based group of companies specializing in providing loan facilities to MSMEs and sole proprietors in Xinjiang Province.

 

Most of our customers are MSMEs and individual proprietors located in Urumqi, Xinjiang Province. Our customers are involved in the commerce, energy and mining, real estate, agriculture and husbandry, services and manufacturing industries, in particular, loans to the commerce and service industry accounts for 37.80% and 35.86% of total amount of loans originated by the Company during the first three months of 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

  16  

 

 

The loan origination distribution of customers during the first three months of 2016 is summarized below:

 

    Number
of loans
  Percentage     Loan Amount (in ‘000)     Percentage  
Commerce & Service   46     42.59 %   $ 31,456       37.80 %
Supply Chain Finance   36     33.33 %     31,643       38.02 %
Manufacturing   8     7.41 %     4,717       5.67 %
Real Estate   3     2.78 %     4,663       5.60 %
Agriculture   5     4.63 %     7,122       8.56 %
Energy and Mining   2     1.85 %     3,058       3.67 %
Consumer Credit   8     7.41 %     563       0.68 %
    108     100.00 %   $ 83,221       100.00 %

 

The loan origination distribution of customers during 2015 is summarized below:

 

    Number
of loans
  Percentage     Loan Amount
(in ‘000)
    Percentage  
Commerce & Service   108     39.56 %   $ 85,114       35.86 %
Supply Chain Finance   59     21.61 %     58,803       24.77 %
Manufacturing   41     15.02 %     37,632       15.85 %
Real Estate   23     8.43 %     22,788       9.60 %
Agriculture   9     3.30 %     14,451       6.09 %
Energy and Mining   5     1.83 %     5,438       2.29 %
Consumer Credit   15     5.49 %     1,036       0.44 %
Other   13     4.76 %     12,110       5.10 %
    273     100.00 %   $ 237,372       100.00 %

 

We make loans to borrowers solely to provide short-term working capital, and not for long-term investments or fixed asset purchases. The table below summarizes the types of businesses to which we lend within each industry category, as well as the unique risks to lending within each industry.

 

Industry   Type of Enterprises   Particular Risks Associated with Industry
Commerce   Wholesale and retail of various merchandises, such as steel products, automobiles, medical apparatus and instruments, construction materials, cotton products, tomato products, etc.  

●  Borrower market share within its own industry determines its competitiveness, and as a result, its cash flows and the ability to pay interests and principal. Feng Hui is more willing to make loans to those borrowers covering large market share within their own industries. Therefore, it relies on Feng Hui’s ability to obtain true and accurate information about each borrower’s market share.

 

●  Whether borrowers’ merchandise is salable and easy to sell will impact borrowers’ cash flows and repayment abilities.

         
Service   Information technology/science and technology services; property realtors; bidding services; media; hospitality and restaurants; transportation, and leasing service; etc.   Borrower market share within its own industry directly determines its competitiveness, and as a result, its cash flows and the ability to pay interests and principal. Feng Hui is more willing to make loans to those borrowers covering a large market share within their own industries. Therefore, it relies on Feng Hui’s ability to obtain true and accurate information about each borrower’s market share.

 

  17  

 

 

Supply Chain Finance   Production and distribution of small, medium and large tires   The strength and goodwill of distributors (who usually make repurchase commitments) is very important. In the event that a borrower has difficulties in sales and thus defaults in making payments, the distributor will repurchase any unsold merchandise so that the due amounts may be paid to the lender.
         
Manufacturing   Vehicle manufacturing; asphalt production; glass manufacturing, agricultural equipment manufacturing; alcohol processing; construction; ceramics processing; tungsten production; new material production; textile; etc.   The gross profit margin of manufacturing industries is low, so it is important to clearly establish the approved use of loan proceeds. If the loan is used for long-term production or investments, then the borrowing cost is too high for a borrower to sustain operations in the long run. We only make loans for short-term working capital operation purposes.
         
Real Estate   Property developers  

●  Risks associated with identifying and controlling the ratio between the borrower’s own funds and borrowed funds (their leverage ratio).

 

●  Whether the borrower’s inventory of real estates are salable and easy to sell.

 

●  It requires Feng Hui to closely watch the borrower’s sales situation and cash flows.

         
Agricultural   Cotton processing & sales; agricultural food processing industry; dairy products; fruit processing; agricultural science and technology; tomato sales; etc.  

●  Price of products are correlated with domestic and international commodity prices and price indices.

 

●  These industries are subject to weather and natural disasters.

 

●  Price of agricultural products are tightly related to the production and sales in the previous year. Therefore, it requires Feng Hui to make correct judgment on production volume and inventory of the previous production cycle.

         
Mineral and Energy   Coal mining and washing; oil and gas; ferrous metal mining and dressing; non-ferrous metal mining and dressing; non-metallic mining and mineral sales; etc.  

●  Price of products are correlated with domestic and international commodity prices and price indices.

 

●  Feng Hui requires that a borrower obtain a mineral exploration license and mining license.

 

●  Feng Hui has to confirm whether the borrower is really conducting mining business, or whether it has sold mining licenses to a third party. In the latter case, the borrower’s ability to make repayment cannot be guaranteed.

         
Others   Transportation; education; fashion; environmental protection; etc.   Feng Hui has to identify and control specific risks associated with lending within different industries.

   

  18  

 

 

Business Strategies

 

The Company intends to implement three primary strategies to expand and grow the size of its businesses: (i) increase the Lending Companies’ lending capacity through the cash generated from operations (after any dividends) and through increases in XWFOE’s registered capital by the Business Combination; (ii) diversify the Company’s portfolio of financial services by expanding the business into financial consulting and risk management services, and Internet financing in Xinjiang Province and other cities of China; and (iii) expand the Company’s geographic coverage to Beijing, Shanghai, Shenzhen and other financial cities through the establishment of branch offices or mergers and acquisitions.

 

Risk Management Consulting Service

 

Regardless of the type of product, risk management is always the core of business and the key to success. The Company has set up Consulting to provide independent risk management consulting services to the direct lending market and further to other microfinance markets. We believe that Feng Hui’s unique risk management mechanism can become a new profit growth point for our business expansion.

 

1.             Other Direct Lenders Provide a Pool of Potential Customers . The Company believes that most direct lending companies in the PRC do not conduct risk management well, which is demonstrated by their results. Direct lending companies grew rapidly in recent years, but such growth brings greater risk. Nearly 20% of direct lending companies in the PRC suffered net losses from January 2014 to November 2014 according to a report by Economic Information Daily. The default rate of some companies located in East China and the Pearl River Delta exceeded 5% or higher during that period of 2014. We believe that there is a need and demand for the risk management expertise and services that Consulting provides.

 

2.            The Changing Microfinance Industry Provides Additional Opportunities . Default risk also impacted the rapidly growing online finance industry in the PRC. With the development of the Internet, big data and cloud computing, online finance has experienced explosive growth in the PRC in recent years. Peer-to-Peer (“P2P”) platforms are very typical in online finance. There were only 50 P2P platforms before 2012, but by the end of December 31, 2015, the number had increased to 3,491. In the explosive development, most platforms ignored risk management, while over 25% of platforms are problematic platforms (platforms with one or more of the following problems: (1) platform operators absconding with investor money; (2) high non-performing loan ratios and illiquidity, resulting in difficulties for investors wishing to withdraw funds; (3) bankruptcy; or (4) under economic crime investigation). An area of microfinance that has moved in the other direction is financial guarantees. Financial guarantee companies used to be regarded as the bridge between creditors and borrowers. Since 2005 to 2012, the amount of companies increased from less than 3,000 to over 8,500. More and more guarantee companies went bankrupt since the middle of 2014. Nearly 90% of companies in Wenzhou and a half in Sichuan, Xinjiang and Henan stopped doing business since 2014. Most companies didn’t do well in risk management and the default rate was pretty high are the reason of collapse. With the rapid changes in the industry and the resulting influx of new companies, we believe there are many potential customers with a great need for Consulting’s services.

 

3.             First Step in Planned National Expansion . Consulting is an important part, and the first step, of our strategy to expand nationally. Such expansion will mitigate our dependency on the Xinjiang Province’s economy and the risk that political and policy development in Xinjiang might adversely affect our business. We also believe that a national platform with offices in a variety of regions will help us attract managers, employees and other talent.

 

  19  

 

 

The Company intends that Consulting will provide risk management consulting services to our strategic partners and not our direct competitors, minimizing the risk of conflicts of interest. We believe that Consulting’s risk management services provides a new growth driver for our businesses and will generates increased revenues. Further, we expect offering these services will increase our partners’ dependency on the Company, and as a result, will enhance our influence, through Consulting, in the non-banking finance industry. As a result, we believe that the positive impacts to the Company from delivering risk management services should far outweigh the negative impact from any related conflicts of interest.

 

Internet Financing

 

Recently, Internet financing, particularly P2P lending, has developed rapidly in China. P2P lending can provide a fast, convenient asset management and financing platform for the lender and the borrower. The number of P2P platforms has increased from 10 in 2010 to 3,491 by the end of 2015, and annual P2P lending has increased from RMB 504 million to RMB 157.7 billion (313 times) in the last four years, with an average compound annual growth rate of 216%.

 

The biggest advantage of typical online P2P lending platforms in China is that they attract idle funds, thereby providing additional sources of liquidity to direct lending companies, while minimizing operating costs, breaking through geographic restrictions, and increasing competition and thereby reducing interest rates. In addition to the fastest growing P2P lending platforms, such as LendingClub, there are also internet banking service providers that leverage Internet technologies to provide online banking services (such as Bofi and Simple). Due to the smaller and more vulnerable capital base of such lenders’ as compared with commercial banks, their business models focus on targeted customers, i.e., individuals or small- or micro-enterprises. As the Lending Companies target those same groups (at the small end of their customer base), the Company believes this will provide it with advantageous knowledge about such potential borrowers. The strengths of online financing platforms in terms of their diversified capital sources, combined with the customer bases and risk management abilities of Lending Companies, are expected to create a rapid growth in both industries. Given that the business models are different between traditional direct lending and a peer-to-peer platform, our peer-to-peer platform will take the current risk management practice as a reference, and build its own risk management system based on characteristics of peer-to-peer platform operations.

 

The Company has a comprehensive plan to expand its operation into the online financing market, particularly establishing a P2P lending platform. It has completed the necessary strategic and technical preparations for such an expansion. We will implement the online financing business strategies by means of merger and acquisition. By virtue of our premium customer base and the leading risk management ability, we believe that we will be able to succeed in the online financing market.

 

The Company intends to commence its peer-to-peer practice within the next couple of years through either establishing platforms on its own or through acquisition. We are targeting the creation of our peer-to-peer platform at a time when we anticipate the regulatory framework governing the micro-credit lending industry is under development by the PRC government.

 

The ability of Feng Hui and XWFOE to engage in peer-to-peer lending through subsidiaries as well as the registrations and requirements for Consulting under the Interim Provisions (Draft for Comments) are subject to change. It is unclear whether Feng Hui or XWFOE will be able to engage in peer-to-peer lending through subsidiaries under final provisions or what requirements and approvals will be required of Consulting and what obstacles, if any, the Company, as a whole, may face in starting its peer-to-peer lending program. The Company plans to enter the peer-to-peer lending business in approximately two years through either organic growth or through acquisition of peer-to-peer platforms. We will first market in Xinjiang, in which we hope to achieve substantial market share, while promoting the platform to other cities and areas across China, ultimately establishing a nationwide peer-to-peer internet financing system.

 

  20  

 

 

Intellectual Property

 

The Company owns and has the right to use the domain name “chinalending.com”. The Company’s subsidiary, Feng Hui, owns and has the right to use the domain name “fhxd.net” and is in the process of registering a trademark.

 

Competition

 

The Company faces competition in the direct lending industry, and the Company believes that the direct lending industry is becoming more competitive as this industry matures and begins to consolidate. The Company competes with traditional financial institutions, other direct lending companies, other microfinance companies, including P2P lenders, and some cash-rich state-owned companies or individuals that lend to MSMEs. Some of these competitors have larger and more established borrower bases and substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources than the we have. In addition, peer-to-peer lending platforms are rapidly growing in China and may provide highly competitive interest rates to customers due to lower overhead, and in some cases, lower required returns by the lenders. For example, large internet companies such as Tencent Holdings Ltd. and Alibaba Holding Ltd. have formed financial services affiliates such as online-only banks and P2P lending services which have been greatly capitalized and rapidly developed. As a result, we could lose market share and our revenues could decline, thereby adversely affecting our earnings and potential for growth.

 

Government Regulation

 

The Company’s operations are subject to extensive and complex state, provincial and local laws, rules and regulations. The Lending Companies are supervised by a variety of provincial and local government authorities, including the Finance Offices of Xinjiang Provincial Government and Urumqi Government, CBRC, PBOC, local tax bureau, local Administration of Industry and Commerce, local Bureau of Finance, local Administration of Foreign Exchange and local employment departments.

 

Summaries of Certain Key PRC Laws

 

Below are summaries of the material terms of Circular 23, Xinjiang Temporary Regulation for Microcredit Companies applicable to the Lending Companies’ businesses.

 

Circular 23

 

Circular 23 divides “microcredit companies” into two categories: a “limited liability company” or a “joint stock limited company” that consists of equity interests held by private parties, including individuals, corporate entities and other organizations. The shareholders of a microcredit company shall meet the minimum requirement set by applicable laws. A limited liability company shall be established with capital contributions from no more than 50 shareholders; while a joint stock limited company shall have 2-200 promoters, more than 50% of whom shall domicile in the PRC. The promoters are the shareholders after the incorporation of the company. The source of registered capital of a microcredit company shall be true and legal. All the registered capital shall be fully paid in cash by the capital contributors or the promoters. The registered capital of a limited liability company shall be no less than RMB 5,000,000 and the registered capital of a joint stock limited company shall be no less than RMB 10,000,000.

 

Circular 23 also provides that the sources of funds of a microcredit company shall be limited to the capital contributions paid by its shareholders, profit from operations, monetary donations, and loans provided by no more than two banking financial institutions. Pursuant to applicable laws, administrative rules and regulations, the outstanding loans owed by a microcredit company to banking financial institutions shall not exceed 50% of its net assets. The interest rate and the terms for such loans shall be determined based on arms-length negotiations between the company and the financial institutions and such interest rate shall be determined using the “Shanghai inter-bank borrowing interest rate” for the same period as prime rate plus basis points.

 

  21  

 

 

Circular 23 also states that a provincial government that is able to clearly specify an authority-in-charge (finance office or relevant government organs) to be in charge of the supervision and administration of microcredit companies and is willing to assume the responsibilities for the risk management of microcredit companies may, within its own province, develop a pilot program relating to the establishment of microcredit companies. A microcredit company shall abide by all applicable laws and shall not conduct any illegal fund-raising in any form. In the event an illegal fund-raising activity is conducted within the provincial territory, it shall be handled by the local government at the provincial level. Other activities in violation of the laws or the administrative rules and regulations will be fined by local authorities or prosecuted in the event a criminal offense has been committed.

 

Xinjiang Province Temporary Regulation for Microcredit Companies

 

Xinjiang Province Temporary Regulation for Microcredit Companies provides for general rules with respect to the establishment and business operation of microcredit companies in Xinjiang Province. It includes the following material terms:

 

1.             Approval of Establishment . The establishment of microcredit companies in Xinjiang Province shall be approved by the Financial Office of Xinjiang Provincial Government.

 

2.             Shareholders . The number of shareholders of a limited liability company that is a microcredit lender in Xinjiang Province shall not exceed 50. The individual shareholders shall comply with laws, have good credibility and have no civil or criminal record indicating violation of laws and serious discredit. The enterprise legal persons shareholders shall, among other things, be registered to the competent Administration of Industry and Commerce and maintain the legal status without any record of its operations in violation of any laws and regulations materially. Moreover, the amount of equity interests invested by a microcredit company’s enterprise legal persons shareholder shall not exceed 50% of net assets according to the combined financial statements of the enterprise legal persons shareholder. The capital contributed by shareholders for equity interest shall be legitimate self-owned capital.

 

3.             Capital . The registered capital of a microcredit limited liability company in Xinjiang Province shall be no less than RMB 5 million. The registered capital must be paid in cash.

 

4.             Articles of Association . The microcredit company shall adopt Articles of Association of the organizations in accordance with the Company Law of the PRC.

 

5.              Business premises . A microcredit company shall have no less than one business operating premise in the administrative level of county or below.

 

6.             Shareholding Assignment . The promoters’ equity interests shall not be transferred within one year after the incorporation of the microcredit company. The equity interests held by a director or senior executive shall not be transferred during his or her term of service.

 

7.             Sources of Funds . The microcredit company shall be funded by capital contribution, donation, reserves, funds from banking financial institutions and other sources approved by the state and the Xinjiang Government. The number of banking financial institutions from which the Company borrows shall not exceed two and the aggregate amount borrowed shall be not more than 50% of the net assets of the microcredit company (the “Bank Borrowing Rule”).

 

  22  

 

 

8.             Business . The microcredit company shall observe the following principles: (a) the loan balance for an individual borrower shall not exceed 5% of the net assets of the microcredit company (the “5% Loan Cap”); (b) the microcredit company shall not provide any loan to its shareholders, directors or senior executives; (c) the loan interest rate shall not exceed the ceiling rate set by the judicial authority, and shall not be lower than 0.9 times of benchmarking rate set by the PBOC.

 

9.             Reserves . A microcredit company shall accrue the provision for sufficient bad debt reserve and ensure that the loan loss reserve adequacy ratio (the ratio of the actual loan loss reserve to the reserve for loans that should be in place) is higher than 100% to cover all exposures.

 

10.           Employees . A microcredit company shall have employees who have relevant expertise and professional experiences and qualified senior executives. The number of qualified senior executives shall be no less than two.

 

11.           Liabilities . If any of the following circumstances occurs with respect to a microcredit company, the local county or city government is authorized to order the company to correct the misbehaviors under a limited period, and may impose the criminal liability upon the responsible persons:

 

(a)          Conducting merger, division or other amendment matters and failing to complete the registration properly with the Financial Office of Xinjiang Government;

 

(b)          Failing to observe the 5% Loan Cap or the Bank Borrowing Rule described above;

 

(c)          Issuing loans with the interest rates which are in violation of relevant regulations;

 

(d)          Failing to observe the above reserves requirements;

 

(e)          Carrying out new businesses without approval;

 

(f)          Providing any false or misleading financial report, financial statements or other statistical documents; or

 

(g)          Otherwise violating the laws and regulations of the state and the Xinjiang Government.

 

Additionally, if a microcredit company is deemed to have solicited funds from the general public directly or indirectly or otherwise unlawfully raised funds, the Financial Office of Xinjiang Government may cancel the qualification of the microcredit company and the responsible persons may face criminal liability by the judicial authorities.

 

Urumqi Temporary Regulation for Microcredit Companies

 

The Urumqi Temporary Regulation for Microcredit Companies requires that registered capital of a microcredit limited liability company shall be no less than RMB 50 million, and the registered capital of a microcredit joint stock limited company shall be no less than RMB 100 million. Generally under the regulation, the principal promoter’s capital contribution to an Urumqi microcredit company must be 10% to 20% of the total registered capital of the company, the capital contribution of one of the other shareholders shall be lower than 10% of the total capital contribution and total capital contributions by related shareholders may not exceed 40% of the total registered capital. However, Urumqi authorities may waive that restriction and has done so in approving XWFOE’s license.

 

  23  

 

 

Regulation for P2P Companies

 

Currently, the PRC government has not promulgated any specific rules, laws or regulations to specially regulate the peer-to-peer lending service industry. On July 18, 2015 the PBOC together with nine other PRC regulatory agencies jointly issued a series of policy measures applicable to the online peer-to-peer lending service industry titled the Guidelines on Promoting the Healthy Development of Internet Finance, or the Guidelines. The Guidelines introduced formally for the first time the regulatory framework and basic principles for administering the peer-to-peer lending service industry in China. On December 28, 2015, the China Banking Regulatory Commission together with other PRC regulatory agencies jointly issued the Interim Provisions on Online Peer-to-peer Lending Information Agencies Service (Draft for Comments), or the Interim Provisions (Draft for Comments).

 

According to the Interim Provisions (Draft for Comments), Consulting is not prohibited from directly engaging in peer-to-peer lending, but it must follow an application process that requires registration with several distinct PRC departments and agencies. First, it must obtain a business license from its local industrial and commercial bureau. Second, it must register with its local financial supervision department. Finally, it must register with its communication department (and obtain a telecommunication business license, if applicable).

 

Currently under PRC law, Feng Hui and XWFOE, each of which is a micro-credit company, are prohibited from directly engaging in peer-to-peer lending. Under the Interim Provisions (Draft for Comments), Feng Hui and XWFOE can only engage in peer-to-peer lending through subsidiaries, and the final provisions governing the subsidiaries’ ability to conduct peer-to-peer lending have not yet been promulgated.

 

Employees

 

As of March 31, 2016, the Company has 30 full time employees and one senior advisor. Among them, 14 employees are employed by Feng Hui, 14 employees are employed by the Consulting, one employee is employed by XWFOE, one employee is employed by Feng Hui Financial Group, and the senior advisor has a consulting agreement with Feng Hui. Feng Hui, Consulting and XWFOE have executed employment contracts with all of its employees in accordance with PRC Labor Law and Labor Contract Law. These contracts comply with PRC law. The employment contract with Feng Hui Financial Group complies with the laws of Hong Kong, Special Administrative Region. There are no collective bargaining contracts covering any of its employees. The Company believes its relationship with its employees is satisfactory.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

The Company is not and has not been involved in any material legal proceedings, other than ordinary litigation incidental to its business. Although no assurances can be given about the final outcome of pending legal proceedings, at the present time management does not believe that the resolution or outcome of any of the Company’s pending legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.

 

There is no proceedings in which any of the Company’s directors, officers or any of their respective affiliates, or any beneficial shareholder of more than five percent of voting securities, is an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to the Company’s interest.

 

  24  

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTIES

 

The Company leases approximately 1,500 square feet of office space at Floor 9th, No. 473, Weixing Road, Urumqi Economic and Technology Development Zone, Urumqi, Xinjiang Province, China. The lease agreement is with Zhengxin Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd. on a rent-free basis with a three-year term starting from December 1, 2014. This address is the location of the registered office of Feng Hui.

 

The Company leases approximately 800 square feet of office space at Floor 8th, No. 473, Weixing Road, Urumqi Economic and Technology Development Zone, Urumqi, Xinjiang Province, China. The lease agreement is with Lang Kun Properties Co., Ltd. on a rent-free basis with a three-year term starting from June 1, 2015. This address is the location of the registered office of XWFOE.

 

  25  

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

The following risk factors apply to the business and operations of the Company. These risk factors are not exhaustive and investors are encouraged to perform their own investigation with respect to the business, financial condition and prospects of the Company. You should carefully consider the following risk factors in addition to the other information included in this Report, including matters addressed in the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” We may face additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, which may also impair our business. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes to the financial statements attached hereto.

 

Risks Factors Relating to the Company’s Business and Operations

 

The limited operating history of Feng Hui and the lack of an operating history of XWFOE and Consulting make it difficult to evaluate their business and prospects.

 

Feng Hui commenced operations in June 2009 and has a limited operating history. Since inception through December 31, 2015, the Company has built a portfolio of an aggregate of approximately $897 million of direct loans to 1,473 borrowers. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company generated approximately $28.2 million and $18.8 million of revenue with $14.1 million and $11.3 million of net income, respectively. However the Company’s growth rate since 2009 may not be indicative of future performance. XWFOE and Consulting were formed in the second quarter of 2015, XWFOE has not commenced operations, and Consulting commenced operations in August 2015.

 

After the Business Combination, the Company may not be able to achieve similar results or grow at the same rate as China Lending Group has in the past. It is also difficult to evaluate our prospects, as the Company may not have sufficient experience in addressing the risks to which companies operating in new and rapidly evolving markets such as the direct lending industry may be exposed. After the Business Combination, the Company will continue to encounter risks and difficulties that companies at a similar stage of development frequently experience, including the potential failure to:

 

  obtain sufficient working capital and increase its registered capital to support expansion of its loan portfolios;

 

  comply with any changes in the laws and regulations of the PRC or local province that may affect its lending operations;

 

  expand its customer base;

 

  maintain adequate control of default risks and expenses allowing it to realize anticipated revenue growth;

 

  implement its customer development, risk management consulting Internet-based lending and national growth and acquisition strategies and plans and adapt and modify them as needed;

 

  integrate any future acquisitions; and

 

  anticipate and adapt to changing conditions in the Chinese lending industry resulting from changes in government regulations, mergers and acquisitions involving its competitors, and other significant competitive and market dynamics.

 

If the Company is unable to address any or all of the foregoing risks, its business may be materially and adversely affected.

 

  26  

 

 

The Lending Companies’ current operations in China are geographically limited to Xinjiang Province.

 

In accordance with the PRC state and provincial laws and regulations with regard to direct lending companies, the Lending Companies are not allowed to make loans to businesses and individuals located outside of Xinjiang Province. The Company’s future growth opportunities will depend on the growth and stability of the economy in Xinjiang Province. A downturn in the economy of Xinjiang Province or the city of Urumqi or the implementation of provincial or local policies unfavorable to MSMEs may cause a decrease in the demand for the Lending Companies’ loans and may negatively affect borrowers’ ability to repay their loans on a timely basis, both of which could have a negative impact on the Company’s profitability and business.

 

Fears of terrorist and ethnic extremists attacks in Xinjiang Province could have a negative impact on the Company’s operations.

 

The Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region is the largest administrative division in China by land area, although it ranks 25 th by population. Its ethnic composition is on approximately 45.8% Uyghur, 40.5% Han, 6.5% Kazakh and 4.5% other. This has given rise to ethnic and other tensions both in Urumqi, the Capital City, and elsewhere in Xinjiang Province. Events such as terrorist and ethnic extremist attacks as well as riots and the resulting political instability, economy suspension and concerns over safety and security aspects of investment in Xinjiang Province or the fear of any of the foregoing have had, and could have in the future, a significant adverse impact on demand and pricing of the Lending Companies’ operations.

 

Changes in the interest rates and spread could have a negative impact on the Lending Companies’ revenues and results of operations.

 

The Lending Companies’ revenues primarily depend on interest income, which is the difference between interest the Lending Companies receives from loans they provide to customers and the interest the Lending Companies pay on their borrowings from other financial institutions (to the extent that the Lending Companies rely on debt financing, rather than equity). A narrowing interest rate spread could adversely affect the Lending Companies’ earnings and financial conditions. If the Lending Companies are not able to control their funding costs or adjust their lending interest rates in a timely manner, their interest margin will decline. Until January 2016, the interest rates Lending Companies charge to borrowers was linked to the PBOC benchmark interest rate and the interest rate adopted by the commercial banks in the PRC. On August 6, 2015, the Supreme People’s Court of the PRC issued the Provisions on Several Issues Concerning Laws Applicable to Trials of Private Lending Cases (“the provisions”), which came into effect on September 1, 2015. The provisions provided that agreements between the lender and borrower on loans with interest rates below 24% per annum are valid and enforceable; as to loans with interest rates per annum between 24% and 36%, if the interest on the loans has already been paid to the lender, and such payment has not damaged the interest of the state, the community and any third parties, the courts will turn down the borrower’s request to demand the return of the interest payment; if the annual interest rate of a private loan is higher than 36%, the excess will not be enforced by the courts. While this generally has the effect of raising the maximum interest rate at the Lending Companies may lend to borrowers, the provisions are a recent change in regulation and the Company may not be able to foresee all of the consequences of the provisions.

 

  27  

 

 

Consulting, XWFOE and Feng Hui are separate legal entities, which have the ability to incur indebtedness on their own behalf, and such indebtedness could have an adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of their parent entity.

 

Consulting, XWFOE and Feng Hui are all legal entities under control of the Company through ownership or contractual arrangement. While the Company intends to exercise control over any borrowings by each of these entities, under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation each entity has the ability to incur debts on its own behalf, subject to limitations under applicable law. According to regulations issued by the General Office of the People’s Government of Urumqi Municipality on June 9, 2009, XWFOE and Feng Hui can only incur debts from up to two banking financial institutions and so long as the aggregate borrowings are less than 50% of applicable entity’s net capital. If Consulting, XWFOE or Feng Hui are not able to repay their borrowings, according to People’s Republic of China Enterprise Bankruptcy law, such entity is deemed insolvent and creditors can file a petition with a PRC court for restructuring or liquidation under bankruptcy; the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Consulting, XWFOE and Feng Hui’s results of operations, result in the Company losing its equity interest in XWFOE or Consulting and result in the VIE Agreements being terminated.

 

As direct lending companies, the Lending Companies are subject to greater credit risks than larger lenders, which could adversely affect their results of operations.

 

There are inherent risks associated with the Lending Companies’ lending activities, including credit risk, which is the risk that borrowers may not repay the outstanding loans balances in its direct loan business. As direct lending companies, the Lending Companies extend credits to MSMEs, individual industrial and commercial households and individuals. These borrowers generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities and may have fewer financial resources to weather a downturn in the economy. Such borrowers may expose the Lending Companies to greater credit risks than lenders lending to larger, better-capitalized state-owned businesses with longer operating histories. Conditions such as inflation, economic downturn, local policy change, adjustment of industrial structure and other factors beyond the Lending Companies’ control may increase their credit risk more than such events would affect larger lenders. In addition, since the Lending Companies are only permitted to provide financial services to borrowers located in Xinjiang Province, its ability to geographically diversify the economic risks is currently limited by the local markets and economies. Also, decreases in local real estate value could adversely affect the values of the real property used as collateral in the direct loan business. Such adverse changes in the local economies may have a negative impact on the ability of borrowers to repay their loans and the value of its collateral and its results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

Allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to absorb future losses or prevent a material adverse effect on the Lending Companies’ business, financial condition, or results of operations.

 

The Lending Companies’ risk management procedures use historical information to estimate any potential losses based on the experience, judgment, and expectations regarding borrowers and the economic environment in which the Lending Companies and their borrowers operate. The allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2015 was established at a level believed to be reasonable by management to absorb probable losses inherent in the portfolio as of each balance sheet date in accordance with US GAAP. As of December 31, 2015, not only a general provision, but also specific provisions, were reflected in the allowance. However, the Lending Companies’ loan loss reserves may not be sufficient to absorb future loan losses or prevent a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, or results of operations.

 

  28  

 

 

The allowance policy of the Company does not distinguish among loans by type of guarantee. In addition, the Company calculates the provision amount pursuant to US GAAP as set forth below:

 

1.             General Reserve — is based on total loan receivable balance and to be used to cover unidentified probable loan loss.

 

2.             Special Reserve — is funds set aside covering losses due to risks related to a particular country, region, industry, company or type of loans. The reserve rate is decided based on management estimate of loan collectability. The loan portfolio did not include any loans outside of the PRC.

 

However, the Lending Companies’ loan loss reserves may not be sufficient to absorb future loan losses or prevent a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, or results of operations.

 

While they do not directly impact the Company’s US GAAP financial statements attached hereto, the Company is also subject to regulatory accounting requirements. Pursuant to the Temporary Regulation of Pilot Program of Microcredit Companies in Xinjiang Province issued by the General Office of Xinjiang Provincial Government in 2009, the Lending Companies should make sufficient reserve for the loan losses.

 

While the Company believes its management uses the best information available to make loan loss allowance evaluations, adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions or changes in accounting guidance, which could negatively affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

An increase to the allowance for loan losses will cause the Lending Companies’ net income to decrease.

 

The Lending Companies’ businesses are subject to fluctuations based on local economic conditions. These fluctuations are neither predictable nor within its control and may have a material adverse impact on its operations and financial condition. The Lending Companies may decide to increase their allowances for loan losses in light of the lack of clarity in the applicable banking regulations with regard to direct lending companies. The regulatory authority may also require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different from those of its management. Any increase in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and may have a material adverse effect on the Lending Companies’ financial condition and results of operations.

 

Feng Hui’s business is, and XWFOE’s business will be, highly concentrated in one product. Accordingly, their future revenues and earnings are more susceptible to fluctuations than a more diversified company.

 

Feng Hui’s primary business activities include, and XWFOE’s primary business activities will include, offering direct loans to customers. If the Lending Companies are unable to maintain and grow the operating revenues from this business or develop additional revenue streams, their future revenues and earnings are not likely to grow and could decline. The Lending Companies’ lack of significant product and business diversification could inhibit the opportunities for the growth of their business, revenues and profits.

 

  29  

 

 

Competition in the direct lending industry is growing and could cause the Lending Companies to lose market share and revenues in the future.

 

We believe that the direct lending industry is an emerging market in China. The Lending Companies may face growing competition in the direct lending industry, and the Company believes that the direct lending industry is becoming more competitive as this industry matures and begins to consolidate. Feng Hui currently competes, and the Lending Companies will compete, with traditional financial institutions, other direct lending companies, other microfinance companies, including P2P lenders, and some cash-rich state-owned companies or individuals that lend to MSMEs. Some of these competitors have larger and more established borrower bases and substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources than the Lending Companies have. In addition, peer-to-peer lending platforms are rapidly growing in China and may provide highly competitive interest rates to customers due to lower overhead, and in some cases, lower required returns by the lenders. For example, large internet companies such as Tencent Holdings Ltd. and Alibaba Holding Ltd. have formed financial services affiliates such as online-only banks and P2P lending services which have been greatly capitalized and rapidly developed. As a result, the Lending Companies could lose market share and their revenues could decline, thereby adversely affecting their earnings and potential for growth.

 

The P2P lending market has been expanding rapidly in China. According to a report issued by www.wdzj.com , it is estimated that there are $67.7 billion in loans outstanding in China through P2P platforms as of the end of December 2015. The Company intends to be a new entrant into this field and will be competing with companies with greater resources and experience. The P2P experience to date in China has demonstrated that without a very disciplined approach this platform and the loans originated through its use can be fraught with risk. According to www.wangdaizhijia.com , nearly 26% of all P2P companies in China are in problem platforms as of the end of December 2015. While the Company believes that it will be able to successfully compete in this area as a result of its proprietary risk management processes and tools, there is no assurance that it will be able to hire and retain the necessary employees and compete successfully. Furthermore, even though the Feng Hui is the leading direct lender in Xinjiang Province measured by loan volume, P2P lenders may also compete for the same customers and they may have certain pricing advantages due to their lower overhead, which may result in reduced margins and increased competition for the Lending Companies.

 

The Company’s businesses will require highly qualified personnel, and if it is unable to hire or retain qualified personnel, then it may not be able to grow effectively.

 

The Company’s future success depends upon its ability to attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Establishment of the XWFOE and Consulting businesses and expansion of the businesses of each operating company will require additional managers and employees with relevant industry experience, and its success will be highly dependent on its ability to attract and retain skilled management personnel and other employees. These operating companies may not be able to attract or retain highly qualified personnel. In addition, competition for skilled personnel is significant in China. This competition may make it more difficult and expensive to attract, hire and retain qualified managers and employees. The Company may incur additional expenses to recruit and retain qualified replacements and its businesses may be disrupted and its financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, key managers may join a competitor or form a competing company. An operating company may not be able to successfully enforce any contractual rights with its management team, in particular in China, where all of these individuals reside or will reside.

 

  30  

 

 

The Lending Companies’ business may be adversely affected if Feng Hui’s shareholders do not actively support the business or by changes in marketing and loan origination strategies.

 

Feng Hui’s shareholders have actively supported Feng Hui’s business by referring their commercial and other contacts to be Feng Hui customers, including that for most of such referrals the shareholder will personally guarantee the borrowings of the customer he or she has referred to Feng Hui. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, 39.4% and 53.3% respectively, of Feng Hui’s loans were guaranteed by related parties. The percentage of the Lending Companies’ loans that are so guaranteed has declined in recent years and the Company expects that percentage to decline in the future as the Lending Companies expand their business using other marketing and loan origination strategies. However, if these Feng Hui shareholders reduce their referrals or guarantees in the future at the shareholders’ discretion, then the Lending Companies’ results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, as the Lending Companies migrate away from Feng Hui’s shareholder referral marketing and loan origination approach to approaches in which there is not a pre-existing, separate business relationship between a shareholder and the customer and the special knowledge of the customer’s business and financial condition that often comes with such a relationship, the Lending Companies may experience a higher loss experience than Feng Hui has experienced historically.

 

Discontinuation of preferential tax treatment Feng Hui currently enjoys may result in additional compliance obligations and costs so as to materially and adversely impact the Company’s net income.

 

Pursuant to Supplementary Rules on Accelerating Economy Development and Implementing Supportive Policy issued by the local government, Feng Hui was rewarded with certain tax refunds for years 2009 and 2010. Further, from year 2011 through 2015, local tax authorities granted Feng Hui the preferential income tax rate of 15% because Feng Hui was entitled to the preferential rate as a qualified enterprise engaged in industry under the Western Development Strategy.

 

There is uncertainty in the policy at the state and provincial levels as to how the direct loan business carried out by the Lending Companies will be treated with regard to income tax and business tax. If the tax authority determines that the income tax, business tax or other applicable tax Feng Hui previously paid were less than what was required, Feng Hui may be required to make payment for the overdue tax and interest on the overdue payment. Further, these preferential tax treatments will expire in 2020. The discontinuation of any of the preferential tax treatment Feng Hui has received may materially and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

 

The Company’s business continuity plans could prove to be inadequate, resulting in a material interruption in or disruption to, its business and a negative impact on the Company’s results of operations.

 

The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business, and its operations are dependent on its ability to protect its systems against damage from fire, power loss, telecommunication failure, severe weather, natural disasters, terrorism or other factors. The computer systems and network infrastructure the Company uses could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. While the Company has a business continuity plan and other policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of a failure or interruption of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures or interruptions will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures or interruptions of our information systems could, among other things, damage the Company’s reputation or result in a loss of clients, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

 

  31  

 

 

The Company has no material insurance coverage, which could expose it to significant costs and business disruption.

 

Risks associated with the Company’s business and operations include, but are not limited to, borrowers’ failure to repay the outstanding principal and interest when due and loss reserves are not sufficient cover such failure, losses of key personnel, business interruption due to power loss or network failure, and risks posed by natural disasters including storms, floods and earthquakes, any of which may result in significant costs or business disruption. The Company does not maintain any credit insurance, business interruption insurance, general third-party liability insurance, nor does it maintain key-man life insurance or any other insurance coverage except the mandatory social insurance for employees. If the Company incurs any loss that is not covered by reserves, its business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

The Company maintains cash deposits with various banks. These cash accounts are not sufficiently insured or otherwise protected. Should any bank or trust company holding these cash deposits become insolvent, or if the Company is otherwise unable to withdraw funds, it could lose the cash on deposit with that particular bank or trust company.

 

The Company uses credit reports issued by the Credit Reference Center of the People’s Bank of China for credit records, which may not cover all accurate credit activities of guarantors and borrowers.

 

The Company generally uses credit reports issued by the Credit Reference Center of the People’s Bank of China (“CCRC”) for guarantors and borrowers’ credit records, including privately-owned guarantors. According to the information from CCRC’s official website (http://www.pbccrc.org.cn/crc/), CCRC is a professional credit information service institution directly under the People’s Bank of China (“PBOC”) which collects comprehensive credit information about both enterprises and individuals throughout China. The 2,100 credit reports query points of the PBOC’s branches have covered almost all rural areas in China, and CCRC has 300,000 information query ports in financial institutions and networks around the country, and the credit information service network is used throughout China. As of the end of April 2015, CCRC’s database had collected credit information of over 860 million individuals and over 20 million enterprises and institutions, mainly from commercial banks as well as other financial institutions. However, the CCRC’s credit reports do not cover all credit and financing activities with all trust companies, leasing companies, asset management companies, direct lending companies, insurance companies, and other financial companies. Moreover, the PBOC had not established a credit reporting system until 1997 when it established the Bank Credit Registration System which upgraded to the CCRC in 2006. Therefore, CCRC’s credit reports may not be able to cover credit and financing activities that occurred before 1997. In addition, the accuracy of credit reports provided by CCRC may be mainly adversely affected: 1) reliability of information source; 2) victimized by criminals forging identity of the customers; 3) mistakes made by data entry operators; and 4) technical stability of CCRC’s computer system. Furthermore, despite using credit reports issued by the CCRC, privately-owned guarantors may be more susceptible to default than state-owned or public guarantors due to financial difficulties or fraud and therefore, the Company may have more difficulty enforcing guarantees from privately-owned guarantors than from state-owned or public guarantors. Finally, having clean credit history in the past does not preclude a borrower or guarantor from defaulting in the future.

 

  32  

 

 

Risks Related to the Company’s Corporate Structure

 

After the Business Combination, the Company will conduct its lending business through its subsidiary XWFOE and through Feng Hui by means of contractual arrangements, which are subject to PRC interpretations which may prove to be adverse to the Company.

 

Foreign ownership of direct lending business may be subject to restrictions under applicable PRC laws and regulatory practice. For example, there is some ambiguity regarding whether the Temporary Regulation of Pilot Program of Microcredit Companies in Xinjiang Province (“Xinjiang Microcredit Regulation”) may allow applicable authorities in Xinjiang Province to refuse to grant or to terminate a company’s direct lending license if one or more investors in of that company is not a Chinese citizen or legal person. After the Business Combination, the Company will operate in China through XWFOE, its indirect wholly-owned subsidiary and therefore a wholly foreign owned entity, and Feng Hui, its China incorporated variable interest entity (“VIE”). Xinjiang Province has issued XWFOE a license to operate as a direct lender in spite of the Company’s plans for XWFOE to be wholly-owned directly by Feng Hui Financial Group, and indirectly by Adrie, the Company and our shareholders, but it is possible that a PRC regulatory authority or court could later decide that such ownership violates the Xinjiang Microcredit Regulation or other existing or future regulations or policies.

 

Feng Hui is and will be owned, directly or indirectly, by PRC citizens who are Feng Hui’s founders, with whom Consulting has contractual arrangements under a Equity Pledge Agreement, Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement and Power of Attorney (collectively, the “VIE Agreements”). The contractual arrangements will give the Company effective control over Feng Hui and enable the Company to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits arising from Feng Hui as well as consolidate the financial results of Feng Hui in its results of operations. Although the structure the Company has adopted with respect to Feng Hui is consistent with longstanding industry practice, and is commonly adopted by comparable companies in China, the PRC government may not agree that these arrangements comply with existing registration or other regulatory requirements or policies, including the Xinjiang Microcredit Regulation, or regulations policies that may be adopted in the future.

 

If the PRC courts or administrative authorities determine that XWFOE’s ownership or the VIE Agreements do not comply with applicable regulations, the VIE Agreements may be determined to be void and the Company’s interests unenforceable.

 

We and our PRC counsel believe the ownership structures of XWFOE and Feng Hui in China do not violate any applicable PRC law or license currently in effect; and the VIE Agreements between Consulting and Feng Hui and its shareholders governed by PRC law are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms and applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect and will not violate any applicable PRC law currently in effect such as the PRC Laws regarding foreign ownership of Chinese businesses, except to the extent that enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and moratorium laws and other laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by any applicable statute of limitation or by any valid defense or set-off or counterclaim, and the fact that equitable remedies or relief (including the remedy of specific performance) are subject to the discretion of the court from which such relief may be sought.

 

There are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current PRC laws. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities and PRC courts may in the future take a view that is contrary to our views and the views of our PRC legal counsel. We are aware of a recent case involving Chinachem Financial Services where certain contractual arrangements for a Hong Kong company to gain economic control over a PRC Company were declared to be void by the PRC Supreme People’s Court. If the PRC courts or regulatory authorities determine that the VIE Agreements violate applicable PRC laws, our contractual arrangements will become invalid or unenforceable. It is uncertain whether the definition and requirements for variable interest entity structures in newly developed Foreign Investment Law will be adopted or if adopted, how they would identify the existing variable interest entities.

 

  33  

 

 

If the interpretations of existing regulations regarding VIE Agreements change in the future, the Company could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish its interests in those operations.

 

If XWFOE, Feng Hui, their respective ownership structure or the VIE Agreements, are determined to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws, or XWFOE or Feng Hui fails to obtain or maintain any of the required governmental permits or approvals necessary to operate their businesses, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion in dealing with such violations, including:

 

  revoking the business and operating licenses of XWFOE or Feng Hui;

 

  discontinuing or restricting the operations of XWFOE or Feng Hui;

 

  imposing conditions or requirements with which we, XWFOE or Feng Hui may not be able to comply;

 

  requiring us, XWFOE, Consulting or Feng Hui to restructure the relevant ownership structure, contractual arrangements or operations;

 

  restricting or prohibiting our ability to finance our business and operations in China;

 

  restricting payment or remittance of dividends; or

 

  imposing fines.

 

The imposition of any of these penalties would severely disrupt our ability to conduct business and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

Consulting’s contractual arrangements with Feng Hui may not be as effective in providing control over Feng Hui as direct ownership.

 

Substantially all of the Company’s revenue and net income will be derived from Feng Hui. The Company will rely on the VIE Agreements to control and operate Feng Hui. As contemplated in the Power of Attorney, Consulting is authorized to nominate and appoint the directors of Feng Hui. Furthermore, Consulting may purchase all or part of Feng Hui’s directly registered shareholders’ equity interests in Feng Hui at any time according to the Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement. However, if Feng Hui’s registered shareholders breach the Power of Attorney and Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement or are otherwise uncooperative and any dispute relating to the Feng Hui directors, these VIE agreements or the transfer of Feng Hui’s equity interests remains unresolved, then Consulting would have to enforce its rights under VIE Agreement through arbitral or judicial agencies, which may be costly and time-consuming and will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system. Consequently, the VIE Agreements may not be as effective in ensuring Consulting’s control over Feng Hui as direct ownership.

 

The failure to comply with PRC regulations relating to mergers and acquisitions of domestic enterprises by offshore special purpose vehicles may subject the Company to severe fines or penalties and create other regulatory uncertainties regarding the Company’s corporate structure.

 

On August 8, 2006, the Ministry of Commerce (“MOFCOM”), joined by the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”), the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council, the State Administration of Taxation (“SAT”), the State Administration for Industry and Commerce (the “SAIC”), and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”), jointly promulgated regulations entitled the Provisions Regarding Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (the “M&A Rules”), which took effect as of September 8, 2006, and as amended on June 22, 2009. This regulation, among other things, has certain provisions that require offshore companies formed for the purpose of acquiring PRC domestic companies and controlled directly or indirectly by PRC individuals and companies which are the related parties with the PRC domestic companies, to obtain the approval of MOFCOM prior to engaging in such acquisitions and to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing special purpose vehicles’ securities on an overseas stock market. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published on its official website a notice specifying the documents and materials that are required to be submitted for obtaining CSRC approval.

 

  34  

 

 

The application of the M&A Rules with respect to the Company’s corporate structure remains unclear, with no current consensus existing among leading PRC law firms regarding the scope and applicability of the M&A Rules. We believe that the MOFCOM and CSRC approvals under the M&A Rules are not required in the context of the Business Combination because we did not acquire Feng Hui’s equity or assets and XWFOE and Consulting are already foreign owned. However, we cannot be certain that the relevant PRC government agencies, including the CSRC and MOFCOM, would reach the same conclusion, and we cannot be certain that MOFCOM or the CSRC will not deem that the Business Combination circumvented the M&A Rules, and other rules and notices, or that prior MOFCOM or CSRC approval is required for overseas financing. Further, we cannot rule out the possibility that the relevant PRC government agencies, including MOFCOM, would deem that the M&A Rules required approval from MOFCOM or other PRC regulatory agencies in connection with Consulting’s control of Feng Hui through contractual arrangements.

 

If the CSRC, MOFCOM, or another PRC regulatory agency subsequently determines that CSRC, MOFCOM or other approval was required for the Business Combination and/or the VIE arrangements between Consulting and Feng Hui, or if prior CSRC approval for overseas financings is required and not obtained, the Company may face severe regulatory actions or other sanctions from MOFCOM, the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies. In such event, these regulatory agencies may impose fines or other penalties on the Company’s operations in the PRC, limit the Company’s operating privileges in the PRC, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from overseas financings into the PRC, restrict or prohibit payment or remittance of dividends to us or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to delay or cancel overseas financings, to restructure the Company’s corporate structure, or to seek regulatory approvals that may be difficult or costly to obtain.

 

The M&A Rules, along with certain foreign exchange regulations discussed below, will be interpreted or implemented by the relevant government authorities in connection with our future offshore financings or acquisitions, and we cannot predict how they will affect our acquisition strategy.

 

PRC regulations relating to investments in offshore companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC-resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiaries or limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits.

 

SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, on July 4, 2014, which replaced the former circular commonly known as “SAFE Circular 75” promulgated by SAFE on October 21, 2005. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct establishment or indirect control of an offshore entity, for the purpose of overseas investment and financing, with such PRC residents’ legally owned assets or equity interests in domestic enterprises or offshore assets or interests, referred to in SAFE Circular 37 as a “special purpose vehicle.” SAFE Circular 37 further requires amendment to the registration in the event of any significant changes with respect to the special purpose vehicle, such as increase or decrease of capital contributed by PRC individuals, share transfer or exchange, merger, division or other material event. In the event that a PRC resident holding interests in a special purpose vehicle fails to fulfill the required SAFE registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that special purpose vehicle may be prohibited from making profit distributions to the offshore parent and from carrying out subsequent cross-border foreign exchange activities, and the special purpose vehicle may be restricted in its ability to contribute additional capital into its PRC subsidiary. Moreover, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC law for evasion of foreign exchange controls.

 

  35  

 

 

SAFE promulgated the Notice of SAFE on Further Simplifying and Improving Policies for the Foreign Exchange Administration of Direct Investment, or SAFE Circular 13, on February 13, 2015, which was effective on June 1, 2015. SAFE Circular 13 cancels two administrative approval items: foreign exchange registration under domestic direct investment and foreign exchange registration under overseas direct investment, instead. Banks shall directly examine and handle foreign exchange registration under domestic direct investment and foreign exchange registration under overseas direct investment, and SAFE and its branch shall indirectly regulate the foreign exchange registration of direct investment through banks.

 

We have notified substantial beneficial owners of ordinary shares who we know are PRC residents of their filing obligations in accordance with SAFE Circular 37 and SAFE Circular 13. However, we may not be aware of the identities of all of our beneficial owners who are PRC residents. We do not have control over our beneficial owners and cannot assure you that all of our PRC-resident beneficial owners will comply with SAFE Circular 37, SAFE Circular 13 and subsequent implementation rules. The failure of our beneficial owners who are PRC residents to register or amend their SAFE registrations in a timely manner pursuant to SAFE Circular 37, SAFE Circular 13 and subsequent implementation rules, or the failure of future beneficial owners of our company who are PRC residents to comply with the registration procedures set forth in SAFE Circular 37, SAFE Circular 13 and subsequent implementation rules, may subject such beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to fines and legal sanctions. Furthermore, since SAFE Circular 37 and SAFE Circular 13 was recently promulgated and it is unclear how this regulation, and any future regulation concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant PRC government authorities, we cannot predict how these regulations will affect our business operations or future strategy. Failure to register or comply with relevant requirements may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital to our PRC subsidiaries and limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to our company. These risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Any failure by Feng Hui or its shareholders to perform their obligations under the contractual arrangements would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If Feng Hui or its shareholders fail to perform their respective obligations under the VIE Agreements, the Company may have to incur substantial costs and expend additional resources to enforce such arrangements. the Company have entered into an exclusive business cooperation agreement and an exclusive purchase option agreements in relation to Feng Hui. Pursuant to exclusive business cooperation agreement, the Company is entitled to collect a service fee calculated based on the required time, complexity, content, commercial value of the Company’s services to Feng Hui. Further, the exclusive purchase option agreements provide that the Company may exercise an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, once or at multiple times, at any time, part or all of their equity interests in Feng Hui. The option price is equal to the lowest price permissible by PRC Laws. In addition, the Company has entered into equity pledge agreements with Feng Hui shareholders to secure certain obligations of Feng Hui and Feng Hui’s equity holders to the Company under the VIE Agreements. However, the enforcement of such agreements through arbitral or judicial agencies may be costly and time-consuming and will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system. Moreover, the Company’s remedies under the equity pledge agreements are primarily intended to help the Company collect debts owed to the Company by Feng Hui or its shareholders under the VIE Agreements not help the Company in acquiring the assets or equity of Feng Hui.

 

  36  

 

 

The VIE Agreements are governed by PRC law and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration or court proceedings in China. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as in some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. Moreover, there are very few precedents and little formal guidance as to how contractual arrangements in the context of a variable interest entity should be interpreted or enforced under PRC law, and as a result it may be difficult to predict how an arbitration panel or court would view such contractual arrangements. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Company’s ability to enforce the VIE Agreements. Under PRC law, if the losing parties fail to carry out the arbitration awards or court judgments within a prescribed time limit, the prevailing parties may only enforce the arbitration awards or court judgments in PRC courts, which would require additional expense and delay. In the event the Company is unable to enforce the VIE Agreements, the Company may not be able to receive economic benefits from or exert effective control over Feng Hui, and the Company’s ability to conduct its business, as well as the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, may be materially and adversely affected.

 

The Feng Hui shareholders have potential conflicts of interest with us, which may adversely affect the Company’s business.

 

The Chinese entities and individuals that collectively beneficially own 100% of Feng Hui’s outstanding equity interests, or their representatives, are beneficial owners of the Company. Conflicts of interest may arise as a result of such dual shareholding and governance structure. As such conflicts arise, these shareholders may not act in the Company’s best interests and such conflicts of interest may not be resolved in the Company’s favor. In addition, these shareholders may breach or cause Feng Hui to breach or refuse to renew the VIE Agreements that are intended to allow the Company to exercise effective control over Feng Hui and to receive economic benefits from Feng Hui. If the Company becomes involved in arbitral and legal proceedings to enforce such agreements, such proceedings may cost the Company substantial financial and other resources and result in disruption of its business, the outcome of which may adversely affect the Company.

 

The Lending Companies engage in the same lending business, within the same geographic area, targeting the same customers under the Feng Hui brand. There are currently limited internal protocols between the Lending Companies with regard to allocation of customers and potential customers. Because Feng Hui is a consolidated variable interest entity as a result of the VIE Agreements, such allocation issues generally should not affect the Company’s results. However, in the event that Feng Hui or its shareholders are in breach of the VIE agreements, then those shareholders could also direct, or cause management to direct, attractive lending customers to Feng Hui and away from XWFOE, which could further negatively affect the Company’s business and results of operations.

 

  37  

 

 

If a Lending Company fails to maintain the requisite registered capital, licenses and approvals required under PRC law, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Foreign investment is highly regulated by the PRC government and the foreign investment in the lending industry is restricted by local authorities. Numerous regulatory authorities of the central PRC government, provincial and local authorities are empowered to issue and implement regulations governing various aspects of the lending industry. Each Lending Company is required to obtain and maintain certain assets relevant to its business as well as applicable licenses or approvals from different regulatory authorities in order to provide its current services. These registered capital, licenses and approvals will be essential to the operation of the Company’s business. If a Lending Company fails to obtain or maintain any of the required registered capital, licenses or approvals for its business, it may be subject to various penalties, such as confiscation of illegal net revenue, fines and the discontinuation or restriction of its operations. Any such disruption in the business operations of a Lending Company could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The VIE Agreements with Feng Hui may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities. Any adjustment of related party transaction pricing could lead to additional taxes, and therefore substantially reduce our consolidated net income and the value of your investment.

 

The tax regime in China is rapidly evolving and there is significant uncertainty for taxpayers in China as PRC tax laws may be interpreted in significantly different ways. As a result of the Business Combination, the PRC tax authorities may assert that we, our subsidiaries or our variable interest entity, Feng Hui, or its shareholders owe and/or are required to pay additional taxes revenue or income. In particular, under applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties, such as the VIE Agreements, may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities. If the PRC tax authorities determine that any VIE Agreements were not entered into on an arm’s length basis and therefore constitute a favorable transfer pricing, the PRC tax liabilities of Consulting, Feng Hui or Feng Hui’s shareholders could be increased, which could increase our overall tax liabilities. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may impose late payment interest. Our net income may be materially reduced if our tax liabilities increase.

 

XWFOE and Feng Hui’s complex ownership and control structure could result in inefficiencies to the Company’s business.

 

XWFOE has no operating history and has commenced operations since the closing of the Business Combination. XWFOE is staffed entirely by new hires and in some measure may compete with Feng Hui for customers. As a result, XWFOE may initially struggle to establish its business after the Business Combination and some of its success it has may come at the expense of Feng Hui. Furthermore, because of PRC limitations, even though the economic benefit of Feng Hui and XWFOE will inure to us, each will need to have its own segregated capital, loan portfolio and lender base. As a result, Feng Hui and XWFOE will not be able cross-collateralize or combine operations at the working level and may have a more complex structure than if they were under common ownership. This structure may not allow the Company to allocate resources to their most efficient use and may require redundant or additional expenses.

 

  38  

 

 

The Company may not be able to timely and effectively implement controls and procedures required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

The Company is required to establish and maintain internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures and to comply with other requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules promulgated by the SEC. Following the Business Combination, the Company is required to provide management’s attestation on internal controls commencing with the Company’s annual report for the year ending December 31, 2017, or such earlier date as is required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The standards required for a public company under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are significantly more stringent than those required of Adrie as a privately-held company. Management may not be able to effectively and timely implement controls and procedures that adequately respond to the regulatory compliance and reporting requirements that will be applicable to the Company after the Business Combination. If we are not able to implement the additional requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may not be able to assess whether our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, which may subject us to adverse regulatory consequences and could harm investor confidence and the market price of our ordinary shares.

 

If the Company fails to establish and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately. Any inability to report and file our financial results accurately and timely could harm our business and adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

 

We are required to establish and maintain internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures and to comply with other requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules promulgated by the SEC. At present, we have instituted internal controls, but, we are in the process of correcting certain material weaknesses in our internal controls. Our management, cannot guarantee that our internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all possible errors. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no system of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the possibility that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and subject to simple error or mistake. Furthermore, controls can be circumvented by individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected.

 

There is no guarantee that the public warrants will ever be in the money, and they may expire worthless and the terms of our warrants may be amended.

 

The exercise price for our warrants is $6.00 per one-half of one share ($12.00 per whole share), subject to adjustment. Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of the Company’s ordinary shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. There is no guarantee that the public warrants will ever be in the money prior to their expiration, and they may expire worthless.

 

In addition, the warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and the Company provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders. Accordingly, the Company may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

 

  39  

 

 

A market for the Company’s securities may not continue, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

 

The price of the Company’s securities may fluctuate significantly due to the market’s reaction to the Business Combination and general market and economic conditions. An active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. In addition, the price of the Company’s securities can vary due to general economic conditions and forecasts, our general business condition and the release of our financial reports. Additionally, if the Company’s securities are not listed on, or become delisted from, the Nasdaq Capital Market for any reason, and are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities that is not a national securities exchange, the liquidity and price of our securities may be more limited than if we were quoted or listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market or another national securities exchange. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established or sustained.

 

Although the Company’s ordinary shares and warrants will remain listed on Nasdaq after the Business Combination, there can be no assurance that our ordinary shares and warrants will continue to be so listed or, if listed, that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq.

 

To continue listing the Company’s securities on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with Nasdaq’s initial listing standards, which are more rigorous than Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements. For instance, the Company must maintain a minimum number of holders (300 round-lot holders). The Company cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing standards.

 

If the Nasdaq Capital Market delists the Company’s ordinary shares or warrants from trading on its exchange due to our failure to meet the Nasdaq Capital Market’s initial and/or continued listing standards, we and our securityholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:

 

  a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

 

  a determination that our ordinary shares are a “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading in our ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our ordinary shares;

 

  a limited amount of analyst coverage; and

 

  a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

 

If the Business Combination’s benefits do not meet the expectations of investors, shareholders or financial analysts, the market price of the Company’s securities may decline.

 

If the benefits of the Business Combination do not meet the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the market price of the Company’s securities may decline. In addition, following the Business Combination, fluctuations in the price of the Company’s securities could contribute to the loss of all or part of your investment. Prior to the Business Combination, there has not been a public market for Adrie’s stock and trading in the DT Asia ordinary shares has not been active. Accordingly, the valuation ascribed to China Lending Group and the Company’s ordinary shares in the Business Combination may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the trading market. If an active market for the Company’s securities develops and continues, the trading price of our securities could be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. Any of the factors listed below could have a material adverse effect on your investment in the Company’s securities and our securities may trade at prices significantly below the price you paid for them. In such circumstances, the trading price of our securities may not recover and may experience a further decline.

 

  40  

 

 

Factors affecting the trading price of the Company’s securities may include:

 

  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

 

  changes in the market’s expectations about our operating results;

 

  success of competitors;

 

  our operating results failing to meet the expectation of securities analysts or investors in a particular period;

 

  changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts concerning the Company or the lending market in general;

 

  operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to the Company;

 

  our ability to market new and enhanced services on a timely basis;

 

  changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;

 

  commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving the Company;

 

  the Company’s ability to access the capital markets as needed;

 

  changes in the Company’s capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

 

  the volume of ordinary shares available for public sale;

 

  any major change in our board or management;

 

  sales of substantial amounts of ordinary shares by our directors, executive officers or significant shareholders or the perception that such sales could occur; and

 

  general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, international currency fluctuations and acts of war or terrorism.

 

Broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of the Company’s securities irrespective of our operating performance. The stock market in general, and the Nasdaq Capital Market in particular, have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of our securities, may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for retail stocks or the stocks of other companies which investors perceive to be similar to the Company could depress our stock price regardless of our business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations. A decline in the market price of our securities also could adversely affect our ability to issue additional securities and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future.

 

  41  

 

 

The Company’s business and share and warrant prices may suffer as a result of the Company’s lack of public company operating experience and if securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about the Company, its business, or its market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our ordinary shares adversely, the price and trading volume of our ordinary shares and warrants could decline.

 

Prior to the completion of the Business Combination, China Lending Group has been a privately-held company. The Company’s lack of public company operating experience may make it difficult to forecast and evaluate its future prospects. If the Company is unable to execute its business strategy, either as a result of its inability to manage effectively its business in a public company environment or for any other reason, the Company’s business, prospects, financial condition and operating results may be harmed.

 

The trading market for our ordinary shares and warrants will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on the Company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of the Company, our share and warrant prices and trading volume would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts who may cover the Company change their recommendation regarding our shares adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our ordinary shares and warrants would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover the Company were to cease coverage of the Company or fail to regularly publish reports on it, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share and warrant prices or trading volume to decline.

 

The Company has not registered our ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the public warrants under the Securities Act or state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise such warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants and causing such warrants to expire worthless.

 

The Company has not registered the public shares issuable upon exercise of the public warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. We have agreed to use our best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the public warrants as soon as practicable after the closing of the Business Combination and cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants. Beginning October 5, 2016, and until such time as the shares issuable upon exercise of public warrants are registered under the Securities Act, the Company will be required to permit holders to exercise their public warrants on a cashless basis under certain circumstances specified in the warrant agreement. However, no public warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise such warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, unless an exemption is available. In no event will the Company be required to issue cash, securities or other compensation in exchange for the public warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the public warrants under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the public warrants is not so registered or qualified, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their public warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the ordinary shares and rights included in the units.

 

The future exercise of registration rights may adversely affect the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares.

 

The Company’s ordinary shares are subject to registration rights agreements. Sales of restricted securities pursuant to these agreements may substantially depress the market price of our ordinary shares. The Company is also obligated to register founder shares, insider units and the ordinary shares and warrants included in the insider units (or issuable under the rights or upon exercise of the warrants), sponsor warrants and shares issuable in exchange for sponsor warrants pursuant to a registration rights agreement signed in connection with our IPO.

 

Warrants will become exercisable for the Company’s ordinary shares, which would increase the number of shares eligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to our shareholders.

 

Outstanding public warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,430,031 ordinary shares became exercisable upon the completion of the Business Combination. Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one-half of one ordinary share at a price of $6.00 per half share ($12.00 per whole share), subject to adjustment. Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of the Company’s ordinary shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of warrants. To the extent such warrants are exercised, additional ordinary shares will be issued, which will result in dilution to the then existing holders of ordinary shares of the Company and increase the number of shares eligible for resale in the public market. Sales of substantial numbers of such shares in the public market could adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares.

 

  42  

 

 

The Company may redeem public warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to warrantholders, thereby making their warrants worthless.

 

The Company has the ability to redeem the remaining public warrants prior to their expiration at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that (i) the last reported sale price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within the 30 trading-day period ending on the third business day before we send the notice of such redemption (on June 20, 2016, the last reported sale price for ordinary shares was $9.09) and (ii) on the date we give notice of redemption and during the entire period thereafter until the time the warrants are redeemed, there is an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the public warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available unless warrants are exercised on a cashless basis. Redemption of the outstanding public warrants could force holders of public warrants:

 

  to exercise their warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for them to do so;

 

  to sell their warrants at the then-current market price when they might otherwise wish to hold their warrants; or

 

  to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of their warrants.

 

The Company’s charter permits the Board by resolution to amend our charter, including to create additional classes of securities, including shares with rights, preferences, designations and limitations as they determine which may have an anti-takeover effect.

 

The Company’s charter permits the Board by resolution to amend the charter including to designate rights, preferences, designations and limitations attaching to the preferred shares as they determine in their discretion, without shareholder approval with respect the terms or the issuance. If issued, the rights, preferences, designations and limitations of the preferred shares would be set by the Board and could operate to the disadvantage of the outstanding ordinary shares the holders of which would not have any pre-emption rights in respect of such an issue of preferred shares. Such terms could include, among others, preferences as to dividends and distributions on liquidation, or could be used to prevent possible corporate takeovers.

 

  43  

 

 

The Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq rules and, as a result, the Company may qualify for, and may choose to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

 

The Sellers under the Share Exchange Agreement beneficially own more than 50% of the voting power of all of the Company’s outstanding ordinary shares, meaning the Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules and corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. Under the Nasdaq rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, including:

 

  the requirement that a majority of the Company’s board of directors consists of independent directors;

 

  the requirement that the Company have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors;

 

  the requirement that the Company have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

  the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees.

 

Accordingly, as the Company qualifies as a controlled company, it may elect to be treated as such and its shareholders will not be afforded the same protections generally as shareholders of other Nasdaq-listed companies for so long as Sellers control more than 50% of the Company’s voting power and the Company relies upon such exemptions. The interests of the Company’s controlling shareholders may conflict with the interests of the Company’s other shareholders, and the concentration of voting power in such shareholders will limit the Company’s other shareholders’ ability to influence corporate matters.

 

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

 

PRC regulation of loans to, and direct investments in, PRC entities by offshore holding companies may delay or prevent us from making loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC operating subsidiaries and thereby prevent us from funding our business.

 

As an offshore holding company with PRC subsidiaries, we may transfer funds to our PRC subsidiaries by means of loans or capital contributions. Any loans to these PRC subsidiaries, which are foreign-invested enterprises, cannot exceed statutory limits based on the difference between the amount of our investments and registered capital in such subsidiaries, and shall be registered with SAFE, or its local counterparts. Furthermore, any capital increase contributions we make to our PRC subsidiaries, which are foreign-invested enterprises, shall be approved by MOFCOM, or its local counterparts. We may not be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. If we fail to receive such registrations or approvals, our ability to provide loans or capital to increase contributions to our PRC subsidiaries may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect their liquidity and our ability to fund and expand their business.

 

A slowdown of the Chinese economy or adverse changes in economic and political policies of the PRC government could negatively impact China’s overall economic growth, which could materially adversely affect our business.

 

All of the Company’s operations will be entirely conducted in the PRC. Although the PRC economy has grown in recent years, the pace of growth has slowed, and even that rate of growth may not continue. The annual rate of growth in the PRC declined from 7.7% in 2013 to 7.3% in 2014, and 6.9% in 2015, and the annual rate of growth in Xinjiang Province has declined from 11.0% in 2013 to 10.0% in 2014 and 8.8% in 2015. According to a recent State Information of China forecast, China’s economic growth rate in 2016 will slow to 6.5%, its lowest since 1990. A slowdown in overall economic growth, an economic downturn or recession or other adverse economic developments in the PRC may materially reduce the demand for the Company’s direct lending service and may have a materially adverse effect on its business.

 

  44  

 

 

China’s economy differs from the economies of most other countries in many respects, including the amount of government involvement in the economy, the general level of economic development, growth rates and government control of foreign exchange and the allocation of resources. While the PRC economy has grown significantly over the past few decades, this growth has remained uneven across different periods, regions and economic sectors.

 

The PRC government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth by allocating resources, controlling the payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. Any actions and policies adopted by the PRC government could negatively impact the Chinese economy or the economy of the region the Company serves, which could materially adversely affect the Company’s business.

 

Substantial uncertainties and restrictions with respect to the political and economic policies of the PRC government and PRC laws and regulations could have a significant impact upon the business the Company may be able to conduct in the PRC and accordingly on the results of its operations and financial condition.

 

The Company’s business operations may be adversely affected by the current and future political environment in the PRC. The Chinese government exerts substantial influence and control over the manner in which the Company must conduct its business activities. The Company’s ability to operate in China may be adversely affected by changes in Chinese laws and regulations. Under the current government leadership, the government of the PRC has been pursuing economic reform policies that encourage private economic activities and greater economic decentralization. However, the government of the PRC may not continue to pursue these policies, or may significantly alter these policies from time to time without notice.

 

There are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of PRC laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, the laws and regulations governing the Company’s business, or the enforcement and performance of the Company’s arrangements with borrowers in the event of the imposition of statutory liens, death, bankruptcy or criminal proceedings. Only after 1979 did the Chinese government begin to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws that regulate economic affairs in general, deal with economic matters such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, taxation and trade, as well as encourage foreign investment in China. Although the influence of the law has been increasing, China has not developed a fully integrated legal system and recently enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China. Also, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited volume of published cases and their lack of force as precedents, interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve significant uncertainties. New laws and regulations that affect existing and proposed future businesses may also be applied retroactively. In addition, there have been constant changes and amendments of laws and regulations over the past 30 years in order to keep up with the rapidly changing society and economy in China. Because government agencies and courts provide interpretations of laws and regulations and decide contractual disputes and issues, their inexperience in adjudicating new business and new polices or regulations in certain less developed areas causes uncertainty and may affect the Company’s business. Consequently, we cannot predict the future direction of Chinese legislative activities with respect to either businesses with foreign investment or the effectiveness on enforcement of laws and regulations in China. The uncertainties, including new laws and regulations and changes of existing laws, as well as judicial interpretation by inexperienced officials in the agencies and courts in certain areas, may cause possible problems to foreign investors.

 

  45  

 

 

The Lending Companies’ direct lending business is subject to extensive regulation and supervision by state, provincial and local government authorities, which may interfere with the way the Company conducts its business and may negatively impact its financial results.

 

The Lending Companies are subject to extensive and complex state, provincial and local laws, rules and regulations with regard to their loan operations, capital structure, maximum interest rates, and allowance for loan losses, among other things. These laws, rules and regulations are issued by different central government ministries and departments, provincial and local governments and are enforced by different local authorities in Xinjiang Province and the city of Urumqi. In addition, it is not clear whether direct lending companies are subject to certain banking regulations to which state-owned and commercial banks are subject. Therefore, the interpretation and implementation of such laws, rules and regulations may not be clear and occasionally the Lending Companies have to depend on oral inquiries with local government authorities. As a result of the complexity, uncertainties and constant changes in these laws, rules and regulation, including changes in interpretation and implementation of such, the Lending Companies’ business activities and growth may be adversely affected if they do not respond to the changes in a timely manner or are found to be in violation of the applicable laws, regulations and policies as a result of a different position from theirs taken by the competent authority in the interpretation of such applicable laws, regulations and policies. If the Lending Companies are found to be not in compliance with these laws and regulations, they may be subject to sanctions by regulatory authorities, monetary penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business operations and profitability.

 

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing original actions against us or our management, in China, based upon United States laws, including the U.S. federal securities laws, or other foreign laws.

 

We are a company organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China, and substantially all of our assets are located in China. All of our directors and officers reside in China, and substantially all of the assets of those persons are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons, or to enforce judgments against us which are obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

 

Furthermore, the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other form of reciprocity with the United States providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors or officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC laws, national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States.

 

Lastly, in the event shareholders originate an action against a company without domicile in China for disputes related to contracts or other property interests, the PRC courts may accept a cause of action if (a) the disputed contract is concluded or performed in the PRC or the disputed subject matter is located in the PRC, (b) the company (as defendant) has properties that can be seized within the PRC, (c) the company has a representative organization within the PRC, or (d) the parties chose to submit to the jurisdiction of the PRC courts in the contract on the condition that such submission does not violate the requirements of jurisdiction under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. The action may be initiated by the shareholder by filing a complaint with the PRC courts. The PRC courts would determine whether to accept the complaint in accordance with the PRC Civil Procedures Law. The shareholder may participate in the action by itself or entrust any other person or PRC legal counsel to participate on behalf of such shareholder. Foreign citizens and companies will have the same rights as PRC citizens and companies in such an action unless such foreign country restricts the rights of PRC citizens and companies.

 

  46  

 

 

XWFOE’s and Consulting’s ability to pay dividends to us may be restricted due to foreign exchange control and other regulations of China.

 

As an offshore holding company, we will rely principally on dividends from our subsidiaries in China, XWFOE and Consulting, for our cash requirements. Under the applicable PRC laws and regulations, foreign-invested enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, a foreign-invested enterprise in China is required to set aside a portion of its after-tax profit to fund specific reserve funds prior to payment of dividends. In particular, at least 10% of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards each year is required to be set aside towards its general reserves until the accumulative amount of such reserves reach 50% of its registered capital. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends.

 

Furthermore, XWFOE’s and Consulting’s ability to pay dividends may be restricted due to foreign exchange control policies and the availability of its cash balance. Substantially all of the Lending Companies’ operations are conducted in China and all of the revenue we recognize, through XWFOE (from its direct lending operations and through the VIE arrangements with Feng Hui) and through Consulting, will be denominated in RMB. RMB is subject to exchange control regulation in China, and, as a result, XWFOE and Consulting may be unable to distribute any dividends outside of China due to PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into U.S. dollars.

 

The lack of dividends or other payments from XWFOE and Consulting may limit our ability to make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends or otherwise fund, and conduct our business. Our funds may not be readily available to us to satisfy obligations which have been incurred outside the PRC, which could adversely affect our business and prospects or our ability to meet our cash obligations. Accordingly, if we do not receive dividends from XWFOE or Consulting, our liquidity and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected.

 

Dividends payable to our foreign investors and gains on the sale of our ordinary shares by our foreign investors may become subject to tax by the PRC.

 

Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation regulations issued by the State Council of the PRC, a 10% PRC withholding tax is applicable to dividends payable to investors that are non-resident enterprises, which do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC or which have such establishment or place of business but the dividends are not effectively connected with such establishment or place of business, to the extent such dividends are derived from sources within the PRC. Similarly, any gain realized on the transfer of shares by such investors is also subject to PRC tax at a current rate of 10%, subject to any reduction or exemption set forth in relevant tax treaties, if such gain is regarded as income derived from sources within the PRC. If we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends paid on our shares, and any gain realized from the transfer of our shares, would be treated as income derived from sources within the PRC and would as a result be subject to PRC taxation. Furthermore, if we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends payable to individual investors who are non-PRC residents and any gain realized on the transfer shares by such investors may be subject to PRC tax at a current rate of 20%, subject to any reduction or exemption set forth in applicable tax treaties. It is unclear whether we or any of our subsidiaries established outside of China are considered a PRC resident enterprise, holders of shares would be able to claim the benefit of income tax treaties or agreements entered into between China and other countries or areas. If dividends payable to our non-PRC investors, or gains from the transfer of our shares by such investors are subject to PRC tax, the value of your investment in our shares may decline significantly.

 

  47  

 

 

Our global income may be subject to PRC taxes under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the New EIT Law, and its implementation rules, which became effective in January 2008, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with a “de facto management body” located within the PRC is considered a PRC resident enterprise and will be subject to the enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on its global income. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management bodies” as “establishments that carry out substantial and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finance and treasury, and acquisition and disposition of properties and other assets of an enterprise.” On April 22, 2009, the State Administration of Taxation (the “SAT”), issued a circular, or SAT Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although the SAT Circular 82 only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the determining criteria set forth in the SAT Circular 82 may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the resident status of all offshore enterprises for the purpose of PRC tax, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises or individuals. Although we do not believe that our legal entities organized outside of the PRC constitute PRC resident enterprises, it is possible that the PRC tax authorities could reach a different conclusion. In such case, we may be considered a PRC resident enterprise and may therefore be subject to the 25% enterprise income tax on our global income, which could significantly increase our tax burden and materially and adversely affect our cash flow and profitability. In addition to the uncertainty regarding how the new PRC resident enterprise classification for tax purposes may apply, it is also possible that the rules may change in the future, possibly with retroactive effect.

 

We and our shareholders face uncertainties with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.

 

On February 3, 2015, the State Administration of Taxation issued an Announcement on Several Issues Concerning Enterprise Income Tax on Income Arising from Indirect Transfers of Property by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or Announcement 7, with the same effective date. Under Announcement 7, an “indirect transfer” refers to a transaction where a non-resident enterprise transfers its equity interest and other similar interest in an offshore holding company, which directly or indirectly holds Chinese taxable assets (the assets of an “establishment or place” situated in China; real property situated in China and equity interest in Chinese resident enterprises) and any indirect transfer without reasonable commercial purposes are subject to the PRC taxation. In addition, Announcement 7 specifies the conditions under which an indirect transfer is deemed to lack a reasonable commercial purpose which include: (1) 75% or more of the value of the offshore holding company’s equity is derived from Chinese taxable assets, (2) anytime in the year prior to the occurrence of the indirect transfer of Chinese taxable assets, 90% or more of the total assets (excluding cash) of the offshore holding company are direct or indirect investment in China, or 90% or more of the revenue of the offshore holding company was sourced from China; (3) the functions performed and risks assumed by the offshore holding company(ies), although incorporated in an offshore jurisdiction to conform to the corporate law requirements there, are insufficient to substantiate their corporate existence and (4) the foreign income tax payable in respect of the indirect transfer is lower than the Chinese tax which would otherwise be payable in respect of the direct transfer if such transfer were treated as a direct transfer. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, currently at a rate of 10%.

 

  48  

 

 

Announcement 7 grants a safe harbor under certain qualifying circumstances, including transfers in the public securities market and certain intragroup restricting transactions, however, there is uncertainty as to the implementation of Announcement 7. For example, Announcement 7 requires the buyer to withhold the applicable taxes without specifying how to obtain the information necessary to calculate taxes and when the applicable tax shall be submitted. Announcement 7 may be determined by the tax authorities to be applicable to our offshore restructuring transactions or sale of the shares of our offshore subsidiaries where non-resident enterprises, being the transferors, were involved. Though Announcement 7 does not impose a mandatory obligation of filing the report of taxable events, the transferring party shall be subject to PRC withholding tax if the certain tax filing conditions are met. Non-filing may result in an administrative penalty varying from 50% to 300% of unpaid taxes. As a result, we and our non-resident enterprises in such transactions may become at risk of being subject to taxation under Announcement 7, and may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with Announcement 7 or to establish that we and our non-resident enterprises should not be taxed under Announcement 7, for any restructuring or disposal of shares of our offshore subsidiaries, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to utilize our revenue effectively.

 

Substantially all of our revenue is denominated in Renminbi. The Renminbi is currently convertible under the “current account,” which includes dividends, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not under the “capital account,” which includes foreign direct investment and loans. Currently, our PRC subsidiaries, which are wholly-foreign owned enterprises, may purchase foreign currency for settlement of “current account transactions,” including payment of dividends to us, without the approval of SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, the relevant PRC governmental authorities may limit or eliminate our ability to purchase foreign currencies in the future for current account transactions. Since a significant amount of our future revenue will be denominated in Renminbi, any existing and future restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to utilize revenue generated in Renminbi to fund our business activities outside of the PRC or pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders. Foreign exchange transactions under the capital account remain subject to limitations and require approvals from, or registration with, SAFE or banks and other relevant PRC governmental authorities. This could affect our ability to obtain foreign currency through debt or equity financing for our subsidiaries and Feng Hui.

 

Fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rate between U.S. Dollars and Renminbi could adversely affect our financial condition.

 

The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate. Exchange rates are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions and the foreign exchange policy adopted by the PRC government. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its policy of pegging the value of the RMB to the U.S. dollar. Under this policy, the RMB is permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against a basket of foreign currencies. Following the removal of the U.S. dollar peg, the RMB appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over three years. From July 2008 until June 2010, however, the RMB traded stably within a narrow range against the U.S. dollar. On June 20, 2010, the PBOC announced that the PRC government would reform the RMB exchange rate regime and increase the flexibility of the exchange rate. Since June 2010, the RMB has appreciated more than 10% against the U.S. dollar. In April 2012, the PRC government announced it would allow greater RMB exchange rate fluctuation. On August 11, 12 and 13, 2015, the PRC government successively set the central parity rate for the RMB more than 3% lower in the aggregate than that of August 10, 2015 and announced that it will begin taking into account previous day’s trading in setting the central parity rate. In 2015, the yuan experienced a 4.88% drop in value, and on January 4, 2016 the PRC government set the U.S. dollar-Chinese yuan currency pair to a reference rate of 6.5%, the lowest rate in 4.5 years. However, it is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar in the future. As significant international pressure remains on the PRC government to adopt a more flexible currency policy, greater fluctuation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar could result.

 

  49  

 

 

Our revenues and costs are mostly denominated in RMB, and a significant portion of our financial assets are also denominated in RMB. Any significant fluctuations in the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar may materially adversely affect our cash flows, revenues, earnings and financial position, and the amount of and any dividends we may pay on our shares in U.S. dollars. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar could also result in foreign currency translation losses for financial reporting purposes. Additionally, the adjusted net income targets for purposes of determining the earnout payments pursuant to the Exchange Agreement are based on the U.S. dollar-RMB exchange rate as of June 30, 2015, so any continued depreciating in the Chinese currency will make it easier for these targets to be met and the Escrow Shares to be released as earnout payments.

 

If any dividend is declared in the future and paid in a foreign currency, you may be taxed on a larger amount in U.S. dollars than the U.S. dollar amount that you will actually ultimately receive.

 

If you are a U.S. holder of our ordinary shares, you will be taxed on the U.S. dollar value of your dividends, if any, at the time you receive them, even if you actually receive a smaller amount of U.S. dollars when the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Specifically, if a dividend is declared and paid in a foreign currency such as the RMB, the amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. dollar value of the payments made in the foreign currency, determined at the spot rate of the foreign currency to the U.S. dollar on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Thus, if the value of the foreign currency decreases before you actually convert the currency into U.S. dollars, you will be taxed on a larger amount in U.S. dollars than the U.S. dollar amount that you will actually ultimately receive.

 

Future inflation in China may inhibit economic activity and adversely affect the Company’s operations.

 

The Chinese economy has experienced periods of rapid expansion in recent years which can lead to high rates of inflation or deflation. This has caused the PRC government to, from time to time, enact various corrective measures designed to restrict the availability of credit or regulate growth and contain inflation. High inflation may in the future cause the PRC government to once again impose controls on credit and/or prices, or to take other action, which could inhibit economic activity in China. Any action on the part of the PRC government that seeks to control credit and/or prices may adversely affect the Company’s business operations.

 

  50  

 

 

PRC laws and regulations have established more complex procedures for certain acquisitions of Chinese companies by foreign investors, which could make it more difficult for the Company to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.

 

Further to the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the New M&A Rules, the Anti-monopoly Law of the PRC, the Rules of Ministry of Commerce on Implementation of Security Review System of Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors promulgated by MOFCOM or the MOFCOM Security Review Rules, was issued in August 2011, which established additional procedures and requirements that are expected to make merger and acquisition activities in China by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex, including requirements in some instances that MOFCOM be notified in advance of any change of control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC enterprise, or that the approval from MOFCOM be obtained in circumstances where overseas companies established or controlled by PRC enterprises or residents acquire affiliated domestic companies. PRC laws and regulations also require certain merger and acquisition transactions to be subject to merger control review and or security review.

 

The MOFCOM Security Review Rules, effective from September 1, 2011, which implement the Notice of the General Office of the State Council on Establishing the Security Review System for Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors promulgated on February 3, 2011, further provide that, when deciding whether a specific merger or acquisition of a domestic enterprise by foreign investors is subject to the security review by MOFCOM, the principle of substance over form should be applied and foreign investors are prohibited from bypassing the security review requirement by structuring transactions through proxies, trusts, indirect investments, leases, loans, control through agreements control or offshore transactions.

 

Further, if the business of any target company that the Company seeks to acquire falls into the scope of security review, the Company may not be able to successfully acquire such company either by equity or asset acquisition, capital contribution or through any VIE Agreement. The Company may grow its business in part by acquiring other companies operating in its industry. Complying with the requirements of the relevant regulations to complete such transactions could be time consuming, and any required approval processes, including approval from MOFCOM, may delay or inhibit its ability to complete such transactions, which could affect its ability to maintain or expand its market share.

 

In addition, SAFE promulgated the Circular on the Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or Circular 19, on June 1, 2015. Under Circular 19, registered capital of a foreign-invested company settled in RMB converted from foreign currencies may only be used within the business scope approved by the applicable governmental authority and the equity investments in the PRC made by the foreign-invested company shall be subject to the relevant laws and regulations about the foreign-invested company’s reinvestment in the PRC. In addition, foreign-invested companies cannot use such capital to make the investments on securities, and cannot use such capital to issue the entrusted RMB loans (except approved in its business scope), repay the RMB loans between the enterprises and the ones which have been transferred to the third party. Circular 19 may significantly limit our ability to effectively use the proceeds from future financing activities as the Chinese subsidiaries may not convert the funds received from us in foreign currencies into RMB, which may adversely affect their liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business in the PRC.

 

  51  

 

 

Failure to comply with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Chinese anti-corruption laws could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

 

As our shares are listed on Nasdaq, we are subject to the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which generally prohibits United States companies from engaging in bribery or other prohibited payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Non-U.S. companies, including some that may compete with us, may not be subject to these prohibitions. In addition, in 2012, the central government of the PRC commenced a far-reaching campaign against corruption. That ongoing campaign involves aggressive enforcement of existing Chinese anti-corruption laws. Corruption, extortion, bribery, pay-offs, theft and other fraudulent practices may occur from time-to-time in the PRC. Our employees or other agents may engage in such conduct for which we might be held responsible. If our employees or other agents are found to have engaged in such practices, we could suffer severe penalties and other consequences that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

SEC administrative proceedings against the China affiliates of multi-national accounting firms, and/or any related adverse regulatory development in the PRC, may result in our financial statements being determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

 

In December 2012, the SEC brought administrative proceedings against five major accounting firms in China alleging that they had refused to produce audit work papers and other documents related to certain other China-based companies under investigation by the SEC. On January 22, 2014, an initial administrative law decision was issued, censuring these accounting firms and suspending four of these firms from practicing before the SEC for a period of six months. The decision is neither final nor legally effective unless and until reviewed and approved by the SEC. On February 12, 2014, four of these PRC-based accounting firms appealed to the SEC against this decision. In February 2015, each of the four PRC-based accounting firms agreed to a censure and to pay a fine to the SEC to settle the dispute and avoid suspension of their ability to practice before the SEC. The settlement requires the firms to follow detailed procedures to seek to provide the SEC with access to Chinese firms’ audit documents via the Chinese Securities Regulatory Commission. If the firms do not follow these procedures, the SEC could restart the administrative proceedings.

 

In the event that the SEC restarts the administrative proceedings or initiates new proceedings against other firms, depending upon the final outcome, listed companies in the United States with major PRC operations may find it difficult or impossible to retain auditors in respect of their operations in the PRC, which could result in financial statements being determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, including possible delisting. Moreover, any negative news about the proceedings against these audit firms may cause investor uncertainty regarding China-based, United States-listed companies and the market price of our shares may be adversely affected.

 

If our independent registered public accounting firm was denied, even temporarily, the ability to practice before the SEC and we were unable to timely find another registered public accounting firm to audit and issue an opinion on our financial statements, our financial statements could be determined not to be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act. Such a determination could ultimately lead to our delisting from Nasdaq or deregistration from the SEC, or both, which would substantially reduce or effectively terminate the trading of our shares in the United States.

 

Our management may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with United States securities laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

 

Management of the Company has limited familiarity with United States securities laws. They may have to expend time and resources becoming more familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues, which may adversely affect our operations.

 

  52  

 

 

If we become directly subject to the recent scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity involving U.S.-listed Chinese companies, we may have to expend significant resources to investigate and resolve the matter which could harm our business operations and our reputation and could result in a loss of your investment in our shares, especially if such matter cannot be addressed and resolved favorably.

 

U.S. public companies that have substantially all of their operations in China have been the subject of intense scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity by investors, financial commentators and regulatory agencies, such as the SEC. Much of the scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity has centered around financial and accounting irregularities, a lack of effective internal controls over financial accounting, inadequate corporate governance policies or a lack of adherence thereto and, in many cases, allegations of fraud. As a result of the scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity, the publicly traded stock of many U.S. listed Chinese companies has sharply decreased in value and, in some cases, has become virtually worthless. Many of these companies are now subject to shareholder lawsuits and SEC enforcement actions and are conducting internal and external investigations into the allegations. It is not clear what effect this sector-wide scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity will have on our company and our business. If we become the subject of any unfavorable allegations, whether such allegations are proven to be true or untrue, we will have to expend significant resources to investigate such allegations and/or defend the Company. This situation may be a major distraction to our management. If such allegations are not proven to be groundless, our Company and business operations will be severely hampered and your investment in our stock could be rendered worthless.

 

The disclosures in our reports and other filings with the SEC and our other public pronouncements are not subject to the scrutiny of any regulatory bodies in the PRC.

 

Our reports and other filings with the SEC are subject to SEC review in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Our SEC filings and other disclosure and public pronouncements are not subject to the review or scrutiny of any PRC regulatory authority. For example, the disclosure in our SEC reports and other filings are not subject to the review by CSRC, a PRC regulator that is tasked with oversight of the capital markets in China. Accordingly, you should review our SEC reports, filings and our other public pronouncements with the understanding that no local regulator has done any review of our Company, our SEC reports, other filings or any of our other public pronouncements.

  

  53  

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the accompanying financial statements and related notes filed herewith as Exhibits 99.1 and 99.2. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect the Company’s future plans, estimates, beliefs and expected performance. The forward-looking statements are dependent upon events, risks and uncertainties that may be outside the Company’s control. The Company’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Please read “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed may not occur.

 

Overview

 

Adrie is a business company formed under the laws of British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) on November 19, 2014 as a holding company for Feng Hui Financial Group, which in turn owns 100% of the issued and outstanding equity interests in each of XWFOE and Consulting. Consulting is party to certain variable interest entity contracts with the shareholders of Feng Hui, pursuant to which the profits of Feng Hui are paid to Consulting.

 

Until August 1, 2015, Adrie conducted its business solely through Feng Hui, its variable interest entity. Pursuant to the recently completed Business Combination, Adrie became a wholly-owned subsidiary of DT Asia with DT adopting Adrie and its consolidated subsidiaries and variable interest entity’s business going forward and reporting Adrie’s historical consolidated financial statements on future SEC filings as those of the continuing company. Therefore, we refer to Adrie and its consolidated subsidiaries and variable interest entity collectively as the “Company.”

 

Feng Hui, a company established in June 12, 2009 under the laws of China was the only operation of Adrie until August 1, 2015 when Consulting commenced its business operation. With business operations in Urumqi City, Xinjiang Province, China, Feng Hui is a leading direct lending non-bank financial services provider mainly serving MSMEs, farmers and individuals in Xinjiang Province, China. Feng Hui provides short term loans to MSME clients based upon their needs and qualifications.

 

As of March 31, 2016, Feng Hui is one of the top direct lending operations in Xinjiang Province in terms of registered capital and loans receivables according to data from the PBOC. Feng Hui typically provides MSMEs, family-run businesses, farmers and individual borrowers with working capital and bridge financing support, primarily through means of short-term loans based upon their needs and qualifications.

 

In line with its business environment and funding demands, as well as the risk minimization requirements and increase adaptability to the changes in economy and industry, the Company’s mandate is to maintain loan facilities that are small in size and short term and to diversify its customer base into multiple industries.

 

In addition to loan origination and servicing, the Company leverages its strength to provide its customers with financing-related value-added services, tailored financing solutions and advisory services on finance and tax management.

 

The following are some key measures of the Company’s direct lending operations:

 

During the first three months of 2016, the Company’s average loan size decreased $0.1 million, or 11.4%, to $0.77 million, compared to the average loan size of $0.87 million and $1.05 million during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, having size of loans range from $4.8 thousand to $3.5 million. Pursuant to China’s PBOC requirement on Management of Small-Amount Loan, any loan extended by a direct lender to a single client shall not exceed 5% of its net assets. The Company’s internal guidelines provide that any loan extended to a single client may not exceed 5% of Feng Hui’s paid-in capital, which results in a current maximum loan size of approximately $4.7 million. Since its inception, the Company’s average amount of loan has remained at $0.6 million, with the size of loans ranging from $786 to $3.5 million.

 

  54  

 

 

During the first three months of 2016, the Company issued 108 loans compared to 273 and 195 loans issued during the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Instead of issuing loan facilities of one year and longer as in banks and other financial institutions, the Company has been providing its customers with loans of one year and shorter durations. The average term of loans issued during the first three months of 2016 was 5.1 months, a decrease of 1.3 months as compared to the average term of 6.4 months during the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

The Company attempts to spread its industry risk and to avoid over reliance on any particular industry by diversifying its customer base into several industries. As of March 31, 2016, the Company’s business covered more than eight industries with no single industry representing more than 39% of our business. The industries covered include Commerce and Trade, Real Estates, Energy and Mining, Agriculture, Manufacturing, Supply Chain Financing, Service and Others.

 

Credit risks, including customer defaults from the direct lending business is inherent in the Company’s principal business. The Company’s credit evaluation and risk management system was developed based upon its extensive experience in serving MSMEs and allows it to effectively conduct its direct lending business with a very low default rate. From Feng Hui’s inception until March 31, 2016, the cumulative bad debt was $1.0 million representing less than 0.11% of the aggregate principal amount of loans during the period.

 

Five-Level review

 

Prior to the approval of any loan, the Company conducts a thorough and stringent “Five-Level Review” focusing on evaluations of solvency, loan repayment ability, creditworthiness and collateral.

 

Risk Management System

 

The Company’s risk management system, based upon its unique “Dual Manager Loan Approval Policy”, has proven to be very practical and efficient given the limitations in the early-stage of the current credit system in China. While the Company is highly cautious with application review during the loan approval process, its post loan closing risk management is even more stringent. This should not only reduce potential losses due to deterioration of business operation and financial position of the borrowers, but also allow the Company to proactively act on any negative sign from customers as well as from the industry as a whole on a timely basis.

 

Interest Collection on a Monthly Basis

 

As all of the Company’s loan facilities have terms of less than one year, interest is collected on a monthly basis. Interest collection is used as a key performance indicator of the Loan Service Department. In addition, the Risk Management Department reassesses the risk profile of each customer every month. The results of the assessment, along with that the interest collection are used as performance assessment indicators of loan service staff members. While accelerating the turnover and improving the efficiency of the capital base, it helps ensuring that the account managers track the business operation and financial position of their customers on a monthly basis to enable near real time monitoring of the loan facilities.

 

  55  

 

 

5-Category Classification and Management

 

The Company maintains a 5-category management system to classify its loan customers. For each category, it takes specific measures to reduce default risks. As a result of the strict loan approval process, the monthly interest collection and other post loan closing monitoring actions, the Company is able to ensure satisfactory quality of its loan assets. As of March 31, 2016, the 5-category classification is as follows:

 

    Loan
balance as of
March 31
(USD in millions)
    Loan
balance

as of December 31
(USD in millions)
     
Category   2016     2015     2014     Actions
Pass     137.1       126.2       130.8     Track doubtful factors; enhance risk alerting.
Special Mention                     Request additional guarantees, or mortgages for loans with insufficient or zero guarantee or mortgage
Substandard     13.0       14.7       1.7     Enhance collection of principal and interest; track changes to mortgages or pledges; shorten loan terms; initiate debt restructuring, if necessary
Doubtful                 0.6     Resort to legal actions; exert rights over the mortgages or pledges; be alerted on any possible asset loss of the borrower
Loss           *           Declare creditor’s rights in full amount; take part in the liquidation process to minimize losses

 

 

* The Company recognized $642,178 in charge-offs for the period ended December 31, 2015 which have already been removed from the loan balance for the period.

 

Loan Categorization at the Company

 

The Company’s unique risk management and control model is based on its well-established risk management system and strong execution capability. This risk management system is the core competence of the Company, something that is difficult for competitors to duplicate or surpass.

 

In view of its risk management edge and the special role of risk management itself, the Company has upgraded its risk management department into the Company’s Risk Management Center and appointed a chief risk management advisor. In addition to serving the Company itself, the Company’s Risk Management Center is also planning to provide risk management outsourcing service to peer direct lending companies. Leveraging its strength in risk management, the Company is further enhancing its penetration and significantly influence over the direct lending business industry across China.

 

Provision for loan losses increased by $1.8 million to $1.8 million during the first three months in 2016 as compared to the same period in 2015, and increased by $1.6 million, or 270.7%, to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. These increases in provision for loan losses were mainly attributable to some of the delinquent loans and interest receivable during these periods in which the Company has increased provision percentages and amounts to reflect the repayments expected to be provided by the collateral, pledged assets and guarantees, which weakened as a result of legal proceedings and difficulties in enforcing the collateral and guarantees for four cases that management believes are isolated and involve unique circumstances not indicative of systemic issues. As of May 15, 2016, 30% of the delinquent amount have been collected.

 

The Company’s net interest income, which consists primarily of direct lending interest income and financial advisory fees, was $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, which is basically unchanged from the same period in 2015 even with the increase in total interest and fee income which was mainly caused by the above-mentioned provision for loan losses. For that reason net income decreased by $0.1 million to $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 from $3.8 million for the same period in 2015. Net interest income was $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing an increase of $5.7 million, or 34.8%, from $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 which was mainly caused by the increase in registered capital in September 2014 and the leveraging effect. For the same reason, the net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $14.3 million, representing an increase of $3.0 million, or 26.0%, from $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

  56  

 

 

Key Factors that Affect Operating Results

 

The Company is located in the Economic Technological Development Zone of Urumqi, one of the cities in northwestern China that most significantly benefits under the New Silk Road (One Belt, One Road) initiative. The Company’s management believes that this initiative will bring new investment opportunities and business activities into Urumqi over the next ten years at the minimum, and the demand for capital and loan facilities should be significantly higher than before the initiative.

 

Although the PRC economy has grown in recent years, the pace of growth has slowed, and even that rate of growth may not continue. According to the National Bureau of Statistics in China (“NBS”), the annual rate of growth in the PRC declined from 7.7% in 2013 to 7.4% in 2014, and 6.9% in 2015, and the annual rate of growth in Xinjiang Province has declined from 11.0% in 2013 to 10.0% in 2014 and 8.8% in 2015. A further slowdown in overall economic growth, an economic downturn or recession or other adverse economic developments in the PRC may materially reduce the demand for the Company’s direct lending service and may have a materially adverse effect on its business.

 

Our operating subsidiaries are incorporated, and our operations and assets are primarily located, in China. Accordingly, our results of operations, financial condition and prospects are affected by China’s economic and regulation conditions in the following factors: (a) an economic downturn in China or any regional market in China; (b) economic policies and initiatives undertaken by the Chinese government; (c) changes in the Chinese or regional business or regulatory environment affecting the MSMEs; (e) changes to prevailing market interest rates; (f) a higher rate of bankruptcy; and (f) the deterioration of the creditworthiness of MSMEs in general. Unfavorable changes could affect demand for services that we provide and could materially and adversely affect the results of operations. Although the Company has generally benefited from China’s economic growth and the policies to encourage lending to MSMEs, the Company is also affected by the complexity, uncertainties and changes in the Chinese economic conditions and regulations governing the non- banking financial industry.

 

The Company’s results of operations are also affected by the provision for loan losses which are a noncash item and represent an assessment of the risk of future loan losses. The amount of provisions or allowances has been recorded based on management’s assessment. The Company may increase or decrease the allowance for loan based on any such change of economic conditions and the change of management’s assessment. Any change in the allowance for loan losses would have an effect on our financial condition and results of operation.

 

  57  

 

 

Results of Operations

 

Quarter Ended March 31, 2016 vs March 31, 2015 and Year Ended December 31, 2015 vs Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

    For Three Months Ended March 31,     Changes     For The Year Ended
December 31,
    Changes  
    2016     2015     $     %     2015     2014     $     %  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)                 (Audited)     (Audited)              
Interest income                                                
Interests and fees on loans   $ 8,612,548     $ 5,696,296     $ 2,916,252       51.2 %   $ 27,641,209     $ 17,592,593     $ 10,048,616       57.1 %
Interests and fees on
loans-related parties
    51,262       534,170       (482,908 )     -90.4 %     531,559       1,159,974       (628,415 )       -54.2 %
Interests on deposits with banks     2,276       1,408       868       61.6 %     5,883       8,519       ( 2,636 )     -30.9 %
Total interest income     8,666,086       6,231,874       2,434,212       39.1 %     28,178,651       18,761,086       9,417,565       50.2 %
                                                                 
Interest expense                                                                
Interest expenses on short-term bank loans     (124,619 )     (135,162 )     10,543       -7.8 %     (425,139 )     (979,050 )     553,911       -56.6 %
Interest expenses and fees on secured loan     (723,502 )     (484,832 )     (238,670 )     49.2 %     (2,302,136 )     (689,393 )     (1,612,743 )     233.9 %
Interest expenses on loans from related parties           (34,638 )     34,638       -100.0 %     (61,542 )     (98,775 )     37,233       -37.7 %
Interest expenses on loans from a cost investment investee     (463,777 )     (35,263 )     (428,514 )     1215.2 %     (1,101,871 )           (1,101,871 )      
Total interest expense     (1,311,898 )     (689,895 )     (622,003 )     90.2 %     (3,890,688 )     (1,767,218 )     (2,123,470 )     120.2 %
                                                                 
(Provision) reversal for loan losses     (1,797,465 )     22,013       (1,819,478 )     -8265.5 %     (2,166,110 )     (584,348 )     (1,581,762 )     270.7 %
Net interest income     5,556,723       5,563,992       (7,269 )     -0.1 %     22,121,853       16,409,520       5,712,333       34.8 %
                                                                 
Non-interest income     95       13,393       (13,298 )     -99.3 %     13,212             13,212        
                                                                 
Non-interest expense                                                                
Salaries and employee
surcharge
    (233,638 )     (130,355 )     (103,283 )     79.2 %     (917,159 )     (604,223 )     (312,936 )     51.8 %
Business taxes and surcharge     (371,475 )     (350,069 )     (21,406 )     6.1 %     (1,449,993 )     (1,050,052 )     (399,941 )     38.1 %
Other operating expenses     (344,738 )     (393,547 )     48,809       -12.4 %     (2,790,192 )     (1,349,142 )     (1,441,050 )     106.8 %
Total non-interest expense     (949,851 )     (873,971 )     (75,880 )     8.7 %     (5,157,344 )     (3,003,417 )     (2,153,927 )     71.7 %
                                                                 
Income before tax     4,606,967       4,703,414       (96,447 )     -2.1 %     16,977,721       13,406,103       3,571,618       26.6 %
Income tax expense     (918,672 )     (863,554 )     (55,118 )     6.4 %     (2,857,907 )     (2,092,776 )     (765,131 )     36.6 %
Net income   $ 3,688,295     $ 3,839,860     $ (151,565 )     -3.9 %   $ 14,119,814     $ 11,313,327     $ 2,806,487       24.8 %

 

Interest Income

 

The Company’s interest income consists of interest and fees on its direct lending loans, financial advisory fees and interest on deposits with banks. Total interest income increased by $2.4 million, or 39.1%, to $8.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $6.2 million for the same period in 2015. Total interest income increased by $9.4 million, or 50.2%, to $28.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $18.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to the Company issuing more loans after its paid-in capital increased by 100% in September 2014.

 

  58  

 

 

The following table breaks down the components of interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

    For Three Months Ended              
    March 31, 2016     March 31, 2015     Changes  
    USD     % of Revenue     USD     % of Revenue     USD     %  
Interests and fees on loans   $ 8,612,548       99.4 %   $ 5,696,296       91.4 %   $ 2,916,252       51.2 %
Interests and fees on loans – related parties     51,262       0.6 %     534,170       8.6 %     (482,908 )     -90.4 %
Interests on deposits with banks     2,276       0.0 %     1,408       0.0 %     868       61.6 %
Total   $ 8,666,086       100.0 %   $ 6,231,874       100.0 %   $ 2,434,212       39.1 %

 

The following table breaks down the components of interest income for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    Year Ended              
    December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014     Changes  
    USD     % of
Revenue
    USD     % of
Revenue
    USD     %  
Interests and fees on loans   $ 27,641,209       98.1 %   $ 17,592,593       93.8 %   $ 10,048,616       57.1 %
Interests and fees on loans – related parties     531,559       1.9 %     1,159,974       6.2 %     (628,415 )     -54.2 %
Interests on deposits with banks     5,883       0.0 %     8,519       0.0 %     (2,636 )     -30.9 %
Total   $ 28,178,651       100.0 %   $ 18,761,086       100.0 %   $ 9,417,565       50.2 %

 

Interest Expense

 

The interest rates per annum on loans received ranged between 6.6% to 12.0% for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Interest expense increased $0.6 million, or 90.2%, during the first three months in 2016 as compared to that of 2015, and increased $2.1 million, or 120.2%, in the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to that of 2014. The former increase was due to the increase registered capital which leads to increased ability to borrow. The latter increase was mainly caused by the increase of interest expense on secured loans and loans from a cost investment investee of $1.6 million and $1.1 million respectively. As the ability to borrow strengthened in 2015 after the increase in registered capital, Feng Hui increased borrowing during the year ended December 31, 2015 to support its business development. Short term loans outstanding were $15.4 million as of December 31, 2015 as compared to $7.3 million in December 31, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the interest rate ranged from 7.8% to 12.0% as compared to 6.6% to 12.0% for the same period in 2014.

 

  59  

 

 

Loans Receivable

 

The interest rates per annum on loans issued ranged between 8.0% to 24.0%, 8.0% to 24.0% and 10.0% to 26.4% for the three month period ended March 31, 2016, and the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Loans receivable consisted of the following as of March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

    March 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
 
Business loans   $ 51,414,085     $ 41,794,907     $ 46,692,158  
Personal loans     98,675,846       99,118,875       86,386,267  
Total loans receivable     150,089,931       140,913,782       133,078,425  
Allowance for loan losses                        
Collectively assessed     (1,475,191 )     (1,401,061 )     (1,330,784 )
Individually assessed     (2,570,859 )     (807,647 )      
Allowance for loan losses     (4,046,050 )     (2,208,708 )     (1,330,784 )
Loans receivable, net   $ 146,043,881     $ 138,705,074     $ 131,747,641  

 

The Company originates loans to customers located primarily in Urumqi. This geographic concentration of credit exposes the Company to a higher degree of risk associated with this economic region.

 

All loans are short-term loans that the Company has made to either business or individual (consists of sole proprietorship and individual) customers. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had 36 and 30 business loan customers, and 125 and 65 personal loan customers, respectively and substantially all of those loan receivables are more than 100% secured, either guaranteed by a third party whose financial strength is assessed by the Company to be sufficient or secured by collateral.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, a provision of $2.2 million and a provision of $0.6 million provision were recognized, respectively. The Company recognized $0.6 million of write-offs against the allowance in 2015 and no write-offs against the allowance in 2014.

 

Interest on loans receivable is accrued and credited to income as earned. The Company determines a loan’s past due status by the number of days that have elapsed since a borrower has failed to make a contractual loan payment. Accrual of interest is generally discontinued when either (i) reasonable doubt exists as to the full, timely collection of interest or principal or (ii) when a loan becomes past due by more than 90 days.

 

The following table presents nonaccrual loans with aging over 90 days by classes of loan portfolio as of March 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

    As of
March 31,
2016
    As of
December 31,
2015
    As of
December 31,
2014
 
Business loans   $ 10,382,361     $ 10,468,752     $ 955,093  
Personal loans     2,656,061       4,254,664       1,301,660  
    $ 13,038,422     $ 14,723,416     $ 2,256,753  

 

Substantially all of the loans issued were over 150% collateralized during the year ending December 31, 2015.

 

For the loans the Company holds that are secured, typically, guarantees can be categorized as either general guarantees or guarantees with joint and several liability. A general guarantee refers to a guarantee contract wherein the parties agree that the guarantor shall be liable only if the debtor defaults. A guarantee with joint and several liability refers to a guarantee contract wherein the parties agree that the guarantor and the debtor shall be jointly and severally liable. According to the Company’s loan management policy, the Company only accepts loans backed by guarantees with joint and several liability. Personal guarantees are uniform and have to satisfy the following criteria:

 

1.            Guarantor must be a citizen of the PRC, with a permanent address and full capacity to perform civil rights and undertake civil obligations.

 

2.            Guarantor must have legitimate and adequate incomes or assets to cover underlying loans.

 

3.            Guarantor must have a clean credit record and no criminal record.

 

4.            Guarantees offered to loans of one single borrower must be equal to or less than 60% of the guarantor’s net assets.

 

  60  

 

 

The Company generally uses credit reports issued by the Credit Reference Center of CCRC for guarantors’ credit records, a nationwide uniformed approach for tracking corporate and individual credit records.

 

According to the Company’s loan extension policy, a one-time extension could be granted after obtaining a commitment letter from the guarantor agreeing to the loan extension and extending the guarantee’s duration. The guarantee is not transferable when the base loan is sold or transferred. In normal practice, the purchaser or transferee of the base loan would sign a new guarantee agreement or seek other collateral measures to secure the loan. Because the guarantee is an off-balance sheet arrangement, it is not accounted for by the Company. However, in determining the allowance for loan losses at each balance sheet date, the Company takes into consideration the ability and probability of the guarantor to repay the loan should the debtor default. In the determination of loan losses, the fact that the guarantee is provided by a related party or a third party does not weigh in the decision-making process.

 

Analysis of loans by collateral

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio by collateral as of March 31, 2016:

 

    Business
loans
    Personal
loans
    Total  
Guarantee backed loans   $ 30,522,219     $ 20,755,420     $ 51,277,639  
Pledged assets backed loans     10,155,983       73,989,829       84,145,812  
Collateral backed loans     10,735,882       3,930,598       14,666,480  
    $ 51,414,084     $ 98,675,847     $ 150,089,931  

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio by collateral as of December 31, 2015:

 

    Business
loans
    Personal
loans
    Total  
Guarantee backed loans   $ 16,505,692     $ 30,525,132     $ 47,030,824  
Pledged assets backed loans     5,593,296       65,289,524       70,882,820  
Collateral backed loans     19,695,919       3,304,219       23,000,138  
    $ 41,794,907     $ 99,118,875     $ 140,913,782  

 

Substantially all of the loans issued were over 150% collateralized during the year ended March 31, 2016.

 

Two guarantee backed loans with total principal of 9 million RMB were overdue after their maturity in 2015. Feng Hui first successfully sued the borrower and guarantor to validate its legal right to payment, but it still needed to collect the amounts that were past due. One loan with 5 million RMB of principal is in the enforcement stage at present. Another loan with 4 million RMB of principal was written off in 2015 based on the management’s judgment that the loan is not likely to be collected in a short term. However, Feng Hui will still pursue collection of this loan.

 

Three collateral backed loans with total principal of 56.7 million RMB were overdue after their maturity in 2015. The collateral covered 100% of the outstanding loan principal and interests. To accelerate collection and increase the liquidity of its assets, Feng Hui sold the creditor’s rights with respect to two loans with total principal of 56.1 million RMB to a related party in 2015. For the overdue loan with principal of 0.6 million RMB, Urumqi Shuimogou District Court issued a Notice of Execution on October 16, 2015, ordering the borrower to fulfill his obligations, and otherwise the court will carry out a compulsory execution in accordance with relevant laws. This case is currently at the enforcement stage.

 

  61  

 

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio by collateral as of December 31, 2014:

 

    Business
loans
    Personal
loans
    Total  
Guarantee backed loans   $ 4,930,036     $ 73,442,890     $ 78,372,926  
Pledged assets backed loans     36,230,068       11,218,679       47,448,747  
Collateral backed loans     5,532,054       1,724,698       7,256,752  
    $ 46,692,158     $ 86,386,267     $ 133,078,425  

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The Company maintains the allowance for loan losses, as presented in its accompanying audited financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, at a level it considers adequate to provide for losses that it reasonably anticipates. The Company’s management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance. The allowance is based on the Company’s past loan loss history, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

The allowance is calculated at a portfolio-level since the Company’s loan portfolio is generally comprised of smaller balance homogenous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment.

 

For the purpose of calculating portfolio-level reserves, the Company groups its loans into two portfolio segments: business and personal. The majority of the personal loans were issued to sole proprietorship and partnership entities. The allowance consists of the combination of a quantitative assessment component based on statistical models, a retrospective evaluation of actual loss information compared to loss forecasts, and the value of collateral, and to the extent appropriate a qualitative component based on management judgment.

 

The Company considers qualitative factors such as current economic conditions and/or events in specific industries and geographical areas, including unemployment levels, trends in real estate values, peer comparisons, and other pertinent factors such as regulatory guidance. Finally, as appropriate, the Company also considers individual borrower circumstances and the condition and fair value of the loan collateral, if any.

 

In addition, the Company also calculates the provision amount as described below:

 

General Reserve — The General Reserve is based on the total loans receivable balance and to be used to cover unidentified probable loan loss.

 

Special Reserve — The Special Reserve covers losses due to risks related to a particular region, industry or type of loans. The Special Reserve rate, if any, is determined based on management estimate of loan collectability.

 

At the commencement of operations, the Company did not have a sufficient operating history to develop a reasonable estimation for its loan loss allowance. However, since 2013, the Company has been able to develop reasonable estimation for its loan loss allowance, and it’s consistent with the 1% general reserve plus special reserve.

 

  62  

 

 

Since inception in 2009, the Company has been able to keep the loan loss under 1%. With the six years’ operating history and management team’s experience, management believes that the Company has the capabilities to gather reliable data. Furthermore, in 2016 Feng Hui has invested in a propriety Credit Risk Analytic Platform system to capture and to analyze such credit and loss data, which is currently undergoing pilot testing.

 

The Company has been using the 1% floor requirement as its peer and industry data since 2009, the 1% has proven to be a fair estimation and to date, the Company’s actual loan losses have not exceeded 1%.

 

Due to the fact that one of the major performance evaluation criteria of the senior management team is based on loan losses not exceeding 1%, such performance evaluation program as stipulated by the shareholders provides a natural and interactive validation and back test process for the 1% general allowance for loan loss estimate against actual loan losses. Since inception in 2009, the Company’s actual loan losses were being scrutinized and back tested by the board of directors shortly after the end of each year specifically focusing on whether the actual loan loss exceeds 1% of the loans receivable balance for each respective year for performance evaluation purpose. Until now, the board of directors has been satisfied with the actual results and the management has never been penalized for loan loss exceeding 1% of each of the respective year end loans receivable balance. From the back test result, the actual loan loss for 2013 and 2014 were Nil and for 2015 was $642,178 representing 0%, 0% and 0.45% of the respective loans receivable. Even though the back test results were a lot less than 1.00% in the past three years, the management believes that due to the fact that the company’s customers base is quite diversified into multiple industries, the general reserve is reasonably reflective of the incurred risk in loan losses within the region. Through the results of our validation, back test and performance evaluation processes, the management, will not only refine our current allowance for loan loss methodology, but also will improve our credit rating and approval process down to geography, industry and nature of collateral.

 

While the Company believes its management uses the best information available to make loan loss allowance evaluations, adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions or changes in accounting guidance.

 

Provision for loan losses increased by $1.8 million to $1.8 million during the first three months in 2016 as compared to the same period in 2015, and increased by $1.6 million, or 270.7%, to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. These increases in provision for loan losses were mainly attributable to some of the delinquent loans and interest receivable during these periods, in which the Company has increased provision percentages and amounts to reflect the repayments expected to be provided by the collateral, pledged assets and guarantees, which weakened as a result of legal proceedings and difficulties in enforcing the collateral and guarantees for four cases that management believes are isolated and involve unique circumstances not indicative of systemic issues.

 

The following tables present the activity in the allowance for loan losses and related recorded investment in loans receivable by classes of the loans individually and collectively evaluated for impairment as of and for three months ended March 31, 2016, as well as the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2016

 

    Business
loans
    Personal
loans
    Total  
Beginning balance   $ 1,053,579     $ 1,155,129     $ 2,208,708  
Charge-offs                  
Provisions     1,595,502       201,963       1,797,465  
Foreign currency translation     29,447       10,430       39,877  
Ending balance     2,678,528       1,367,521       4,046,050  
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment     2,186,250       384,609       2,570,859  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 492,278     $ 982,912     $ 1,475,191  

 

  63  

 

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2015

 

    Business
loans
    Personal
loans
    Total  
Beginning balance   $ 466,921     $ 863,863     $ 1,330,784  
Charge-offs     (642,178 )           (642,178 )
Provisions     1,311,620       854,490       2,166,110  
Write-off in loans sold to a related party     (32,109 )     (502,986 )     (535,095 )
Foreign currency translation     (50,675 )     (60,238 )     110,913  
Ending balance     1,053,579       1,155,129       2,208,708  
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment     642,051       165,596       807,647  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 411,528     $ 989,533     $ 1,401,061  

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2014

 

    Business
loans
    Personal
loans
    Total  
Beginning balance   $ 268,201     $ 482,363     $ 750,564  
Charge-offs                  
Provisions     200,168       384,180       584,348  
Foreign currency translation     (1,448 )     (2,680 )     (4,128 )
Ending balance     466,921       863,863       1,330,784  
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment                  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 466,921     $ 863,863     $ 1,330,784  

 

The Company recognized one single loan charge-off with principal of $642,178 in 2015. The $535,095 write-off was in fact a recapture of previously accrued provision caused by sale of loans.

 

The facts of the $642,178 written-off loan is as follows:

 

On December 30, 2014, Luoyang Yongcheng Agricultural Machinery Manufacturing Co., Ltd. (“Luoyang Yongcheng”) borrowed 4,000,000 RMB from the Company. The loan was guaranteed by Yili Yoncheng Agricultural Equipment Manufacturing Group Co., Ltd. (“Yili Yongcheng”) and its legal representative Li Yongjun. The loan became due on June 30, 2015, and Luoyang Yongcheng failed to repay the loan principal and interest on time. The Company then submitted the dispute to Urumqi Railway Transportation Court to seek repayment from Luoyong Yongcheng and its guarantors. The court has accepted and heard the case. However, the borrower and its guarantors did not attend the court hearing. Through several investigations and communications, the Company found that Luoyong Yongcheng was in dissolution process, while neither its legal representative nor any other management personnel were reachable. Meanwhile, its guarantor Yili Yongcheng was in process of liquidation and another guarantor Li Yongjun had no material enforceable asset. After several attempts, the Company’s management believed that it was unlikely to collect payments from Luoyang Yongcheng or its guarantors, and decided to charge off the whole principal of 4,000,000 RMB ($642,178) at the end of 2015 pursuant to the Company’s strict policy for bad loan charge-off.

 

The loan to Luoyong Yongcheng was issued and managed in accordance with the Company’s loan management policy and risk management policy, and both Luoyang Yongcheng and its guarantors satisfied the Company’s requirements for borrowers and guarantors at the time of loan application and issuance. There was no difference between the underwriting of the charged-off loan and other loans that experienced no charge-offs. No change in underwriting and credit qualification process which led the charge-off. The Company’s management believed that the charge-off of $642,178, rather than caused by any changes in our underwriting standards, is more a result of specific unpredictable and uncontrollable events happened to borrower and its guarantors, together with changes in macroeconomic environment. Meanwhile, the Company has become more cautious to issue guarantee backed loans, and is shifting its loan portfolio to more collateral and pledge backed loans.

 

  64  

 

 

The Company recognizes a charge-off when management determines that full repayment of a loan is not probable. The primary factor in making that determination is the potential outcome of a lawsuit against the delinquent debtor. The Company will recognize a charge-off when the Company loses contact with the delinquent borrower for more than nine months or when the court rules against the Company to seize the collateral asset of the delinquent debt from either the guarantor or borrower. In addition, when the recoverability of the delinquent debt is highly unlikely, the senior management team will go through a stringent procedure to approve a charge-off under the following circumstances, after exhausting all possible efforts according to the applicable laws:

 

1.            Debtor or guarantor declares bankruptcy, wind-up, dissolution or revocation, and terminate corporate status;

 

2.            The natural person debtor is deceased, or is deemed missing or deceased in accordance with the “Civil Law of the People’s Republic of China”;

 

3.            Debtor suffers huge losses as a result of major natural disasters or accidents, and is unable to obtain enough insurance compensation to cover its debts;

 

4.            Debtor violates criminal laws and receives legal penalty, while its properties are inadequate to cover delinquent payments and there is no other debtors sharing joint liabilities;

 

5.            Loans are delinquent more than two years after a court enforces the debtor and the guarantor to make repayments;

 

6.            In the event of liquidation of a debtor, residual values are inadequate to cover delinquent loans owed to the Company after settlement of liabilities owed to all senior creditors.

 

Even when any of the above circumstance occurs, the Company will exhaust all its efforts to recover payments prior to its decision to charge off a bad loan.

 

Non-Interest Expense

 

Non-interest expense mainly consisted of salary and benefits for employees, business tax and surcharges, office expenses, travel costs, entertainment expenses, depreciation of equipment, professional fees and office supplies. Non-interest expenses increased by $0.1 million, or 8.7%, to $1.0 million during the first three months in 2016, compared to $0.9 million for the same period in 2015 and increased by $2.2 million, or 71.7%, to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increases were primarily attributed to the increase in salaries, professional fees, travel costs, entertainment expenses and depreciation expense resulting from the Company’s business expansion.

 

Income Taxes

 

As stipulated by the Taxation Law of PRC, Feng Hui is subject to PRC income tax rate of 25%. Feng Hui is a qualified enterprise engaged in industry under the Western Development Strategy and is therefore entitled to preferential tax rate of 15%.

 

Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant taxing authorities. As part of the process of preparing financial statements, Feng Hui is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements at each year-end and tax loss carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applicable for the differences that are expected to affect taxable income.

 

The Company adopts a more likely than not threshold and a two-step approach for the tax position measurement and financial statement recognition. Under the two-step approach, the first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained, including resolution of related appeals or litigation process, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company did not have any uncertain tax position.

 

  65  

 

 

The Company evaluates the level of authority for each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measures the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits.

 

The Company does not anticipate any significant increase to its liability for unrecognized tax benefit within the next 12 months. The Company will classify interest and penalties related to income tax matters, if any, in income tax expense.

 

    For Three Months Ended March 31,     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015     2015     2014  
Income tax expense is comprised of:                        
Current income tax   $ 1,145,651     $ 846,278     $ 3,132,831     $ 2,074,742  
Deferred income tax (benefit)/expense     (226,979 )     17,276       (274,924 )     18,034  
Total provision for income taxes   $ 918,672     $ 863,554     $ 2,857,907     $ 2,092,776  

 

Deferred income taxes are recognized for tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements at each year-end and tax loss carry forwards.

 

Income taxes increased by $0.1 million, or 6.4% to $0.9 million during the first three months in 2016 from under $0.9 million during the same period in 2015. The increase was mainly due to the new operation for Consulting which is not eligible for the preferential tax treatment. Consulting was organized in the second quarter of 2015 and started operations as of August 1, 2015 to provide risk management related consulting services to clients within the Company as well as other players in the industry. Since its inception through March 31, 2016, Consulting has provided consulting services to 164 clients. Consulting is subject to PRC income tax at a rate of 25%.

 

Income taxes increased by $0.8 million, or 36.6%, to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily attributed to the increase in taxable income.

 

Net Income

 

As a result of the above, net income decreased by over $0.1 million, or 3.9%, to $3.7 million for the first three months in 2016, compared to over $3.8 million for the same period in 2015, and increased by $2.8 million, or 24.8%, to $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and VIE are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

  66  

 

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, management reviews these estimates using the currently available information. Changes in facts and circumstances may cause the Company to revise its estimates. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the financial statements include: (i) the allowance for loan losses; (ii) accrual of estimated liabilities; (iii) contingencies and litigation; and (iv) deferred tax liabilities and assets.

 

Loan Impairment

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for corporate and personal loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

 

An allowance for loan losses is established for an impaired loan if its carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value. Currently, estimated fair values of substantially all of the Company’s impaired loans are measured based on the estimated fair value of the loan’s collateral which approximates to the carrying value due to the short term nature of the loans.

 

Loans with modified terms are classified as troubled debt restructurings if the Company grants such borrowers concessions and it is deemed that those borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty. Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring generally involve a temporary below market rate reduction in interest rate or an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date. Non-accrual troubled debt restructurings are restored to accrual status if principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six consecutive months after modification. Loans classified as troubled debt restructurings are designated as impaired.

 

The Company allows a one-time loan extension based on an ancillary company policy with a period up to the original loan period, which is usually within twelve months. According to the Company’s loan management policy, granting an initial one-time extension requires a new underwriting and credit evaluation. Borrowers are required to submit an extension application 10 days before expiration of the original loan. Then the Company’s loan service department will investigate whether material changes have happened to the borrower’s business which may impact its repayment ability. The Company’s risk management department will reevaluate the loan. If the Company decides to grant a one-time extension, an extension agreement will be executed between the borrower and the Company, plus the Company requires that it receive a commitment letter from any guarantor, agreeing to the loan extension and extend the guarantee’s duration. In evaluating the extension and underwriting new loans, the Company will request that borrowers obtain guarantees from state-owned or public guarantee companies. The principal of the loan remains the same and the interest rate is fixed at the current interest rate at the time of extension.

 

  67  

 

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, service has been performed, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured, on the following:

 

1.            Interest income on loans. Interest on loan receivables is accrued monthly in accordance with their contractual terms and recorded in accrued interest receivable. The Company does not charge customers any penalty for prepayment of loans. Additionally, any previously accrued but uncollected interest is reversed and accrual is discontinued, when either (i) reasonable doubt exists as to the full, timely collection of interest or principal or (ii) when a loan becomes past due by more than 90 days.

 

2.            Consultancy services on loans. The Company receives fees from consultancy services in full at inception and records as unearned income before amortizing it throughout the period of services.

 

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

 

The reporting currency of the Company is United States Dollars (“$”), which is also the Company’s functional currency. The Company’s PRC subsidiaries and VIE maintain their books and records in its local currency, the Renminbi Yuan (“RMB”), which is their functional currencies as being the primary currency of the economic environment in which these entities operate.

 

Transactions in foreign currencies other than functional currencies are initially recorded at the functional currency rate ruling at the date of transaction. Any differences between the initially recorded amount and the settlement amount are recorded as a gain or loss on foreign currency transaction in the statements of income. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are translated at the functional currency rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Any differences are taken to profit or loss as a gain or loss on foreign currency translation in the statements of income.

 

In accordance with ASC Topic 830, “Foreign Currency Matters,” the Company translated the assets and liabilities into US dollars using the rate of exchange prevailing at the applicable balance sheet date and the statements of income and cash flows are translated at an average rate during the reporting period, as set forth in the following tables. Adjustments resulting from the translation are recorded in investors’ equity as part of accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

    March 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
Balance sheet items, except for equity accounts     6.4494       6.4917  

 

    For the three months ended
March 31,
 
    2015     2014  
Items in the statements of income and comprehensive income, and statements of cash flows     6.5405       6.1444  

 

    December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Balance sheet items, except for equity accounts     6.4917       6.1460  

 

    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2015     2014  
Items in the statements of income and comprehensive income, and statements of cash flows     6.2288       6.1457  

 

  68  

 

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” ASC 740 requires a company to use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes, whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences, and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. The Company reduces deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of its management, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all of, the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

The Company adjusts deferred tax assets and liabilities for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

 

Under ASC 740, a tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. The adoption had no material effect on the Company’s combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Consolidation Policy

 

The Company has a consolidation policy in accordance with US GAAP under which there currently are three consolidation models for determining when a parent-subsidiary relationship is present, each based on the type of entity an enterprise is involved with. The three types of entities are: (1) voting entities, (2) variable interest entities (such as special purpose entities (SPEs)), and (3) QSPEs. Currently only (1) and (2) are applicable to the Company.

 

Voting Entities

 

Consolidation policy under US GAAP for voting entities was codified in 1959 with the issuance of a standard that requires an enterprise to consolidate an entity it unilaterally controls through majority voting interests. If no investor has the ability to control a voting entity, no one consolidates.

 

Variable Interest Entities

 

The model identified the characteristics of what the FASB termed a “variable interest entity” (VIE), an entity consolidated based on risks and rewards, to differentiate it from a “voting entity” — an entity that would continue to be evaluated for consolidation based on “voting control”.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company has funded working capital and other capital requirements primarily by equity contribution from shareholders, cash flow from operations, short term bank loans and secured loans. Cash is required to repay debts, salaries, office expenses, income taxes and other operating expenses.

 

  69  

 

 

The Company’s management believes that current levels of cash and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet its anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. However, it may need additional cash resources in the future if it experiences changed business conditions or other developments, and may also need additional cash resources in the future if it wishes to pursue opportunities for investment, acquisition, strategic cooperation or other similar actions. If it is determined that the cash requirements exceed the Company’s amounts of cash and cash equivalents on hand, the Company may seek to issue debt or equity securities or obtain a credit facility.

 

The following summarizes the key components of the Company’s cash flows for three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, as well as the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    For Three Months Ended March 31,     For The Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2016     2015     2015     2014  
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 6,430,524     $ 2,346,253     $ 15,942,204     $ 12,479,913  
Net cash (used in) investing activities     (8,142,719 )     (1,989,457 )     (22,059,336 )     (58,437,606 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     (4,281,017 )     784,532       13,023,453       45,751,802  
Effect of exchange rate change on cash and cash equivalents     (166,808 )     4,923       (289,852 )     117,706  
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   $ (6,160,020 )   $ 1,146,251     $ 6,616,469     $ (88,185 )

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of $3.4 million from the $12.5 million net cash provided by operating activities for 2014. The change was mainly a result of an increase of $2.8 million in net income, an increase of $1.6 million in provision for loan losses, an increase of $0.2 million in interest and fee receivable, an increase of $0.2 million in other assets and an increase of $0.6 million in other current liabilities, which were offset by a decrease of $1.7 million and $0.3 million caused by the decrease of tax payable and deferred tax benefit, respectively.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $36.3 million from the $58.4 million used in investing activities for 2014. The change was primarily a result of an increase of $29.9 million in cash payments for originated loan disbursement and an increase of $4.0 million in payment for a cost method investment, which were more than offset by a decrease of $63.3 million and $6.7 million caused by repayment of loans from customers, and proceeds from disposal of loans receivable to a related party, respectively.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was approximately $13.0 million, a decrease of $32.8 million from $45.8 million for 2014. The decrease was primarily a result of a decrease of $32.1 million of cash for repayment of secured loans, a decrease of $1.7 million of cash provided by proceeds from short term bank borrowing, and a decrease of $48.7 million of cash provided by proceeds from issuing capital, partially offset by a net increase of $ 25.8 million of cash provided by proceeds from secured loans, $16.1 million of loans from a cost investment investee, a decrease in repayment of short term bank borrowings of $2.6 million and a decrease in payment of dividend of $5.3 million.

 

As of December 31, 2015, cash and cash equivalents of $6,732,601 were all denominated in RMB and held by the Company’s subsidiaries and the VIE in PRC, among which $6,004,080 was held by the VIE Feng Hui.

 

The RMB is currently convertible under the “current account,” which includes dividends, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not under the “capital account,” which includes foreign direct investment and loans. Currently, our PRC subsidiaries, which are wholly-foreign owned enterprises, may purchase foreign currency for settlement of “current account transactions,” including payment of dividends to us, without the approval of SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, the relevant PRC governmental authorities may limit or eliminate our ability to purchase foreign currencies in the future for current account transactions. Since a significant amount of our future revenue will continue to be denominated in Renminbi, any existing and future restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to utilize revenue generated in Renminbi to fund our business activities outside of the PRC or pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders. Foreign exchange transactions under the capital account remain subject to limitations and require approvals from, or registration with, SAFE or banks and other relevant PRC governmental authorities.

 

  70  

 

 

Certain net assets of Feng Hui are subject to restrictions due to the Pledge Agreement. Under the Pledge Agreement entered into between Feng Hui and China Great Wall Assets Management Co. Ltd (“Great Wall”) for the purpose of obtaining secured loans under ordinary course of business, Feng Hui shall pledge a portion of its loan receivables. According to the Property Law of the PRC, which was adopted at the 5th session of the Tenth National People’s Congress on March 16, 2007, after the receivables have been pledged, Feng Hui shall not transfer the receivables, unless it is otherwise agreed on by Great Wall.

 

There are certain restrictions related to the transfer of net assets by Feng Hui:

 

1.            According to the Corporate Law of the People’s Republic of China (2013 Amendment), before Feng Hui distributes dividends to its shareholders, it shall make up the losses of the previous year, if any, and draw common reserves. In addition, as agreed on the Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement between Feng Hui and Consulting, Feng Hui’s Shareholders’ General Meeting shall not approve any Profit Distribution Proposal, nor shall Feng Hui’s shareholders accept any distributed dividend without Consulting’s prior written consent.

 

2.            Feng Hui shall pay a business cooperation fee to Consulting. Pursuant to the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement entered into by Feng Hui and Consulting, the business cooperation fee provided by Feng Hui to Consulting shall be determined based on the complexity, time consumed, services content and value of services provided by Consulting. Unless the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement is determined to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws, the payment of business cooperation fee by Feng Hui to Consulting is not subject to any restrictions at present.

 

3.            Feng Hui may not transfer its major assets. According to the Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement and Equity Pledge Agreement, Feng Hui shall not or assist its shareholders to transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose of the lawful rights and interests to and in its assets, nor shall it or assist its shareholders to encumber its assets in any way that would affect Consulting’s security interests except under ordinary course of business of Feng Hui or upon prior written consent by Consulting.

 

4.            Feng Hui will offer loans to its clients when it engages in direct lending. According to Urumqi’s Micro-credit Lending Companies’ pilot operation issued by General Office of the People’s Government of Urumqi Municipality on June 9, 2009, the same borrower’s outstanding loan cannot exceed 5% of Feng Hui’s net capital.

 

There are certain restrictions related to any transfer of the Company’s assets to Feng Hui:

 

The Company may not be able to invest nor lend funds directly to Feng Hui. According to the Administration of Foreign Debts Tentative Procedures, promulgated jointly by the State Development Planning Commission (“SDPC”), the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) on 8 January 2003, if Feng Hui plan to borrow medium- and long-term international commercial loans, it shall get approval of the SDPC; if Feng Hui plan to borrow short-term international commercial loans, the State shall implement administration of balance, the balance shall be verified by the SAFE. Given the procedures as mentioned above are too complicated in practice, alternatively, in order to fund the Chinese operations, the Company may fund foreign currency to Consulting or XWFOE through registered capital increase or loans, after Consulting or XWFOE has settled the foreign currency in a way permitted by Chinese law, they could offer loans to Feng Hui’s shareholders who can increase their investments in Feng Hui through increasing its registered capital.

 

  71  

 

 

Provided the Company and Feng Hui are in compliance with the PRC laws, we do not believe that these restrictions are significant enough to impact the liquidity of the Company or Feng Hui.

 

Besides transferring cash through loans or dividends, Feng Hui may transfer cash to Consulting through a business cooperation fee in accordance with the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement entered into between Feng Hui and Consulting. Furthermore, additional cash could be funded to Feng Hui by increasing its registered capital.

 

Due to the fact that Feng Hui is only operating in China using local currency, and the VIE agreements are denominated in Chinese local currency, we do not believe that the impact of existing PRC foreign exchange regulations are significant enough to affect the payments receivable from, or payable to, Feng Hui.

 

There are differences between PRC GAAP and US GAAP when determining the amount of restricted net assets. Under US GAAP, restricted net assets of subsidiaries shall mean that amount of the registrant’s proportionate share of net assets (after intercompany eliminations) reflected in the balance sheets of its consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal year which may not be transferred to the parent company in the form of loans, advances or cash dividends by the subsidiaries without the consent of a third party (i.e., lender, regulatory agency, foreign government, etc.). On the other hand, under PRC GAAP, restricted net assets only applies for non-profit entities, and shall mean the amount of the entity’s assets or their economic benefit that the use and/or timing of the use is restricted by the donor who offered the assets or by relevant laws and regulations.

 

In accordance with PRC regulations, the subsidiaries and VIE of China Lending Group in the PRC are required to provide a statutory reserve, which is appropriated from net income as reported in the Company’s statutory accounts. The Company is required to allocate 10% of its annual after-tax profit to the statutory reserve until such reserve has reached 50% of its respective registered capital based on the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. The statutory reserves can only be used for specific purposes and are not distributable as cash dividends. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, statutory serves did not reach 50% of the Company’s registered capital. Under the applicable PRC laws and regulations, foreign-invested enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. For China Lending Group’s PRC subsidiaries and the VIE, differences between retained earnings pursuant to PRC accounting standards for distributable dividend purpose and retained earnings in accordance with US GAAP were $1,259,141 and $-153,511, respectively.

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to loss contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business, that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, government investigations and tax matters. In accordance with ASC No. 450 Sub topic 20, “Loss Contingencies”, the Company records accruals for such loss contingencies when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

 

  72  

 

 

Operating Lease

 

The Company leases its principal office under a lease agreement that qualifies as an operating lease. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income on a straight line basis over the lease periods.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Company was involved in four lawsuits with its loan customers for claims with respect to delinquent balances totaling $5.34 million. These cases have been adjudicated by the Chinese courts in favor of the Company, and one of these cases with an aggregated claim of $92,426 is in the process of enforcement. The remaining three cases with an aggregated claim of $5.25 million have not been settled. There were no legal proceedings in which the Company was a party at December 31, 2014.

 

Risks

 

Credit Risk

 

Credit risk is one of the most significant risks for the Company’s business. Credit risk exposures arise principally in lending activities which is an off-balance sheet financial instrument.

 

Credit risk is controlled by the application of credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. The Company manages credit risk through in-house research and analysis of the Chinese economy and the underlying obligors and transaction structures. To minimize credit risk, the Company requires collateral in the form of rights to cash, securities or property and equipment.

 

The Company identifies credit risk collectively based on industry, geography and customer type. This information is monitored regularly by management.

 

In measuring the credit risk of lending loans to corporate customers, the Company mainly reflects the “probability of default” by the customer on its contractual obligations and considers the current financial position of the customer and the exposures to the customer and its likely future development. For individual customers, the Company uses standard approval procedures to manage credit risk for personal loans.

 

Liquidity Risk

 

The Company is also exposed to liquidity risk which is risk that it is unable to provide sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet its commitments and business needs. Liquidity risk is controlled by the application of financial position analysis and monitoring procedures. When necessary, the Company will turn to other financial institutions and the owners to obtain short-term funding to meet the liquidity shortage.

 

Foreign Currency Risk

 

A majority of the Company’s operating activities and a significant portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities are denominated in RMB, which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions take place either through the PBOC or other authorized financial institutions at exchange rates quoted by PBOC. Approval of foreign currency payments by the PBOC or other regulatory institutions requires submitting a payment application form together with suppliers’ invoices and signed contracts. The value of RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market.

 

  73  

 

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth information known to the Company regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares immediately following consummation of the Business Combination on July 6, 2016.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them.

 

    After the Business
Combination
 
    Number of
Shares
    %  
Name and Address of Beneficial Owners (1)            
Ruiheng Global Limited (2)     6,093,333       27.5 %
Qi Wen (2)     6,093,333       27.5 %
Yangwei Global Limited (3)     3,390,000       15.3 %
Li Jingping (3)     3,390,000       15.3 %
DeTiger Holdings Limited (DT Asia’s Sponsor) (4)(5)(6)     3,070,608       13.9 %
Winnie Ng (4)(5)(6)     3,070,608       13.9 %
Jiyi Global Investments Limited     1,980,000       8.9 %
Zhan Zhao Limited     1,253,333       5.7 %
Jason Kon Man Wong     25,000       *  
Si Shen           *  
Alain Vincent Fontaine           *  
Stephen S.H. Chan           *  
Zhang Jianfeng           *  
Wang Hong           *  
All directors and officers as a group (11 persons)     9,508,333       43.0 %

 

 

* Less than one percent
(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is 11th Floor, Satellite Building, 473 Satellite Road, Economic Technological Development Zone, Urumqi, Xinjiang, China.
(2) The shares held by Ruiheng Global Limited are beneficially owned by Ms. Qi Wen, the Chairwoman of the Board of Directors of the Company. Ms. Qi is the sole director and 100% owner of Ruiheng Global Limited and exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares held by such entity.
(3) The shares held by Yangwei Global Limited are beneficially owned by Ms. Li Jingping, a director of the Company and the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer. Ms. Li is the sole director and 100% owner of Yangwei Global Limited and exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares held by such entity.
(4) The business address of each of the individuals is Room 703, 7/F., Beautiful Group Tower, 77 Connaught Road Central, Hong Kong.
(5) The shares held by DeTiger Holdings Limited, DT Asia’s Sponsor, are beneficially owned by Ms. Winnie Lai Ling Ng. Ms. Ng is the sole director and 100% owner of DeTiger Holdings Limited and exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares held by such entity. Mr. Vincent Ng, Ms. Ng’s sister, is the Chief Executive Officer of DeTiger Holdings Limited.
(6) In addition to 1,845,134 ordinary shares held by DeTiger Holdings Limited, DeTiger Holdings Limited holds 2,387,126 warrants that can be converted into 1,193,563 ordinary shares within 60 days and 319,119 rights that can be converted into 31,911 ordinary shares within 60 days. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, DeTiger Holdings Limited agreed to transfer 1,000,000 warrants held by DeTiger Holdings Limited to transferees designated by Li Jingping, representative to the selling shareholders in the Business Combination. Such transfer has not occurred as of July 6, 2016.

 

Change of Control

 

As a result of the issuance of the shares pursuant to the Business Combination and related transactions, a change in control of the Company occurred as of July 6, 2016. Except as described in this Report, no arrangements or understandings exist among present or former controlling shareholders with respect to the election of members of our Board and, to our knowledge, no other arrangements exist that might result in a change of control of the Company.

 

  74  

 

 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

Below are the names of and certain information regarding the Company’s current executive officers and directors who were appointed effective as of the closing of the Business Combination:

 

Name   Age   Position   Company
Qi Wen   47   Chairwoman and Director   China Lending Corporation
Li Jingping   51   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   China Lending Corporation
        General Manager   Urumqi Feng Hui Direct Lending Limited
Stephen S.H. Chan   57   Chief Financial Officer   China Lending Corporation
Zhang Jianfeng   50   Vice President   China Lending Corporation
        General Manager   Feng Hui Ding Xin (Beijing) Financial Consulting Limited
Wang Hong   44   Vice President   China Lending Corporation
        General Manager   Xinjiang Feng Hui Jingkai Direct Lending Limited
Zhou Quan   44   Vice President   China Lending Corporation
Qiao Yonggang   53   Chief Risk Management Advisor   China Lending Corporation
Wang Wen   35   Capital Market Director   China Lending Corporation
Si Shen   63   Independent Director   N/A
Jason Kon Man Wong   52   Independent Director   N/A
Alain Vincent Fontaine   61   Independent Director   N/A

 

Mr. Si Shen will serve as a Class I director, Ms. Qi Wen and Ms. Li Jingping will serve as Class II directors and Mr. Jason Kon Man Wong and MR. Alain Vincent Fontaine will serve as Class III directors. The member of Class I will serve as a director until our annual meeting in 2017, members of Class II will serve as directors until our annual meeting in 2018 and members of Class III will serve as directors until our annual meeting in 2019.

 

The principal occupation and business experience during the past five years for our executive officers and directors is as follows:

 

Ms. Qi Wen has been Feng Hui’s Chairman since 2009. Since 2002, Ms. Qi has been Founder and Chairman of Puzhao Technology Co., Ltd., a business group engaged in distribution, trading, warehousing, logistics, financial services, and recycled materials manufacturing. In addition to her positions as Chairman of Feng Hui and Puzhao Technology Co., Ltd., Ms. Qi also serves as Chairman of Xinjiang Puzhao Pawn Co., Ltd., Chairman of Xinjiang Investment Group Co., Ltd., and Chairman of Xinjiang Production and Construction Corps Auction Co., Ltd. Ms. Qi previously worked for 14 years at Shanghai Tire & Rubber Co., Ltd., spending 10 years as Director.

 

Ms. Li Jingping was appointed General Manager of Feng Hui in 2009. From 2000-2009, Ms. Li was Founder and Chairman of Jichen Financial Consultancy Co., Ltd., a financial planning and advisory service provider for business organizations in Xinjiang, China. Ms. Li has also worked for the Urumqi Municipal Mining Bureau.

 

Mr. Stephen S.H. Chan was appointed as Feng Hui Financial Group’s Chief Financial Officer in 2015. From 2013 to 2015, Mr. Chan served as an Executive Consultant for Ruger Consulting in Hong Kong, where he provided financial management, M&A, pre-IPO, and IPO consulting services to enterprises in Asia, Europe, and North America. Immediately prior to this, he spent one year as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administration Officer for d.light design Inc., overseeing all financial management and reporting activities for the company. Mr. Chan also spent four years as CFO and Head of M&A for AAC Technologies from April 2008 to April 2012, overseeing all financial and reporting activities for the Hong Kong-listed multinational corporation. Mr. Chan also has experience in financial reporting activities for Flextronics, China BAK Battery, Inc., Niagara Machine Products Corporation, International Financial Data Services, Rhythms Canada Inc., Grey Island Systems International Inc., NRS Gold Realty and Property Management Ltd., and Interocean Enterprises Inc.

 

  75  

 

 

Mr. Zhang Jianfeng was appointed as Managing Director of Feng Hui in 2014, legal representative of Consulting in 2015, and General Manager of Consulting in 2016. Prior to joining Feng Hui, Mr. Zhang was the Assistant Chairman for Xinjiang Shengxiong Energy Co., Ltd. from 2010-2014, Managing Director of Guoding Wenlue Investment (HK) Co., Ltd. from 2008-2010, and Vice General Manager of Guangdong Baoli Hua New Energy Co., Ltd. from 2003-2007. Prior to this, Mr. Zhang held management positions with Shenzhen Huaixin Corporate Investment Advisor Co., Ltd., Stone Securities, and China Everbright Bank Securities. He became a Certified Securities Analyst in 1999, and has 22 years of management and executive experience with financial and securities companies.

 

Ms. Wang Hong was appointed Vice General Manager of Operations for Feng Hui in 2015. Prior to joining Feng Hui, Ms. Wang spent seven years as General Manager of Xinjiang Rongtong Communication Technology Co., Ltd. and four years as Vice General Manager of Leon Technology Co., Ltd. Ms. Wang also has experience as Sales Director of the Xinjiang Branch of Pingan Insurance and Director of the Publicity Division for Urumqi Petrochemical Co., Ltd.

 

Mr. Zhou Quan was appointed Deputy General Manager for Feng Hui in 2015. As of January 1st, 2016, Mr. Zhou has terminated his employment with Feng Hui, and was appointed Vice General Manager for Consulting. Prior to joining Feng Hui in 2015, Mr. Zhou was a Chairman of a large financial guarantee company, involved in investment, M&A and financial analysis. He has over 20 years of experience in the financial industry, and he received a Bachelor’s in Economics, CPA, ACCA.

 

Mr. Qiao Yonggang has been in charge of business strategy and capital market operations as the Chief Risk Management Advisor for Consulting since 2014. From 2009-2014, Mr. Qiao was manager in the Risk Management Department for Feng Hui. Prior to joining Feng Hui, Mr. Qiao spent 27 years as a Loan Service Director for the Xinjiang Branch of the Agricultural Bank of China.

 

Ms. Wang Wen was appointed Feng Hui’s Capital Market Director in 2015. As of January 1st, 2016, Ms.Wang Wen has terminated her employment with Feng Hui, and was appointed Capital Market Director for Consulting. Prior to joining Feng Hui in 2015, Ms. Wang was a Data Analyst in the Economic Research Division for the U.S. Travel Association. From 2006-2011, Ms. Wang was a Lecturer in the Financial Engineering Department at Sichuan University. During her career, Ms. Wang has also worked for Shenzhen Securities Information Co., Ltd. and the Sichuan Branch of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China.

 

Mr. Si Shen is an Independent Director of the Company and serves as the chairman of our corporate governance and nominating committee. Mr. Shen is a senior economist, and he also holds the Master Degree in Economics and EMBA. He is a Graduate Student Mentor of the Fudan University. From October 2008 to May 2015, he worked as the Secretary of the Board of Directors, a Member of the Board of Directors, Managing Director, a Member of the Strategic Committee of the Board, and a Member of the Capital Management Committee in the Shanghai Pudong Development Bank. From June 1999 to October 2008, Mr. Shen was the Secretary of the Board of Directors, the Director of the Administrative Office of the Board, and the General Manager of the Strategic Development Division in Shanghai Pudong Development Bank. From September 1998 to June 1999, Mr. Shen served as the Deputy President in Shanghai Pudong Development Bank, Hangzhou Branch. From December 1996 to September 1998, he was a Deputy Director of the Department of Survey and Statistics of the People’s Bank of China. From 1984 to December 1996, Mr. Shen was the Deputy Director, the Deputy Director of Administrative Office, the Deputy Director of the Financial Administrative Division, and the Director of the Survey and Statistics Division of the Financial Research Institute of the People’s Bank of China, Zhejiang Branch. From July 1982 to December 1984, Mr. Shen served as the Deputy Director of the Teaching Affair Office at the Zhejiang Bank College. Since December 1977, he had been a student and then a teacher at the Yanbian University till June 1982. From March 1970 to December 1977, he served as an officer at the Finance and Trade Office and the Public Relation Department of the County Party Committee of Tuan County, Jilin Province. From March 1969 to March 1970, Mr. Shen was an educated youth working in Tuan County, Jilin Province. From July 1994, Mr. Shen studied as a graduate at the Zhejiang University majoring in Finance and got the Master of Economics with concentration on Finance in April 1997. From July 2004 to July 2006, Mr. Shen accomplished the joint training program by the Arizona State University and Shanghai National Accounting Institute, and obtained an EMBA. Mr. Shen served as the Council head of the Youth Financial Research Association of Zhejiang Province, the President of the Youth Financial Research Association of the SPDB, the Head and Mentor of the Postdoctoral Mobility Station of the SPDB and the Chairman of the Board Secretary Committee of the Listed Company Association of Shanghai since 1982.

 

  76  

 

 

Mr. Jason Kon Man Wong has been one of our independent directors since our IPO, and serves as the chairman of our audit committee. Mr. Wong has served as a member of the board of directors of Whiz Partners Asia Ltd., an investment advisory company focused on assisting Japanese companies expand their business operations in Asia, since April 2013. He has also served as a member of the board of directors of Fortune Capital Group Ltd., an investment company, since 2000. Mr. Wong has been an independent and Non-Executive Director of Group Sense International Limited (HKSE: 601), a manufacturer of electronic dictionaries and other handheld information devices, since 2004. He has been the independent and Non-Executive Director and Chairman of Audit Committee of Neo-Neon Holdings Limited (HKSE: 1868), a decorative lighting company based in Hong Kong since November 2011. From May 2010 to November 2013, Mr. Wong was the Independent and Non-Executive director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Polyard Petroleum International Group Limited (Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listed: 8011.hk), which mainly engages in the exploration, development and production of oil and gas, provision of professional technical services, and trading of petroleum-related products. From July 2009 to December 2011, he was the Independent Director and Chairman of Audit Committee of China Shen Zhou Mining & Resources, Inc. (American Stock Exchange Listed: SHZ). Prior to that, he was a financial consultant of Transpac Capital Limited, one of the largest and oldest private equity funds and venture capital funds in Asia, from 1993 to 2000. From 1992 to 1993, Mr. Wong was an auditor for Ernst & Young CPA, Hong Kong and was an auditor for Clay & Co. in the USA from 1989 to 1992. He has been a member of AICPA and HKICPA since 1992 and 1993, respectively. Mr. Wong graduated from the University of Hawaii at Manoa with a Bachelor’s degree in Accounting. We believe Mr. Wong is well-qualified to serve as a member of the board due to his listed company experience and experience as a fund manager, investment adviser as well as a member of American Institute of CPA (AICPA).

 

Mr. Alain Vincent Fontaine is an Independent Director of the Company and serves as the chairman of our compensation committee. Mr. Fontaine brings a mix of private equity investment experience and of operational management. Since September 2012, Mr. Fontaine has been a member of the advisory board of Ocean Equity Partners, a fund manager with several funds under management. He also currently serves as the Treasurer and an Executive Director of the Hong Kong Venture Capital and Private Equity Association (HKVCA) and he is a Non-Executive Director of Tsaker Chemical (1986.hk), a Chinese company listed on the SEHK. In 2000, Mr. Fontaine founded Investel Asia, a venture capital and private equity advisory firm, and was its Managing Director from 2004 to 2006 and again from 2008 to 2010. He is still an Executive Director of Investel. He was also the CEO of the Newcom Group in 2007 and 2008. Mr. Fontaine started his career in Canada and served various management positions at Bell Canada and its affiliates from 1979 to 1995 and, notably, in 1985, he became the founding President and COO of Bell Ardis, a joint venture between Motorola and BCE Mobile. Mr. Fontaine obtained a bachelor degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Sherbrooke in Canada in 1979. He has been a member of the Order of Engineers of Québec, Canada since 1980.

 

  77  

 

 

Classified Board of Directors

 

In accordance with our charter, our Board is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of shareholders) serving a three-year term.

 

Director Independence

 

Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our Board be independent as long as we are not a controlled company. Even if we elect to be a controlled company, a majority of our Board is independent. An “independent director” is defined under the Nasdaq rules generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our Board has determined that Messrs. Si Shen, Jason Kon Man Wong and Alain Vincent Fontaine are “independent directors” as defined in the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

 

Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

 

The Board does not have a lead independent director. As of the consummation of the Business Combination, Ms. Li Jingping succeeded Mr. Cannon as our Chief Executive Officer and Ms. Qi Wen was appointed as Chairman of the Board.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

The standing committees of our Board currently consists of an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

 

Audit Committee

 

We have established an audit committee of the board of directors. Messrs. Jason Kon Man Wong, Alain Vincent Fontaine, and Si Shen currently serve as members of our audit committee. Mr. Jason Kon Man Wong serves as chairman of the audit committee. Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent. Messrs. Jason Kon Man Wong, Alain Vincent Fontaine, and Si Shen are independent.

 

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Jason Kon Man Wong qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

 

  78  

 

 

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the responsibilities of the audit committee, including:

 

the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent auditors and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

 

pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

 

reviewing and discussing with the independent auditors all relationships the auditors have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

 

setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors;

 

setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent auditors describing (i) the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures and (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within, the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

 

reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

 

reviewing with management, the independent auditors, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

 

Compensation Committee

 

The members of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. Jason Kon Man Wong, Alan Vincent Fontaine and Si Shen. Mr. Alain Vincent Fontaine serves as chairman of the compensation committee. We have adopted a Compensation Committee charter, which details the principal functions of the Compensation Committee, including:

 

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer’s based on such evaluation in executive session at which the Chief Executive Officer is not present;

 

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other executive officers;

 

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

 

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

 

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

 

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

 

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

 

  79  

 

 

The charter also provides that the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.

 

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

 

Our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

 

identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors;

 

overseeing the organization of our board of directors to discharge the board’s duties and responsibilities properly and efficiently;

 

identifying best practices and recommending corporate governance principles; and

 

developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines and principles applicable to us.

 

Our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consist of Messrs. Jason Kon Man Wong, Alain Vincent Fontaine and Mr. Si Shen, with Mr. Si Shen serving as the chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.

 

Code of Ethics

 

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all of our employees, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and principal accounting officer. Our Code of Ethics is available on our corporate website. If we amend or grant a waiver of one or more of the provisions of our Code of Ethics, we intend to satisfy the requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding the disclosure of amendments to or waivers from provisions of our Code of Ethics that apply to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer by posting the required information on our website at the above address.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

No executive officer or director of ours has been involved in the last ten years in any of the following:

 

Any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business or property of such person, or of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time;

 

Any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

 

Being subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities;

 

Being found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

 

Being the subject of or a party to any judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, or any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies, including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail, fraud, wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

 

Being the subject of or a party to any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act, any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

 

  80  

 

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

DT Asia Executive Compensation

 

Other than as described below, none of DT Asia’s executive officers or directors received any cash compensation for services rendered. Since DT Asia’s Nasdaq listing date through the consummation of the Business Combination, DT Asia was obligated to pay DeTiger Holdings Limited (the “Sponsor”) a total of $10,000 per month for office space and administrative services, including secretarial support. This arrangement was agreed to for DT Asia’s benefit and was not intended to provide compensation in lieu of a salary. DT Asia believes that such fees are at least as favorable as it could have obtained from an unaffiliated third party for such services. Other than this $10,000 per month fee, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, has been, or will be, paid to DT Asia’s initial shareholders or DT Asia’s executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination.

 

After the completion of the Business Combination, directors or members of DT Asia’s management team who remain with the Company may be paid consulting, management or other fees. Any compensation to be paid to DT Asia’s officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, by a compensation committee of the Company’s Board.

 

After the closing of the Business Combination, Mr. Jason Kon Man Wong continued as a director of the Company.

 

China Lending Group Executive Compensation

 

This section discusses the material components of the fiscal 2015 executive compensation program for China Lending Group’s named executive officers who are identified in the Summary Compensation Table below. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on China Lending Group’s current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs.

 

Summary of Cash and Certain Other Compensation

 

China Lending Group has opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to emerging growth companies, as DT Asia is an emerging growth company. The scaled down disclosure rules are those applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act, which require compensation disclosure for China Lending Group’s principal executive officer and its two most highly compensated executive officers other than the principal executive officer whose total compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 exceeded $100,000. Ms. Li Jingping is China Lending Group’s principal executive officer. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, the two most highly compensated executive officers other than Ms. Li Jingping were Mr. Zhang Jianfeng and Ms. Wang Hong, China Lending Group’s Managing Director and Deputy General Manager, respectively. Ms. Li Jingping, Mr. Zhang and Ms. Wang Hong are referred to in this Report as China Lending Group’s named executive officers.

 

  81  

 

 

The following table provides information regarding the compensation awarded to, or earned by, China Lending Group’s named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and principal position   Fiscal
year
  Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
awards
($)
    Option
awards
($)
   

Non-equity
incentive plan compensation
($) (3)

    Nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings
($)
    All other
compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 
Li Jingping
General Manager
  2015     60,505       21,995                                     82,500  
    2014     18,708       7,778                                     26,487  
Zhang Jianfeng
Managing Director
  2015     39,166       9,954                                     49,120  
    2014                                                
Wang Hong
Deputy General Manager
  2015     36,907       8,027                                     44,934  
    2014                                                

 

Employment Agreements and Other Arrangements with Named Executive Officers

 

Li Jingping and Feng Hui entered into an Employment Agreement dated as of July 1, 2009, which was renewed with amendments every year (referred to collectively as “Ms. Li’s Employment Agreement”).

 

Ms. Li’s Employment Agreement provides that she would serve as Feng Hui’s General Manager at a base salary of $60,505 and $18,708 for the year of 2015 and 2014, respectively, subject to annual increases as determined by Feng Hui’s board of directors in its discretion. Ms. Li’s Employment Agreement initially had a one year term, and is now renewable for successive one year periods unless either party has given the other 30 days’ notice prior to the expiration of the current period of its intention to terminate. Ms. Li’s Employment Agreement provides that she will be eligible to receive an annual bonus award based on Feng Hui’s performance. Ms. Li was granted a bonus of $21,995 and $7,778 for the year of 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

If Ms. Li’s employment is terminated by Feng Hui for cause or by Ms. Li for any reason, either party should give the other 30 days’ notice, and Ms. Li will be entitled to receive her accrued but unpaid base salary to the date of termination and any benefits to which she is entitled under existing employee benefits plans. Other termination terms within Ms. Li’s Employment Agreement are in accordance to the Labor Law of the PRC.

 

Ms. Li’s Employment Agreement also contains confidentiality provisions, which are applicable for five years after she ceases employment, and noncompetition provisions, which are applicable for a period of two years following termination of employment.

 

Zhang Jianfeng and Feng Hui entered into an Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 2014, which was renewed with amendments every year (referred to collectively as “Mr. Zhang’s Employment Agreement”). Mr. Zhang’s Employment Agreement provides that he would serve as Feng Hui’s Managing Director at a base salary of $39,166 for the year of 2015, subject to annual increases as determined by Feng Hui’s board of directors in its discretion. Mr. Zhang’s Employment Agreement initially had a one year term, and is now renewable for successive one year periods unless either party has given the other 30 days’ notice prior to the expiration of the current period of its intention to terminate. Mr. Zhang’s Employment Agreement provides that he will be eligible to receive an annual bonus award based on Feng Hui’s performance. Ms. Zhang was granted a bonus of $9,954 for the year of 2015.

 

Mr. Zhang’s Employment Agreement also contains confidentiality provisions, which are applicable for five years after he ceases employment, and noncompetition provisions, which are applicable for a period of two years following termination of employment.

 

  82  

 

 

If Mr. Zhang’s employment is terminated by Feng Hui for cause or by Mr. Zhang for any reason, either party should give the other 30 days’ notice, and Mr. Zhang will be entitled to receive his accrued but unpaid base salary to the date of termination and any benefits to which he is entitled under existing employee benefits plans. Other termination terms within Mr. Zhang’s Employment Agreement are in accordance to the Labor Law of the PRC.

 

Wang Hong and Feng Hui entered into an Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 2015, which was renewed with amendments every year (referred to collectively as “Ms. Wang’s Employment Agreement”).

 

Ms. Wang’s Employment Agreement provides that she would serve as Feng Hui’s Deputy General Manager at a base salary of $36,907 for the year of 2015, subject to annual increases as determined by Feng Hui’s board of directors in its discretion. Ms. Wang’s Employment Agreement initially had a one year term, and is now renewable for successive one year periods unless either party has given the other 30 days’ notice prior to the expiration of the current period of its intention to terminate. Ms. Wang’s Employment Agreement provides that she will be eligible to receive an annual bonus award based on Feng Hui’s performance. Ms. Wang was granted a bonus of $8,027 for the year of 2015.

 

Ms. Wang’s Employment Agreement also contains confidentiality provisions, which are applicable for five years after she ceases employment, and noncompetition provisions, which are applicable for a period of two years following termination of employment.

 

If Ms. Wang’s employment is terminated by Feng Hui for cause or by Ms. Wang for any reason, either party is required to give the other 30 days’ notice, and Ms. Wang will be entitled to receive her accrued but unpaid base salary to the date of termination and any benefits to which she is entitled under existing employee benefits plans. Other termination terms within Ms. Wang’s Employment Agreement with Consulting are in accordance to the Labor Law of the PRC.

 

2014 Director Compensation

 

No directors received directors’ fees for service during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, as they were all employees of China Lending Group. China Lending Group reimbursed all of its directors for their reasonable expenses (if any) incurred in attending meetings of the board of directors and committees of the board of directors. Ms. Li Jingping, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, does not receive any additional compensation for her service as a director.

 

  83  

 

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

Overview

 

As a direct lender, the Company enters into lending and guarantee arrangements with related persons in the ordinary course of business.

 

Nature of relationships with related parties

 

Name

 

Relationships with the Company

Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Nolde Equity Investment Limited Partership   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Shuangcheng Equity Investment Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Yongji Commercial Trading Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Shenghe Dairy Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Ruide Lighting Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Puyuan Logistics Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Liu Yuanqing   A non-controlling investor
Guo Xiaoyan   A non-controlling investor
Chen Hong   A non-controlling investor
Zhang Jianfeng   A non-controlling investor
Ma Shiyao   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Xinrui Hongcheng Commercial Trading Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Ronghui Brother Investment Co.; Ltd   A non-controlling investor (until August 28, 2014)
Urumqi Changhe Credit Guarantee Co., Ltd   A non-controlling investor (until May 5, 2015)
Li Jingping   General manager of the Company and a non-controlling investor
Qi Wen   Legal representative of the Company and a non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Xinheng Guarantee Co., Ltd.   A related company of a non-controlling investor (until May 5, 2015)
Liu Shaohua   A management of a non-controlling investor (until May 5, 2015)
Pan Chunju   A management of a non-controlling investor
Li Yuehua   A management of a non-controlling investor (until August 28, 2014)
Zheng Yongde   A management of a non-controlling investor
Wang Xijuan   A management of a non-controlling investor
Han Guifen   A management of a non-controlling investor
Shi Xiaofang   A management of a non-controlling investor
Liu Peng   A management of a non-controlling investor (until August 28, 2014)
Wang Qing   A management of a non-controlling investor
Li Xincai   A management of a non-controlling investor
Shi Feng   A management of a non-controlling investor
Jin Cheng   A management of a non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Century Lily Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   A related company of a non-controlling investor
Turpan Zhongxin Microfinance Co., Ltd.   A related company of a non-controlling investor
Wujiaqu Zhongyin Huifeng Microfinance Co., Ltd.   A related company of a non-controlling investor
 Xinjiang Fenghui Zhengxin Asset Management Co., Ltd.   A related company of non-controlling investors
Qiao Yonggang   Staff of the Company
Wang Hong   Staff of the Company

 

  84  

 

 

Guarantees

 

The shareholders of the Company (including shareholders of Feng Hui) have actively supported the Company’s business by (1) referring their commercial and other contacts to the Company and (2) for most referrals, the referring shareholder will personally guarantee the borrowings of the customer he or she has referred to the Company. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, 31.4% and 44.1% respectively, of the Company’s loans were guaranteed by shareholders. The percentage of Feng Hui’s loans that were so guaranteed has declined in recent years, and the Company expects that percentage to decline in the future as it expands its business using other marketing and loan origination strategies.

 

Guarantees provided by the Company’s shareholders to the Company in fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

    For the Year Ended
December 31,
    December 31,  
Investors   2015     2014     2015     2014  
Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.   $ 37,899,756     $ 17,270,612     $ 30,357,225     $ 17,269,769  
Xinjiang Nolde Equity Investment Limited Partnership           5,154,824             4,772,210  
Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.     6,132,802       12,366,370       585,363       3,579,564  
Xinjiang Shuangcheng Equity Investment Co., Ltd.           3,132,271              
Xinjiang Yongji Commercial Trading Co., Ltd.     16,452,607       8,965,618       12,474,390       8,965,181  
Xinjiang Shenghe Dairy Co., Ltd.     2,408,169       8,542,558             4,799,870  
Xinjiang Ruide Lighting Co., Ltd.     2,729,258       7,354,736             7,354,377  
Li Jingping           12,870,788             1,073,869  
Liu Yuanqing     321,089       146,444              
Qi Wen     907,077       7,395,415       870,342       7,395,054  
Xinjiang XinruiHongcheng Commercial Trading Co., Ltd.           3,498,381             3,498,210  
    $ 66,850,758     $ 86,698,017     $ 44,287,321     $ 58,708,104  

 

- Guarantees of the short-term bank loans of the Company provided by the Company’s investors were as follows:

 

Bank name   Loan amount     Term   Investors and related parties
Shanghai Pudong Development Bank   $ 3,254,149     From March 21, 2014 to March 21, 2015   Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.
                Qi Wen
                Li Jingping
Shanghai Pudong Development Bank   $ 4,067,686     From April 15, 2014 to April 15, 2015   Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.
                Qi Wen
                Li Jingping
    $ 7,321,835          

 

  85  

 

 

- Guarantees of the secured loans and loans from a cost investment investee of the Company provided by investors and related parties of the Company were as follows:

 

Lender name   Loan amount     Term   Investors and related parties
China Great Wall Assets Management Co. Ltd.   $ 16,156,850     From August 25, 2014 to August 24, 2015   Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.
                Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.
                Qi Wen
China Great Wall Assets Management Co. Ltd.   $ 9,365,806     From May 22, 2015 to May 21, 2016   Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.
                Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.
                Qi Wen
                Li Jingping
                Zhao Ming
China Great Wall Assets Management Co. Ltd.   $ 15,373,476     From October 29, 2015 to October 28, 2016   Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.
                Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.
                Qi Wen
                Li Jingping
                Zhao Ming
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 770,214     From August 10, 2015 to August 9, 2016   Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 770,214     From August 24, 2015 to August 23, 2016   Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 3,080,857     From August 25, 2015 to August 24, 2016   Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 3,080,857     From September 1, 2015 to August 31, 2016   Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 7,702,143     From September 23, 2015 to September 22, 2016   Qi Wen
                Li Jing Ping
    $ 56,300,417          

 

Loans to related parties

 

Loans to the investors and related parties of the Company, and outstanding balances were as follows:

 

    Loans to Related Parties During the Years Ended December 31,     Loans Receivable from Related Parties As Of December 31,  
Related Party Name   2015     2014     2015     2014  
Pan Chunju   $     $ 3,286,851     $     $ 976,245  
Han Guifen     1,284,357       1,627,154             1,627,075  
Shi Xiaofang           2,814,976             2,814,839  
Wang Qing           1,537,660              
Li Xincai           1,627,154             1,627,075  
Shi Feng           1,627,154             1,627,075  
Wang Hong     1,160,737             1,113,730        
Li Yuehua           2,349,610             2,349,496  
Liu Peng           1,301,723             1,301,660  
    $ 2,445,094     $ 16,172,282     $ 1,113,730     $ 12,323,465  

 

  86  

 

 

Interest income derived from the above loans to related parties was $531,559 and $1,159,974 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These loans were made in the normal course of the Company’s lending operation. The interest rates on the above loans ranged between 19.44% and 21.36% and 10% and 24% for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, a general allowance for loan losses of $11,137 and $123,235 was provided for the loans receivable from related parties.

 

Loans from a related party

 

Loans from a former investor of Feng Hui that were outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

Creditor   Entrust Bank Name   Interest Rate   Term   Amount  
Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   China Merchants Bank   Fixed annual rate of 12%   From January 27, 2015 to December 26, 2015   $ 1,605,446  
                     
Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   China Merchants Bank   Fixed annual rate of 12%   From April 11, 2014 to October 10, 2014   $ 1,627,154  

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, China Merchants Bank granted Feng Hui loans which were entrusted by a former related party of Feng Hui, Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd (“Changhe”), which was an investor of Feng Hui before May 5, 2015. The interest expense incurred on loans provided by Changhe when it was an investor of Feng Hui was $61,542 and $98,775 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Feng Hui repaid all matured bank loans as of December 31, 2015. These loans were guaranteed by Qi Wen, Li Jingping and Xinjiang Xinheng Guarantee Co., Ltd.

 

Amount due from a related party

 

The following is a summary of amounts due from related parties as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Xinjiang Feng Hui Zhengxin Assets Management Co., Limited   $ 1,653,839     $  

 

Sale of loans receivable to a related party

 

On November 26, 2015, the Company sold loan receivables totaling RMB 56,100,000 (approximately $9,006,000) to Xinjiang Feng Hui Zhengxin Assets Management Co., Limited (“Zhengxin”) for RMB 56,100,000 (approximately $9,006,000) without recourse and received in return fixed cash payments totaling RMB 45,363,776 (approximately $7,282,000) as of December 31, 2015. The fair value of loan receivables at the time of sale was RMB 52,767,000 (approximately $8,471,000) and China Lending Group has recognized a capital gain of RMB 3,333,000 (approximately $535,000) in additional paid-in capital. As of December 31, 2015, the outstanding amount due from Zhengxin was RMB 10,736,224 (approximately $1,654,000), which was received from Zhengxin in January 2016.

 

VIE Agreements

 

Consulting, Feng Hui and/or Feng Hui’s shareholders have executed the following agreements and instruments, pursuant to which the Company, through its subsidiary, Consulting, controls Feng Hui: Equity Pledge Agreement, Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement and Power of Attorney (“VIE Agreements”).

 

  87  

 

 

DT Asia Related Person Transactions

 

As used in this Report, unless otherwise stated, the terms the “Company,” the “Registrant,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to China Lending Corporation, giving effect to the Business Combination. In this section, reference to “DT Asia” means “DT Asia Investments Limited,” the public company whose securities were traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market prior to the Business Combination and before Adrie became its wholly-owned subsidiary.

 

In June 2014, DT Asia issued an aggregate of 1,725,000 founder shares to DT Asia’s initial shareholders for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 in cash, or approximately $0.014 per share. On or about June 9, 2014, DT Asia’s Sponsor transferred 25,000 ordinary shares to each of DT Asia’s independent directors. On October 20, 2014, DT Asia’s Sponsor forfeited 9,985 founder shares as a result of the underwriters’ partial exercise of their over-allotment option in connection with DT Asia’s IPO.

 

DT Asia’s initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the founder shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until, with respect to 50% of the founder shares, the earlier of (i) June 6, 2017 or (ii) the date on which the closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after June 6, 2016, with respect to the remaining 50% of the founder shares, upon June 6, 2017, or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to June 6, 2016, the Company consummates a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

 

DT Asia’s Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 319,119 insider units (including 290,000 insider units purchased in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with DT Asia’s IPO and 29,119 insider units purchased in connection with the underwriters’ partial exercise of their over-allotment option). In addition, DT Asia’s Sponsor purchased from DT Asia an aggregate of 2,058,007 sponsor warrants (including 1,800,000 sponsor warrants purchased at the closing of DT Asia’s IPO and 258,007 sponsor warrants purchased in connection with the underwriters’ exercise of its over-allotment option) at a price of $0.50 per warrant ($1,029,003.50 in the aggregate). DT Asia’s Sponsor has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the sponsor warrants and their underlying shares and the shares included in the insider units and the respective ordinary shares underlying the rights and the warrants included in the insider units until August 5, 2016.

 

DT Asia’s Sponsor agreed, from the date that DT Asia’s securities were first listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market through June 6, 2016, to make available to DT Asia office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative services, as DT Asia may require from time to time. DT Asia has agreed to pay its Sponsor $10,000 per month for these services. However, this arrangement is solely for DT Asia’s benefit and is not intended to provide DT Asia’s Sponsor with compensation in lieu of salary. DT Asia believes, based on rents and fees for similar services in the Hong Kong metropolitan area, that the fee charged by DT Asia’s Sponsor is at least as favorable as DT Asia could have obtained from an unaffiliated person.

 

Other than the $10,000 per-month administrative fee as described above, reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on DT Asia’s behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations, no compensation or fees of any kind, including finder’s fees, consulting fees or other similar compensation, will be paid to DT Asia’s Sponsor, officers or directors, or to any of their respective affiliates, prior to or with respect to the Business Combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). DT Asia’s independent directors will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to DT Asia’s Sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates and will be responsible for reviewing and approving all related party transactions as defined under Item 404 of Regulation S-K, after reviewing each such transaction for potential conflicts of interests and other improprieties.

 

  88  

 

 

Prior to DT Asia’s IPO, DT Asia’s Sponsor advanced to DT Asia an aggregate of $175,000 to cover expenses related to the offering. This advance was repaid in the full upon the consummation of DT Asia’s IPO.

 

On September 13, 2015, DT Asia issued a non-interest bearing convertible promissory note in the amount of up to $500,000 (the “Note”) to DeTiger Holdings Limited. On September 14, 2015, an initial drawdown of $300,000 was funded to DT Asia and subsequently the remaining $200,000 was drawn down. On December 1, 2015, the Note was amended to allow for an additional $400,000 to be drawn down. On February 5, 2016, the Note was further amended to allow for an additional $500,000 to be drawn down. Payment on all of the Note is due on January 6, 2017. Pursuant to the terms of the Note, until the maturity date, up to $1,400,000 can be drawn down in one or more installments of at least $1,000 each. On June 14, 2016, the Note was amended to allow for an additional $200,000 to be drawn down. The Company had drawn down a total amount of $1,600,000 as of June 20, 2016. We issued the Note in consideration for loans from the payee to fund the Company’s working capital requirements. Funds in the Trust Account (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated articles and memorandum of association) will not be used to repay any of the Note. The Note includes an option for up to $500,000 of the principal outstanding under the Note to be convertible, in whole or in part, at the payee’s election, upon the consummation of the Business Combination. Upon such election, up to $500,000 of the principal outstanding under the Note will convert into units, at a price of $10.00 per unit. These units will be identical to the private units issued in a private placement in connection with the Company’s IPO. As such, each unit will be comprised of one ordinary share, one right to receive one-tenth of one ordinary share upon consummation of a Business Combination, and one warrant to purchase one-half of an ordinary share at an exercise price of $12.00 per full share. On July 6, 2017, $100,000 of the $500,000 that is convertible into units was converted at a price of $10.00 per unit.

 

In connection with a Deed of Release dated December 17, 2015 executed among the Sponsor, Luck Key and Mr. Miao Yang, the Sponsor undertook to transfer to Mr. Miao 380,000 of the Sponsor’s ordinary shares of DT Asia. As a permitted transferee, Mr. Miao will be subject to the same restrictions as the other founder shares, as described above.

 

On April 1, 2016, DT Asia’s Sponsor deposited into the trust account approximately $96,000 (the “Contribution”), which amount was equal to $0.06 for each of the 1,604,406 public shares of DT Asia that were not redeemed in connection with the special meeting of shareholders to extend the termination date for DT Asia (the “Extension Meeting”). As a result of the Contribution and following redemption of the public shares in connection with the Extension Meeting, the pro rata portion of the funds available in the trust account for the public shares that were not redeemed increased from approximately $10.20 per share to approximately $10.26 per share.

 

After July 6, 2016, members of DT Asia’s management team who remain with the Company may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the Company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to the Company’s shareholders, to the extent then known, and the payment of such fees will be up to the directors of the Company to determine executive and director compensation.

 

The Company has entered into a registration rights agreement with respect to the founder shares and insider units. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, the initial shareholders will be entitled to registration rights with respect to their initial shares and the purchasers of the private units and sponsor warrants will be entitled to registration rights with respect to the private units and sponsor warrants (and underlying securities). The holders of the majority of the initial shares are entitled to demand that the Company register these shares at any time commencing April 6, 2017. The holders of the private units and sponsor warrants (or underlying securities) are entitled to demand that the Company register these securities at any time after July 6, 2016. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights on registration statements filed after July 6, 2016.

 

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

 

In conjunction with the consummation of the Business Combination, our Board adopted a written related person transaction policy that sets forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. Our policy requires that a “related person” (as defined in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our general counsel any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that is reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we are or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The general counsel will promptly communicate such information to our audit committee or another independent body of our Board. No related person transaction will be entered into without the approval or ratification of our audit committee or another independent body of our Board. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any such vote. Our policy does not specify the standards to be applied by our audit committee or another independent body of our Board in determining whether or not to approve or ratify a related person transaction, although such determinations will be made in accordance with BVI law.

 

  89  

 

 

MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

DT Asia

 

Price Range of DT Asia Securities

 

Our units, ordinary shares, rights and warrants are currently listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbols “CADTU,” “CADT,” “CADTR” and “CADTW,” respectively. Our units commenced public trading on October 1, 2014; our ordinary shares, rights and warrants each commenced separate public trading on October 22, 2014.

 

The table below sets forth, for the calendar quarter indicated, the high and low bid prices of our units, ordinary shares, rights and warrants as reported on the Nasdaq for the period October 1, 2014 through July 5, 2016.

 

Period   Units     Ordinary Shares     Warrants     Rights  
    Low     High     Low     High     Low     High     Low     High  
2014:                                                
Fourth Quarter   $ 9.71     $ 10.25     $ 9.66     $ 9.75     $ 0.12     $ 0.14     $ 0.22     $ 0.30  
2015:                                                                
First Quarter   $ 9.79     $ 10.09     $ 9.65     $ 9.87     $ 0.09     $ 0.13     $ 0.16     $ 0.24  
Second Quarter   $ 9.51     $ 10.39     $ 9.75     $ 10.25     $ 0.09     $ 0.17     $ 0.16     $ 0.31  
Third Quarter   $ 10.02     $ 10.55     $ 9.90     $ 10.17     $ 0.08     $ 0.13     $ 0.13     $ 0.24  
Fourth Quarter   $ 10.02     $ 10.55     $ 9.90     $ 10.07     $ 0.05     $ 0.13     $ 0.10     $ 0.27  
2016:                                                                
First Quarter   $ 10.10     $ 10.60     $ 9.92     $ 10.15     $ 0.02     $ 0.13     $ 0.07     $ 0.22  
Second Quarter   $ 10.25     $ 11.40     $ 8.60     $ 10.25     $ 0.04     $ 0.10     $ 0.14     $ 0.28  
Third Quarter (1)   $ 10.53     $ 10.53     $ 8.50     $ 8.89     $ 0.08     $ 0.18     $ 0.17     $ 0.50  

 

 

(1) Through July 5, 2016.

 

After giving effect to the Business Combination on July 6, 2016, the Company had a total of 22 shareholders of record.

 

Dividend Policy of DT Asia

 

DT Asia has not paid any cash dividends on its ordinary shares to date. While the Company intends to pay quarterly cash dividends following the consummation of the Business Combination, such dividends will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial conditions and will be within the discretion of our Board.

 

China Lending Group

 

Price Range of China Lending Group Securities

 

Historical market price information regarding China Lending Group is not provided because there is no, and never has been any, public market for China Lending Group’s ordinary shares.

 

China Lending Group has paid the following cash dividends during the past two years: 2014, $0.55 per share; 2015, $0.33 per share.

 

  90  

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

We are a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands as a BVI business company (company number 1819503) and our affairs are governed by our charter, the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004, as amended, and the common law of the British Virgin Islands. We are authorized to issue an unlimited number of both ordinary shares of no par value and preferred shares of no par value.

 

Ordinary Shares

 

As of July 6, 2016, there were 22,312,474 ordinary shares outstanding. Under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004, as amended, the ordinary shares are deemed to be issued when the name of the shareholder is entered in our register of members. Our register of members is maintained by our transfer agent, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. Our transfer agent has entered the name of Cede & Co. in our register of members as nominee for each of the respective public shareholders on the closing of the IPO. If (a) information that is required to be entered in the register of members is omitted from the register or is inaccurately entered in the register, or (b) there is unreasonable delay in entering information in the register, a shareholder of the company, or any person who is aggrieved by the omission, inaccuracy or delay, may apply to the British Virgin Islands Courts for an order that the register be rectified, and the court may either refuse the application or order the rectification of the register, and may direct the company to pay all costs of the application and any damages the applicant may have sustained.

 

At any general meeting on a show of hands every ordinary shareholder who is present in person (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy will have one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. Voting at any meeting of the ordinary shareholders is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded. A poll may be demanded by shareholders present in person or by proxy if the shareholder disputes the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution and the chairman shall cause a poll to be taken. Our board of directors is divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors (provided, that, holders of at least 75% of the shares can remove a director with or without cause). Our shareholders are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.

 

In the event of a liquidation or winding up of the Company, our shareholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of shares, if any, having preference over the ordinary shares. Our shareholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the ordinary shares, except that we will provide our shareholders with the redemption rights set forth above.

 

Founder Shares

 

The founder shares are identical to the other ordinary shares included in the public units, and holders of founder shares have the same shareholder rights as public shareholders, except that (i) the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below, and (ii) our initial shareholders agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distribution with respect to their founder shares and public shares in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination.

 

Our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the founder shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until, with respect to 50% of the founder shares, the earlier of (i) one year after the date of the consummation of the Business Combination or (ii) the date on which the closing price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.50 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after the Business Combination, with respect to the remaining 50% of the founder shares, upon one year after the date of the consummation of the Business Combination, or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to the Business Combination, we consummate a subsequent liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. In connection with a Deed of Release dated December 17, 2015 executed among the Sponsor, Luck Key and Mr. Miao Yang, the Sponsor transferred to Mr. Miao 380,000 of the Sponsor’s ordinary shares of the Company at the closing of the Business Combination. As a permitted transferee, Mr. Miao are subject to the same restrictions as the other founder shares, as described above.

 

  91  

 

 

Preferred Shares

 

Our charter authorizes the issuance without shareholder approval of an unlimited number of preferred shares divided into five classes, Class A through Class E, each with such designation, rights and preferences as are set out in the memorandum and articles of association or as may be determined by a resolution of our board of directors to amend the charter to create such designations, rights and preferences. We have five classes of preferred shares to give us flexibility as to the terms on which each class is issued. Accordingly, starting with five classes of preference shares will allow us to issue shares at different times on different terms. Accordingly, our board of directors is empowered, without shareholder approval, to issue preferred shares with dividend, liquidation, redemption, voting or other rights, which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of ordinary shares. These preferred shares could be utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of us.

 

On July 6, 2016, in connection with of the Business Combination, we issued 715,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Shares in the PIPE Offering (see Item 3.02 below). Although we do not currently intend to issue any preferred shares other than the preferred shares distributed as a result of the PIPE Offering, we may do so in the future.

 

The rights of preferred shareholders may only be amended by a resolution to amend our charter, provided such amendment is also approved by a separate resolution of a majority of the votes of preferred shareholders who being so entitled attend and vote at the class meeting of the relevant preferred class. If our preferred shareholders want us to hold a meeting of preferred shareholders (or of a class of preferred shareholders), they may requisition the directors to hold one upon the written request of preferred shareholders entitled to exercise at least 30 percent of the voting rights in respect of the matter (or class) for which the meeting is requested. Under British Virgin Islands law, we may not increase the required percentage to call a meeting above 30 percent.

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Shares

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Share Exchange Agreement, immediately prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, the Company consummated a private placement of 715,000 shares of newly created Series A Convertible Preferred Shares. The Series A Convertible Preferred Shares were sold at a purchase price of $12.00 per share and the Series A Convertible Preferred Shares are entitled to a dividend of 8% per annum. Each Series A Convertible Preferred Shares are convertible at any time into one ordinary share at an initial conversion price of $12.00 per share, subject to adjustment; provided, however that the Series A Convertible Preferred Shares shall automatically convert at such time that the average closing price of the ordinary shares is at least $16. Additionally, the Series A Convertible Preferred Shares shall be redeemed at $12.00 per share, plus accrued dividends, on the fifth anniversary of the date of issuance, or earlier upon the occurrence of certain reorganization events. In the event of any liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, each holder of a Series A Convertible Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive a liquidation preference of $12.00 per share, plus an amount equal to accumulated and unpaid dividends on such shares to (but excluding) the date fixed for liquidation, winding-up or dissolution to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its members, after satisfaction of liabilities owed to the Company’s creditors and holders of any senior shares and before any payment or distribution is made to holders of any ordinary shares or other junior shares.

 

  92  

 

 

Warrants

 

As of July 6, 2016, there are 9,239,961 warrants of the Company currently outstanding, of which 6,852,835 are public warrants and 2,387,126 are Sponsor warrants. Each public warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one half of one ordinary share at a price of $12.00 per full share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the completion of the Business Combination. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrantholder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of shares. This means that only an even number of warrants may be exercised at any given time by a warrantholder. However, no public warrants will be exercisable for cash unless we have an effective and current registration statement covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to such ordinary shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a registration statement covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the public warrants is not effective within 90 days from the consummation of our initial business combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act. If an exemption from registration is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. The warrants will expire on July 6, 2021 at 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

 

The private warrants and sponsor warrants will be identical to the public warrants except that such private warrants will be exercisable for cash (even if a registration statement covering the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants is not effective) or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and will not be redeemable by us, in each case so long as they are still held by the initial purchasers or their affiliates.

 

We may call the warrants for redemption (excluding the private warrants and sponsor warrants but including any outstanding warrants issued upon exercise of the unit purchase option issued to EarlyBird and/or its designees), in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per warrant:

 

at any time while the warrants are exercisable,

 

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder,

 

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the ordinary shares equals or exceeds $18.00 per share, for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to warrant holders, and

 

if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the ordinary shares underlying such warrants at the time of redemption and for the entire 30-day trading period referred to above and continuing each day thereafter until the date of redemption.

 

The right to exercise will be forfeited unless the warrants are exercised prior to the date specified in the notice of redemption. On and after the redemption date, a record holder of a warrant will have no further rights except to receive the redemption price for such holder’s warrant upon surrender of such warrant.

 

  93  

 

 

The redemption criteria for our warrants have been established at a price which is intended to provide warrant holders a reasonable premium to the initial exercise price and provide a sufficient differential between the then-prevailing share price and the warrant exercise price so that if the share price declines as a result of our redemption call, the redemption will not cause the share price to drop below the exercise price of the warrants.

 

If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. Whether we will exercise our option to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis” will depend on a variety of factors including the price of our ordinary shares at the time the warrants are called for redemption, our cash needs at such time and concerns regarding dilutive share issuances.

 

The warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval, by written consent or vote, of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding warrants in order to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.

 

The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable on exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend, extraordinary dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below their respective exercise prices.

 

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of ordinary shares and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive ordinary shares. After the issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.

 

Except as described above, no public warrants will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue ordinary shares unless at the time a holder seeks to exercise such warrant, a prospectus relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is current and the ordinary shares have been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to meet these conditions and to maintain a current prospectus relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so and, if we do not maintain a current prospectus relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants, holders will be unable to exercise their warrants and we will not be required to settle any such warrant exercise. If the prospectus relating to the ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants is not current or if the ordinary shares is not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside, we will not be required to net cash settle or cash settle the warrant exercise, the warrants may have no value, the market for the warrants may be limited and the warrants may expire worthless.

 

  94  

 

 

Warrant holders may elect to be subject to a restriction on the exercise of their warrants such that an electing warrant holder would not be able to exercise their warrants to the extent that, after giving effect to such exercise, such holder would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% of the ordinary shares outstanding.

 

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round up or down to the nearest whole number the number of ordinary shares to be issued to the warrant holder.

 

Public Units

 

We issued 6,860,063 units issued in our IPO. Each public unit consisted of one ordinary share, one right and one warrant. Each holder of a right automatically received 1/10 th of an ordinary share upon the completion of the Business Combination. Each warrant will be exercisable up until July 6, 2021 and entitles the holder to purchase ½ of one ordinary share for $12.00 per whole share any may only be exercised for a whole number of ordinary shares. After the Business Combination, any unseparated units automatically separated into their component securities and the public units and rights of the Company ceased trading on Nasdaq.

 

Purchase Option

 

We have sold to EarlyBird (and/or its designees) an option to purchase up to 600,000 units at $11.75 per unit. The units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to the public units, except that since the option is not exercisable until the Business Combination was consummated, and the rights resulted in the offering of ordinary shares upon consummation of the Business Combination, the option effectively represented the right to purchase up to 660,000 ordinary shares (which included the 60,000 ordinary shares issuable for the rights included in the units) and 600,000 warrants to purchase 300,000 full shares.

 

The purchase option may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, at any time prior to September 30, 2019, the five-year anniversary of the effective date of the IPO registration statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, neither the option nor the warrants underlying the option shall be exercisable after September 30, 2019. The option grants to holders demand and “piggy back” rights for periods of five and seven years, respectively, from September 30, 2014 (the effective date of the IPO registration statement) with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the option. We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities, other than underwriting commissions, which will be paid for by the holders themselves. The exercise price and number of units issuable upon exercise of the option may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the option will not be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. We will have no obligation to net cash settle the exercise of the purchase option or the rights or warrants underlying the purchase option. The holder of the purchase option will not be entitled to exercise the purchase option or the warrants underlying the purchase option unless a registration statement covering the securities underlying the purchase option is effective or an exemption from registration is available. If the holder is unable to exercise the purchase option or underlying warrants, the purchase option or warrants, as applicable, will expire worthless.

 

  95  

 

 

Dividends

 

We have not paid any cash dividends on our shares of ordinary share to date. The Company intends to pay quarterly cash dividends following the consummation of the Business Combination, but such dividends will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. The payment of any dividends will be within the discretion of our then board of directors.

 

Insider Units and Sponsor Warrants

 

The insider units (including the warrants or ordinary shares issuable underlying the rights or upon exercise of the warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until August 5, 2016 (except, among other limited exceptions, to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our Sponsor) and they will not be redeemable by us so long as they are held by members of our Sponsor or their permitted transferees. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, our Sponsor agreed to transfer 1,000,000 warrants held by our Sponsor to transferees designated by the Seller Representative for a contingent purchase price of $0.50 per warrant and in consideration for the waiver of condition that there be at least $10,000,000 in closing proceeds upon closing the Business Combination, after giving effect to the completion of the redemption and the PIPE Offering. The Seller Representative intends that the transferees so designated will be members of the Company’s management as approved by the Company’s Compensation Committee. Otherwise, the securities comprising the insider units have terms and provisions that are identical to the securities comprising the public units except the warrants included in the insider units will be non-redeemable and may be exercised on a cashless basis, in each case so long as they continue to be held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the warrants included in the insider units are held by holders other than the holders who purchased insider units or their permitted transferees, the warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the warrants included in the public units. The price of the insider units was determined in negotiations between our Sponsor and the underwriter for the IPO, with reference to the prices paid by initial shareholders for such rights and warrants in special purpose acquisition companies, which recently consummated their initial public offerings prior to the IPO. The sponsor warrants are identical to the warrants included in the insider units.

 

Our Transfer Agent, Warrant Agent, and Right Agent

 

The transfer agent for our ordinary shares, warrant agent for our warrants, and right agent for our rights is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

  96  

 

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

The Company is not and has not been involved in any material legal proceedings, other than ordinary litigation incidental to its business. Although no assurances can be given about the final outcome of pending legal proceedings, at the present time management does not believe that the resolution or outcome of any of the Company’s pending legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.

 

There is no proceedings in which any of the Company’s directors, officers or any of their respective affiliates, or any beneficial shareholder of more than five percent of voting securities, is an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to the above-mentioned companies’ interest.

 

  97  

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Our charter, the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004, as amended, and the common law of the British Virgin Islands allow us to indemnify our officers and directors from certain liabilities. Our charter provides that the Company may indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate against all direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses of any type or nature whatsoever, any person who (a) is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, key employee, adviser of the Company or who at the request of the Company; or (b) is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company.

 

The Company will only indemnify the individual in question if the relevant indemnitee acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The decision of the Board as to whether an indemnitee acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether such indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of our charter, unless a question of law is involved.

 

The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the relevant indemnitee did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that such indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, purchase or furnish similar protection or make other arrangements including, but not limited to, providing a trust fund, letter of credit, or surety bond in relation to any indemnitee or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by him in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify him against the liability as provided in our charter.

 

  98  

 

 

Item 3.01. Notice of Delisting or Failure to Satisfy a Continued Listing Rule or Standard; Transfer of Listing.

 

Prior to the Closing, DT Asia’s units, ordinary shares, rights and warrants were each quoted on Nasdaq Capital Market, under the symbols “CADTU,” “CADT,” “CADTR” and “CADTW,” respectively. After the Closing, each unseparated unit was automatically separated into their component ordinary shares of no par value, warrants to purchase one-half of one ordinary share, and rights to receive 1/10 of an ordinary share. As a result, the units and rights are no longer listed on Nasdaq Capital Market. The ordinary shares and warrants will begin trading on Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbols “CLDC” and “CLDCW,” respectively, on or around July 12, 2016.

 

Item 3.02. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.

 

In connection with and as a condition to the consummation of the Business Combination, the Company conducted a private investment in public equity offering (the “PIPE Offering”) to qualified investors which raised approximately $8.6 million. Pursuant to the closing of the PIPE Offering on July 6, 2016, the Company issued 715,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Shares for a purchase price of $12 per share of Series A Convertible Preferred Shares.

 

Also on July 6, 2016, pursuant to the terms of the Share Exchange Agreement, all of the shares of outstanding capital stock of Adrie were exchanged for 20,000,000 shares of our ordinary shares, 8,000,000 of which were held in escrow pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

 

In order to complete the Business Combination, certain concessions from both the Sponsor and EarlyBird were agreed to between the applicable parties.

 

Pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Promissory Note between the Company and the Sponsor, the Sponsor is entitled to convert up to $500,000 of the principal amount outstanding into securities of the Company (the “Note”).

 

In connection with the Business Combination, the Company owed Sponsor $1.6 million under the Third Amended and Restated Promissory Note (the “Note”). In payment of the Note, the Company paid, and the Sponsor accepted (the “Sponsor Payment”):

 

$1.1 million of cash;

 

11,000 ordinary shares and 10,000 warrants in conversion of $100,000 worth of principal; and

 

Extension of the payment of the remaining $400,000 of principal, which can be converted, to January 6, 2017.

 

Additionally, in settlement of EarlyBird’s advisory fee for the Business Combination, the Company paid, and EarlyBird accepted (the “EarlyBird Payment”):

 

$1.5 million of cash;

 

34,300 ordinary shares of the Company; and

 

A convertible note with a principal amount of $250,000 payable on or before July 5, 2017, which is convertible by EarlyBird (in whole but not in part) at any time into 25,000 ordinary shares of the Company.

 

The issuance of the shares in the PIPE Offering, the Business Combination, the Sponsor Payment and the EarlyBird Payment were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

  99  

 

 

Item 5.01. Changes in Control of Registrant.

 

As a result of the Business Combination, we experienced a change in control with the former shareholders of Adrie effectively acquiring control of us. The disclosure set forth in Item 2.01 to this Report is incorporated into this item by reference.

 

Item 5.02. Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

 

The disclosure set forth in Item 2.01 to this Report is incorporated into this item by reference.

 

Item 5.03. Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year.

 

On July 8, 2016, we filed an Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association with the Registry of Corporate Affairs for the British Virgin Islands (the “Amended Articles”). The filing date of July 8, 2016, is also deemed the effective date of the Amended Articles. The Amended Articles were filed for the sole purpose of reflecting the name change of the Company from “DT Asia Investments Limited” to “China Lending Corporation.”

 

The Amended Articles effecting the name change are filed as Exhibit 3.1 to this Report and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.05. Amendments to the Registrant’s Code of Ethics, or Waiver of a Provision of the Code of Ethics.

 

In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, the Company adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

 

The Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is filed as Exhibit 14.1 to this Report and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.06. Change in Shell Company Status.

 

Prior to the Business Combination, we were a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). As a result of the Business Combination, we have ceased to be a “shell company.” The information contained in this Report, together with the information contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC, constitute the current “Form 10 information” necessary to satisfy the conditions contained in Rule 144(i)(2) under the Securities Act.

 

Item 5.07. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

 

The Special Meeting of the Company was held on July 5, 2016. At the Special Meeting, the Business Combination was approved by the votes indicated:

 

    For     Against  
Approval of the Business Combination     3,367,730       231,301  

 

In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, 1,544,138 of the Company’s ordinary shares were redeemed.

 

  100  

 

 

Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

(a) Financial Statements of Business Acquired.

 

In accordance with Item 9.01(a), China Lending Group’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, and unaudited financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2016, are filed as Exhibit 99.1 hereto.

 

(b) Pro Forma Financial Information.

 

In accordance with Item 9.01(b), unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements as of March 31, 2016, and the accompanying notes are filed as Exhibit 99.2 hereto.

 

(d) Exhibits

 

Exhibit   Description
2.1   Share Exchange Agreement, dated as of January 11, 2016, by and among DT Asia Investments Limited, DeTiger Holdings Limited, in the capacity as the DT Representative thereunder, Adrie Global Holdings Limited, the shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited, and Li Jingping, in the capacity as the Seller Representative thereunder (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 13, 2016).*
3.1   Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.
10.1   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2016, by and among DT Asia Investments Limited, DeTiger Holdings Limited, in the capacity as the DT Representative and shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited.
10.2   Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2016, by and among DT Asia Investments Limited, DeTiger Holdings Limited, in the capacity as the DT Representative and shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited named as Investors therein.
10.3   Form of Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, by and among certain shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited and certain other associated persons and entities for the benefit of DT Asia Investments Limited, DeTiger Holdings Limited, in the capacity as the DT Representative, and Adrie Global Holdings Limited (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 13, 2016).
10.4   Escrow Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2016, by and among DT Asia Investment Limited, Li Jingping, in the capacity as the Seller Representative, and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company as escrow agent.
10.5   Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2015, by and between Feng Hui and Consulting (English Translation) (incorporated by reference from Annex D to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on June 21, 2016).
10.6   Equity Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2015, by and among Consulting and all of the shareholders of Feng Hui (English Translation) (incorporated by reference from Annex F to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on June 21, 2016).
10.7   Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2015, by and among Consulting and all of the shareholders of Feng Hui (English Translation) (incorporated by reference from Annex E to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on June 21, 2016).
10.8   Form of Power of Attorney, dated as of July 16, 2015, by and among Consulting and each of the shareholders of Feng Hui (English Translation) (incorporated by reference from Annex G to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on June 21, 2016).
10.9   Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2009, by and between Feng Hui and Li Jingping (English Translation).
10.10   Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2015, by and between Feng Hui and Zhang Jianfeng (English Translation).
10.11   Employment Agreement, dated March 1, 2015 , by and between Feng Hui and Wang Hong (English Translation).
14.1   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.
21.1   Subsidiaries of Registrant.
99.1   Audited Financial Statements of China Lending Group.
99.2   Pro Forma Financial Statements.

 

 
* The disclosure schedules to the Share Exchange Agreement are not being filed herewith. The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any such schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

  101  

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

  CHINA LENDING CORPORATION
     
July 11, 2016 By: /s/ Li Jingping
    Li Jingping
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

  102  

 

 

CHINA LENDING CORPORATION

 

Exhibit Index to Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 5, 2016

 

Exhibit   Description
2.1   Share Exchange Agreement, dated as of January 11, 2016, by and among DT Asia Investments Limited, DeTiger Holdings Limited, in the capacity as the DT Representative thereunder, Adrie Global Holdings Limited, the shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited, and Li Jingping, in the capacity as the Seller Representative thereunder (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 13, 2016).*
3.1   Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.
10.1   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2016, by and among DT Asia Investments Limited, DeTiger Holdings Limited, in the capacity as the DT Representative and shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited.
10.2   Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2016, by and among DT Asia Investments Limited, DeTiger Holdings Limited, in the capacity as the DT Representative and shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited named as Investors therein.
10.3   Form of Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, by and among certain shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited and certain other associated persons and entities for the benefit of DT Asia Investments Limited, DeTiger Holdings Limited, in the capacity as the DT Representative, and Adrie Global Holdings Limited (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 13, 2016).
10.4   Escrow Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2016, by and among DT Asia Investment Limited, Li Jingping, in the capacity as the Seller Representative, and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company as escrow agent.
10.5   Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2015, by and between Feng Hui and Consulting (English Translation) (incorporated by reference from Annex D to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on June 21, 2016).
10.6   Equity Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2015, by and among Consulting and all of the shareholders of Feng Hui (English Translation) (incorporated by reference from Annex F to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on June 21, 2016).
10.7   Exclusive Purchase Option Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2015, by and among Consulting and all of the shareholders of Feng Hui (English Translation) (incorporated by reference from Annex E to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on June 21, 2016).
10.8   Form of Power of Attorney, dated as of July 16, 2015, by and among Consulting and each of the shareholders of Feng Hui (English Translation) (incorporated by reference from Annex G to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on June 21, 2016).
10.9   Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2009, by and between Feng Hui and Li Jingping (English Translation).
10.10   Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2015, by and between Feng Hui and Zhang Jianfeng (English Translation).
10.11   Employment Agreement, dated March 1, 2015, by and between Feng Hui and Wang Hong (English Translation).
14.1   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.
21.1   Subsidiaries of Registrant.
99.1   Audited Financial Statements of China Lending Group.
99.2   Pro Forma Financial Statements.

 

 

* The disclosure schedules to the Share Exchange Agreement are not being filed herewith. The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any such schedules to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

 

 103

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT 2004

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

China Lending Corporation

 

a company limited by shares

 

As amended by Resolutions of Members passed on 16 September 2014 and 31 March 2016 and Resolutions of Directors passed on 28 June 2016 and 5 July 2016

 

1 NAME

The name of the Company is China Lending Corporation.

 

2 STATUS

The Company shall be a company limited by shares.

 

3 REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT
3.1 The first registered office of the Company is at P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, the office of the first registered agent.
3.2 The first registered agent of the Company is Offshore Incorporations Limited of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
3.3 The Company may change its registered office or registered agent by a Resolution of Directors or a Resolution of Members. The change shall take effect upon the Registrar registering a notice of change filed under section 92 of the Act.
4 CAPACITY AND POWER
4.1 The Company has, subject to the Act and any other British Virgin Islands legislation for the time being in force, irrespective of corporate benefit:
(a) full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction; and
(b) for the purposes of paragraph (a), full rights, powers and privileges.
4.2 There are subject to Clause 4.1 and Regulation 23, no limitations on the business that the Company may carry on.

 

  1  

 

 

5 NUMBER AND CLASSES OF SHARES
5.1 The Company is authorised to issue an unlimited number of shares of no par value divided into six classes of shares as follows:
(a) Ordinary shares of no par value ( Ordinary Shares );
(b) Class A preferred shares of no par value ( Class A Preferred Shares );
(c) Class B preferred shares of no par value ( Class B Preferred Shares );
(d) Class C preferred shares of no par value ( Class C Preferred Shares );
(e) Class D preferred shares of no par value ( Class D Preferred Shares ); and
(f) Class E preferred shares of no par value ( Class E Preferred Shares and together with the Class A Preferred Shares, the Class B Preferred Shares, Class C Preferred Shares and the Class D Preferred Shares being referred to as the Preferred Shares ).
5.2 The Company may at the discretion of the Board of Directors, but shall not otherwise be obliged to, issue fractional Shares or round up or down fractional holdings of Shares to its nearest whole number and a fractional Share (if authorised by the Board of Directors) may have the corresponding fractional rights, obligations and liabilities of a whole share of the same class or series of shares.
6 DESIGNATIONS POWERS PREFERENCES OF SHARES
6.1 Each Ordinary Share in the Company confers upon the Member (unless waived by such Member):
(a) Subject to Clause 11, the right to one vote at a meeting of the Members of the Company or on any Resolution of Members;
(b) the right to be redeemed on an Automatic Redemption Event in accordance with Regulation 23.2 or pursuant to either a Tender Redemption Offer or Redemption Offer in accordance with Regulation 23.5 or pursuant to an Amendment Redemption Event in accordance with Regulation 23.12;
(c) the right to an equal share with each other Ordinary Share in any dividend paid by the Company; and
(d) subject to satisfaction of and compliance with Regulation 23, the right to an equal share with each other Ordinary Share in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Company on its liquidation.

 

  2  

 

 

6.2 The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Preferred Shares shall be stated in this Memorandum, which shall be amended accordingly prior to the issue of such Preferred Shares. Such rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions may include:
(a) the number of shares and series constituting that class and the distinctive designation of that class;
(b) the dividend rate of the Preferred Shares of that class, if any, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and whether they shall be payable in preference to, or in relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes of Preferred Shares;
(c) whether that class shall have voting rights, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;
(d) whether that class shall have conversion or exchange privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including provision for adjustment of the conversion or exchange rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;
(e) whether or not the Preferred Shares of that class shall be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the manner of selecting Shares for redemption if less than all Preferred Shares are to be redeemed, the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount maybe less than fair value and which may vary under different conditions and at different dates;
(f) whether that class shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of Preferred Shares of that class, and, if so, the terms and amounts of such sinking fund;
(g) the right of the Preferred Shares of that class to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional Preferred Shares (including additional Preferred Shares of such class of any other class) and upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or any subsidiary of any outstanding Preferred Shares of the Company;
(h) the right of the Preferred Shares of that class in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and whether such rights be in preference to, or in relation to, the comparable rights or any other class or classes of Preferred Shares; and
(i) any other relative, participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of that class.

 

  3  

 

 

6.3 The Directors may at their discretion by Resolution of Directors redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire all or any of the Shares in the Company subject to Regulation 6 and Regulation 23 of the Articles.
6.4 The Directors have the authority and the power by Resolution of Directors:
(a) to authorise and create additional classes of shares; and
(b) (subject to the provisions of Clause 6.2) to fix the designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions, if any, appertaining to any and all classes of shares that may be authorised to be issued under this Memorandum.
6.5 Each Class A Preferred Share (which may and can be referred to as a “Convertible Class A Preferred Share” herein or in any resolution or document of any kind or generally) confers upon the Member (unless waived by such Member):
(a) Subject to Clause 11, the right to one vote at a meeting of the Members of the Company or on any Resolution of Members;
(b) The right to be redeemed on the Redemption Date pursuant to Clause 6.17;
(c) The right to the dividends on Class A Preferred Shares specified in Clause 6.7;
(d) The right to the liquidation preference specified in Clause 6.8; and
(e) The right to convert to Ordinary Shares pursuant to Clause 6.11 and the right and obligation to convert to Ordinary Shares pursuant to Clause 6.12,

provided that each of the above rights (and as the same are detailed herein) shall be read and exist subject to Regulation 23.7 for so long as that Regulation remains effective and for so long as such Regulation remains effective none of the Class A Preferred Shares entitle the holder thereof to (i) receive funds from or derived from the Trust Account; or (ii) vote on any Business Combination.

 

6.6 Each Class A Preferred Share shall be identical in all respects to every other Class A Preferred Share. The Class A Preferred Shares, with respect to dividend rights and rights upon the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, shall rank (a) senior to all Junior Shares, (b) on parity with all Parity Shares and (c) junior to all Senior Shares and the Company’s existing and future indebtedness.
6.7 Dividends on the Class A Preferred Shares shall be payable pursuant to the following terms:
(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any Shares ranking senior to the Class A Preferred Shares with respect to dividends, Class A Members shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds of the Company legally available therefor and subject to the applicable provisions of the Act and Regulation 5, cumulative dividends at the rate per annum of 8.0% on the Liquidation Preference per share of Class A Preferred Shares (the Class A Dividend Rate ) (equivalent to US $0.96 per annum per share), payable, at the Company’s option, (i) in cash, (ii) in additional Class A Preferred Shares with an aggregate Liquidation Preference equal to the amount of the dividend, or (iii) in a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the amount of the dividend divided by the greater of the Floor Price and the Five Day Average Price. Declared dividends on the Class A Preferred Shares shall be payable annually on each Class A Dividend Payment Date at such annual rate, and dividends shall accumulate from the Initial Issue Date to the extent not paid. Declared dividends shall be payable on the relevant Class A Dividend Payment Date to Class A Members on the immediately preceding Class A Record Date, unless the Class A Preferred Shares held by such Class A Members on such Class A Record Date are converted into Ordinary Shares after such Class A Record Date and on or prior to the immediately succeeding Class A Dividend Payment Date. If a Class A Dividend Payment Date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, without any interest or other payment in lieu of interest accruing with respect to this delay.

 

  4  

 

 

Dividends payable on the Class A Preferred Shares for any Class A Dividend Period, including any partial Class A Dividend Period, shall be computed based upon the actual number of days elapsed during such period over a 360-day year (consisting of twelve 30-day months). Accumulated dividends shall not bear interest if they are paid subsequent to the applicable Class A Dividend Payment Date.

 

Except as described in this Clause 6.7(a), dividends on any Class A Preferred Share converted to Ordinary Shares shall cease to accumulate on the Mandatory Conversion Date or the Early Conversion Date (each, a Conversion Date ), as applicable.

 

(b) So long as any Class A Preferred Share remains outstanding, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on Ordinary Shares or any other Junior Shares, and no Ordinary Shares or other Junior Shares or Parity Shares shall be, directly or indirectly, purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Company or any of its subsidiaries unless all accumulated and unpaid dividends for all preceding Class A Dividend Periods have been declared and paid upon, or a sufficient sum or number of Class A Preferred Shares or Ordinary Shares has been set apart for the payment of such dividends upon, all outstanding Class A Preferred Shares. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) a dividend payable on any Ordinary Shares or other Junior Shares in Ordinary Shares or other Junior Shares, or to the acquisition of Ordinary Shares or other Junior Shares in exchange for, or through application of the proceeds of the sale of, any Ordinary Shares or other Junior Shares; (ii) purchases of fractional interests in any Ordinary Shares or other Junior Shares pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such Ordinary Shares of other Junior Shares or any securities exchangeable for or convertible into such Ordinary Shares or other Junior Shares; (iii) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of Ordinary Shares or other Junior Shares in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, the forfeiture of unvested restricted shares or share withholdings upon exercise, delivery or vesting of equity awards granted to officers, directors and employees; (iv) any dividends or distributions of rights or Ordinary Shares or other Junior Shares in connection with a shareholders’ rights plan or any redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant to any shareholders’ rights plan; (v) the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of record ownership in Ordinary Shares or other Junior Shares or Parity Shares for the beneficial ownership of any other persons (other than the Company or any of its subsidiaries), including as trustees or custodians; (vi) the exchange or conversion of Junior Shares for or into other Junior Shares or of Parity Shares for or into other Parity Shares (with the same or lesser aggregate liquidation amount) or Junior Shares; or (vii) the redemption or acquisition by the Company of Ordinary Shares in connection with the Business Combination.

 

  5  

 

 

When dividends on Class A Preferred Shares have not been paid in full on any Class A Dividend Payment Date or declared and a sum or number of Class A Preferred Shares or Ordinary Shares sufficient for payment thereof set aside for the benefit of the Class A Members thereof on the applicable Class A Record Date, no dividends may be declared or paid on any Parity Shares unless dividends are declared on the Class A Preferred Shares such that the respective amounts of such dividends declared on the Class A Preferred Shares and each such other class or series of Parity Shares shall bear the same ratio to each other as all accumulated and unpaid dividends per share on the Class A Preferred Shares and such Parity Shares (subject to their having been declared by the Board of Directors out of legally available funds) bear to each other; provided that any unpaid dividends will continue to accumulate.

 

6.8 In the event of any liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, each Class A Member shall be entitled to receive the Liquidation Preference per Class A Preferred Share, plus an amount (the Liquidation Dividend Amount ) equal to accumulated and unpaid dividends on such shares to (but excluding) the date fixed for liquidation, winding-up or dissolution to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its Members, after satisfaction of liabilities owed to the Company’s creditors and holders of any Senior Shares and before any payment or distribution is made to holders of any Junior Shares, including, without limitation, Ordinary Shares.
(a) None of the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (other than in connection with the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company), the merger or consolidation of the Company into or with any other person, the sale of a majority of the outstanding equity interests of the Company, nor other Reorganization Event or other similar transaction that results in a change in control of the Company shall be deemed to be a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution, voluntary or involuntary, of the Company for the purposes of this Clause 6.8.

 

  6  

 

 

(b) If, upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, the amounts payable with respect to (i) the Liquidation Preference plus the Liquidation Dividend Amount of the Class A Preferred Shares and (ii) the liquidation preference of, and the amount of accumulated and unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the date fixed for liquidation, dissolution or winding up, on, all Parity Shares are not paid in full, the Class A Members and all holders of any Parity Shares shall share equally and ratably in any distribution of the Company’s assets in proportion to the respective liquidation preferences and amounts equal to the accumulated and unpaid dividends to which they are entitled.
(c) After the payment to any Class A Member of the full amount of the Liquidation Preference and the Liquidation Dividend Amount for each of such Class A Member’s Class A Preferred Shares, such Class A Member as such shall have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the Company.
6.9 The Class A Preferred Shares shall not be subject to any sinking fund or other similar provisions.
6.10 Each Class A Preferred Share shall automatically convert (unless previously converted at the option of the Class A Member in accordance with Clause 6.11) on the Mandatory Conversion Date ( Mandatory Conversion ) provided such date is after the Business Combination, into a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the Mandatory Conversion Rate.
(a) The Mandatory Conversion Rate shall, subject to adjustment in accordance with Clause 6.14, be one Ordinary Share for each Class A Preferred Share.
(b) If on or prior to the Class A Record Date immediately preceding the Mandatory Conversion Date the Company has not declared and paid all or any portion of the accumulated and unpaid dividends on the Class A Preferred Shares, the Mandatory Conversion Rate shall be adjusted so that Class A Members receive an additional number of Ordinary Shares equal to the amount of accumulated and unpaid dividends that have not been declared and paid ( Mandatory Conversion Additional Conversion Amount ) divided by the greater of the Floor Price and the Five-Day Average Price. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the Mandatory Conversion Additional Conversion Amount exceeds the product of the number of additional Ordinary Shares and the Five-Day Average Price, the Company will not have any obligation to pay the shortfall in cash. Except as described in the first sentence of this paragraph, upon any Mandatory Conversion of any Class A Preferred Shares, the Company shall make no payment or allowance for undeclared dividends on such Class A Preferred Shares, unless such Mandatory Conversion occurs after the Class A Record Date for a declared dividend and on or prior to the immediately succeeding Class A Dividend Payment Date.
6.11 The Class A Members shall have the right to convert their Class A Preferred Shares, in whole or in part (but in no event less than one Class A Preferred Share), at any time prior to the Mandatory Conversion Date ( Early Conversion ) but not before the Business Combination, into Ordinary Shares at a rate of one Ordinary Share for each Class A Preferred Share (the Early Conversion Rate ), subject to adjustment as described in Clause 6.14 and to satisfaction of the conversion procedures set forth in Clause 6.12.

 

  7  

 

 

If as of any Early Conversion Date the Company has not declared and paid all or any portion of the accumulated and unpaid dividends for all full Class A Dividend Periods ending on a Class A Dividend Payment Date prior to such Early Conversion Date, the Early Conversion Rate shall be adjusted, with respect to the relevant Early Conversion, so that the converting Class A Member receives an additional number of Ordinary Shares equal to the amount of accumulated and unpaid dividends that have not been declared and paid for such full Class A Dividend Periods (the Early Conversion Additional Conversion Amount ), divided by the greater of the Floor Price and the Average Closing Price per Ordinary Share over the 20 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the third Trading Day immediately preceding the Early Conversion Date (such average being referred to as the Early Conversion Average Price ). For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the Early Conversion Additional Conversion Amount exceeds the product of the number of additional Ordinary Shares and the Early Conversion Average Price, the Company will not have any obligation to pay the shortfall in cash. Except as described in the first sentence of this paragraph, upon any Early Conversion of any Class A Preferred Shares, the Company shall make no payment or allowance for undeclared dividends on such Class A Preferred Shares, unless such Early Conversion occurs after the Class A Record Date for a declared dividend and on or prior to the immediately succeeding Class A Dividend Payment Date.

 

6.12 Any conversion of Class A Preferred Shares shall be subject to the following procedures.
(a) Pursuant to Clause 6.10, on the Mandatory Conversion Date, any outstanding Class A Preferred Shares shall automatically convert into Ordinary Shares. The person or persons entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares issuable upon mandatory conversion of the Class A Preferred Shares shall be treated as the record holder(s) of such Ordinary Shares as of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Mandatory Conversion Date irrespective of whether such conversion has yet been recorded in the register of members of the Company.
(b) To effect an Early Conversion pursuant to Clause 6.11, a Class A Member must:
(i) Complete, manually sign and deliver to the Conversion and Dividend Disbursing Agent a conversion notice in a form reasonably acceptable to such agent;
(ii) if required, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents; and
(iii) if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes or duties, if any.

The Early Conversion shall be effective on the date on which a Class A Member has satisfied the foregoing requirements, to the extent applicable ( Early Conversion Date ). A Class A Member shall not be required to pay any transfer or similar taxes or duties relating to the issuance or delivery of Ordinary Shares if such Class A Member exercises its conversion rights, but such Class A Member shall be required to pay any transfer or similar tax or duty that may be payable relating to any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of Ordinary Shares in a name other than the name of such Class A Member. A certificate representing the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion shall be issued and delivered to the converting Class A Member, together with delivery by the Company to the converting Class A Member of any cash to which the converting Class A Member is entitled, on the later of the third Business Day immediately succeeding the Early Conversion Date and the Business Day after the Class A Member has paid in full all applicable taxes and duties, if any.

 

  8  

 

 

The person or persons entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares issuable upon Early Conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of such Ordinary Shares as of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Early Conversion Date. Except as set forth in Clause 6.15(c), prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time on such applicable Early Conversion Date, the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of any Class A Preferred Shares shall not be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose, and Class A Members shall have no rights with respect to such Ordinary Shares (including voting rights, rights to respond to tender offers for the Ordinary Shares and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions on the Ordinary Shares) by virtue of holding Class A Preferred Shares.

 

In the event that an Early Conversion is effected with respect to Class A Preferred Shares representing less than all the Class A Preferred Shares held by a Class A Member, upon such Early Conversion the Company shall execute and instruct the Registrar and Transfer Agent to countersign and deliver to the Class A Member thereof, at the expense of the Company, a certificate evidencing the Class A Preferred Shares as to which Early Conversion was not effected.

 

(c) Following any conversion of Class A Preferred Shares pursuant to this Memorandum or the Articles, the Company and the Board of Directors shall take all such action as is required to record as soon as possible such conversion in the register of members of the Company. Pending such recording however, such conversion shall be deemed to have taken place in accordance with this Memorandum and the Articles and the relevant shareholder shall be deemed to be the holder of the relevant Ordinary Shares in place of the relevant Class A Preferred Shares with effect from whenever such conversion is deemed to take effect under this Memorandum.
6.13 No fractional Ordinary Shares shall be issued as a result of any conversion of Class A Preferred Shares.
(a) In lieu of any fractional share of Ordinary Shares otherwise issuable in respect of any Mandatory Conversion pursuant to Clause 6.10 or an Early Conversion pursuant to Clause 6.11, the Company shall pay an amount in cash (computed to the nearest cent) equal to the product of (i) that same fraction and (ii) the Five-Day Average Price.

 

  9  

 

 

(b) If more than one Class A Preferred Share is surrendered for conversion at one time by or for the same Class A Member, the number of full Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of Class A Preferred Shares so surrendered.
6.14 Each Fixed Conversion Rate shall be subject to the following adjustments:
(a) In addition to any adjustments pursuant to paragraphs (b) or (c), if at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any options, convertible securities or rights to purchase shares, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to all or substantially all of the record holders of Ordinary Shares (the Purchase Rights ), then each Class A Member will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which such Class A Member could have acquired if such Class A Member had held the number of Ordinary Shares acquirable upon complete conversion of all the Class A Preferred Shares (without taking into account any limitations or restrictions on the convertibility of the Class A Preferred Shares) held by such Class A Member immediately prior to the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Ordinary Shares are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights.
(b) Without limiting any provision of paragraph (a), if the Company at any time on or after the Closing Date subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, stock combination, recapitalization or other similar transaction) its outstanding Ordinary Shares into a greater number of shares, then each Fixed Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such subdivision will be proportionately reduced. Without limiting any provision of paragraph (a), if the Company at any time on or after the Initial Issue Date combines (by any stock split, stock dividend, stock combination, recapitalization or other similar transaction) its outstanding Ordinary Shares into a smaller number of shares, then each Fixed Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such combination will be proportionately increased. Any adjustment pursuant to this paragraph (b) shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such subdivision or combination. If any event requiring an adjustment under this paragraph (b) occurs during the period that a Fixed Conversion Rate is calculated hereunder, then the calculation of such Fixed Conversion Rate shall be adjusted appropriately to reflect such event.
(c) Without limiting any provision of paragraph (a), if the Company at any time on or after the Closing Date subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, stock combination, recapitalization or other similar transaction) its outstanding Class A Preferred Shares into a greater number of shares, then each Fixed Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such subdivision will be proportionately increased. Without limiting any provision of paragraph (a), if the Company at any time on or after the Initial Issue Date combines (by any stock split, stock dividend, stock combination, recapitalization or other similar transaction) its outstanding Class A Preferred Shares into a smaller number of shares, then each Fixed Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such combination will be proportionately decreased. Any adjustment pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such subdivision or combination. If any event requiring an adjustment under this paragraph (c) occurs during the period that a Fixed Conversion Rate is calculated hereunder, then the calculation of such Fixed Conversion Rate shall be adjusted appropriately to reflect such event.

 

  10  

 

 

6.15 The following shall apply to any adjustment pursuant to Clause 6.14.
(a) All adjustments to each Fixed Conversion Rate shall be calculated to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share of Ordinary Shares. Prior to any Conversion Date, no adjustment in a Fixed Conversion Rate shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent therein. If any adjustment by reason of this Clause 6.15(a) is not required to be made, such adjustment shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment; provided , that on the earlier of any Conversion Date or the effective date of any Reorganization Event, adjustments to each Fixed Conversion Rate shall be made with respect to any such adjustment carried forward that has not been taken into account before such date.
(b) No adjustment to the Fixed Conversion Rates shall be made if Class A Members may participate, at the same time, upon the same terms and otherwise on the same basis as holders of Ordinary Shares and solely as a result of holding Class A Preferred Shares, in the transaction that would otherwise give rise to an adjustment as if they held, for each Class A Preferred Share, a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the Mandatory Conversion Rate then in effect. In addition, the Fixed Conversion Rates shall not be adjusted:
(i) upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on the Company’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in Ordinary Shares under any plan;
(ii) upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares or rights or warrants to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries;
(iii) upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security outstanding as of the Issue Date;

 

  11  

 

 

(iv) for accumulated and unpaid dividends on the Class A Preferred Shares, except as provided under Clause 6.10 and Clause 6.11; or
(v) upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to as part of ordinary dividends to holders of Ordinary Shares where holders are given the option to receive such dividend in the form of cash of Ordinary Shares.
(c) Whenever the Fixed Conversion Rates are to be adjusted, the Company shall:
(i) compute such adjusted Fixed Conversion Rates and prepare and transmit to the Transfer Agent a certificate of the Company, signed by any duly authorized Officer of the Company, setting forth such adjusted Fixed Conversion Rates, the method of calculation thereof in reasonable detail and the facts requiring such adjustment and upon which such adjustment is based;
(ii) as soon as practicable following the occurrence of an event that requires an adjustment to the Fixed Conversion Rates, provide, or cause to be provided, a written notice to the Class A Members of the occurrence of such event; and
(iii) as soon as practicable following the determination of such adjusted Fixed Conversion Rates, provide, or cause to be provided, to the Class A Members a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the method by which the adjustments to the Fixed Conversion Rates were determined and setting forth such adjusted Fixed Conversion Rates.
6.16 In the event of:
(a) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another person (other than a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the continuing entity and in which the Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to the merger or consolidation is not exchanged for cash, securities or other property of the Company or another person);
(b) any sale, transfer, lease or conveyance to another person of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole;
(c) any reclassification of Ordinary Shares into securities, including securities of the Company, other than Ordinary Shares;
(d) any statutory exchange of securities of the Company with another person (other than in connection with a merger or acquisition), in each case, as a result of which the Company’s Ordinary Shares would be converted into, or exchanged for, securities, cash or property; or

 

  12  

 

 

(e) the Company has confirmed that at least 80% of the Class A Preferred Shares originally issued have converted at the election of their holders,

in each case, other than the Business Combination and excluding any such event before the Business Combination (each of clauses (a) through (e), a Reorganization Event ), each Class A Preferred Share outstanding immediately prior to such Reorganization Event shall be redeemed by the Company by making a redemption payment equal to the greater of the following (as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors) (i) an amount in cash equal to the Liquidation Preference, plus an amount equal to accumulated and unpaid dividends as of (but excluding) the date of the Reorganization Event, per Class A Preferred Share that is so redeemed, or (ii) the kind of securities, cash and other property that the Class A Member holding such Class A Preferred Share would have been entitled to receive if such Class A Member had converted its Class A Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares immediately prior to such Reorganization Event (such securities, cash and other property, the Exchange Property , with each Unit of Exchange Property meaning the kind and amount of such Exchange Property that a holder of one Ordinary Share is entitled to receive). For purposes of the foregoing, the type and amount of Exchange Property in the case of any Reorganization Event that causes the Ordinary Shares to be converted into the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of shareholder election) shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Ordinary Shares that affirmatively make such an election (or of all holders of Ordinary Shares if none makes an election). The number of Units of Exchange Property for each Class A Preferred Share redeemed following the effective date of such Reorganization Event shall be determined as if references in Clause 6.10 and Clause 6.11 to Ordinary Shares were to Units of Exchange Property (without any interest thereon and without any right to dividends or distributions thereon which have a record date that is prior to such Conversion Date.

 

6.17 The Company shall redeem each Class A Preferred Share that is outstanding on the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Initial Issue Date (the Redemption Date ) by making a redemption payment in cash on the Redemption Date at a per share redemption price equal to the Liquidation Preference, plus an amount equal to accumulated and unpaid dividends as of (but excluding) the Redemption Date, per Class A Preferred Share that is so redeemed.
6.18 The duly appointed Transfer Agent, Registrar and Conversion and Dividend Disbursing Agent for the Class A Preferred Shares shall be Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, remove the Transfer Agent, Registrar or Conversion and Dividend Disbursing Agent in accordance with the agreement between the Company and the Transfer Agent, Registrar or Conversion and Dividend Disbursing Agent, as the case may be; provided that if the Company removes Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company shall appoint a successor transfer agent, registrar or conversion and dividend disbursing agent, as the case may be, who shall accept such appointment prior to the effectiveness of such removal. Upon any such removal or appointment, the Company shall send notice thereof by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Class A Members.

 

  13  

 

 

6.19 To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company and the Transfer Agent may deem and treat the holder of any Class A Preferred Shares as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes.
7 VARIATION OF RIGHTS
7.1 Prior to a Business Combination and subject always to the limitations set out in Clause 11, the rights attached to Shares as specified in Clause 6 may only, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the total number of Shares of that class that have voted (and are entitled to vote thereon) in relation to any such resolution, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of such class.
7.2 Notwithstanding Clause 7.1, where the amendment proposed is for the purposes of approving, or in conjunction with the consummation of, or is intended to facilitate, a Business Combination and thereafter following the consummation of a Business Combination, the rights attached to Shares as specified in Clause 6 may only, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Shares of that class present at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the Members of the Company holding shares in such class which were present at the meeting and voted unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of such class, provided however that the Resolution of Members approving an amendment for the purposes of approving, or in conjunction with, the consummation of the Business Combination shall be subject to, and therefore the amendment so approved not made until immediately prior to the time at which the Business Combination is consummated, unless the approval is in accordance with Clause 7.1.
8 RIGHTS NOT VARIED BY THE ISSUE OF SHARES PARI PASSU

The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

9 REGISTERED SHARES
9.1 The Company shall issue registered shares only.
9.2 The Company is not authorised to issue bearer shares, convert registered shares to bearer shares or exchange registered shares for bearer shares.
10 TRANSFER OF SHARES

A Share may be transferred in accordance with Regulation 4 of the Articles.

 

  14  

 

 

11 AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES
11.1 The Company may amend its Memorandum or Articles by a Resolution of Members or by a Resolution of Directors, save that no amendment may be made by a Resolution of Directors:
(a) to restrict the rights or powers of the Members to amend the Memorandum or Articles;
(b) to change the percentage of Members required to pass a Resolution of Members to amend the Memorandum or Articles;
(c) in circumstances where the Memorandum or Articles cannot be amended by the Members; or
(d) to change Clauses 7 or 8, this Clause 11 or Regulation 23.
11.2 Notwithstanding Clause 11.1, no amendment may be made to the Memorandum or Articles by a Resolution of Members to amend:
(a) Regulation 23 prior to the Business Combination, unless the amendment proposed is for the purposes of approving, or is in conjunction with the consummation of, or is intended to facilitate, a Business Combination, provided always that (i) the amendment does not alter the Company's obligation to pay or to offer to pay the Per-Share Redemption Price to any holder of the Public Shares or the timing of this payment without the consent of that holder and (ii) the Resolution of Members approving such amendment shall be subject to, and therefore the amendment so approved not made until immediately prior to the time at which the Business Combination is consummated, unless the approval is in accordance with Clause 7.1; or

(b) Regulation 9.1(b) during the Target Business Acquisition Period.

Pursuant to Section 12(2)(c) of the Act, this Clause 11.2 may not be amended prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, unless the amendment proposed is for the purposes of approving, or in conjunction with the consummation of, or is intended to facilitate, a Business Combination.

 

12 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
12.1 In this Memorandum of Association and the attached Articles of Association, if not inconsistent with the subject or context:
(a) Act means the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 and includes the regulations made under the Act;
(b) AGM means an annual general meeting of the Members;

 

  15  

 

 

(c) Amendment has the meaning ascribed to it in Regulation 23.11;
(d) Amendment Redemption Event has the meaning ascribed to it in Regulation 23.11;
(e) Approved Amendment has the meaning ascribed to it in Regulation 23.11;
(f) Articles means the attached Articles of Association of the Company;
(g) Automatic Redemption Event shall have the meaning given to it in Regulation 23.2;
(h) Average Closing Price per Ordinary Share means the average closing price per Ordinary Share as reported by the Designated Stock Exchange for the specified period.
(i) Board of Directors means the board of directors of the Company;
(j) Business Combination shall mean the initial acquisition by the Company, whether through a merger, share reconstruction or amalgamation, asset or share acquisition, exchangeable share transaction, contractual control arrangement or other similar type of transaction, with a Target Business at Fair Value;
(k) Business Combination Articles means Regulation 23 relating to the Company's obligations regarding the consummation of a Business Combination;
(l) Business Days means a day other than a Saturday or Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in New York are required or are authorised to be closed for business;
(m) chairman means a person who is appointed as chairman to preside at a meeting of the Company and Chairman of the Board means a person who is appointed as chairman to preside at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company, in each case, in accordance with the Articles;
(n) Class A Dividend Payment Date means each of (i) a date for payment of the annual Class A Dividend determined for each of 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020 by the Board of Directors which shall be within ten (10) days after the Company files its annual report on Form 10-K for the prior fiscal year, and (ii) the Mandatory Conversion Date;
(o) Class A Dividend Period means the period from, and including, a Class A Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Class A Dividend Payment Date, except that the initial Class A Dividend Period shall commence on, and include, the Issue Date and shall end on, and exclude, the first Class A Dividend Payment Date;
(p) Class A Dividend Rate has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.7(a);

 

  16  

 

 

(q) Class A Member means each person in whose name Class A Preferred Shares are registered, who shall be treated by the Company and the Registrar as the absolute owner of those Class A Preferred Shares for the purpose of making payment and settling conversions and for all other purposes;
(r) Class A Preferred Shares has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 5.1;
(s) Class A Record Date means, with respect to any Class A Dividend Payment Date, the date that is fifteen (15) days immediately preceding the applicable Class A Dividend Payment Date. These Class A Record Dates shall apply regardless of whether a particular Class A Record Date is Business Day;
(t) Class B Preferred Shares has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 5.1;
(u) Class C Preferred Shares has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 5.1;
(v) Class D Preferred Shares has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 5.1;
(w) Class E Preferred Shares has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 5.1;
(x) Class I Directors has the meaning ascribed to it in Regulation 9.1(b);
(y) Class II Directors has the meaning ascribed to it in Regulation 9.1(b);
(z) Class III Directors has the meaning ascribed to it in Regulation 9.1(b);
(aa) Conversion and Dividend Disbursing Agent means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company’s duly appointed conversion and dividend disbursing agent for the Class A Preferred Shares, and any successor appointed under Clause 6.18;
(bb) Conversion Date shall has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.7(a);
(cc) Designated Stock Exchange means the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, the Global Select System, Global System or the Capital Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, the NYSE MKT or the New York Stock Exchange, as applicable; provided, however, that until the Shares are listed on any such Designated Stock Exchange, the rules of such Designated Stock Exchange shall be inapplicable to the Company and this Memorandum or the Articles;
(dd) Director means any director of the Company, from time to time;
(ee) Distribution in relation to a distribution by the Company means the direct or indirect transfer of an asset, other than Shares, to or for the benefit of a Member in relation to Shares held by a Member, and whether by means of a purchase of an asset, the redemption or other acquisition of Shares, a distribution of indebtedness or otherwise, and includes a dividend;

 

  17  

 

 

(ff) Early Conversion has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.11(a);
(gg) Early Conversion Additional Conversion Amount has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.11;
(hh) Early Conversion Average Price has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.11;
(ii) Early Conversion Date has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.12(b);
(jj) Early Conversion Rate has the meaning set forth in clause 6.11;
(kk) Eligible Person means individuals, corporations, trusts, the estates of deceased individuals, partnerships and unincorporated associations of persons;
(ll) Enterprise means the Company and any other corporation, constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which the Company (or any of its wholly owned subsidiaries) is a party, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which an Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Director, Officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent;
(mm) Exchange Act means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder;
(nn) Exchange Property has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.16;
(oo) Ex-Date when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which Ordinary Shares trade without the right to receive such issuance or distribution;
(pp) Expenses shall include all direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses of any type or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, all legal fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, fees of private investigators and professional advisors, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, fax transmission charges, secretarial services and all other disbursements, obligations or expenses, in each case reasonably incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settlement or appeal of, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding, including reasonable compensation for time spent by the Indemnitee for which he or she is not otherwise compensated by the Company or any third party. Expenses shall also include any or all of the foregoing expenses incurred in connection with all judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred (whether by an Indemnitee, or on his behalf) in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, or any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the principal, premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, but shall not include amounts paid in settlement by an Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against an Indemnitee;

 

  18  

 

 

(qq) Fair Market Value means the fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and set forth in a resolution;
(rr) Fair Value shall mean a value at least equal to 80% of the balance in the Trust Account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for a Business Combination;
(ss) FINRA means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority of the United States;
(tt) Five-Day Average Price means the Average Closing Price per Ordinary Share over the period of five consecutive Trading Days ending on the Second Trading Day immediately preceding the relevant Class A Dividend Payment Date or applicable Conversion Date;
(uu) Fixed Conversion Rates means the Mandatory Conversion Rate and the Early Conversion Rate;
(vv) Floor Price means $10.00 , subject to adjustment in a manner inversely proportional to any anti-dilution adjustment to each Fixed Conversion Rate as set forth in Clause 6.14;
(ww) Initial Issue Date means on or around 5 July 2016, the first original issue date of the Class A Preferred Shares;
(xx) Initial Shareholder means the Sponsor and the Officers and Directors who hold the Shares prior to the IPO;
(yy) Indemnitee means any person detailed in sub regulations (a) and (b) of Regulation 15;
(zz) IPO means the initial public offering of securities and rights to receive or subscribe for securities of the Company;
(aaa) Issue Date means with respect to each Class A Preferred Share, the date that such share is issued by the Company.
(bbb) Junior Shares means (i) the Ordinary Shares and (ii) each other class or series of shares established after the Initial Issue Date, the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series ranks senior to or on a parity with the Class A Preferred Shares as to dividend rights and rights upon the Company’s liquidation, winding-up or dissolution;

 

  19  

 

 

(ccc) Liquidation Dividend Amount has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.8;
(ddd) Liquidation Preference means, as to the Class A Preferred Shares, $12 per share;
(eee) Mandatory Conversion has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.10;
(fff) Mandatory Conversion Additional Conversion Amount has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.10(b);
(ggg) Mandatory Conversion Date means (i) the last day of the first period of three trading days in which the average Closing Price of the Ordinary Shares, as reported on Designated Stock Exchange, shall equal or exceed $16, subject to adjustment in a manner inversely proportional to any adjustment to each Fixed Conversion Rate as set forth in Clause 6.14.
(hhh) Mandatory Conversion Rate has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.10(a);
(iii) Each of Member and shareholder means an Eligible Person whose name is entered in the share register of the Company as the holder of one or more Shares or fractional Shares;
(jjj) Memorandum means this Memorandum of Association of the Company;
(kkk) Officer means the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or any other executive officer as determined by the Board of Directors;
(lll) Ordinary Shares has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 5.1;
(mmm) Parity Shares means any class or series of Shares established after the Initial Issue Date, the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series shall rank on a parity with the Class A Preferred Shares as to dividend rights and rights upon the Company’s liquidation, winding-up or dissolution;
(nnn) Per-Share Redemption Price means:
(i) with respect to an Automatic Redemption Event, the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account (less up to US$50,000 of the net interest earned thereon to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares;

  20  

 

 

(ii) with respect to an Amendment Redemption Event, the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares; and
(iii) with respect to either a Tender Redemption Offer or a Redemption Offer, the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account on the date that is two Business Days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination including interest but net of taxes payable or amounts released to the Company for working capital purposes, divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares;
(ooo) person means any individual, partnership, firm, Company, limited liability company, business trust, joint share company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental authority or other entity of whatever nature;
(ppp) Proceeding means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the name of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which an Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee is or was a Director or Officer of the Company, by reason of any action (or failure to act) taken by him or of any action (or failure to act) on his part while acting as a Director, Officer, employee or adviser of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Director, Officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee, adviser or agent of any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses can be provided under these Articles;
(qqq) Public Shares has the meaning ascribed to it in Regulation 23.5(a);
(rrr) Preferred Shares has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 5.1;
(sss) Redemption Date has the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 6.17;
(ttt) Redemption Offer has the meaning ascribed to it in Regulation 23.5(b);
(uuu) Registrar means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company’s duly appointed registrar for the Class A Preferred Shares, and any successor appointed under Clause 6.18;
(vvv) Registration Statement has the meaning ascribed to it in Regulation 23.10;

 

  21  

 

 

(www) relevant system means a relevant system for the holding and transfer of shares in uncertificated form;
(xxx) Reorganization Event has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.16;
(yyy) Resolution of Directors means either:
(i) Subject to sub-paragraph (ii) below, a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of Directors of the Company or of a committee of Directors of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present at the meeting who voted except that where a Director is given more than one vote, he shall be counted by the number of votes he casts for the purpose of establishing a majority; or
(ii) a resolution consented to in writing by all Directors or by all members of a committee of Directors of the Company, as the case may be;
(zzz) Resolution of Members means:
(i) prior to the consummation of a Business Combination (but excluding any Resolution of Members in relation to approval of a Business Combination pursuant to Regulation 23.4), a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the Members of the Company by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted; or
(ii) following the consummation of a Business Combination or in relation to any Resolution of Members that may be proposed for the purpose of approving, or in conjunction with the consummation of, a Business Combination pursuant to Regulation 23.4, a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the Members of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted;
(aaaa) Seal means any seal which has been duly adopted as the common seal of the Company;
(bbbb) SEC means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission;
(cccc) Securities means Shares and debt obligations of every kind of the Company, and including without limitation options, warrants and rights to acquire shares or debt obligations;
(dddd) Securities Act means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

 

  22  

 

 

(eeee) Senior Shares means each class or series of shares established after the Initial Issue Date, the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series shall rank senior to the Class A Preferred Shares as to dividend rights and rights upon the Company’s liquidation, winding-up or dissolution;
(ffff) Share means a share issued or to be issued by the Company and Shares shall be construed accordingly;
(gggg) Spin-Off means a dividend or other distribution by the Company to all holders of Ordinary Shares consisting of shares of, or similar equity interests in, or relating to a subsidiary or other business unit of the Company;
(hhhh) Sponsor means DeTiger Holdings Limited;
(iiii) Target Business means any businesses or entity with whom the Company wishes to undertake a Business Combination;
(jjjj) Target Business Acquisition Period shall mean the period commencing from the effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with the Company's IPO up to and including the first to occur of (i) a Business Combination; or (ii) the Termination Date;
(kkkk) Tender Redemption Offer has the meaning ascribed to it in Regulation 23.5(a);
(llll) Termination Date has the meaning given to it in Regulation 23.2;
(mmmm) Trading Day means a day on which Ordinary Shares:
(i) are not suspended from trading, and on which trading in Ordinary Shares is not limited, on any U.S. national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market during any period or periods aggregating one half-hour or longer; and
(ii) have traded at least once on the U.S. national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market that is the primary market for the trading of Ordinary Shares; provided that if the Ordinary Shares is not traded on any such exchange, association or market, Trading Day means any Business Day;
(nnnn) Transfer Agent means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company’s duly appointed transfer agent for the Class A Preferred Shares, and any successor appointed under Clause 6.18;
(oooo) Treasury Share means a Share that was previously issued but was repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled;

 

  23  

 

 

(pppp) Trust Account shall mean the trust account established by the Company at the consummation of the IPO and into which a certain amount of the IPO proceeds and proceeds from a simultaneous private placement of like securities and rights by the Company are deposited, as may be reduced from time to time for amounts reserved for operating expenses;
(qqqq) Unit of Exchange Property has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.15; and
(rrrr) written or any term of like import includes information generated, sent, received or stored by electronic, electrical, digital, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, biometric or photonic means, including electronic data interchange, electronic mail, telegram, telex or telecopy, and "in writing" shall be construed accordingly.
12.2 In the Memorandum and the Articles, unless the context otherwise requires a reference to:
(a) a Regulation is a reference to a regulation of the Articles;
(b) a Clause is a reference to a clause of the Memorandum;
(c) voting by Member is a reference to the casting of the votes attached to the Shares held by the Member voting;
(d) the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles is a reference to the Act or those documents as amended; and
(e) the singular includes the plural and vice versa.
12.3 Any words or expressions defined in the Act unless the context otherwise requires bear the same meaning in the Memorandum and Articles unless otherwise defined herein.
12.4 Headings are inserted for convenience only and shall be disregarded in interpreting the Memorandum and Articles.

 

  24  

 

 

We, Offshore Incorporations Limited of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, for the purpose of incorporating a BVI business company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby sign this Memorandum of Association.

 

Dated: 8th day of April, 2014  
   
Incorporator  
   
(Sd.) Rexella D. Hodge  
Authorised Signatory  
OFFSHORE INCORPORATIONS LIMITED  

 

  25  

 

 

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT 2004

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

China Lending Corporation

 

a company limited by shares

 

As amended by Resolutions of Members passed on 16 September 2014 and 31 March 2016 and Resolutions of Directors passed on 28 June 2016 and 5 July 2016

 

1 REGISTERED SHARES
1.1 Every Member is entitled to a certificate signed by a Director of the Company or under the Seal specifying the number of Shares held by him and the signature of the Director and the Seal may be facsimiles.
1.2 Any Member receiving a certificate shall indemnify and hold the Company and its Directors and Officers harmless from any loss or liability which it or they may incur by reason of any wrongful or fraudulent use or representation made by any person by virtue of the possession thereof. If a certificate for Shares is worn out or lost it may be renewed on production of the worn out certificate or on satisfactory proof of its loss together with such indemnity as may be required by a Resolution of Directors.
1.3 If several Eligible Persons are registered as joint holders of any Shares, any one of such Eligible Persons may give an effectual receipt for any Distribution.
1.4 Nothing in these Articles shall require title to any Shares or other Securities to be evidenced by a certificate if the Act and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange permit otherwise.
1.5 Subject to the Act and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Board of Directors without further consultation with the holders of any Shares or Securities may resolve that any class or series of Shares or other Securities in issue or to be issued from time to time may be issued, registered or converted to uncertificated form and the practices instituted by the operator of the relevant system. No provision of these Articles will apply to any uncertificated shares or Securities to the extent that they are inconsistent with the holding of such shares or securities in uncertificated form or the transfer of title to any such shares or securities by means of a relevant system.
1.6 Conversion of Shares held in certificated form into Shares held in uncertificated form, and vice versa, may be made in such manner as the Board of Directors, in its absolute discretion, may think fit (subject always to the requirements of the relevant system concerned). The Company or any duly authorised transfer agent shall enter on the register of members how many Shares are held by each member in uncertificated form and certificated form and shall maintain the register of members in each case as is required by the relevant system concerned. Notwithstanding any provision of these Articles, a class or series of Shares shall not be treated as two classes by virtue only of that class or series comprising both certificated shares and uncertificated shares or as a result of any provision of these Articles which applies only in respect of certificated shares or uncertificated shares.

 

  26  

 

 

1.7 Nothing contained in Regulation 1.5 and 1.6 is meant to prohibit the Shares from being able to trade electronically. For the avoidance of doubt, Shares shall only be traded and transferred electronically upon consummation of the IPO.
2 SHARES
2.1 Subject to the provisions of these Articles and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the unissued Shares of the Company shall be at the disposal of the Directors and Shares and other Securities may be issued and option to acquire Shares or other Securities may be granted at such times, to such Eligible Persons, for such consideration and on such terms as the Directors may by Resolution of Directors determine.
2.2 Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing Preferred Shares or class of Preferred Shares, any class of Preferred Shares may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting or otherwise as the Directors may from time to time determine.
2.3 Section 46 of the Act does not apply to the Company.
2.4 A Share may be issued for consideration in any form, including money, a promissory note, real property, personal property (including goodwill and know-how) or a contract for future services.
2.5 No Shares may be issued for a consideration other than money, unless a Resolution of Directors has been passed stating:
(a) the amount to be credited for the issue of the Shares; and
(b) that, in their opinion, the present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue is not less than the amount to be credited for the issue of the Shares.
2.6 The Company shall keep a register (the share register ) containing:
(a) the names and addresses of the persons who hold Shares;
(b) the number of each class and series of Shares held by each Member;
(c) the date on which the name of each Member was entered in the share register; and
(d) the date on which any Eligible Person ceased to be a Member.
2.7 The share register may be in any such form as the Directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until the Directors otherwise determine, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage form shall be the original share register.

 

  27  

 

 

2.8 A Share is deemed to be issued when the name of the Member is entered in the share register.
2.9 Subject to the provisions of the Act and the Business Combination Articles, Shares may be issued on the terms that they are redeemable, or at the option of the Company be liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Directors before or at the time of the issue of such Shares may determine. The Directors may issue options, warrants or convertible securities or securities or a similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of Shares or Securities on such terms as the Directors may from time to time determine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors may also issue options, warrants, other rights to acquire shares or convertible securities in connection with the Company's IPO.
3 FORFEITURE
3.1 Shares that are not fully paid on issue are subject to the forfeiture provisions set forth in this Regulation and for this purpose Shares issued for a promissory note or a contract for future services are deemed to be not fully paid.
3.2 A written notice of call specifying the date for payment to be made shall be served on the Member who defaults in making payment in respect of the Shares.
3.3 The written notice of call referred to in Regulation 3.2 shall name a further date not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made and shall contain a statement that in the event of non-payment at or before the time named in the notice the Shares, or any of them, in respect of which payment is not made will be liable to be forfeited.
3.4 Where a written notice of call has been issued pursuant to Regulation 3.2 and the requirements of the notice have not been complied with, the Directors may, at any time before tender of payment, forfeit and cancel the Shares to which the notice relates.
3.5 The Company is under no obligation to refund any moneys to the Member whose Shares have been cancelled pursuant to Regulation 3.4 and that Member shall be discharged from any further obligation to the Company.
4 TRANSFER OF SHARES
4.1 Subject to the Memorandum, certificated shares may be transferred by a written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee, which shall be sent to the Company for registration. A member shall be entitled to transfer uncertificated shares by means of a relevant system and the operator of the relevant system shall act as agent of the Members for the purposes of the transfer of such uncertificated shares.
4.2 The transfer of a Share is effective when the name of the transferee is entered on the share register.

 

  28  

 

 

4.3 If the Directors of the Company are satisfied that an instrument of transfer relating to Shares has been signed but that the instrument has been lost or destroyed, they may resolve by Resolution of Directors:
(a) to accept such evidence of the transfer of Shares as they consider appropriate; and
(b) that the transferee's name should be entered in the share register notwithstanding the absence of the instrument of transfer.
4.4 Subject to the Memorandum, the personal representative of a deceased Member may transfer a Share even though the personal representative is not a Member at the time of the transfer.
5 DISTRIBUTIONS
5.1 Subject to the Business Combination Articles, the Directors of the Company may, by Resolution of Directors, authorise a distribution at a time and of an amount they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after the distribution, the value of the Company's assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they fall due.
5.2 Dividends may be paid in money, shares, or other property.
5.3 The Company may, by Resolution of Directors, from time to time pay to the Members such interim dividends as appear to the Directors to be justified by the profits of the Company, provided always that they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after the distribution, the value of the Company's assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they fall due.
5.4 Notice in writing of any dividend that may have been declared shall be given to each Member in accordance with Regulation 21 and all dividends unclaimed for three years after such notice has been given to a Member may be forfeited by Resolution of Directors for the benefit of the Company.
5.5 No dividend shall bear interest as against the Company.
6 REDEMPTION OF SHARES AND TREASURY SHARES
6.1 The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire and hold its own Shares save that the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own Shares without the consent of the Member whose Shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired unless the Company is permitted by the Act or any other provision in the Memorandum or Articles to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire the Shares without such consent.

 

  29  

 

 

6.2 The purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company of its own Shares is deemed not to be a distribution where:
(a) the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires the Shares pursuant to a right of a Member to have his Shares redeemed or to have his shares exchanged for money or other property of the Company, or
(b) the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires the Shares by virtue of the provisions of Section 179 of the Act.
6.3 Sections 60, 61 and 62 of the Act shall not apply to the Company.
6.4 Subject to the provisions of Regulation 23, shares that the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires pursuant to this Regulation may be cancelled or held as Treasury Shares except to the extent that such Shares are in excess of 50 percent of the issued Shares in which case they shall be cancelled but they shall be available for reissue.
6.5 All rights and obligations attaching to a Treasury Share are suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds the Share as a Treasury Share.
6.6 Treasury Shares may be disposed of by the Company on such terms and conditions (not otherwise inconsistent with the Memorandum and Articles) as the Company may by Resolution of Directors determine.
6.7 Where Shares are held by another body corporate of which the Company holds, directly or indirectly, shares having more than 50 per cent of the votes in the election of Directors of the other body corporate, all rights and obligations attaching to the Shares held by the other body corporate are suspended and shall not be exercised by the other body corporate.
7 MORTGAGES AND CHARGES OF SHARES
7.1 A Member may by an instrument in writing mortgage or charge his Shares.
7.2 There shall be entered in the share register at the written request of the Member:
(a) a statement that the Shares held by him are mortgaged or charged;
(b) the name of the mortgagee or chargee; and
(c) the date on which the particulars specified in subparagraphs (a) and (b) are entered in the share register.
7.3 Where particulars of a mortgage or charge are entered in the share register, such particulars may be cancelled:
(a) with the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf; or
(b) upon evidence satisfactory to the Directors of the discharge of the liability secured by the mortgage or charge and the issue of such indemnities as the Directors shall consider necessary or desirable.

 

  30  

 

 

7.4 Whilst particulars of a mortgage or charge over Shares are entered in the share register pursuant to this Regulation:
(a) no transfer of any Share the subject of those particulars shall be effected;
(b) the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such Share; and
(c) no replacement certificate shall be issued in respect of such Shares,

without the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee.

 

8 MEETINGS AND CONSENTS OF MEMBERS
8.1 Any Director of the Company may convene meetings of the Members at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the Director considers necessary or desirable. Following consummation of the Business Combination, an AGM shall be held annually at such date and time as may be determined by the Directors.
8.2 Upon the written request of the Members entitled to exercise 30 percent or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested the Directors shall convene a meeting of Members.
8.3 The Director convening a meeting of Members shall give not less than 10 nor more than 60 days' written notice of such meeting to:
(a) those Members whose names on the date the notice is given appear as Members in the share register of the Company and are entitled to vote at the meeting; and
(b) the other Directors.
8.4 The Director convening a meeting of Members shall fix in the notice of the meeting the record date for determining those Members that are entitled to vote at the meeting.
8.5 A meeting of Members held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if Members holding at least 90 per cent of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a Member at the meeting shall constitute waiver in relation to all the Shares which that Member holds.
8.6 The inadvertent failure of a Director who convenes a meeting to give notice of a meeting to a Member or another Director, or the fact that a Member or another Director has not received notice, does not invalidate the meeting.
8.7 A Member may be represented at a meeting of Members by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the Member.
8.8 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place designated for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to vote.

 

  31  

 

 

8.9 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in substantially the following form or such other form as the chairman of the meeting shall accept as properly evidencing the wishes of the Member appointing the proxy.

 

China Lending Corporation

 

I/We being a Member of the above Company HEREBY APPOINT …………………………………………………………… of ………...……….…………..………… or failing him …..………………………………………………….….. of ……………………………………..…..…… to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of Members to be held on the …… day of …………..…………, 20…… and at any adjournment thereof.

 

(Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)

 

Signed this …… day of …………..…………, 20……

 

   

  ……………………………

 

Member

 

8.10 The following applies where Shares are jointly owned:
(a) if two or more persons hold Shares jointly each of them may be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of Members and may speak as a Member;
(b) if only one of the joint owners is present in person or by proxy he may vote on behalf of all joint owners; and
(c) if two or more of the joint owners are present in person or by proxy they must vote as one and in the event of disagreement between any of the joint owners of Shares then the vote of the joint owner whose name appears first (or earliest) in the share register in respect of the relevant Shares shall be recorded as the vote attributable to the Shares.
8.11 A Member shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of Members if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all Members participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.
8.12 A meeting of Members is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 35 per cent of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote on Resolutions of Members to be considered at the meeting. If the Company has two or more classes of shares, a meeting may be quorate for some purposes and not for others. A quorum may comprise a single Member or proxy and then such person may pass a Resolution of Members and a certificate signed by such person accompanied where such person holds a proxy by a copy of the proxy instrument shall constitute a valid Resolution of Members.

 

  32  

 

 

8.13 If within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting of Members, a quorum is not present, the meeting, at the discretion of the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall either be dissolved or stand adjourned to a business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the Shares or each class or series of Shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall either be dissolved or stand further adjourned at the discretion of the Chairman of the Board of Directors.
8.14 At every meeting of Members, the Chairman of the Board shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board is not present at the meeting, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be the chairman. If the Members are unable to choose a chairman for any reason, then the person representing the greatest number of voting Shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting shall preside as chairman failing which the oldest individual Member or representative of a Member present shall take the chair.
8.15 The person appointed as chairman of the meeting pursuant to Regulation 8.14 may adjourn any meeting from time to time, and from place to place. For the avoidance of doubt, a meeting can be adjourned for as many times as may be determined to be necessary by the chairman and a meeting may remain open indefinitely for as long a period as may be determined by the chairman.
8.16 At any meeting of the Members the chairman of the meeting is responsible for deciding in such manner as he considers appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. If the chairman has any doubt as to the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution. If the chairman fails to take a poll then any Member present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the chairman shall cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any meeting, the result shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting.
8.17 Subject to the specific provisions contained in this Regulation for the appointment of representatives of Members other than individuals the right of any individual to speak for or represent a Member shall be determined by the law of the jurisdiction where, and by the documents by which, the Member is constituted or derives its existence. In case of doubt, the Directors may in good faith seek legal advice and unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction shall otherwise rule, the Directors may rely and act upon such advice without incurring any liability to any Member or the Company.
8.18 Any Member other than an individual may by resolution of its Directors or other governing body authorise such individual as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of Members or of any class of Members, and the individual so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same rights on behalf of the Member which he represents as that Member could exercise if it were an individual.

 

  33  

 

 

8.19 The chairman of any meeting at which a vote is cast by proxy or on behalf of any Member other than an individual may at the meeting but not thereafter call for a notarially certified copy of such proxy or authority which shall be produced within 7 days of being so requested or the votes cast by such proxy or on behalf of such Member shall be disregarded.
8.20 Directors of the Company may attend and speak at any meeting of Members and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or series of Shares.
8.21 Until the consummation of the Company's IPO, any action that may be taken by the Members at a meeting may also be taken by a Resolution of Members consented to in writing, without the need for any prior notice. If any Resolution of Members is adopted otherwise than by the unanimous written consent of all Members, a copy of such resolution shall forthwith be sent to all Members not consenting to such resolution. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more Members. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the earliest date upon which Eligible Persons holding a sufficient number of votes of Shares to constitute a Resolution of Members have consented to the resolution by signed counterparts. Following the Company's IPO, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Members of the Company must be effected by a meeting of the Company, such meeting to be duly convened and held in accordance with these Articles.
9 DIRECTORS
9.1 The first Directors of the Company shall be appointed by the first registered agent within 30 days of the incorporation of the Company; and thereafter, the Directors shall be elected:
(a) subject to Regulation 9.1 (b), by Resolution of Members or by Resolution of Directors for such term as the Members or Directors determine;
(b) immediately prior to the consummation of an IPO, the Directors shall pass a Resolution of Directors dividing themselves into three classes, being the class I directors (the Class I Directors ), the class II directors (the Class II Directors ) and the class III directors (the Class III Directors ). The number of Directors in each class shall be as nearly equal as possible. The Class I Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company's first AGM, the Class II Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company's second AGM and the Class III Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company's third AGM. Commencing at the First AGM, and at each following AGM, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third AGM following their election. Except as the Act or any applicable law may otherwise require, in the interim between an AGM or general meeting called for the election of Directors and/or the removal of one or more Directors any vacancy on the Board of Directors, may be filled by the majority vote of the remaining Directors.

 

  34  

 

 

9.2 No person shall be appointed as a Director of the Company unless he has consented in writing to act as a Director.
9.3 The minimum number of Directors shall be one and there shall be no maximum number of Directors.
9.4 Each Director holds office for the term, if any, fixed by the Resolution of Members or Resolution of Directors appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal (provided that no director may be removed by a Resolution of Members prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination). If no term is fixed on the appointment of a Director, the Director serves indefinitely until his earlier death, resignation or removal.
9.5 A Director may be removed from office with or without cause by:
(a) (following the consummation of the initial Business Combination but not at any time before) a Resolution of Members passed at a meeting of Members called for the purposes of removing the Director or for purposes including the removal of the Director or by a written resolution passed by a least seventy five per cent of the Members of the Company entitled to vote; or
(b) subject to Regulation 9.1 (b), a Resolution of Directors passed at a meeting of Directors.
9.6 A Director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation has effect from the date the notice is received by the Company at the office of its registered agent or from such later date as may be specified in the notice. A Director shall resign forthwith as a Director if he is, or becomes, disqualified from acting as a Director under the Act.
9.7 Subject to Regulation 9.1 (b), the Directors may at any time appoint any person to be a Director either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing Directors. Where the Directors appoint a person as Director to fill a vacancy, the term shall not exceed the term that remained when the person who has ceased to be a Director ceased to hold office.
9.8 A vacancy in relation to Directors occurs if a Director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office prior to the expiration of his term of office.
9.9 The Company shall keep a register of Directors containing:
(a) the names and addresses of the persons who are Directors of the Company;
(b) the date on which each person whose name is entered in the register was appointed as a Director of the Company;
(c) the date on which each person named as a Director ceased to be a Director of the Company; and
(d) such other information as may be prescribed by the Act.

 

  35  

 

 

9.10 The register of Directors may be kept in any such form as the Directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until a Resolution of Directors determining otherwise is passed, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage shall be the original register of Directors.
9.11 The Directors, or if the Shares (or depository receipts therefore) are listed or quoted on a Designated Stock Exchange, and if required by the Designated Stock Exchange, any committee thereof, may, by a Resolution of Directors, fix the emoluments of Directors with respect to services to be rendered in any capacity to the Company.
9.12 A Director is not required to hold a Share as a qualification to office.
9.13 Prior to the consummation of any transaction with:
(a) any affiliate of the Company;
(b) any Member owning an interest in the voting power of the Company that gives such Member a significant influence over the Company;
(c) any Director or executive officer of the Company and any relative of such Director or executive officer; and
(d) any person in which a substantial interest in the voting power of the Company is owned, directly or indirectly, by a person referred to in Regulations 9.13(b) and (c) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence,

such transaction must be approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who do not have an interest in the transaction, such directors having been provided with access (at the Company's expense) to the Company's attorney or independent legal counsel, unless the disinterested directors determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favourable to the Company than those that would be available to the Company with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

 

10 POWERS OF DIRECTORS
10.1 The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, or under the direction or supervision of, the Directors of the Company. The Directors of the Company have all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, the business and affairs of the Company. The Directors may pay all expenses incurred preliminary to and in connection with the incorporation of the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Act or by the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Members.
10.2 If the Company is the wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company, a Director of the Company may, when exercising powers or performing duties as a Director, act in a manner which he believes is in the best interests of the holding company even though it may not be in the best interests of the Company.

 

  36  

 

 

10.3 If the Company is a subsidiary, but not a wholly owned subsidiary, of a holding company, and the shareholders other than the holding company agree in advance, a Director of the Company may, when exercising powers or performing duties as a Director in connection with the carrying out of the joint venture, act in a manner which he believes is in the best interests of a Member or some Members even though it may not be in the best interests of the Company.
10.4 If the Company is carrying out a joint venture between shareholders, a Director of the Company may, when exercising powers or performing duties as a Director, act in a manner which he believes is in the best interests of the holding company even though it may not be in the best interests of the Company.
10.5 Each Director shall exercise his powers for a proper purpose and shall not act or agree to the Company acting in a manner that contravenes the Memorandum, the Articles or the Act. Each Director, in exercising his powers or performing his duties, shall act honestly and in good faith in what the Director believes to be the best interests of the Company.
10.6 Any Director which is a body corporate may appoint any individual as its duly authorised representative for the purpose of representing it at meetings of the Directors, with respect to the signing of consents or otherwise.
10.7 The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body.
10.8 Subject to Regulation 23.7, the Directors may by Resolution of Directors exercise all the powers of the Company to incur indebtedness, liabilities or obligations and to secure indebtedness, liabilities or obligations whether of the Company or of any third party, provided always that if the same occurs prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company must first obtain from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account.
10.9 All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by Resolution of Directors.
10.10 Section 175 of the Act shall not apply to the Company.
11 PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS
11.1 Any one Director of the Company may call a meeting of the Directors by sending a written notice to each other Director.
11.2 The Directors of the Company or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the notice calling the meeting provides.
11.3 A Director is deemed to be present at a meeting of Directors if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all Directors participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

  37  

 

 

11.4 Until the consummation of a Business Combination, a Director may not appoint an alternate. Following the consummation of a Business Combination, a Director may by a written instrument appoint an alternate who need not be a Director, any such alternate shall be entitled to attend meeting in the absence of the Director who appointed him and to vote or consent in place of the Director until the appointment lapses or is terminated.
11.5 A Director shall be given not less than three days' notice of meetings of Directors, but a meeting of Directors held without three days' notice having been given to all Directors shall be valid if all the Directors entitled to vote at the meeting who do not attend waive notice of the meeting, and for this purpose the presence of a Director at a meeting shall constitute waiver by that Director. The inadvertent failure to give notice of a meeting to a Director, or the fact that a Director has not received the notice, does not invalidate the meeting.
11.6 A meeting of Directors is duly constituted for all purposes if at the commencement of the meeting there are present in person or, following the consummation of a Business Combination, by alternate not less than one-half of the total number of Directors, unless there are only two Directors in which case the quorum is two.
11.7 If the Company has only one Director the provisions herein contained for meetings of Directors do not apply and such sole Director has full power to represent and act for the Company in all matters as are not by the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Members. In lieu of minutes of a meeting the sole Director shall record in writing and sign a note or memorandum of all matters requiring a Resolution of Directors. Such a note or memorandum constitutes sufficient evidence of such resolution for all purposes.
11.8 At meetings of Directors at which the Chairman of the Board is present, he shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board is not present, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting. If the Directors are unable to choose a chairman for any reason, then the oldest individual Director present (and for this purpose an alternate Director shall be deemed to be the same age as the Director that he represents) shall take the chair.
11.9 An action that may be taken by the Directors or a committee of Directors at a meeting may also be taken by a Resolution of Directors or a resolution of a committee of Directors consented to in writing by all Directors or by all members of the committee, as the case may be, without the need for any notice. The consent may be in the form of counterparts each counterpart being signed by one or more Directors. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the date upon which the last Director has consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.
12 COMMITTEES
12.1 The Directors may, by Resolution of Directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of one or more Directors, and delegate one or more of their powers, including the power to affix the Seal, to the committee.

 

  38  

 

 

12.2 The Directors have no power to delegate to a committee of Directors any of the following powers:
(a) to amend the Memorandum or the Articles;
(b) to designate committees of Directors;
(c) to delegate powers to a committee of Directors;
(d) to appoint Directors;
(e) to appoint an agent;
(f) to approve a plan of merger, consolidation or arrangement; or
(g) to make a declaration of solvency or to approve a liquidation plan.
12.3 Regulations 12.2(b) and (c) do not prevent a committee of Directors, where authorised by the Resolution of Directors appointing such committee or by a subsequent Resolution of Directors, from appointing a sub-committee and delegating powers exercisable by the committee to the sub-committee.
12.4 The meetings and proceedings of each committee of Directors consisting of 2 or more Directors shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions of the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors so far as the same are not superseded by any provisions in the Resolution of Directors establishing the committee.
13 OFFICERS AND AGENTS
13.1 The Company may by Resolution of Directors appoint officers of the Company at such times as may be considered necessary or expedient. Such officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer (in each case there may be more than one of such officers), one or more vice-presidents, secretaries and treasurers and such other officers as may from time to time be considered necessary or expedient. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
13.2 The officers shall perform such duties as are prescribed at the time of their appointment subject to any modification in such duties as may be prescribed thereafter by Resolution of Directors. In the absence of any specific prescription of duties it shall be the responsibility of the Chairman of the Board (or Co-Chairman, as the case may be) to preside at meetings of Directors and Members, the Chief Executive Officer (or Co-Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be) to manage the day to day affairs of the Company, the vice-presidents to act in order of seniority in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer (or Co-Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be) but otherwise to perform such duties as may be delegated to them by the Chief Executive Officer (or Co-Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be), the secretaries to maintain the share register, minute books and records (other than financial records) of the Company and to ensure compliance with all procedural requirements imposed on the Company by applicable law, and the treasurer to be responsible for the financial affairs of the Company.

 

  39  

 

 

13.3 The emoluments of all officers shall be fixed by Resolution of Directors.
13.4 The officers of the Company shall hold office until their death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by Resolution of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by Resolution of Directors.
13.5 The Directors may, by a Resolution of Directors, appoint any person, including a person who is a Director, to be an agent of the Company. An agent of the Company shall have such powers and authority of the Directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in the Articles or in the Resolution of Directors appointing the agent, except that no agent has any power or authority with respect to the matters specified in Regulation 12.1. The Resolution of Directors appointing an agent may authorise the agent to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent by the Company. The Directors may remove an agent appointed by the Company and may revoke or vary a power conferred on him.
14 CONFLICT OF INTERESTS
14.1 A Director of the Company shall, forthwith after becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company, disclose the interest to all other Directors of the Company.
14.2 For the purposes of Regulation 14.1, a disclosure to all other Directors to the effect that a Director is a member, Director or officer of another named entity or has a fiduciary relationship with respect to the entity or a named individual and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction which may, after the date of the entry or disclosure, be entered into with that entity or individual, is a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to that transaction.
14.3 Provided that the requirements of Regulation 9.13 have first been satisfied, a Director of the Company who is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company may:
(a) vote on a matter relating to the transaction;
(b) attend a meeting of Directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the Directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and
(c) sign a document on behalf of the Company, or do any other thing in his capacity as a Director, that relates to the transaction,

and, subject to compliance with the Act and these Articles shall not, by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from such transaction and no such transaction shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.

 

  40  

 

 

15 INDEMNIFICATION
15.1 Subject to the limitations hereinafter provided the Company may indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate against all direct and indirect costs, fees and Expenses of any type or nature whatsoever, any person who:
(a) is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Director, officer, key employee, adviser of the Company or who at the request of the Company; or
(b) is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a Director of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another Enterprise.
15.2 The indemnity in Regulation 15.1 only applies if the relevant Indemnitee acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
15.3 The decision of the Directors as to whether an Indemnitee acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the Articles, unless a question of law is involved.
15.4 The termination of any Proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the relevant Indemnitee did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that such Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
15.5 The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, purchase or furnish similar protection or make other arrangements including, but not limited to, providing a trust fund, letter of credit, or surety bond in relation to any Indemnitee or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a Director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another Enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by him in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify him against the liability as provided in these Articles.
16 RECORDS
16.1 The Company shall keep the following documents at the office of its registered agent:
(a) the Memorandum and the Articles;
(b) the share register, or a copy of the share register;
(c) the register of Directors, or a copy of the register of Directors; and
(d) copies of all notices and other documents filed by the Company with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the previous 10 years.

 

  41  

 

 

16.2 If the Company maintains only a copy of the share register or a copy of the register of Directors at the office of its registered agent, it shall:
(a) within 15 days of any change in either register, notify the registered agent in writing of the change; and
(b) provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the original share register or the original register of Directors is kept.
16.3 The Company shall keep the following records at the office of its registered agent or at such other place or places, within or outside the British Virgin Islands, as the Directors may determine:
(a) minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Members and classes of Members;
(b) minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Directors and committees of Directors; and
(c) an impression of the Seal, if any.
16.4 Where any original records referred to in this Regulation are maintained other than at the office of the registered agent of the Company, and the place at which the original records is changed, the Company shall provide the registered agent with the physical address of the new location of the records of the Company within 14 days of the change of location.
16.5 The records kept by the Company under this Regulation shall be in written form or either wholly or partly as electronic records complying with the requirements of the Electronic Transactions Act.
17 REGISTERS OF CHARGES
17.1 The Company shall maintain at the office of its registered agent a register of charges in which there shall be entered the following particulars regarding each mortgage, charge and other encumbrance created by the Company:
(a) the date of creation of the charge;
(b) a short description of the liability secured by the charge;
(c) a short description of the property charged;
(d) the name and address of the trustee for the security or, if there is no such trustee, the name and address of the chargee;
(e) unless the charge is a security to bearer, the name and address of the holder of the charge; and
(f) details of any prohibition or restriction contained in the instrument creating the charge on the power of the Company to create any future charge ranking in priority to or equally with the charge.

 

  42  

 

 

18 CONTINUATION

The Company may by Resolution of Members or by a Resolution of Directors continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those laws.

 

19 SEAL

The Company may have more than one Seal and references herein to the Seal shall be references to every Seal which shall have been duly adopted by Resolution of Directors. The Directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and for an imprint thereof to be kept at the registered office. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein the Seal when affixed to any written instrument shall be witnessed and attested to by the signature of any one Director or other person so authorised from time to time by Resolution of Directors. Such authorisation may be before or after the Seal is affixed, may be general or specific and may refer to any number of sealings. The Directors may provide for a facsimile of the Seal and of the signature of any Director or authorised person which may be reproduced by printing or other means on any instrument and it shall have the same force and validity as if the Seal had been affixed to such instrument and the same had been attested to as hereinbefore described.

 

20 ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT
20.1 The Company shall keep records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company's transactions and that will, at any time, enable the financial position of the Company to be determined with reasonable accuracy.
20.2 The Company may by Resolution of Members call for the Directors to prepare periodically and make available a profit and loss account and a balance sheet. The profit and loss account and balance sheet shall be drawn up so as to give respectively a true and fair view of the profit and loss of the Company for a financial period and a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities of the Company as at the end of a financial period.
20.3 The Company may by Resolution of Members call for the accounts to be examined by auditors.
20.4 If the Shares are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, and if required by the Designated Stock Exchange, the Directors shall establish and maintain an audit committee as a committee of the Board of Directors, the composition and responsibilities of which shall comply with the rules and regulations of the SEC and the Designated Stock Exchange subject to any available exemptions therefrom and the operation of the Act. The audit committee shall meet at least once every financial quarter, or more frequently as circumstances dictate.
20.5 If the Shares are listed or quoted on a Designated Stock Exchange that requires the Company to have an audit committee, the Directors shall adopt a formal written audit committee charter and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis.
20.6 If the Shares are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and, if required, shall utilise the audit committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest.

 

  43  

 

 

20.7 If applicable, and subject to applicable law and the rules of the SEC and the Designated Stock Exchange:
(a) at the AGM or at a subsequent extraordinary general meeting in each year, the Members shall appoint an auditor who shall hold office until the Members appoint another auditor. Such auditor may be a Member but no Director or officer or employee of the Company shall during, his continuance in office, be eligible to act as auditor;
(b) a person, other than a retiring auditor, shall not be capable of being appointed auditor at an AGM unless notice in writing of an intention to nominate that person to the office of auditor has been given not less than ten days before the AGM and furthermore the Company shall send a copy of such notice to the retiring auditor; and
(c) the Members may, at any meeting convened and held in accordance with these Articles, by resolution remove the auditor at any time before the expiration of his term of office and shall by resolution at that meeting appoint another auditor in his stead for the remainder of his term.
20.8 The remuneration of the auditors shall be fixed by Resolution of Directors in such manner as the Directors may determine or in a manner required by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange and the SEC.
20.9 The auditors shall examine each profit and loss account and balance sheet required to be laid before a meeting of the Members or otherwise given to Members and shall state in a written report whether or not:
(a) in their opinion the profit and loss account and balance sheet give a true and fair view respectively of the profit and loss for the period covered by the accounts, and of the assets and liabilities of the Company at the end of that period; and
(b) all the information and explanations required by the auditors have been obtained.
20.10 The report of the auditors shall be annexed to the accounts and shall be read at the meeting of Members at which the accounts are laid before the Company or shall be otherwise given to the Members.
20.11 Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the Company, and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanations as he thinks necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.
20.12 The auditors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend any meetings of Members at which the Company's profit and loss account and balance sheet are to be presented.

 

  44  

 

 

21 NOTICES
21.1 Any notice, information or written statement to be given by the Company to Members may be given by personal service by mail, facsimile or other similar means of electronic communication, addressed to each Member at the address shown in the share register.
21.2 Any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be served by leaving it, or by sending it by registered mail addressed to the Company, at its registered office, or by leaving it with, or by sending it by registered mail to, the registered agent of the Company.
21.3 Service of any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be proved by showing that the summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement was delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company or that it was mailed in such time as to admit to its being delivered to the registered office or the registered agent of the Company in the normal course of delivery within the period prescribed for service and was correctly addressed and the postage was prepaid.
22 VOLUNTARY WINDING UP

The Company may by a Resolution of Members or by a Resolution of Directors appoint a voluntary liquidator.

 

23 BUSINESS COMBINATION
23.1 Regulations 23.1 to 23.12 and Regulation 9.1(b) shall terminate upon consummation of any Business Combination and may not be amended during the Target Business Acquisition Period except as otherwise provided in these Articles.
23.2 In the event that the Company does not consummate a Business Combination prior to 6 July 2016 (such date being referred to as the Termination Date), such failure shall trigger an automatic redemption of the Public Shares (an Automatic Redemption Event) and the Directors of the Company shall take all such action necessary (i) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than five (5) Business Days thereafter to redeem the Public Shares (as defined below) or distribute the Trust Account to the holders of Public Shares, on a pro rata basis, in cash at a per-share amount equal to the applicable Per-Share Redemption Price; and (ii) as promptly as practicable, to cease all operations except for the purpose of making such distribution and any winding up of the Company's affairs. In the event of an Automatic Redemption Event, only the holders of Public Shares shall be entitled to receive pro rata redeeming distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Public Shares. The revised provisions of this Regulation 23.2 shall not affect the previous right of persons who were shareholders when this Regulation 23.2 was revised to extend the termination date to 6 July 2016 but who did not vote to consent to such revision (but only to the extent they were entitled to do so) to have their shares redeemed under the provisions of the previous Regulation 23.2 if the Company failed to consummate a Business Combination prior to the expiration of 18 months after the closing of the IPO.

 

  45  

 

 

23.3 Unless a shareholder vote is required by law or the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, or, at the sole discretion of the Directors, the Directors determine to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company may enter into a Business Combination without submitting such Business Combination to its Members for approval.
23.4 Although not required, in the event that a shareholder vote is held, and a majority of the votes cast at the meeting to approve the Business Combination are voted for the approval of such Business Combination, the Company shall be authorised to consummate the Business Combination.
23.5
(a) In the event that a Business Combination is consummated by the Company, the Company will offer to redeem the Shares of any Member issued in the IPO other than those Shares held by Initial Shareholders or their affiliates, Directors or Officers (the " Public Shares ") for cash in accordance with Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act and subject to any limitations (including but not limited to cash requirements) set forth in the definitive transaction agreements related to the initial Business Combination (the " Tender Redemption Offer "). The Company will file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to consummating the Business Combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the Business Combination and the redemption rights as would be required in a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act. In accordance with the Exchange Act, the Tender Redemption Offer will remain open for a minimum of 20 Business Days and the Company will not be permitted to consummate its Business Combination until the expiry of such period. If in the event a Member holding Public Shares accepts the Tender Redemption Offer and the Company has not otherwise withdrawn the tender offer, the Company shall, promptly after the consummation of the Business Combination, pay such redeeming Member, on a pro rata basis, cash equal to the applicable Per-Share Redemption Price.
(b) In the event that a Business Combination is consummated by the Company in connection with a shareholder vote held pursuant to Regulation 23.4 in accordance with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act (the Redemption Offer ), the Company will offer to redeem the Public Shares, regardless of whether such shares are voted for or against the Business Combination, for cash, on a pro rata basis, at a per-share amount equal to the applicable Per-Share Redemption Price; provided, that any such redeeming Member who either individually or together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom he is acting in concert or as a "group" (as such term is defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act) shall not be permitted to redeem more than fifteen percent (15%) of the total Public Shares sold in the IPO.
(c) In no event will the Company consummate the Tender Redemption Offer or the Redemption Offer under Regulation 23.5(a) or (b) if such redemptions would cause the Company to have net tangible assets to be less than US$5,000,001.

 

  46  

 

 

23.6 A holder of Public Shares shall be entitled to receive distributions from the Trust Account only in the event of an Automatic Redemption Event, an Amendment Redemption Event or in the event he accepts a Tender Redemption Offer or a Redemption Offer where the Business Combination is consummated. In no other circumstances shall a holder of Public Shares have any right or interest of any kind in or to the Trust Account.
23.7 Prior to a Business Combination, the Company will not issue any Securities (other than Public Shares) that would entitle the holder thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Account; or (ii) vote on any Business Combination.
23.8 The Business Combination must be approved by a majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors. In the event the Company enters into a Business Combination (i) with a company that is affiliated with the Sponsor, Initial Shareholders, officers or Directors; or (ii) partnering, submitting joint bids or entering into any similar transaction with the Sponsor, or an affiliate of the Sponsor, the Company will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA reasonably acceptable to EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. that such a Business Combination is fair to the holders of the Public Shares from a financial point of view.
23.9 The Company will not effectuate a Business Combination with another "blank cheque" company or a similar company with nominal operations.
23.10 Immediately after the Company's IPO, the amount of net offering proceeds received by the Company in the IPO (including proceeds of any exercise of the underwriter's over-allotment option and any proceeds from the simultaneous private placement of like securities and rights by the Company) as described in the Company's registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC (the Registration Statement ) at the time it goes effective shall be deposited and thereafter held in the Trust Account. Neither the Company nor any officer, Director or employee of the Company will disburse any of the proceeds held in the Trust Account until the earlier of (i) a Business Combination, or (ii) an Automatic Redemption Event or in payment of the acquisition price for any shares which the Company elects to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire in accordance with these Articles, in each case in accordance with the trust agreement governing the Trust Account; provided that (a) all that interest earned on the Trust Account (as described in the Registration Statement) may be released from time to time to the Company to cover operating expenses, and (b) the Company is entitled to withdraw such amounts from the Trust Account from time to time as would be required to pay any taxes on the interest earned on the Trust Account
23.11 In the event the Directors of the Company propose any amendment to Regulation 23 prior to (but not in conjunction with) the consummation of a Business Combination (an Amendment ) and such Amendment is (i) duly approved by a Resolution of Members; and (ii) the amended Articles are filed at the Registry of Corporate Affairs (an Approved Amendment ), the Company will offer to redeem the Public Shares of any Member who voted all of its Shares against or did not consent in writing to (as relevant) the Resolution of Members approving the Approved Amendment, for cash, on a pro rata basis, at a per-share amount equal to the applicable Per-Share Redemption Price (an Amendment Redemption Event ). For the avoidance of doubt, an Amendment may not include any amendment that would affect the substance or timing of the Company's obligations as described in Regulation 23 to pay or to offer to pay the Per-Share Redemption Price to any holder of the Public Shares without the consent of that holder.

We, Offshore Incorporations Limited of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, for the purpose of incorporating a BVI business company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby sign these Articles of Association.

 

Dated: 8th day of April, 2014  
   
Incorporator  
   
(Sd.) Rexella D. Hodge  
Authorised Signatory  

 

 

 47

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of July 6, 2016, by and among (i) DT Asia Investments Limited , a British Virgin Islands company which will be known after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Share Exchange Agreement (as defined below) as “China Lending Corporation” (the “ Company ”), (ii) DeTiger Holdings Limited , a British Virgin Islands company, in its capacity under the Share Exchange Agreement as the DT Representative (including any successor DT Representative in accordance with the Share Exchange Agreement, the “ DT Representative ”), and (iii) the undersigned parties listed under Investor on the signature page hereto (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”).

 

WHEREAS , on January 11, 2016, the Company, the DT Representative and the Investors entered into that certain Share Exchange Agreement (as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Share Exchange Agreement ”), by and among the Company, the DT Representative, Adrie Global Holdings Limited, a business company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with limited liability (the “ Target ”), the Investors and Li Jingping, in the capacity as the Seller Representative thereunder (the “ Seller Representative ”), pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, the Company will acquire from the Investors all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of the Target in exchange for 20,000,000 ordinary shares of the Company (including any equity securities paid as dividends or distribution with respect to such shares or into which such shares are exchanged or converted, including any equity securities of a successor entity, the “ Exchange Shares ”), with 8,000,000 of such Exchange Shares (including any equity securities paid as dividends or distribution with respect to such shares or into which such shares are exchanged or converted, the “ Escrow Shares ”) being deposited in escrow and held in an escrow account in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Share Exchange Agreement and the Escrow Agreement (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Share Exchange Agreement, the parties are also entering into that certain Lock-Up Agreement (as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Lock-Up Agreement ”), by and among the Company, the DT Representative and the Investors, pursuant to which the Investors have agreed not to transfer their Exchange Shares for a lock-up period of one (1) year after the Closing Date (as defined below) (subject to earlier release upon certain events) or to transfer their Escrow Shares while such shares are held in escrow under the Escrow Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , the parties desire to enter into this Agreement to provide the Investors with certain rights relating to the registration of the Exchange Shares;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.        DEFINITIONS . Any capitalized term used but not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Share Exchange Agreement. The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

AAA ” is defined in Section 6.10.

 

Agreement ” means this Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

 

 

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday on which commercial banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized to close for business.

 

Closing ” means the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Share Exchange Agreement.

 

Closing Date ” means the date of the Closing.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other U.S. Federal agency then administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

 

Company ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement, and shall include the Company’s successors by merger, acquisition, reorganization or otherwise.

 

Demand Registration ” is defined in Section 2.1.1.

 

Demanding Holder ” is defined in Section 2.1.1.

 

Dispute ” is defined in Section 6.10.

 

DT Representative ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Escrow Agreement ” means that certain Escrow Agreement by and among the Company, the Seller Representative and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as escrow agent, to be entered into on or prior to the Closing Date in accordance with the Share Exchange Agreement, as it may be amended in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Escrow Shares ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Exchange Shares ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Form S-3 ” is defined in Section 2.3.

 

Founder Registration Rights Agreement ” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2014, between the Company and the investors named therein, as it may be amended in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Founder Securities ” means those securities included in the definition of “Registrable Securities” specified in the Founder Registration Rights Agreement, including securities transferred on the Closing Date from DeTiger Holdings Limited to Mr. Miao Yang.

 

Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section 4.3.

 

Indemnifying Party ” is defined in Section 4.3.

 

Investor(s) ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement, and include any transferee of the Registrable Securities (so long as they remain Registrable Securities) of an Investor permitted under this Agreement and/or the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

  2  

 

 

Investor Indemnified Party ” is defined in Section 4.1.

 

Lock-Up Agreement ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Maximum Number of Shares ” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

 

Option Securities ” means the Ordinary Shares or other securities registrable pursuant to the terms of the Unit Purchase Option.

 

Ordinary Shares ” means the Ordinary Shares of the Company, no par value.

 

Piggy-Back Registration ” is defined in Section 2.2.1.

 

Pro Rata ” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

 

Proceeding ” is defined in Section 6.11.

 

Register ,” “ Registered ” and “ Registration ” mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

 

Registrable Securities ” means all of the Exchange Shares. Registrable Securities include any warrants, share capital or other securities of the Company issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of such Exchange Shares. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when: (a) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (b) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred, new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and subsequent public distribution of them shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (c) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding or (d) the Registrable Securities are freely saleable under Rule 144 without volume limitations.

 

Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission in compliance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder for a public offering and sale of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, equity securities (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8, or their successors, or any registration statement covering only securities proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or assets of another entity).

 

Resolution Period ” is defined in Section 6.10.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Seller Representative ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Share Exchange Agreement ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Specified Courts ” is defined in Section 6.11.

 

  3  

 

 

Target ” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Underwriter ” means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an underwritten offering and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

 

Unit Purchase Option ” means the Unit Purchase Option that was issued to EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. or its designees in connection with the Company’s initial public offering.

 

2.        REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

2.1      Demand Registration.

 

2.1.1         Request for Registration. Subject to Section 2.4, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, Investors holding a majority-in-interest of Registrable Securities then issued and outstanding may make a written demand for registration under the Securities Act of all or part of their Registrable Securities (a “ Demand Registration ”). Any demand for a Demand Registration shall specify the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. Within thirty (30) days following receipt of any request for a Demand Registration, the Company will notify all other Investors holding Registrable Securities of the demand, and each Investor holding Registrable Securities who wishes to include all or a portion of such Investor’s Registrable Securities in the Demand Registration (each such Investor including shares of Registrable Securities in such registration, a “ Demanding Holder ”) shall so notify the Company within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by the Investor of the notice from the Company. Upon any such request, the Demanding Holders shall be entitled to have their Registrable Securities included in the Demand Registration, subject to Section 2.1.4 and the provisos set forth in Section 3.1.1. The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than an aggregate of three (3) Demand Registrations under this Section 2.1.1 in respect of all Registrable Securities.

 

2.1.2         Effective Registration. A registration will not count as a Demand Registration until the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration has been declared effective and the Company has complied with all of its obligations under this Agreement with respect thereto; provided, however, that if, after such Registration Statement has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration is interfered with by any stop order or injunction of the Commission or any other governmental agency or court, the Registration Statement with respect to such Demand Registration will be deemed not to have been declared effective, unless and until, (i) such stop order or injunction is removed, rescinded or otherwise terminated, and (ii) a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders thereafter elect to continue the offering; provided, further, that the Company shall not be obligated to file a second Registration Statement until a Registration Statement that has been filed is counted as a Demand Registration or is terminated.

 

2.1.3         Underwritten Offering. If a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders so elect and advise the Company as part of their written demand for a Demand Registration, the offering of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration shall be in the form of an underwritten offering. In such event, the right of any Demanding Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Demanding Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Demanding Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Demanding Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter or Underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority-in-interest of the Investors initiating the Demand Registration.

 

  4  

 

 

2.1.4         Reduction of Offering. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters for a Demand Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and the Demanding Holders in writing that the dollar amount or number of Registrable Securities which the Demanding Holders desire to sell, taken together with all other Ordinary Shares or other securities which the Company desires to sell and the Ordinary Shares or other securities, if any, as to which registration by the Company has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by other security holders of the Company who desire to sell, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of shares that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of shares, as applicable, the “ Maximum Number of Shares ”), then the Company shall include in such registration: (i) first, the Registrable Securities as to which Demand Registration has been requested by the Demanding Holders (pro rata in accordance with the number of securities that each applicable Person has requested be included in such registration, regardless of the number of securities held by each such Person (such proportion is referred to herein as “ Pro Rata ”)) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares. In the event that Company securities that are convertible into Ordinary Shares are included in the offering, the calculations under this Section 2.1.4 shall include such Company securities on an as-converted to Ordinary Share basis.

 

2.1.5        Withdrawal. If a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders disapprove of the terms of any underwriting or are not entitled to include all of their Registrable Securities in any offering, such majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders may elect to withdraw from such offering by giving written notice to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters of their request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration. If the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders withdraws from a proposed offering relating to a Demand Registration in such event, then such registration shall not count as a Demand Registration provided for in Section 2.1.

 

2.2      Piggy-Back Registration.

 

2.2.1         Piggy-Back Rights. Subject to Section 2.4, if at any time after the Closing Date the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, equity securities, by the Company for its own account or for security holders of the Company for their account (or by the Company and by security holders of the Company including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 2.1), other than a Registration Statement (i) filed in connection with any employee share option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing shareholders, (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Company or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then the Company shall (x) give written notice of such proposed filing to Investors holding Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but in no event less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, of the offering, and (y) offer to Investors holding Registrable Securities in such notice the opportunity to register the sale of such number of Registrable Securities as such Investors may request in writing within five (5) days following receipt of such notice (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”). The Company shall cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All Investors holding Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities through a Piggy-Back Registration that involves an Underwriter or Underwriters shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter or Underwriters selected for such Piggy-Back Registration.

 

  5  

 

 

2.2.2         Reduction of Offering. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters for a Piggy-Back Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and Investors holding Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such Piggy-Back Registration in writing that the dollar amount or number of Ordinary Shares or other Company securities which the Company desires to sell, taken together with the Ordinary Shares or other Company securities, if any, as to which registration has been demanded pursuant to written contractual arrangements with Persons other than the Investors hereunder, the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 2.2, and the Ordinary Shares or other Company securities, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other security holders of the Company, exceeds the Maximum Number of Shares, then the Company shall include in any such registration:

 

(a)        If the registration is undertaken for the Company’s account: (i) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Ordinary Shares or other securities, if any, comprised of Founder Securities or Option Securities, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the applicable written contractual piggy-back registration rights of such security holders, Pro Rata among such security holders based on the number of securities requested by such security holders to be included in such registration, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Registrable Securities of Investors as to which registration has been requested pursuant to this Section 2.2, Pro Rata among such Investors based on the number of Registrable Securities requested by such Investors to be included in such registration, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (iv) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares;

           

(b)        If the registration is a “demand” registration undertaken at the demand of holders of Option Securities, (i) first, the Option Securities for the account of the demanding holders, Pro Rata among such holders based on the number of Option Securities requested by such holders to be included in such registration, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Founder Securities, Pro Rata among the holders of Founder Securities based on the number of Founder Securities requested by such holders to be included in such registration, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms of the Founder Registration Rights Agreement, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (iv) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Registrable Securities of Investors as to which registration has been requested pursuant to this Section 2.2, Pro Rata among such Investors based on the number of Registrable Securities requested by such Investors to be included in such registration, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (v) fifth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares;

 

  6  

 

 

(c)        If the registration is a “demand” registration undertaken at the demand of holders of Founder Securities, (i) first, the Founder Securities for the account of the demanding holders, Pro Rata among such holders based on the number of Founder Securities requested by such holders to be included in such registration, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Option Securities, Pro Rata among the holders of Option Securities based on the number of Option Securities requested by such holders to be included in such registration, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms of the Unit Purchase Option, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (iv) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Registrable Securities of Investors as to which registration has been requested pursuant to this Section 2.2, Pro Rata among such Investors based on the number of Registrable Securities requested by such Investors to be included in such registration, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (v) fifth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and

     

(d)        If the registration is a “demand” registration undertaken at the demand of Persons other than Investors holding Registrable Securities or the holders of Founder Securities or Option Securities, (i) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of such demanding Persons that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), collectively the Founder Securities and Option Securities, Pro Rata among the holders of Founder Securities and Option Securities based on the number of Founder Securities and Option Securities requested by such holders to be included in such registration, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms of the Founder Registration Rights Agreement and the Unit Purchase Option, as applicable, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (iv) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Registrable Securities of Investors as to which registration has been requested pursuant to this Section 2.2, Pro Rata among such Investors based on the number of Registrable Securities requested by such Investors to be included in such registration, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (v) fifth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares.

 

  7  

 

 

In the event that Company securities that are convertible into Ordinary Shares are included in the offering, the calculations under this Section 2.2.2 shall include such Company securities on an as-converted to Ordinary Share basis.

 

2.2.3        Withdrawal. Any Investor holding Registrable Securities may elect to withdraw such Investor’s request for inclusion of Registrable Securities in any Piggy-Back Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by Persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement without any liability to the applicable Investor, subject to the next sentence and the provisions of Section 4. Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration as provided in Section 3.3 by Investors holding Registrable Securities that requested to have their Registrable Securities included in such Piggy-Back Registration.

 

2.3      Registrations on Form S-3. After the Closing Date, subject to Section 2.4, Investors holding Registrable Securities may at any time and from time to time, request in writing that the Company register the resale of any or all of such Registrable Securities on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration which may be available at such time (“ Form S-3 ”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect such request through an underwritten offering. Upon receipt of such written request, the Company will promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Investors holding Registrable Securities, and, as soon as practicable thereafter, effect the registration of all or such portion of such Investors’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities, if any, of any other Investors joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3: (i) if Form S-3 is not available to the Company for such offering; or (ii) if Investors holding Registrable Securities, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at any aggregate price to the public of less than $500,000. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as Demand Registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

2.4     Restriction of Offerings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Investors shall not be entitled to request, and the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration (including any Demand Registration or Piggy-Back Registration) pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to any Registrable Securities during the Lock-Up Period (as such term is defined in the Lock-Up Agreement) or any Escrow Shares while they are subject to restrictions on transfer under the Lock-Up Agreement, including pursuant to Section 1(b) thereof.

 

  8  

 

 

3.        REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.

 

3.1      Filings; Information. Whenever the Company is required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration and sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof as expeditiously as practicable, and in connection with any such request:

 

3.1.1         Filing Registration Statement . The Company shall use its best efforts to, as expeditiously as possible after receipt of a request for a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1, prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of all Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof, and shall use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and use its best efforts to keep it effective for the period required by Section 3.1.3; provided, however, that the Company shall have the right to defer any Demand Registration for up to thirty (30) days, and any Piggy-Back Registration for such period as may be applicable to deferment of any demand registration to which such Piggy-Back Registration relates, in each case if the Company shall furnish to Investor requesting to include their Registrable Securities in such registration a certificate signed by the President, Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Registration Statement to be effected at such time; provided further, however, that the Company shall not have the right to exercise the right set forth in the immediately preceding proviso more than once in any 365-day period in respect of a Demand Registration hereunder.

 

3.1.2         Copies. The Company shall, prior to filing a Registration Statement or prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to Investors holding Registrable Securities included in such registration, and such Investors’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus), and such other documents as Investors holding Registrable Securities included in such registration or legal counsel for any such Investors may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Investors.

 

3.1.3        Amendments and Supplements. The Company shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until all Registrable Securities and other securities covered by such Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or such securities have been withdrawn or until such time as the Registrable Securities cease to be Registrable Securities as defined by this Agreement.

 

3.1.4         Notification. After the filing of a Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly, and in no event more than two (2) Business Days after such filing, notify Investors holding Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement of such filing, and shall further notify such Investors promptly and confirm such advice in writing in all events within two (2) Business Days of the occurrence of any of the following: (i) when such Registration Statement becomes effective; (ii) when any post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement becomes effective; (iii) the issuance or threatened issuance by the Commission of any stop order (and the Company shall take all actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered); and (iv) any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or any prospectus relating thereto or for additional information or of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the securities covered by such Registration Statement, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and promptly make available to Investors holding Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement any such supplement or amendment; except that before filing with the Commission a Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, the Company shall furnish to Investors holding Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement and to the legal counsel for any such Investors, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed sufficiently in advance of filing to provide such Investors and legal counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review such documents and comment thereon, and the Company shall not file any Registration Statement or prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, to which such Investors or their legal counsel shall object.

 

  9  

 

 

3.1.5        State Securities Laws Compliance. The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as Investors holding Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable Investors holding Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction.

 

3.1.6        Agreements for Disposition. The Company shall enter into customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities. The representations, warranties and covenants of the Company in any underwriting agreement which are made to or for the benefit of any Underwriters, to the extent applicable, shall also be made to and for the benefit of Investors holding Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement. No Investor holding Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement shall be required to make any representations or warranties in the underwriting agreement except, if applicable, with respect to such Investor’s organization, good standing, authority, title to Registrable Securities, lack of conflict of such sale with such Investor’s material agreements and organizational documents, and with respect to written information relating to such Investor that such Investor has furnished in writing expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement.

 

3.1.7        Cooperation. The principal executive officer of the Company, the principal financial officer of the Company, the principal accounting officer of the Company and all other officers and members of the management of the Company shall cooperate fully in any offering of Registrable Securities hereunder, which cooperation shall include, without limitation, the preparation of the Registration Statement with respect to such offering and all other offering materials and related documents, and participation in meetings with Underwriters, attorneys, accountants and potential investors.

 

3.1.8         Records . The Company shall make available for inspection by Investors holding Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any Investor holding Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement or any Underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any of them in connection with such Registration Statement.

 

  10  

 

 

3.1.9         Opinions and Comfort Letters. The Company shall furnish to each Investor holding Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement a signed counterpart, addressed to such Investor, of (i) any opinion of counsel to the Company delivered to any Underwriter and (ii) any comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants delivered to any Underwriter. In the event no legal opinion is delivered to any Underwriter, the Company shall furnish to each Investor holding Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, at any time that such Investor elects to use a prospectus, an opinion of counsel to the Company to the effect that the Registration Statement containing such prospectus has been declared effective and that no stop order is in effect.

 

3.1.10      Earnings Statement. The Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the Securities Act, and make available to its shareholders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of twelve (12) months, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

 

3.1.11       Listing. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities that are Ordinary Shares included in any registration to be listed on such exchanges or otherwise designated for trading in the same manner as similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or designated or, if no such similar securities are then listed or designated, in a manner satisfactory to Investors holding a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities included in such registration.

 

3.1.12       Road Show. If the registration involves the registration of Registrable Securities involving gross proceeds in excess of $25,000,000, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to make available senior executives of the Company to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in any underwritten offering.

 

3.2      Obligation to Suspend Distribution. Upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3.1.4(iv), or, in the case of a resale registration on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof, upon any suspension by the Company, pursuant to a written insider trading compliance program adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors, of the ability of all “insiders” covered by such program to transact in the Company’s securities because of the existence of material non-public information, each Investor holding Registrable Securities included in any registration shall immediately discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Investor receives the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.1.4(iv) or the restriction on the ability of “insiders” to transact in the Company’s securities is removed, as applicable, and, if so directed by the Company, each such Investor will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Investor’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

3.3      Registration Expenses. Subject to Section 4, the Company shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1, any Piggy-Back Registration pursuant to Section 2.2, and any registration on Form S-3 effected pursuant to Section 2.3, and all expenses incurred in performing or complying with its other obligations under this Agreement, whether or not the Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or “blue sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing expenses; (iv) the Company’s internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees); (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities as required by Section 3.1.11; (vi) Financial Industry Regulatory Authority fees; (vii) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses or costs associated with the delivery of any opinions or comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 3.1.9); (viii) the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration and (ix) the fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by Investors holding a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities included in such registration. The Company shall have no obligation to pay any underwriting discounts or selling commissions attributable to the Registrable Securities being sold by the holders thereof, which underwriting discounts or selling commissions shall be borne by such holders. Additionally, in an underwritten offering, all selling security holders and the Company shall bear the expenses of the Underwriter pro rata in proportion to the respective amount of securities each is selling in such offering.

 

  11  

 

 

3.4      Information . Investors holding Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement shall provide such information as may reasonably be requested by the Company, or the managing Underwriter, if any, in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement, including amendments and supplements thereto, in order to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2 and in connection with the Company’s obligation to comply with Federal and applicable state securities laws.

 

4.        INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

 

4.1      Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Investor, and each Investor’s officers, employees, affiliates, directors, partners, members, attorneys and agents, and each Person, if any, who controls an Investor (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) (each, an “ Investor Indemnified Party ”), from and against any expenses, losses, judgments, claims, damages or liabilities, whether joint or several, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement (or allegedly untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, or arising out of or based upon any omission (or alleged omission) to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration; and the Company shall promptly reimburse the Investor Indemnified Party for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred by such Investor Indemnified Party in connection with investigating and defending any such expense, loss, judgment, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such expense, loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, or summary prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company, in writing, by such selling holder expressly for use therein. The Company also shall indemnify any Underwriter of the Registrable Securities, their officers, affiliates, directors, partners, members and agents and each Person who controls such Underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification provided above in this Section 4.1.

 

4.2     Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities. Each Investor selling Registrable Securities will, in the event that any registration is being effected under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement of any Registrable Securities held by such selling Investor, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers and each Underwriter (if any), and each other selling holder and each other Person, if any, who controls another selling holder or such Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities, whether joint or several, insofar as such losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or the alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, if the statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such selling Investor expressly for use therein, and shall reimburse the Company, its directors and officers, each Underwriter and each other selling holder or controlling Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with investigation or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. Each selling Investor’s indemnification obligations hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to the amount of any net proceeds actually received by such selling Investor.

 

  12  

 

 

4.3      Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Promptly after receipt by any Person of any notice of any loss, claim, damage or liability or any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, such Person (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any other Person for indemnification hereunder, notify such other Person (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing of the loss, claim, judgment, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the failure by the Indemnified Party to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability which the Indemnifying Party may have to such Indemnified Party hereunder, except and solely to the extent the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure. If the Indemnified Party is seeking indemnification with respect to any claim or action brought against the Indemnified Party, then the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in such claim or action, and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with all other Indemnifying Parties, to assume control of the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. After notice from the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of its election to assume control of the defense of such claim or action, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that in any action in which both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party are named as defendants, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (but no more than one such separate counsel) to represent the Indemnified Party and its controlling Persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Indemnified Party against the Indemnifying Party, with the fees and expenses of such counsel to be paid by such Indemnifying Party if, based upon the written opinion of counsel of such Indemnified Party, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, consent to entry of judgment or effect any settlement of any claim or pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which the Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such judgment or settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such claim or proceeding.

 

4.4      Contribution.

 

4.4.1        If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 is unavailable to any Indemnified Party in respect of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnified Parties and the Indemnifying Parties in connection with the actions or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of any Indemnified Party and any Indemnifying Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such Indemnified Party or such Indemnifying Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

  13  

 

 

4.4.2        The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding Section 4.4.1.

 

4.4.3         The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.4, no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the net proceeds (after payment of any underwriting fees, discounts, commissions or taxes) actually received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities which gave rise to such contribution obligation. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

5.        UNDERWRITING AND DISTRIBUTION.

 

5.1     Rule 144. The Company covenants that it shall file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and shall take such further action as Investors holding Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Investors to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.

 

6 .        MISCELLANEOUS.

 

6.1      Other Registration Rights. The Company represents and warrants that as of the date of this Agreement, no Person, other than the holders of (i) the Registrable Securities, (ii) the Option Securities and (iii) the Founder Securities, has any right to require the Company to register any of the Company’s share capital for sale or to include the Company’s share capital in any registration filed by the Company for the sale of share capital for its own account or for the account of any other person.

 

6.2      Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Company hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Company in whole or in part. This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of Investors holding Registrable Securities hereunder may be freely assigned or delegated by such Investor in conjunction with and to the extent of any transfer of Registrable Securities by such Investor. This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties, to the permitted assigns of the Investors or of any assignee of the Investors. This Agreement is not intended to confer any rights or benefits on any persons that are not party hereto other than as expressly set forth in Article 4 and this Section 6.2. If the DT Representative is replaced in accordance with the terms of the Share Exchange Agreement, the replacement DT Representative shall automatically become a party to this Agreement as if it were the original DT Representative hereunder.

 

  14  

 

 

6.3      Notices . All notices, consents, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered (i) in person, (ii) by facsimile or other electronic means, with affirmative confirmation of receipt, (iii) one Business Day after being sent, if sent by reputable, nationally recognized overnight courier service or (iv) three (3) Business Days after being mailed, if sent by registered or certified mail, pre-paid and return receipt requested, in each case to the applicable Party at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

     

If to the Company, to:

 

China Lending Corporation

Suite 828, 8 th Floor, Satellite Building

473 Satellite Road

Economic Technological Development Zone
Urumqi, Xinjiang, China 830000

Attention: Li Jingping and Stephen Chan

Facsimile No.: +86 991-2322126

Telephone No.: +86 991-3072247

Email: lijingping@fhxd.net and

           chan.stephen@fhxd.net

 

and

 

DeTiger Holdings Limited

Room 1102, 11/F

Beautiful Group Tower

77 Connaught Road

Central, Hong Kong

Attention: Winnie NG, Director

Facsimile No.: (852) 3753-3393

Telephone No.: (852) 2110-0081

Email: Office@DeTigerCapital.com

 

and

 

China Lending Corporation

c/o 100 Park Avenue, Suite 1600

New York, NY 10017, USA

Attention: Stephen N. Cannon

Telephone No.: (212) 880-2677

Email: steve@DTAsiaInvest.com

 

With copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP

1345 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor  

New York, New York 10105

Attention: Stuart Neuhauser 

Facsimile No.: (212) 370-7889

Telephone No.: (212) 370-1300

Email: sneuhauser@egsllp.com      

 

and

 

Foley & Lardner LLP

90 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10016-1314

Attention: Selig D. Sacks

Facsimile No.: (212) 687-2329

Telephone No.: (212) 338-3420

Email: ssacks@foley.com            

     
If to an Investor, to: the address set forth below such Investor’s name on Exhibit A hereto.

 

6.4      Severability . This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible that is valid and enforceable.

 

  15  

 

 

6.5      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (including by facsimile or pdf or other electronic document transmission), each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.6      Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including all agreements entered into pursuant hereto or referenced herein and all certificates and instruments delivered pursuant hereto and thereto) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, understandings, negotiations and discussions between the parties, whether oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not affect the rights and obligations of the parties under the Share Exchange Agreement or any other Ancillary Document.

 

6.7      Interpretation . Titles and headings of sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of any provision of this Agreement. In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: (i) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (ii) “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding or succeeding such term and shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (iii) the words “herein,” “hereto,” and “hereby” and other words of similar import in this Agreement shall be deemed in each case to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section or other subdivision of this Agreement; and (iv) the term “or” means “and/or”. The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. Consequently, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

 

6.8      Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company, the DT Representative and Investors holding a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities. No failure or delay by a party in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision

 

6.9     Remedies Cumulative. In the event that the Company fails to observe or perform any covenant or agreement to be observed or performed under this Agreement, the Investors may proceed to protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity or action at law, whether for specific performance of any term contained in this Agreement or for an injunction against the breach of any such term or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement or to enforce any other legal or equitable right, or to take any one or more of such actions, without being required to post a bond. None of the rights, powers or remedies conferred under this Agreement shall be mutually exclusive, and each such right, power or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right, power or remedy, whether conferred by this Agreement or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

  16  

 

 

6.10    Arbitration. Any and all disputes, controversies and claims (other than applications for a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, permanent injunction or other equitable relief or application for enforcement of a resolution under this Section 6.10) arising out of, related to, or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (a “ Dispute ”) shall be governed by this this Section 6.10. A party must, in the first instance, provide written notice of any Disputes to the other parties subject to such Dispute, which notice must provide a reasonably detailed description of the matters subject to the Dispute. The parties involved in such Dispute shall seek to resolve the Dispute on an amicable basis within ten (10) Business Days of the notice of such Dispute being received by such other parties subject to such Dispute (the “ Resolution Period ”); provided, that if any Dispute would reasonably be expected to have become moot or otherwise irrelevant if not decided within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such Dispute, then there shall be no Resolution Period with respect to such Dispute. Any Dispute that is not resolved during the Resolution Period may immediately be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration pursuant to the then-existing Expedited Procedures of the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”). Any party involved in such Dispute may submit the Dispute to the AAA to commence the proceedings after the Resolution Period. To the extent that the then-existing Expedited Procedures of the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA and this Agreement are in conflict, the terms of this Agreement shall control. The arbitration shall be conducted by one arbitrator nominated by the AAA promptly (but in any event within five (5) Business Days) after the submission of the Dispute to the AAA and reasonably acceptable to each party subject to the Dispute, which arbitrator shall be a commercial lawyer with substantial experience arbitrating disputes under acquisition agreements and registration rights agreements. The arbitrator shall accept his or her appointment and begin the arbitration process promptly (but in any event within five (5) Business Days) after his or her nomination and acceptance by the parties subject to the Dispute. The proceedings shall be streamlined and efficient. The arbitrator shall decide the Dispute in accordance with the substantive law of the state of New York. Time is of the essence. Each party shall submit a proposal for resolution of the Dispute to the arbitrator within twenty (20) days after confirmation of the appointment of the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall have the power to order any party to do, or to refrain from doing, anything consistent with this Agreement, the Share Exchange Agreement and other Ancillary Documents and applicable law, including to perform its contractual obligation(s); provided, that the arbitrator shall be limited to ordering pursuant to the foregoing power (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall order) the relevant party (or parties, as applicable) to comply with only one or the other of the proposals. The arbitrator’s award shall be in writing and shall include a reasonable explanation of the arbitrator's reason(s) for selecting one or the other proposal. The seat of arbitration shall be in New York County, State of New York. The language of the arbitration shall be English.

 

6.11    Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof. Subject to Section 6.10, all actions, claims or other legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement (a “ Proceeding ”) shall be heard and determined exclusively in any state or federal court located in New York, New York (or in any court in which appeal from such courts may be taken) (the “ Specified Courts ”). Subject to Section 6.10, each party hereto hereby (a) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any Specified Court for the purpose of any Proceeding brought by any party hereto and (b) irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense or otherwise, in any such Proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the Proceeding is improper, or that this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may not be enforced in or by any Specified Court. Each party agrees that a final judgment in any Proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Each party irrevocably consents to the service of the summons and complaint and any other process in any Proceeding, on behalf of itself, or its property, by personal delivery of copies of such process to such party at the applicable address set forth in Section 6.3. Nothing in this Section 6.11 shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

  17  

 

 

6.12    WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, OR THE ACTIONS OF THE INVESTORS IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

 

6.13   Termination of Share Exchange Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon each party upon such party’s execution and delivery of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall only become effective upon the Closing. In the event that the Share Exchange Agreement is validly terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and become null and void and be of no further force or effect, and the parties shall have no obligations hereunder.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

  18  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 

  The Company :  
     
  DT ASIA INVESTMENTS LIMITED
     
  By: /s/ Stephen N. Cannon
  Name: Stephen N. Cannon
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
     
  The DT Representative :
     
  DETIGER HOLDINGS LIMITED, in its capacity under the Share Exchange Agreement as the DT Representative
     
  By: /s/ Vincent Ng
  Name: Vincent Ng
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

   

 

  Investors:
     
  RUIHENG GLOBAL LIMITED ,
a British Virgin Islands company
   
  By: /s/ Qi Wen
  Name: Qi Wen
  Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

YANGWEI GLOBAL LIMITED,
a British Virgin Islands company

     
  By: /s/ Li Jingping
  Name: Li Jingping
  Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  FAVOUR PLUS GLOBAL LIMITED,
a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Pan Chunju
  Name: Pan Chunju
  Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  QIXIANG GLOBAL LIMITED ,
a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Shi Feng
  Name: Shi Feng
  Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

YIMAO ENTERPRISES LIMITED,
a British Virgin Islands company

     
  By: /s/ Yang Zhisan
  Name: Yang Zhisan
  Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  JIYI GLOBAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED,
a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Liang Zandong
 

Name: Liang Zandong

  Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

CHANGMAN LIMITED,
a British Virgin Islands company

     
  By: /s/ Wang Qing
  Name: Wang Qing
  Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

ZHAN ZHAO LIMITED,
a British Virgin Islands company

     
  By: /s/ Jin Cheng
  Name: Jin Cheng
  Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

TAVISTOCK GLOBAL LIMITED,

a British Virgin Islands company

     
  By: /s/ Zhang Jianfeng
  Name: Zhang Jianfeng
  Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

ZHONG YUN HOLDINGS LIMITED,

a British Virgin Islands company

     
  By: /s/ Zheng Yongde
  Name: Zheng Yongde
  Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  JIEGUAN LIMITED,
 

a British Virgin Islands company

     
  By: /s/ Shi Xiaofang
  Name: Shi Xiaofang
  Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

MULTIDEAL LIMITED,
a British Virgin Islands company

     
  By: /s/ Chen Hong
  Name: Chen Hong
  Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  XINGLIN LIMITED,
 

a British Virgin Islands company

     
  By: /s/ Liu Yuanqing
  Name: Liu Yuanqing
 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A
INVESTORS

 

Name of Investor Address of Investor
Ruiheng Global Limited  
Yangwei Global Limited  
Favour Plus Global Limited  
Qixiang Global Limited  
Yimao Enterprises Limited  
Jiyi Global Investments Limited  
Changman Limited  
Zhan Zhao Limited  
Tavistock Global Limited  
Zhong Yun Holdings Limited  
Jieguan Limited  
Multideal Limited  
Xinglin Limited  

 

 

 

 A-1

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOCK-UP AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of July 6, 2016 by and among (i) DT Asia Investments Limited, a business company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with limited liability which will be known after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Share Exchange Agreement (as defined below) as “China Lending Corporation” (including any successor entity thereto, “ Purchaser ”), (ii) DeTiger Holdings Limited , a business company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with limited liability, in its capacity under the Share Exchange Agreement as the DT Representative (including any successor DT Representative in accordance with the Share Exchange Agreement, the “ DT Representative ”), and (iii) each of the persons listed on Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “ Restricted Holders ”). Any capitalized term used but not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Share Exchange Agreement.

 

WHEREAS , on January 11, 2016, Purchaser, the DT Representative and the Restricted Holders entered into that certain Share Exchange Agreement (as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Share Exchange Agreement ”), by and among Purchaser, the DT Representative, Adrie Global Holdings Limited, a business company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with limited liability (the “ Company ”), the Restricted Holders and Li Jingping, in the capacity as the Seller Representative thereunder (the “ Seller Representative ”), pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, Purchaser will acquire from the Restricted Holders all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of the Company in exchange for 20,000,000 Purchaser Ordinary Shares (including any equity securities paid as dividends or distribution with respect to such shares or into which such shares are exchanged or converted, the “ Exchange Shares ”), with 8,000,000 of such Exchange Shares (including any equity securities paid as dividends or distribution with respect to such shares or into which such shares are exchanged or converted, the “ Escrow Shares ”) being deposited in escrow and held in an escrow account in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Share Exchange Agreement and the Escrow Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement, and in view of the valuable consideration to be received by the Restricted Holders thereunder, including the rights under the Registration Rights Agreement by and among Purchaser, the DT Representative and the Restricted Holders that is to be entered into on or about the date hereof in connection with the Share Exchange Agreement (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), Purchaser, the DT Representative and the Restricted Holders desire to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Exchange Shares shall become subject to limitations on disposition as set forth herein.

 

 
 

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises set forth above, which are incorporated in this Agreement as if fully set forth below, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Lock-Up Provisions.

 

(a) Each Restricted Holder hereby agrees not to, during the period commencing from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Share Exchange Agreement (the “ Closing ”) and ending on the earlier of (x) the one (1) year anniversary of the date of the Closing or (y) the date on which Purchaser consummates a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction following the Closing with an unaffiliated third party that results in all of Purchaser’s shareholders having the right to exchange their equity holdings in Purchaser for cash, securities or other property (the “ Lock-Up Period ”): (i) lend, offer, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, donate, assign, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Exchange Shares, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Exchange Shares or (iii) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, whether any such transaction described in clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) above is to be settled by delivery of Purchaser Ordinary Shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise (any of the foregoing described in clauses (i), (ii), or (iii), a “ Prohibited Transfer ”). The foregoing sentence shall not apply to the transfer of any or all of the Exchange Shares owned by a Restricted Holder (other than Escrow Shares until such Escrow Shares are disbursed to such Restricted Holder from the Escrow Account in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Share Exchange Agreement and the Escrow Agreement), either during his lifetime or on death, (A) by gift, will or intestate succession, or (B) to any Affiliate, shareholder, member, partner or trust beneficiary, as the case may be, of such Restricted Holder; provided, however, that in any of cases (A) or (B) it shall be a condition to such transfer that the transferee executes and delivers to Purchaser an agreement stating that the transferee is receiving and holding the Exchange Shares subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and there shall be no further transfer of such Exchange Shares except in accordance with this Agreement. In addition, each Restricted Holder agrees that such Restricted Holder will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Exchange Shares or any other Purchaser Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Purchaser Ordinary Shares, whether pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise. Each Restricted Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by Purchaser that are consistent the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

 

(b)             Each Restricted Holder further acknowledge and agrees that it shall not be permitted to engage in any Prohibited Transfer with respect to any Escrow Shares until such Escrow Shares are disbursed to such Restricted Holder from the Escrow Account in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Share Exchange Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

 

(c)             Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Restricted Holder may during the Lock-Up Period pledge their Exchange Shares (other than their Escrow Shares) to an unaffiliated third party as a guarantee to secure borrowings made by such third party to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(d)             If any Prohibited Transfer is made or attempted contrary to the provisions of this Agreement, such purported Prohibited Transfer shall be null and void ab initio, and Purchaser shall refuse to recognize any such purported transferee of the Exchange Shares as one of its equity holders for any purpose. In order to enforce this Section 1, Purchaser may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Exchange Shares of each Restricted Holder (and permitted transferees and assigns thereof) until the end of the Lock-Up Period.

 

(e)             During the Lock-Up Period (and with respect to any Escrow Shares, if longer, during the period when such Escrow Shares are held in the Escrow Account), each certificate evidencing any Exchange Shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form, in addition to any other applicable legends:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN A LOCK-UP AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JULY 5, 2016 BY AND AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE “COMPANY”) AND CERTAIN OF THE COMPANY’S SHAREHOLDERS, AS AMENDED. A COPY OF SUCH LOCK-UP AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

 

  2  
 

 

2.              Miscellaneous.

 

(a)              Termination of Share Exchange Agreement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event that the Share Exchange Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms prior to the Closing, this Agreement and all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect.

 

(b)              Binding Effect; Assignment . This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns. This Agreement and all obligations of each Restricted Holder are personal to such Restricted Holder and may not be transferred or delegated by such Restricted Holder at any time. Purchaser may freely assign any or all of its rights under this Agreement, in whole or in part, to any successor entity (whether by merger, consolidation, equity sale, asset sale or otherwise) without obtaining the consent or approval of any Restricted Holder. If the DT Representative is replaced in accordance with the terms of the Share Exchange Agreement, the replacement DT Representative shall automatically become a party to this Agreement as if it were the original DT Representative hereunder.

 

(c)              Third Parties . Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any instrument or document executed by any party in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall create any rights in, or be deemed to have been executed for the benefit of, any person that is not a party hereto or thereto or a successor or permitted assign of such a party.

 

(d)              Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement and any dispute or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of law principles thereof. All Actions arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be heard and determined exclusively in any state or federal court located in New York, New York (or in any court in which appeal from such courts may be taken) (the “ Specified Courts ”). Each party hereto hereby (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any Specified Court for the purpose of any Action arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought by any party hereto and (ii) irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense or otherwise, in any such Action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the Action is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the Action is improper, or that this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may not be enforced in or by any Specified Court. Each party agrees that a final judgment in any Action shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law. Each party irrevocably consents to the service of the summons and complaint and any other process in any other action or proceeding relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, on behalf of itself, or its property, by personal delivery of copies of such process to such party at the applicable address set forth in Section 2(g). Nothing in this Section 2(d) shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

 

(e)              WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. EACH PARTY HERETO (i) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF ANY ACTION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THAT FOREGOING WAIVER AND (ii) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 2(e).

 

  3  
 

 

(f)              Interpretation . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: (i) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (ii) “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding or succeeding such term and shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (iii) the words “herein,” “hereto,” and “hereby” and other words of similar import in this Agreement shall be deemed in each case to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section or other subdivision of this Agreement; and (iv) the term “or” means “and/or”. The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. Consequently, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

 

(g)              Notices . All notices, consents, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered (i) in person, (ii) by facsimile or other electronic means, with affirmative confirmation of receipt, (iii) one Business Day after being sent, if sent by reputable, nationally recognized overnight courier service or (iv) three (3) Business Days after being mailed, if sent by registered or certified mail, pre-paid and return receipt requested, in each case to the applicable party at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

 

If to Purchaser after the Closing, to:

 

China Lending Corporation

Suite 828, 8 th Floor, Satellite Building

473 Satellite Road

Economic Technological Development Zone

Urumqi, Xinjiang, China 830000

Attention: Li Jingping and Stephen Chan

Facsimile No.: +86 991-2322126

Telephone No.: +86 991-3072247

Email: lijingping@fhxd.net and

            chan.stephen@fhxd.net

 

With copies to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

The DT Representative

 

and

 

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP 

1345 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor 

New York, New York 10105 

Attention: Stuart Neuhauser 

Facsimile No.: (212) 370-7889 

Telephone No.: (212) 370-1300 

Email: sneuhauser@egsllp.com

 

and

 

Foley & Lardner LLP 

90 Park Avenue 

New York, NY 10016-1314

Attention: Selig D. Sacks

Facsimile No.: (212) 687-2329

Telephone No.: (212) 338-3420

Email: ssacks@foley.com

 

 

  4  
 

 

 

If to the DT Representative, to:

 

DeTiger Holdings Limited

Room 1102, 11/F

Beautiful Group Tower

77 Connaught Road

Central, Hong Kong

Attention: Winnie NG, Director

Facsimile No.: (852) 3753-3393

Telephone No.: (852) 2110-0081

Email: Office@DeTigerCapital.com

 

and

 

China Lending Corporation

c/o 100 Park Avenue, Suite 1600

New York, NY 10017, USA

Attention: Stephen N. Cannon

Telephone No.: (212) 880-2677

Email: steve@DTAsiaInvest.com

 

 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP

1345 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor 

New York, New York 10105 

Attention: Stuart Neuhauser

Facsimile No.: (212) 370-7889 

Telephone No.: (212) 370-1300

Email: sneuhauser@egsllp.com

  

If to any Restricted Holder, to the address of such Restricted Holder as set forth under the name of such Restricted Holder on the signature pages hereto, with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Li Jingping

c/o Urumqi Feng Hui Direct Lending Limited

Suite 828, 8 th Floor, Satellite Building

473 Satellite Road

Economic Technological Development Zone

Urumqi, Xinjiang, China 830000

Attention: Li Jingping and Stephen Chan

Facsimile No.: +86-991-2321276

Telephone No.: +86-991-3072247

Email: lijingping@fhxd.net and

            chan.stephen@fhxd.net

 

 

 

(h)             Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of Purchaser, the DT Representative and Restricted Holders holding a majority of the Exchange Shares held by all Restricted Holders. No failure or delay by a party in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

 

(i)               Severability . In case any provision in this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in a jurisdiction, such provision shall be modified or deleted, as to the jurisdiction involved, only to the extent necessary to render the same valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby nor shall the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision be affected thereby in any other jurisdiction. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties will substitute for any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision a suitable and equitable provision that carries out, so far as may be valid, legal and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

 

  5  
 

 

(j)               Specific Performance . Each Restricted Holder acknowledges that its obligations under this Agreement are unique, recognizes and affirms that in the event of a breach of this Agreement by any Restricted Holder, money damages may be inadequate and Purchaser (and DT Representative on behalf of Purchaser) may have not adequate remedy at law, and agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed by a Restricted Holder in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. Accordingly, each of Purchaser and the DT Representative shall be entitled to seek an injunction or restraining order to prevent breaches of this Agreement by any Restricted Holder and to seek to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, without the requirement to post any bond or other security or to prove that money damages would be inadequate, this being in addition to any other right or remedy to which such party may be entitled under this Agreement, at law or in equity.

 

(k)              Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including any Schedules hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not affect the rights and obligations of the parties under the Share Exchange Agreement or any Ancillary Document, including the Registration Rights Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall limit any of the rights or remedies of Purchaser and the DT Representative or any of the obligations of the Restricted Holders under any other agreement between the Restricted Holders and Purchaser or the DT Representative or any certificate or instrument executed by the Restricted Holders in favor of Purchaser or the DT Representative, and nothing in any other agreement, certificate or instrument shall limit any of the rights or remedies of Purchaser or the DT Representative or any of the obligations of the Restricted Holders under this Agreement.

 

(l)               Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature or by email in portable document format in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow]

 

  6  
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lock-Up Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  Purchaser:
   
  DT ASIA INVESTMENTS LIMITED
   
  By: /s/ Stephen N. Cannon
  Name: Stephen N. Cannon
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
     
  The DT Representative:
   
  DETIGER HOLDINGS LIMITED, in its capacity under the Share Exchange Agreement as the DT Representative
   
  By: /s/ Vincent Ng
  Name: Vincent Ng
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 
 

 

  Restricted Holders:
     
  RUIHENG GLOBAL LIMITED ,
  a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Qi Wen 
  Name: Qi Wen
  Title: Director
     
  Address for Notice:
   
  Room 1101, Satellite Building
  473 Satellite Road, Economic Technological
  Development District, Urumqi, 830000, CHINA
     
  Facsimile:  
  Email: bvisec@fhxd.net

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 
 

  

  YANGWEI GLOBAL LIMITED ,
  a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Li Jingping 
  Name: Li Jingping
  Title: Director
     
  Address for Notice:
   
  (same as above)
   
   
   
     
  Facsimile:  
  Email:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 
 

   

  FAVOUR PLUS GLOBAL LIMITED ,
  a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Pan Chunju
  Name: Pan Chunju
  Title: Director
     
  Address for Notice:
   
  (same as above)
   
   
   
     
  Facsimile:  
  Email:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 
 

   

  QIXIANG GLOBAL LIMITED ,
  a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Shi Feng
  Name: Shi Feng
  Title: Director
     
  Address for Notice:
   
  (same as above)
   
   
   
     
  Facsimile:  
  Email:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 
 

   

  YIMAO ENTERPRISES LIMITED,
  a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Yang Zhisan
  Name: Yang Zhisan
  Title: Director
     
  Address for Notice:
   
  (same as above)
   
   
   
     
  Facsimile:  
  Email:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 
 

  

  JIYI GLOBAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED,
  a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Liang Zandong
  Name: Liang Zandong
  Title: Director
     
  Address for Notice:
   
  (same as above)
   
   
   
     
  Facsimile:  
  Email:  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 
 

   

  CHANGMAN LIMITED,
  a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Wang Qing
  Name: Wang Qing
  Title: Director
     
  Address for Notice:
   
  (same as above)
   
   
   
     
  Facsimile:  
  Email:  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 
 

  

  ZHAN ZHAO LIMITED,
  a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Jin Cheng
     
  Name: Jin Cheng
  Title: Director
     
  Address for Notice:
  (same as above)
   
   
   
     
  Facsimile:  
  Email:  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 
 

  

  TAVISTOCK GLOBAL LIMITED,
  a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Zhang Jianfeng
  Name: Zhang Jianfeng
  Title: Director
     
  Address for Notice:
   
  (same as above)
   
   
   
     
  Facsimile:  
  Email:  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 
 

  

  ZHONG YUN HOLDINGS LIMITED,
  a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Zheng Yongde
  Name: Zheng Yongde
  Title: Director
     
  Address for Notice:
   
  (same as above)
   
   
   
     
  Facsimile:  
  Email:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 
 

  

  JIEGUAN LIMITED,
  a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Shi Xiaofang
  Name: Shi Xiaofang
  Title: Director
     
  Address for Notice:
   
  (same as above)
   
   
   
     
  Facsimile:  
  Email:  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 
 

   

  MULTIDEAL LIMITED,
  a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Chen Hong
  Name: Chen Hong
  Title: Director
     
  Address for Notice:
   
  (same as above)
   
   
   
     
  Facsimile:  
  Email:  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 
 

   

  XINGLIN LIMITED,
  a British Virgin Islands company
     
  By: /s/ Liu Yuanqing
  Name: Liu Yuanqing
  Title: Director
     
  Address for Notice:
   
  (same as above)
   
   
   
     
  Facsimile:  
  Email:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE A
RESTRICTED HOLDERS  

 

Ruiheng Global Limited
Yangwei Global Limited
Favour Plus Global Limited
Qixiang Global Limited
Yimao Enterprises Limited
Jiyi Global Investments Limited
Changman Limited
Zhan Zhao Limited
Tavistock Global Limited
Zhong Yun Holdings Limited
Jieguan Limited
Multideal Limited
Xinglin Limited

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

ESCROW AGREEMENT

 

This ESCROW AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of July 6, 2016, by and among: (i) DT Asia Investments Limited , a business company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, which will be known after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Share Exchange Agreement (as defined below) as “China Lending Corporation” (“ Purchaser ”); (ii) Li Jingping, an individual residing in the Xinjiang Province in the People’s Republic of China, in the capacity as the Seller Representative under the Share Exchange Agreement (including any successor Seller Representative appointed pursuant to and in accordance with Section 12.15 of the Share Exchange Agreement, the “ Seller Representative ”); and (iii) Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company , as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Share Exchange Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, on January 11, 2016, Purchaser and the Seller Representative entered into that certain Share Exchange Agreement (as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Share Exchange Agreement ”), by and among Purchaser, DeTiger Holdings Limited, in its capacity as the DT Representative thereunder (including any successor DT Representative appointed pursuant to and in accordance with Section 12.14 of the Share Exchange Agreement, the “ DT Representative ”), Adrie Global Holdings Limited, a business company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with limited liability (the “ Company ”), the shareholders of the Company named therein (the “ Sellers ”) and the Seller Representative, pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, Purchaser will acquire from the Sellers all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of the Company in exchange for 20,000,000 ordinary shares no par value of Purchaser (“ Purchaser Ordinary Shares ”), with 8,000,000 of such shares (including any equity securities paid as dividends or distribution with respect to such shares or into which such shares are exchanged or converted, the “ Escrow Shares ”), along with earnings thereon, subject to forfeiture by the Sellers in the event that certain earn-out financial milestones set forth in the Share Exchange Agreement are not met;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement, Purchaser and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, managers, employees, successors and permitted assigns (the “ Indemnified Parties ”) are entitled to be indemnified in certain respects by the Sellers;

 

WHEREAS, in accordance with the Share Exchange Agreement, to ensure that the Escrow Shares (and earnings thereon) are forfeited by the Sellers in the event that the earn-out financial milestones set forth in the Share Exchange Agreement are not met and to secure assets for the payment of the Sellers’ indemnification obligations under the Share Exchange Agreement, the Escrow Shares are being deposited into an escrow account (the “ Escrow Account ”) to be held by the Escrow Agent as hereinafter provided;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement (i) the Seller Representative has been designated as each Seller’s representative and agent to represent all of the Sellers, and to act on their behalf for purposes of this Agreement, and (ii) the DT Representative has been exclusively designated to act on behalf of Purchaser to take all necessary actions and make all decisions pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Escrow Agent is willing to administer the escrow under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.       Appointment. Purchaser and the Seller Representative hereby appoint the Escrow Agent as their escrow agent for the purposes set forth herein, and the Escrow Agent hereby agrees to perform the duties of their escrow agent under this Agreement. The escrow services to be rendered by the Escrow Agent under this Agreement will not begin until the Escrow Agent has received the documentation necessary to establish the Escrow Account on its books and has received the Escrow Shares in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Section 2.       Delivery of Escrow Shares . Pursuant to Section 1.3 of the Share Exchange Agreement, after the Closing, the Purchaser shall deposit stock certificates for the Escrow Shares (“ Escrowed Stock Certificates ”) with the Escrow Agent, with each such Escrowed Stock Certificate being in the name of the applicable Seller and including a number of Escrow Shares based on each Seller’s Pro Rata Share of the total Escrow Shares as determined in accordance with the Share Exchange Agreement; provided, that the Purchaser may alternatively have the Escrow Agent and the Purchaser’s transfer agent account for the Escrow Shares in book entry form. Additionally, the Seller Representative shall deliver to the Escrow Agent five (5) assignments (separate from certificate) executed in blank by each Seller. Upon its receipt of such assignments and the Escrowed Stock Certificates for the Escrow Shares (or otherwise upon confirming the issuance of the Escrow Shares in book entry form), the Escrow Agent shall send a written acknowledgement of its receipt to Purchaser and the Seller Representative.

 

Section 3.       Maintenance of the Escrow Shares and other Escrow Property.

 

(a)      Pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement, so long as any Escrow Shares are being held in the Escrow Account and are not disbursed in accordance with this Agreement, any dividends or distributions paid or otherwise accruing to such Escrow Shares (“ Accrued Dividends ”) will be held by Purchaser and not paid to the Escrow Account. For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Escrow Property ” means the Escrow Shares, along with any dividends, distributions or other income thereon that are paid to the Escrow Account (excluding any Accrued Dividends) (“ Earnings ”), as reduced by any disbursements of such Escrow Shares or Earnings from the Escrow Account by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)      During the term of this Agreement, the Escrow Agent shall hold the Escrow Property in the Escrow Account and shall not sell, transfer, dispose of, lend or otherwise subject to a Lien any of the Escrow Property except until and to the extent that they are disbursed in accordance with Section 4. Except as Purchaser and the Seller Representative may otherwise agree in writing, no part of the Escrow Property may be withdrawn except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

(c)      While the Escrow Shares are held in the Escrow Account, the Seller named on the applicable Escrowed Stock Certificate shall have the right to vote the Escrow Shares included in such Escrowed Stock Certificate.

 

Section 4.       Delivery of the Escrow Property. The Escrow Agent shall hold the Escrow Property and shall deliver the Escrow Property to either the Purchaser or the Seller Representative for further distribution to the Sellers, as applicable, in accordance with the following procedures:

 

(a)       Indemnification Claims.

 

(i)       Purchaser (with the DT Representative acting on its behalf) may assert a claim for indemnification on behalf of an Indemnified Party pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement (an “ Indemnification Claim ”) by providing written notice (a “ Claim Notice ”) of such claim to the Seller Representative and the Escrow Agent, which Claim Notice shall include (A) a reasonable description of the facts and circumstances which relate to the subject matter of such Indemnification Claim to the extent then known, (B) the amount of Losses suffered by the Indemnified Party in connection with the claim to the extent known or reasonably estimable (provided, that the DT Representative (on behalf of Purchaser) may thereafter in good faith adjust the amount of Losses with respect to the claim by providing a revised Claim Notice to the Seller Representative and the Escrow Agent (such amount, as it may be adjusted, the “ Indemnification Claim Amount ”)) and (C) whether the Indemnification Claim results from a Third Party Claim; provided , that the copy of any Claim Notice provided to the Escrow Agent shall be redacted for any confidential or proprietary information of the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party described in clause (A).

 

  2  

 

 

(ii)      Unless the Seller Representative provides to Purchaser and the Escrow Agent a written notice objecting to such Indemnification Claim (an “ Objection Notice ”) (with any Objection Notice provided to Purchaser, but not the Escrow Agent, including an attachment with a description, in reasonable detail, of the facts upon which such objection is based) by 11:59 p.m. New York City time on the thirtieth (30th) day after the delivery of the Claim Notice (the date of the delivery of the Claim Notice through such time, the “ Objection Period ”), subject to Section 4(a)(v) , the Escrow Agent shall promptly (in any event within five (5) Business Days) after the expiration of the Objection Period (or, if during the Objection Period, the Seller Representative provides affirmative written instructions to the Escrow Agent to release such Escrow Property from the Escrow Account, promptly (in any event within five (5) Business Days) after the Escrow Agent’s receipt of such instructions from the Seller Representative), distribute from the Escrow Account to Purchaser Escrow Property in an amount equal to the Indemnification Claim Amount (less the amount of Accrued Dividends retained by the Purchaser and forfeited by the Sellers as an indemnification payment for such Indemnification Claim, as identified by the Purchaser to the Escrow Agent).

 

(iii)     If the Seller Representative provides an Objection Notice during the Objection Period that disputes only a portion of the Indemnification Claim Amount, subject to Section 4(a)(v) , the Escrow Agent shall promptly (in any event within five (5) Business Days) after the expiration of the Objection Period (or, if during the Objection Period, the Seller Representative provides affirmative written instructions to the Escrow Agent to release such Escrow Property from the Escrow Account, promptly (in any event within five (5) Business Days) after the Escrow Agent’s receipt of such instructions from the Seller Representative), distribute from the Escrow Account to Purchaser Escrow Property in an amount equal to the undisputed portion of the Indemnification Claim Amount (less the amount of Accrued Dividends retained by the Purchaser and forfeited by the Sellers as an indemnification payment for such Indemnification Claim, as identified by the Purchaser to the Escrow Agent).

 

(iv)     If the Seller Representative objects to the Indemnification Claim made in a Claim Notice, the Seller Representative shall deliver concurrently to the Escrow Agent and Purchaser an Objection Notice during the Objection Period. If the Seller Representative timely disputes an Indemnification Claim, Purchaser (with the DT Representative acting on its behalf) and the Seller Representative shall resolve the dispute in accordance with the terms of the Share Exchange Agreement. If an Indemnification Claim is disputed by the Seller Representative, the Escrow Agent shall not distribute to the Seller Representative (or directly to any Seller) any portion of the Escrow Property with respect to the disputed portion of the Indemnification Claim Amount, until receipt of (i) joint written instructions executed and delivered by the Seller Representative and DT Representative (on behalf of Purchaser) stating that the dispute has been resolved and that Purchaser has the right to the Indemnification Claim Amount (or some portion thereof) (“ Joint Instructions ”) or (ii) a copy of an arbitration award issued pursuant to Section 12.4 of the Share Exchange Agreement or a court order from a court of competent jurisdiction establishing Purchaser’s right to the Indemnification Claim Amount (or some portion thereof) pursuant to the Share Exchange Agreement (a “ Binding Award ”).

 

Upon receipt of such Joint Instructions or Binding Award, the Escrow Agent shall, without further action on the part of the Seller Representative or Purchaser, promptly (in any event within five (5) Business Days) disburse to the Purchaser the amount of the Escrow Property set forth in the Joint Instructions or the Binding Award (less any undisputed amounts already disbursed pursuant to Section 4(a)(iii) and less the amount of Accrued Dividends retained by the Purchaser and forfeited by the Sellers as an indemnification payment for such Indemnification Claim, as identified by the Purchaser to the Escrow Agent), as applicable.

 

  3  

 

 

(v)      For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Third Party Claim, even if the Seller Representative has agreed that the Sellers are required to provide indemnification to the Indemnified Parties for such Third Party Claim, except for attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses for which the Sellers are responsible to pay to the Indemnified Parties regardless of the outcome of such Third Party Claim (“ Indemnified Third Party Costs ”), no payment shall be made by the Escrow Agent with respect to such Third Party Claim until such Third Party Claim has been sustained in whole or in part by a court of competent jurisdiction or other binding legal process (including binding arbitration) or settled in whole or in part in accordance with the provisions of the Share Exchange Agreement (and if any Third Party Claim is decided or settled in part, each part that has not yet been decided or settled shall not be paid until such remaining part is decided or settled). Escrow Property in an amount equal to Indemnified Third Party Costs shall be distributed by the Escrow Agent to Purchaser promptly (but in any event within five (5) Business Days) after the DT Representative provides written notice to the Seller Representative and the Escrow Agent of such Indemnified Third Party Costs.

 

(vi)     Payments from the Escrow Account with respect to any Indemnification Claims shall first be paid with any cash or cash equivalents that are held in the Escrow Account, then with the Escrow Shares and then with any remaining property in the Escrow Account. For any Escrow Shares to be disbursed with respect to Indemnification Claims, the Escrow Shares shall be valued at the Purchaser Share Price as of the Resolution Date of such Indemnification Claim. For purpose of this Agreement: (A) the “ Purchaser Share Price ” shall mean the average closing trade price per share of Purchaser Ordinary Shares (or any successor equity security, including equity securities of a successor entity issued in exchange for Purchaser Ordinary Shares) as listed by the Nasdaq Capital Market (or any successor exchange or quotation system on which such shares are listed or quoted) for the twenty (20) day trading period ending on the trading day immediately prior to the date of determination; and (B) the “ Resolution Date ” means the date that an Indemnification Claim is determined in accordance with this Section 4(a) : (I) if no Objection Notice is delivered by the Seller Representative (other than with respect to a Third Party Claim), the 31 st day after the date that the Claim Notice is delivered; (II) if prior to the date described in clause (I) above, the Seller Representative provides affirmative written instructions to the Escrow Agent to release the Escrow Property for the amount set forth in the Claim Notice, the date that the Escrow Agent receives such written instructions; (III) if the Seller Representative provides an Objection Notice that disputes only a portion of the Indemnification Claim Amount (other than with respect to a Third Party Claim), with respect to the undisputed portion of such Indemnification Claim Amount, the date that the Escrow Agent receives such Objection Notice; (IV) with respect to any disputed Indemnification Claim Amount, either the date that the Escrow Agent receives Joint Instructions or a Binding Award; or (V) with respect to any Third Party Claim, that date that such Third Party Claim has been sustained in whole or in part by a court of competent jurisdiction or other binding legal process (including binding arbitration) or settled in whole or in part in accordance with the provisions of the Share Exchange Agreement (and if any Third Party Claim is decided or settled in part, the Resolution Date with respect to each part that has not yet been decided or settled shall be the date that such remaining part is decided or settled); provided , that with respect to Indemnified Third Party Costs, the Resolution Date shall be the date that the DT Representative notifies the Seller Representative and the Escrow Agent in writing of the amount of such Indemnified Third Party Costs.

 

  4  

 

 

(b)      Earn-Out Payments.

 

(i)       Promptly, but in any event within five (5) Business Days, after the Escrow Agent’s receipt of joint written instructions (“ Earn-Out Payment Instructions ”) from the DT Representative (on behalf of Purchaser) and the Seller Representative that for any Earn-Out Year there has been a final determination in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Share Exchange Agreement (but subject to Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of the Share Exchange Agreement) with respect to the Earn-Out Payment for such Earn-Out Year or the Alternative Earn-Out Payment (the date that the Escrow Agent receives Earn-Out Payment Instructions with respect to any Earn-Out Year, an “ Earn-Out Release Date ”), the Escrow Agent shall distribute Escrow Property from the Escrow Account in accordance with such Earn-Out Payment Instructions (A) to the Sellers in an amount equal to the Earn-Out Payment (excluding for the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any Accrued Dividends payable by the Purchaser separate from the Escrow Account) less the sum of (I) the Reserved Amount (as defined below) as of the date of such payment, and (II) the amount of any Indemnification Claims that have been paid from the Escrow Account prior to such time but have not previously been used to reduce the amount of any prior Earn-Out Payment (but net of any prior Earn-Out Payments that have not yet been paid and are still being retained in the Escrow Account as of such time for Indemnification Claims that are still Pending Claims as of such time), up to a maximum amount equal to such Earn-Out Payment, and (B), after the last Earn-Out Year only, to Purchaser any portion of any Earn-Out Payments that were not earned by the Sellers in accordance with the Share Exchange Agreement. For the determination of the Escrow Shares to be withheld for the Reserved Amount, the Escrow Shares shall be valued at the Purchaser Share Price as of the applicable Earn-Out Release Date.

 

(ii)      For purposes of this Agreement: (A) the “ Reserved Amount ” shall mean the aggregate dollar amount for all Pending Claims (less with respect to each Pending Claim (x) any undisputed amounts already distributed pursuant to Section 4(a)(iii) and (y) any Indemnified Third Party Costs already paid if such Pending Claim is a Third Party Claim) and Unpaid Claims as of the relevant time; (B) a “ Pending Claim ” shall mean any Indemnification Claim (I) for which, as of the relevant time, either (x) an Objection Notice has been delivered and remains unresolved or (y) the period of time for the delivery of an Objection Notice has not yet expired or (II) which is a Third Party Claim where it has been established (whether by agreement of the Seller Representative, arbitration award, court order or otherwise) that the Sellers are responsible to indemnify the Indemnified Parties for such Third Party Claim, but which Third Party Claim is still pending in whole or in part and has not been sustained by a court of competent jurisdiction or other binding legal process (including binding arbitration) or settled in accordance with the provisions of the Share Exchange Agreement (with only the part of such Third Party Claim which has not been decided or settled being the Pending Claim); and (C) an “ Unpaid Claim ” shall mean an Indemnification Claim for which, as of the relevant time, the Escrow Agent is required pursuant to Section 4(a) to make a payment to the Purchaser, but for which the Escrow Agent has not yet made such payment.

 

(iii)     In the event that any Earn-Out Payment otherwise payable to the Sellers from the Escrow Account has had all or a portion of such payment reduced for the Reserved Amount due to Pending Claims, then within five (5) Business Days after the final determination of each such Pending Claim, the Escrow Agent shall disburse to the Sellers any portion of the Reserved Amount for such Pending Claim for which it is determined that the Indemnified Parties were not entitled to indemnification (up to a maximum amount of disbursement by the Escrow Agent equal to the Reserved Amount for such Pending Claim which was used to reduce an Earn-Out Payment) as set forth in written instructions provided by the Seller Representative and Purchaser.

 

  5  

 

 

(c)      Any amount of Escrow Property required to be delivered to the Purchaser or the Sellers pursuant to this Section 4 shall be delivered by the Escrow Agent pursuant to such delivery instructions as provided by the DT Representative with respect to Purchaser or Seller Representative with respect to the Sellers. The Escrow Agent shall rely exclusively on instructions provided by the Seller Representative and the DT Representative (on behalf of Purchaser) as to the amount and recipient of any distribution of Escrow Property pursuant to this Section 4, or the relevant order of any court of competent jurisdiction or other award granted pursuant to other binding legal process (including any binding arbitration). The Escrow Agent has no duty or responsibility to calculate any distribution or to confirm the accuracy of any distribution amount so instructed. In the event that the Escrow Agent has any question as to the applicable Purchaser Share Price, the Seller Representative and Purchaser shall cooperate and promptly provide the Escrow Agent with their good faith determination of the applicable Purchaser Share Price (and in the event of any dispute as to the Purchaser Share Price, the Escrow Agent shall not disburse any Escrow Property until such dispute has been resolved).

 

(d)      The Escrow Agent shall have the right to deduct and withhold taxes from any payments to be made hereunder if such withholding is required by law and to request and receive any necessary tax forms, including Form W-9 or the appropriate series of Form W-8, as applicable, or any similar information, from Purchaser or the Sellers, as applicable.

 

Section 5.      Tax Matters. Purchaser and the Seller Representative agree and acknowledge that, for all U.S. and foreign tax purposes, Purchaser shall be the owner of the Escrow Property while held in the Escrow Account and until released to the Sellers or the Seller Representative for distribution to the Sellers, and all interest, earnings or income, if any, earned with respect to the Escrow Property while held by the Escrow Agent shall be treated as earned by Purchaser until released to the Seller Representative for distribution to the Sellers.

 

Section 6.       Duties. The Escrow Agent’s duties are entirely ministerial and not discretionary, and the Escrow Agent will be under no duty or obligation to do or to omit the doing of any action with respect to the Escrow Property, except to give notice, provide monthly reports, make disbursements, keep an accurate record of all transactions with respect to the Escrow Property, hold the Escrow Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and to comply with any other duties expressly set forth in this Agreement. The Escrow Agent shall not have any interest in the Escrow Property but shall serve as escrow holder only and have only possession thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to create any obligation or liability whatsoever on the part of the Escrow Agent to anyone other than the parties to this Agreement. There are no third party beneficiaries to this Agreement.

 

Section 7.      Monthly Reports. The Escrow Agent shall provide monthly account statements to Purchaser and the Seller Representative with respect to the Escrow Account. Purchaser and the Seller Representative have one hundred twenty (120) days to object in writing to such reports. If no written notice detailing a party's objections has been received by the Escrow Agent within this period, an acceptance of such reports shall be deemed to have occurred.

 

Section 8.      Authorized Parties; Reliance. The parties hereby acknowledge that the DT Representative has the sole and exclusive authorization to act on behalf of Purchaser under this Agreement. Purchaser and the Seller Representative agree to provide, on Exhibit A (as it may be amended from time to time) to this Agreement, the names and specimen signatures of those persons who are authorized to issue notices and instructions to the Escrow Agent and execute required documents under this Agreement. In the event that the DT Representative is replaced in accordance with Section 12.14 of the Share Exchange Agreement, Purchaser shall promptly thereafter provide notice to the Escrow Agent of the replacement DT Representative, who shall thereafter be fully authorized to act on behalf of Purchaser under this Agreement, and shall provide any replacement authorized individuals to act on behalf of Purchaser for purposes of Exhibit A. The Escrow Agent may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any written notice, instruction or request furnished to it hereunder and believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. The Escrow Agent is entitled to rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, the instructions and notices from any one of the authorized signers, as identified on the attached Exhibit A (as it may be amended from time to time) to this Agreement, from each of Purchaser and the Seller Representative, either acting alone, until such time as their authority is revoked in writing, or until successors have been appointed and identified by notice in the manner described in Section 14 below.

 

  6  

 

 

Section 9.       Good Faith. The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Agreement and may consult with counsel of its own choice and shall have full and complete authorization and protection for any action taken or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the opinion of such counsel.

 

Section 10.    Right to Resign. The Escrow Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties or obligations hereunder by giving such notice in writing of such resignation specifying a date when such resignation shall take effect, which shall be a date not less than sixty (60) days after the date of the notice of such resignation. Similarly, the Escrow Agent may be removed and replaced following the giving of thirty (30) days’ notice to the Escrow Agent by all of the other parties hereto. In either event, Purchaser and the Seller Representative shall agree upon a successor Escrow Agent. If the Seller Representative and Purchaser are unable to agree upon a successor or shall have failed to appoint a successor prior to the expiration of sixty (60) days following the date of resignation or thirty (30) days following the date of removal, the then-acting Escrow Agent may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor escrow agent or otherwise appropriate relief, and any such resulting appointment shall be binding upon all of the parties hereto. Any successor Escrow Agent shall execute and deliver to the predecessor Escrow Agent, Purchaser and the Seller Representative an instrument accepting such appointment and the transfer of the Escrow Property and agreeing to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 11.    Compensation. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to receive the fees as set forth on Exhibit B for the services to be rendered hereunder, and to be paid or reimbursed for all reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances, including reasonable documented out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, incurred or paid in connection with carrying out its duties hereunder, such amounts to be paid one-half (1/2) equally by Purchaser and the Seller Representative (on behalf of the Sellers).

 

Section 12.     Indemnification. Each of Purchaser and the Seller Representative (on behalf of the Sellers) hereby agrees to jointly and severally indemnify the Escrow Agent for, and to hold it harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Escrow Agent, arising out of or in connection with its entering into this Agreement and carrying out its duties hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as between Purchaser and the Seller Representative, each of Purchaser and the Seller Representative (on behalf of the Sellers) shall be responsible for one-half (1/2) of such indemnification obligations, and each of Purchaser and the Seller Representative shall have the right to seek contribution from the other to the extent that it pays for more than one-half (1/2) of such indemnification obligations.

 

  7  

 

 

Section 13.    Disputes. If a controversy arises between the parties hereto as to whether or not or to whom the Escrow Agent shall deliver all or any portion of the Escrow Property or as to any other matter arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Escrow Property, the Escrow Agent shall not be required to determine the same, shall not make any delivery of and shall retain the Escrow Property in dispute without liability to anyone until the rights of the parties to the dispute shall have finally been determined by mutual written agreement of Purchaser and the Seller Representative, or by a final non-appealable judgment or order of any state or federal court located in New York County, New York (or in any court in which appeal from such courts may be taken) but the Escrow Agent shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to assume that no such controversy has arisen unless it has received notice of such controversy or conflicting written notices from the parties to this Agreement. Any disputes arising out of, related to, or in connection with, this Agreement between Purchaser and the Seller Representative, including a dispute arising from a party’s failure or refusal to sign a joint written notice hereunder, shall be determined by arbitration conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.4 of the Share Exchange Agreement (other than (i) disputes subject to the Dispute Resolution Procedure under Section 2.2 of the Share Exchange Agreement, which will be determined in accordance with such section, or (ii) applications for a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, permanent injunction or other equitable relief or application for enforcement of any arbitration award pursuant to this Section 13 or Section 12.4 of the Share Exchange Agreement).

 

Section 14.    Notices. Except to the extent expressly set forth herein, all notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be given if (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by facsimile or email (with affirmative confirmation of receipt), (c) sent by recognized overnight courier that issues a receipt or other confirmation of delivery or (d) sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the parties as follows:

 

If to Purchaser, to:

 

China Lending Corporation

c/o DeTiger Holdings Limited

Room 1102, 11/F

Beautiful Group Tower

77 Connaught Road

Central, Hong Kong

Attention: Winnie NG, Director

Facsimile No.: (852) 3753-3393

Telephone No.: (852) 2110-0081

Email: Office@DeTigerCapital.com

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP

1345 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor

New York, New York 10105

Attention: Stuart Neuhauser 

Facsimile No.: (212) 370-7889

Telephone No.: (212) 370-1300

Email: sneuhauser@egsllp.com

     

If to the Seller Representative, to:

 

Li Jingping

c/o Urumqi Feng Hui Direct Lending Limited 

11 th Floor, Satellite Building

473 Satellite Road

Economic Technological Development Zone

Urumqi, Xinjiang, China 830000

Attention: Li Jingping and Stephen Chan

Facsimile No.: +86-991-2321276

Telephone No.: +86-991-3072247

Email: lijingping@fhxd.net and

            chan.stephen@fhxd.net

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

Foley & Lardner LLP

90 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10016-1314

Attention: Selig D. Sacks

Facsimile No.: (212) 687-2329

Telephone No.: (212) 338-3420

Email: ssacks@foley.com

 

  8  

 

 

If to the Escrow Agent, to:

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

17 Battery Place 8 th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attention: Compliance Department

Facsimile No: (212) 509-5150

Telephone No: (212) 845-4000  

   

 

or at such other address as any of the above may have furnished to the other parties in a notice duly given as provided herein. Any such notice or communication given in the manner specified in this Section 14 shall be deemed to have been given (i) on the date personally delivered or transmitted by facsimile or email (with affirmative confirmation of receipt), (ii) one (1) Business Day after the date sent by recognized overnight courier that issues a receipt or other confirmation of delivery or (iii) three (3) Business Days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.

 

Section 15.     Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the final, proper and complete distribution of the Escrow Property in accordance with the terms hereof; provided, that Purchaser’s and the Seller Representatives’ obligations under Section 12 hereof shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 16.     Entire Agreement. The terms and provisions of this Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference herein) constitute the entire agreement between the Escrow Agent and the other parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as between Purchaser and the Seller Representative, the terms of the Share Exchange Agreement shall control and govern over the terms of this Agreement in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and the Share Exchange Agreement. The actions of the Escrow Agent shall be governed solely by this Agreement.

 

Section 17.    Amendment; Waiver. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument duly signed by the parties hereto, and any provision hereof may be waived only by a written instrument duly signed by the party against whom enforcement of such waiver is sought.

 

Section 18.    Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

 

Section 19.    Further Assurances. From time to time on and after the date hereof, Purchaser and the Seller Representative shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Escrow Agent such further documents and instruments and shall do and cause to be done such further acts as the Escrow Agent shall reasonably request (it being understood that the Escrow Agent shall have no obligation to make any such request) to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement, to evidence compliance herewith or to assure itself that it is protected in acting hereunder.

 

Section 20.    Accounting. In the event of the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent, upon the termination of this Agreement or upon demand at any time of either Purchaser or the Seller Representative under reasonable circumstances, the Escrow Agent shall render to Purchaser, the Seller Representative and the successor escrow agent (if any) an accounting (free of charge) in writing of the property constituting the Escrow Property.

 

  9  

 

 

Section 21.     Interpretation. The parties acknowledge and agree that: (a) this Agreement is the result of negotiations between the parties and will not be deemed or construed as having been drafted by any one party, (b) each party and its counsel have reviewed and negotiated the terms and provisions of this Agreement (including any Exhibits attached hereto) and have contributed to its revision and (c) the rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are resolved against the drafting party will not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: (i) words of the masculine, feminine or neuter gender will include the masculine, neuter or feminine gender, and words in the singular number or in the plural number will each include, as applicable, the singular number or the plural number; (ii) reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by this Agreement, and reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes such Person in any other capacity; (iii) reference to any law means such law as amended, modified codified or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time, including rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (iv) any agreement or instrument defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement or instrument as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including by waiver or consent and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein; (v) the term “or” means “and/or”; (vi) the words “herein, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; (vii) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (viii) any reference herein to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars; and (ix) reference to any Section or Exhibit means such Section hereof or Exhibit hereto.

 

Section 22.    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned without the prior written consent of each of the parties hereto; provided , however , that if the Seller Representative is replaced in accordance with the terms of the Share Exchange Agreement, the replacement Seller Representative shall automatically become a party to this Agreement as if it were the original Seller Representative hereunder upon providing (i) written notice to the Escrow Agent and Purchaser of such replacement and accepting its rights and obligations under this Agreement and (ii) the Escrow Agent with the documentation referenced in Section 27 hereof from such replacement Seller Representative. This Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 23.    Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in the exercise of any right hereunder will impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of, or acquiescence in, any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement herein, nor will any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other (or further) exercise thereof or of any other right. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive to or exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available to a party hereunder.

 

Section 24.    Governing Law; Venue. The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of law provisions. Subject to Section 13 , each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located in New York County, New York (or in any court in which appeal from such courts may be taken) in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Agreement or the matters contemplated herein, agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of New York for such Persons and waives and covenants not to assert or plead any objection which they might otherwise have to such jurisdiction, venue and such process.

 

  10  

 

 

Section 25.    Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDING BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR PARTIES, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES HERETO EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Section 26.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 27.    U.S. Patriot Act. Purchaser and the Seller Representative agree to provide the Escrow Agent with the information reasonably requested by the Escrow Agent to verify and record Purchaser’s and the Seller Representative’s respective identities pursuant to the Escrow Agent’s procedures for compliance with the U.S. Patriot Act and any other applicable laws.

 

Section 28.     Representations of the Parties. Each of the parties hereto hereby represents and warrants that as of the date hereof: (a) it has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, and all such actions have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary proceedings; and (b) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of it.

 

{REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK; SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS}

 

  11  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first written above.

 

  Purchaser :
   
  DT ASIA INVESTMENTS LIMITED
   
  By: /s/ Steven N. Cannon
    Name: Steven N. Cannon
    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
     
  The Seller Representative:
     
  /s/ Li Jingping
  Li Jingping , in the capacity under the Share Exchange Agreement as the Seller Representative
     
  The Escrow Agent:
     
  CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER &
TRUST COMPANY , as escrow agent
     
  By: /s/ Henry Farrell
    Name: Henry Farrell
    Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Escrow Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

S.N.: F-0001

 

Labor Contract

 

(Fixed-term Contract)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A: Urumqi Fenghui Microfinance Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

Party B: LI Jingping

 

Date of signing: July 1, 2009

 

Tel. of Party B:_________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepared under the Supervision of Urumqi Labor and Social Security Bureau

 

 
 

 

According to the Labor Law of the People's Republic of China , Labor Contract Law of the People's Republic of China and other applicable laws and regulations, Party A and Party B have hereby entered into this labor contract (the “Contract” ) and promise to abide by it according to the principles of legitimacy, justice, equality, friendly negotiation, honesty and integrity.

 

I. Basic Information of Party A

 

Article 1 Party A: Urumqi Fenghui Microfinance Co., Ltd.

 

Legal Representative (Person-in-charge) or Entrusted Agent: QI Wen

 

Economic type: _____________ Contact person and Tel.: _____________

 

Registered Address: Room 211, Government Office Building, No. 1669 Beizhan Road, Urumchi

 

Business Address: No. 462 Qizhongshan Road, Urumchi

 

Mailing Address: Room 808, Building B, Wannian 101 Tower, No. 462 Qizhongshan Road, Urumchi

 

II. Basic Information of Party B

 

Article 2 Party B: LI Jingping   Sex:  Female      Age: 45

 

Type of family register (agricultural or non-agricultural household): Non-agricultural

 

ID Card. No.:________________________________

 

Or name of other valid certificate: __________________ Certificate No.:________________________

 

Time of employment with Party A: June 1, 2009

 

Home address: _______________ Post code:________

 

Residential address in Xinjiang: _____________________ Post code:  _________________

 

Registered permanent address: _____________ Road (Township/Town), _____________ District (County), _____________ Province (City)

 

III. Term of Labor Contract

 

Article 3 The Contract is a fixed-term contract. The Contract takes effect from July 1, 2009 , and expires on June 30, 2010 , with the term of contract being one year . The probation period starts from July 1, 2009 to July 30, 2009 .

 

  2  
 

 

IV. Job Content and Working Place

 

Article 4 Party A and Party B agree that the working place is Urumqi .

 

Article 5 According to the requirements of Party A, Party B agrees to be responsible for management in the position of Business General Manager. Based on job demand and in accordance with the principle of good faith and reasonability, Party A may change Party B’s position according to law.

 

Article 6 The job content and requirements put forward by Party A shall comply with relevant labor standards specified in national laws and regulations, and with the rules and regulations established and published by Party A according to law. Party B shall perform the obligations hereunder according to the job content and requirements specified by Party A.

 

V. Working Hours, Rest and Vacations

 

Article 7 Party A and Party B agree to follow the standard working-hour plan specified in Subparagraph A below, with the average number of working hours per week within 40 hours.

 

A. Party A adopts the working system of 8 hours per day, with the detailed arrangement as follows:

 

Working hours: From Monday to Friday

 

10:00-14:00 in the morning

 

15:00-19:00 in the afternoon

 

Party B can take Saturday and Sunday off.

 

B. Party A adopts three-shift working system, and Party B shall work per       /        shifts.

 

Article 8 Party A arranges Party B to take up ________ position which shall follow the comprehensive working-hour plan, so both parties shall comply with regulations on comprehensive working-hour plan.

 

Party A arranges Party B to take up ________ position which shall follow the flexible working-hour plan, so both parties shall comply with regulations on flexible working-hour plan.

 

Article 9 Party A shall strictly follow national regulations on overtime work to guarantee Party B’s right to take rest and physical & mental health. If Party A needs Party B to work overtime, it shall gain consent from the labor union. The overtime shall not exceed 3 hours per day and 36 hours per month. Moreover, Party B shall receive overtime pay or compensatory hours for overtime work. Party B shall receive overtime pay for overtime on statutory holidays.

 

If Party A believes some positions shall comply with comprehensive or flexible working-hour plan, Party A shall only adopt such plans when they are approved by competent labor authority.

 

Article 10 Party A shall guarantee Party B’s right to take rest and have holidays. Party B is entitled to statutory holidays and leaves (such as home leave, marriage leave, bereavement leave, relevant leaves specified according to family planning policy, paid annual leave, etc.).

 

  3  
 

 

VI. Labor Remuneration

 

Article 11 Party A shall, according to its production and operation characteristics and economic benefits, determine the wage distribution system in accordance with the law. Party B’s wage shall be determined according to such wage distribution system and Party B’s labor skills, labor intensity, working conditions, contributions, etc., and in accordance with the principle of “equal pay for equal work”.

 

Article 12 Party A should pay wages to Party B in currency at least once a month, and shall not embezzle Party B’s pay or delay the payment without any reason. If the pay day falls on a holiday or weekend, Party A shall make the payment in advance on a working day that is closest to the pay day. Party A shall keep a written record of Party B’s pay day, amount of pay, number of working days, signature, etc., and provide Party B with payroll data. If Party B has provided normal labor services within legal working hours or the working hours specified herein, Party A shall pay to Party B the wage no lower than local minimum wage.

 

(1) The pay day of Party A is the 10 th day of each month.

 

(2) Party B’s wage during the probation period is RMB 1,000 /month.

 

(3) Through friendly negotiation between both parties, Party B's wage shall be determined according to Subparagraph A below:

 

  A. Party B's wage shall be determined according to the internal wage distribution system specified in the rules and regulations stipulated by Party A according to law, and is determined to be RMB 1,200 per month according to Party B’s position.

 

  B. Party A adopts the wage distribution measures of base pay plus performance pay: The base pay is RMB per month, and shall be adjusted in the future according to the internal wage distribution measures. Party B’s performance pay shall be determined based on Party B’s work performance, fruits of labor and practical contributions, and according to the internal wage distribution measures.

 

  C. Party A adopts piecework wage system, and requires that Party B’s production quota shall be the quota accomplished by over 80% of workers taking up the same position with Party A within the legal working hours. Party B shall guarantee accomplishment of Party A’s quota within the legal working hours, while Party A shall pay the wage to Party B according to the agreed quota, piecework unit price, and performance of Party B.

 

  D.  _______________________

 

(4) Party A shall raise the wage of Party B in a reasonable manner according to its management efficiency and relevant systems established by local labor authority, such as wage guideline, guidance wage levels, labor costs and other information. Party B’s wage increase shall be determined in accordance with (agreement on collective wage consultation, measures for internal wage increase).

 

Other agreements between Party A and Party B regarding wages: _______ __.

 

Article 13 If Party B is idle due to insufficient production tasks or other reasons of Party A, Party A shall pay to Party B the living expenses of RMB /month or which shall be determined according to _______ ______.

 

VII. Social Security and Other Insurance Benefits

 

Article 14 Party A and Party B shall follow applicable national policies regarding social security, and pay social security fee according to law. Party A shall withhold and remit such fee payable by Party B from the latter’s wage.

 

Article 15 Party A shall pay the social security fee for Party B according to law, and communicate information on payment of annual social security fee to employees to receive their supervision.

 

Article 16 If a work-related injury occurs to Party B, Party A shall be responsible for timely rescue or provide all possible assistances, and shall, within specified time limit, apply to competent labor authority for identification of work-related injury, and perform its obligations when Party B goes through formalities of work capacity appraisal according to law to enjoy medical treatment of work-related injury.

 

Article 17 Party A shall effect supplementary pension insurance (enterprise annuity) and supplementary medical insurance for Party B, with the standards as follows:. ______________ .

 

Article 18 Party A shall follow applicable national laws regarding employee benefits, and agrees to provide Party B with the following benefits:

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

VIII. Labor Protection, Working Conditions and Protection Against Occupational Hazards

 

Article 19 Party A shall provide a workplace that complies with national labor health standards in accordance with applicable national and local regulations on labor protection, with an aim to protect Party B’s safety and health at work. If there is any potential occupational hazard during Party B’s work, Party A shall inform Party B of it truthfully, and protect Party B’s health and relevant rights in accordance with the Law of the People’s Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Occupational Diseases .

 

Article 20 Party A shall, according to regulations of relevant authorities and Party B’s position, provide Party B with all necessary labor protection products, and arrange Party B to go through a physical examination for free every __________(year /quarter/month).

 

Article 21 Party A shall do a good job in labor protection and healthcare for employees in accordance with relevant national and local provisions.

 

Article 22 Party B has the right to turn down illegal or coercive risky operation instructions of Party A. Moreover, with regard to any behavior of Party A and its administrative staff that disregards the safety and health of Party B, Party B has the right to criticize Party A for such behavior and report it to competent authorities.

 

IX. Non-competition, Confidentiality and Training Service Agreement

 

Article 23 Based on friendly negotiation, both parties agree on Subparagraph A below:

 

  A. If Party B’s work involves trade secrets or intellectual property of Party A that shall be kept confidential, Party A may conclude a confidentiality or non-competition agreement with Party B according to law in advance (with such non-competition and confidentiality agreements attached hereto as appendix).

 

  B. If Party A provides Party B with professional and technical training at its cost and thus requires Party B to follow the service period policy, Party A shall gain consent from Party B prior to the training and conclude an agreement with it accordingly to specify the rights and obligations of both parties (with the service agreement on training attached hereto as appendix).

 

X. Rescinding and Termination of Contract and Economic Compensation

 

Article 24 Rescinding, termination and renewal of the Contract between both parties shall be implemented in accordance with the Labor Contract Law of the People's Republic of China and applicable national and local policies and regulations.

 

Article 25 Rescinding and termination of the Contract between both parties shall be implemented in accordance with Article 36, Article 37, Article 38, Article 39, Article 40, Article 41, Article 42, Article 43 and Article 44 of the Labor Contract Law of the People's Republic of China .

 

Article 26 If the Contract is rescinded or terminated according to Article 46 of the Labor Contract Law of the People's Republic of China , then Party A shall make economic compensation to Party B.

 

  5  
 

 

Article 27 If Party A rescinds or terminates the Contract not according to law, and if (1) Party B requires further execution of the Contract, Party A shall continue to execute the Contract, or if (2) Party B doesn’t require further execution of the Contract or it is impossible to continue to execute the Contract, Party A shall make economic compensation to Party B in the amount that is twice the compensation standard specified in applicable laws.

 

If Party B rescinds or terminates the Contract not according to law and causes losses to Party A, Party B shall make compensation accordingly.

 

Article 28 At the time of rescinding or terminating the Contract, Party A shall issue the certificate to rescind or terminate the Contract (labor relation) according to applicable laws and regulations, and go through formalities of transferring record and social security relations for Party B within fifteen days.

 

Article 29 Party B shall carry out work handover as per agreement between both parties. If any economic compensation is necessary, Party B shall make such compensation at the time of handover.

 

XI. Other Agreements between Both Parties

 

Article 30 Party A and Party B agree to add the following article to this Contract:

 

If Party B plans to resign, Party B shall apply for resignation in writing one month in advance; otherwise, the resignation shall be regarded as a breach of contract.

 

XII. Settlement of Labor Disputes and Miscellaneous

 

Article 31 If any dispute arising from execution of the Contract between Party A and Party B, Party B may submit it to the labor dispute mediation committee for mediation. If it cannot be solved in this way, the dispute shall be submitted to local labor dispute arbitration committee for arbitration. If either party has disagreement with the arbitration award, it may bring a lawsuit to local people's court upon receiving the arbitration award.

 

Article 32 The appendices hereto are as follows:

 

  1.  
 

 

  2.  
 

 

  3.  
 

 

Article 33 If there is any matter not mentioned herein or any contradiction between the Contract and applicable national or local regulations in the future, such matter or relevant matter shall be handled according to applicable national or local regulations.

 

  6  
 

 

Article 34 The Contract shall take effect on the day it is executed by Party A and Party B via signature or affixing the seal. The Contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one respectively.

 

Party A (Common Seal)

Party B (Signature or Seal):

   
LI Jingping (Signature)

 

Legal Representative (Person-in-charge) or Entrusted Agent:

(Signature or Seal)

 

 

 

 

 

Date of signing: July 1, 2009

 

  7  
 

 

Renewal of the Labor Contract

 

The labor contract to be renewed is a fixed-term contract, and the validity period of the renewed contract is from June 30, 2010 to June 30, 2012 .

 

Party A (Common Seal)

Party B (Signature or Seal):

   
LI Jingping (Signature)

 

Legal Representative (Person-in-charge) or Entrusted Agent:

 

(Signature or Seal)

 

Date of signing: June 30, 2010

 

The labor contract to be renewed is a fixed-term contract, and the validity period of the renewed contract is from June 30, 2012 to June 30, 2015 .

 

Party A (Common Seal)

Party B (Signature or Seal):

   
  LI Jingping (Signature)

 

Legal Representative (Person-in-charge) or Entrusted Agent:

 

(Signature or Seal)

 

Date of signing: June 30, 2012

 

  8  
 

 

Modification of the Labor Contract

 

The following modifications are hereby made to the Labor Contract based on friendly negotiation between Party A and Party B:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A (Common Seal)                                                                      Party B (Signature or Seal):  

 

 

 

 



Legal Representative (Person-in-charge) or Entrusted Agent:

(Signature or Seal)

Date of signing:

 

 

  9  
 

 

Instructions on Filling

 

I. Both parties shall read the Contract carefully before signing it. The Contract shall have legal effect and followed by both parties once it is executed by them.

 

II. The Contract will take effect only when it is executed by Party A’s Legal Representative (or Entrusted Agent) and by Party B in person via signature or affixing the seal, and bears the common seal (or Special Seal for Labor Contract) of Party A.

 

III. Blank columns herein shall be completed based on friendly negotiation between both parties and shall comply with applicable laws, regulations and rules; if there is no need to fill in a blank column, please use “/”.

 

IV. There are 3 types of working-hour plans, namely, standard, comprehensive and flexible working-hour plan.

 

If Party A believes some positions shall comply with comprehensive or flexible working-hour plan, Party A shall only adopt such plans when they are approved by competent labor authority.

 

V. Matters not mentioned herein can be addressed by means of supplementary agreement, which shall be attached hereto as appendix and executed together with the Contract.

 

VI. The Contract shall be completed in a careful, legible, concise and accurate manner, and it is not allowed to make alteration at discretion.

 

VII. After execution of the Contract (including its appendices), Party A and Party B shall each hold a copy of the Contract for future reference.

 

 

10

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

Model Contract

 

S.N.: _______

 

Labor Contract

 

(Non-fixed-term Contract)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A: Urumqi Fenghui Microfinance Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

Party B: ZHANG Jianfeng

 

Date of signing: Jan. 1, 2015

 

Tel. of Party B: __________

 

 

 

 

 

Prepared under the Supervision of Human Resources and Social Security Dept. of
Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region

 

 

   

 

 

According to the Labor Law of the People's Republic of China , Labor Contract Law of the People's Republic of China and other applicable laws and regulations, Party A and Party B have hereby entered into this labor contract (the “Contract” ) and promise to abide by it according to the principles of legitimacy, justice, equality, friendly negotiation, honesty and integrity.

 

I. Basic Information of Party A

 

Article 1 Party A: Urumqi Fenghui Microfinance Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

Legal Representative (Person-in-charge) or Entrusted Agent: QI Wen

 

Economic type:  ___________________ Contact person and Tel.:  ___________________

 

Registered Address: Room 211, Government Office Building, No. 1669 Beizhan Road, Urumchi

 

Business Address: ________________________________________________________

 

Mailing Address: __________________________________________________________

 

II. Basic Information of Party B

 

Article 2 Party B: ZHANG Jianfeng Sex: Male Age: 48 

 

Type of family register (agricultural or non-agricultural household): Non-agricultural

 

ID Card. No.:  ________________________________

 

Or name of other valid certificate: _______________ Certificate No.:  _________________

 

Time of employment with Party A: Jan. 3, 2015

 

Home address : ______________________________  Post code:___________

 

Residential address in Xinjiang:_________________________    Post code: ____________

 

III. Term of Labor Contract

 

Article 3 The Contract is a labor contract with the term subject to accomplishment of agreed work tasks.

 

The Contract takes effect from Jan. 1, 2015 , and the probation period starts from that day to _____________.

 

  2  

 

 

IV. Job Content and Working Place

 

Article 4 Party A and Party B agree that the working place is Urumqi .

 

Article 5 According to the requirements of Party A, Party B agrees to be responsible for management in the position of Strategy . Based on job demand and in accordance with the principle of good faith and reasonability, Party A may change Party B’s position according to law.

 

Article 6 The job content and requirements put forward by Party A shall comply with relevant labor standards specified in national laws and regulations, and with the rules and regulations established and published by Party A according to law. Party B shall perform the obligations hereunder according to the job content and requirements specified by Party A.

 

V. Working Hours, Rest and Vacations

 

Article 7 Party A and Party B agree to follow the standard working-hour plan specified in Subparagraph A below, with the average number of working hours per week within 40 hours.

 

A. Party A adopts the working system of 8 hours per day, with the detailed arrangement as follows:

 

Working hours: From Monday to Friday

 

10:00-14:00 in the morning

 

15:00-19:00 in the afternoon

 

Party B can take Saturday and Sunday off.

 

B. Party A adopts three-shift working system, and Party B shall work per / shifts.

 

Article 8 Party A arranges Party B to take up position which shall follow the comprehensive working-hour plan, so both parties shall comply with regulations on comprehensive working-hour plan.

 

Party A arranges Party B to take up position which shall follow the flexible working-hour plan, so both parties shall comply with regulations on flexible working-hour plan.

 

Article 9 Party A shall strictly follow national regulations on overtime work to guarantee Party B’s right to take rest and physical & mental health. If Party A needs Party B to work overtime, it shall gain consent from the labor union. The overtime shall not exceed 3 hours per day and 36 hours per month. Moreover, Party B shall receive overtime pay or compensatory hours for overtime work. Party B shall receive overtime pay for overtime on statutory holidays.

 

If Party A believes some positions shall comply with comprehensive or flexible working-hour plan, Party A shall only adopt such plans when they are approved by competent labor authority.

 

  3  

 

 

Article 10 Party A shall guarantee Party B’s right to take rest and have holidays. Party B is entitled to statutory holidays and leaves (such as home leave, marriage leave, bereavement leave, relevant leaves specified according to family planning policy, etc.).

 

Party A shall, in accordance with the Rules on Employee Paid Annual Leave , arrange Party B to enjoy paid annual leave according to law.

 

VI. Labor Remuneration

 

Article 11 Party A shall, according to its production and operation characteristics and economic benefits, determine the wage distribution system in accordance with the law. Party B’s wage shall be determined according to such wage distribution system and Party B’s labor skills, labor intensity, working conditions, contributions, etc., and in accordance with the principle of “equal pay for equal work”.

 

Article 12 Party A should pay wages to Party B in currency at least once a month, and shall not embezzle Party B’s pay or delay the payment without any reason. If the pay day falls on a holiday or weekend, Party A shall make the payment in advance on a working day that is closest to the pay day. Party A shall keep a written record of Party B’s pay day, amount of pay, number of working days, signature, etc., and provide Party B with payroll data. If Party B has provided normal labor services within legal working hours or the working hours specified herein, Party A shall pay to Party B the wage no lower than local minimum wage.

 

(1) The pay day of Party A is the 10 th day of each month.
   
(2) Party B’s wage during the probation period is RMB 2,000 /month.
   
(3) Through friendly negotiation between both parties, Party B's wage shall be determined according to Subparagraph _______ below:

 

A. Party B's wage shall be determined according to the internal wage distribution system specified in the rules and regulations stipulated by Party A according to law, and is determined to be / per month according to Party B’s position.
     
B. Party A adopts the wage distribution measures of base pay plus performance pay: The base pay is RMB /               per month, and shall be adjusted in the future according to the internal wage distribution measures. Party B’s performance pay shall be determined based on Party B’s work performance, fruits of labor and practical contributions, and according to the internal wage distribution measures.
     
C. Party A adopts piecework wage system, and requires that Party B’s production quota shall be the quota accomplished by over 80% of workers taking up the same position with Party A within the legal working hours. Party B shall guarantee accomplishment of Party A’s quota within the legal working hours, while Party A shall pay the wage to Party B according to the agreed quota, piecework unit price, and performance of Party B.
     
D.

 

  4  

 

 

(4) Party A shall raise the wage of Party B in a reasonable manner according to its management efficiency and relevant systems established by local labor authority, such as wage guideline, guidance wage levels, labor costs and other information. Party B’s wage increase shall be determined in accordance with (agreement on collective wage consultation, measures for internal wage increase).

 

Other agreements between Party A and Party B regarding wages:          /             .

 

Article 13 If Party B is idle due to insufficient production tasks or other reasons of Party A, Party A shall pay to Party B the living expenses of RMB         /month or which shall be determined according to             /                  .

 

VII. Social Security and Other Insurance Benefits

 

Article 14 Party A and Party B shall follow applicable national policies regarding social security, and pay social security fee according to law. Party A shall withhold and remit such fee payable by Party B from the latter’s wage.

 

Article 15 Party A shall pay the social security fee for Party B according to law, and communicate information on payment of annual social security fee to employees to receive their supervision.

 

Article 16 If a work-related injury occurs to Party B, Party A shall be responsible for timely rescue or provide all possible assistances, and shall, within specified time limit, apply to competent labor authority for identification of work-related injury, and perform its obligations when Party B goes through formalities of work capacity appraisal according to law to enjoy medical treatment of work-related injury.

 

Article 17 Party A shall effect supplementary pension insurance (enterprise annuity) and supplementary medical insurance for Party B, with the standards as follows: _______________________________________________________________.

 

Article 18 Party A shall follow applicable national laws regarding employee benefits, and agrees to provide Party B with the following benefits:

 

 

  5  

 

 

VIII. Labor Protection, Working Conditions and Protection Against Occupational Hazards

 

Article 19 Party A shall provide a workplace that complies with national labor health standards in accordance with applicable national and local regulations on labor protection, with an aim to protect Party B’s safety and health at work. If there is any potential occupational hazard during Party B’s work, Party A shall inform Party B of it truthfully, and protect Party B’s health and relevant rights in accordance with the Law of the People’s Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Occupational Diseases .

 

Article 20 Party A shall, according to regulations of relevant authorities and Party B’s position, provide Party B with all necessary labor protection products, and arrange Party B to go through a physical examination for free every (year /quarter/month).

 

Article 21 Party A shall do a good job in labor protection and healthcare for employees in accordance with relevant national and local provisions.

 

Article 22 Party B has the right to turn down illegal or coercive risky operation instructions of Party A. Moreover, with regard to any behavior of Party A and its administrative staff that disregards the safety and health of Party B, Party B has the right to criticize Party A for such behavior and report it to competent authorities.

 

IX. Non-competition, Confidentiality and Training Service Agreement

 

Article 23 Based on friendly negotiation, both parties agree on Subparagraph A below:

 

A. If Party B’s work involves trade secrets or intellectual property of Party A that shall be kept confidential, Party A may conclude a confidentiality or non-competition agreement with Party B according to law in advance (with such non-competition and confidentiality agreements attached hereto as appendix).
   
B. If Party A provides Party B with professional and technical training at its cost and thus requires Party B to follow the service period policy, Party A shall gain consent from Party B prior to the training and conclude an agreement with it accordingly to specify the rights and obligations of both parties (with the service agreement on training attached hereto as appendix).

 

X. Rescinding and Termination of Contract and Economic Compensation

 

Article 24 Rescinding, termination and renewal of the Contract between both parties shall be implemented in accordance with the Labor Contract Law of the People's Republic of China and applicable national and local policies and regulations.

 

Article 25 Rescinding and termination of the Contract between both parties shall be implemented in accordance with Article 36, Article 37, Article 38, Article 39, Article 40, Article 41, Article 42, Article 43 and Article 44 of the Labor Contract Law of the People's Republic of China .

 

  6  

 

 

Article 26 If the Contract is rescinded or terminated according to Article 46 of the Labor Contract Law of the People's Republic of China , then Party A shall make economic compensation to Party B.

 

Article 27 If Party A rescinds or terminates the Contract not according to law, and if (1) Party B requires further execution of the Contract, Party A shall continue to execute the Contract, or if (2) Party B doesn’t require further execution of the Contract or it is impossible to continue to execute the Contract, Party A shall make economic compensation to Party B in the amount that is twice the compensation standard specified in applicable laws.

If Party B rescinds or terminates the Contract not according to law and causes losses to Party A, Party B shall make compensation accordingly.

 

Article 28 At the time of rescinding or terminating the Contract, Party A shall issue the certificate to rescind or terminate the Contract (labor relation) according to applicable laws and regulations, and go through formalities of transferring record and social security relations for Party B within fifteen days.

 

Article 29 Party B shall carry out work handover as per agreement between both parties. If any economic compensation is necessary, Party B shall make such compensation at the time of handover.

 

XI. Other Agreements between Both Parties

 

Article 30 Party A and Party B agree to add the following article to this Contract:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XII. Settlement of Labor Disputes and Miscellaneous

 

Article 31 If any dispute arising from execution of the Contract between Party A and Party B, Party B may submit it to the labor dispute mediation committee for mediation. If it cannot be solved in this way, the dispute shall be submitted to local labor dispute arbitration committee for arbitration. If either party has disagreement with the arbitration award, it may bring a lawsuit to local people's court upon receiving the arbitration award.

 

Article 32 The appendices hereto are as follows:

 

1.
   
2.
   
3.

 

  7  

 

 

Article 33 If there is any matter not mentioned herein or any contradiction between the Contract and applicable national or local regulations in the future, such matter or relevant matter shall be handled according to applicable national or local regulations.

 

Article 34 The Contract shall take effect on the day it is executed by Party A and Party B via signature or affixing the seal. The Contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one respectively.

 

Party A (Common Seal)

Party B (Signature or Seal):

   
  ZHANG Jianfeng (Signature)
   

 

Legal Representative (Person-in-charge) or Entrusted Agent:

 

(Signature or Seal)

 

QI Wen (Seal)

 

 

Date of signing: Jan. 1, 2015

 

  8  

 

 

Modification of the Labor Contract

 

 

The following modifications are hereby made to the Labor Contract based on friendly negotiation between Party A and Party B:        














Party A (Common Seal)                                                              Party B (Signature or Seal):  





Legal Representative (Person-in-charge) or Entrusted Agent:

(Signature or Seal)

Date of signing:    






 

 

9

Exhibit 10.11

 

Model Contract

 

S.N.:            

 

Labor Contract

 

(Non-fixed-term Contract)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A:                                                                                                                                                                                            

 

Party B: WANG Hong______________________________________________________________________

 

Date of signing:                                                                                                                                                                              

 

Tel. of Party B:                                                                                                                                                                                

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepared under the Supervision of Human Resources and Social Security Dept. of
Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region

 

 

 

 

According to the Labor Law of the People's Republic of China , Labor Contract Law of the People's Republic of China and other applicable laws and regulations, Party A and Party B have hereby entered into this labor contract (the “Contract” ) and promise to abide by it according to the principles of legitimacy, justice, equality, friendly negotiation, honesty and integrity.

 

I. Basic Information of Party A

 

Article 1 Party A: Urumqi Fenghui Microfinance Co., Ltd.

 

Legal Representative (Person-in-charge) or Entrusted Agent: QI Wen

 

Economic type: Limited Liability Company Contact person and Tel.: ________________________________

 

Registered Address: Room 211, Government Office Building, No. 1669 Beizhan Road, Toutunhe District, Urumchi

 

Business Address: Weixing Building, No. 473 Weixing Road, Economic Development Zone, Urumchi

 

Mailing Address: Room 920, Weixing Building, No. 473 Weixing Road, Economic Development Zone, Urumchi

 

II. Basic Information of Party B

 

Article 2 Party B: WANG Hong Sex: Female Age: 43

 

Type of family register (agricultural or non-agricultural household): ________________________________

 

ID Card. No.: ________________________________

 

Or name of other valid certificate:                                         Certificate No.:                                    

 

Time of employment with Party A: March 1, 2015

 

Home address:________________ Post code: 830011

 

Residential address in Xinjiang: _________________  Post code:                             

 

III. Term of Labor Contract

 

Article 3 The Contract is a labor contract with the term subject to accomplishment of agreed work tasks.

 

The Contract takes effect from March 1, 2015 , and the probation period starts from that day to March 1, 2015 .

 

  2  

 

 

IV. Job Content and Working Place

 

Article 4 Party A and Party B agree that the working place is            .

 

Article 5 According to the requirements of Party A, Party B agrees to be responsible for                 in the position of                 . Based on job demand and in accordance with the principle of good faith and reasonability, Party A may change Party B’s position according to law.

 

Article 6 The job content and requirements put forward by Party A shall comply with relevant labor standards specified in national laws and regulations, and with the rules and regulations established and published by Party A according to law. Party B shall perform the obligations hereunder according to the job content and requirements specified by Party A.

 

V. Working Hours, Rest and Vacations

 

Article 7 Party A and Party B agree to follow the standard working-hour plan specified in Subparagraph           below, with the average number of working hours per week within 40 hours.

 

A. Party A adopts the working system of           hours per day, with the detailed arrangement as follows:

 

Working hours: From Monday to Friday ,           in the morning,           in the afternoon

 

Party B can take Saturday and Sunday off.

 

B. Party A adopts three-shift working system, and Party B shall work per   /   shifts.

 

Article 8 Party A arranges Party B to take up Administration position which shall follow the comprehensive working-hour plan, so both parties shall comply with regulations on comprehensive working-hour plan.

 

Party A arranges Party B to take up                    position which shall follow the flexible working-hour plan, so both parties shall comply with regulations on flexible working-hour plan.

 

Article 9 Party A shall strictly follow national regulations on overtime work to guarantee Party B’s right to take rest and physical & mental health. If Party A needs Party B to work overtime, it shall gain consent from the labor union. The overtime shall not exceed 3 hours per day and 36 hours per month. Moreover, Party B shall receive overtime pay or compensatory hours for overtime work. Party B shall receive overtime pay for overtime on statutory holidays.

 

If Party A believes some positions shall comply with comprehensive or flexible working-hour plan, Party A shall only adopt such plans when they are approved by competent labor authority.

 

  3  

 

 

Article 10 Party A shall guarantee Party B’s right to take rest and have holidays. Party B is entitled to statutory holidays and leaves (such as home leave, marriage leave, bereavement leave, relevant leaves specified according to family planning policy, etc.).

 

Party A shall, in accordance with the Rules on Employee Paid Annual Leave , arrange Party B to enjoy paid annual leave according to law.

 

VI. Labor Remuneration

 

Article 11 Party A shall, according to its production and operation characteristics and economic benefits, determine the wage distribution system in accordance with the law. Party B’s wage shall be determined according to such wage distribution system and Party B’s labor skills, labor intensity, working conditions, contributions, etc., and in accordance with the principle of “equal pay for equal work”.

 

Article 12 Party A should pay wages to Party B in currency at least once a month, and shall not embezzle Party B’s pay or delay the payment without any reason. If the pay day falls on a holiday or weekend, Party A shall make the payment in advance on a working day that is closest to the pay day. Party A shall keep a written record of Party B’s pay day, amount of pay, number of working days, signature, etc., and provide Party B with payroll data. If Party B has provided normal labor services within legal working hours or the working hours specified herein, Party A shall pay to Party B the wage no lower than local minimum wage.

 

(1) The pay day of Party A is the 10 th day of each month.

 

(2) Party B’s wage during the probation period is RMB      /month.

 

(3) Through friendly negotiation between both parties, Party B's wage shall be determined according to Subparagraph              below:

 

A. Party B's wage shall be determined according to the internal wage distribution system specified in the rules and regulations stipulated by Party A according to law, and is determined to be RMB 2400 per month according to Party B’s position.

 

B. Party A adopts the wage distribution measures of base pay plus performance pay: The base pay is RMB    /     per month, and shall be adjusted in the future according to the internal wage distribution measures. Party B’s performance pay shall be determined based on Party B’s work performance, fruits of labor and practical contributions, and according to the internal wage distribution measures.

 

C. Party A adopts piecework wage system, and requires that Party B’s production quota shall be the quota accomplished by over 80% of workers taking up the same position with Party A within the legal working hours. Party B shall guarantee accomplishment of Party A’s quota within the legal working hours, while Party A shall pay the wage to Party B according to the agreed quota, piecework unit price, and performance of Party B.

 

D.                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

  4  

 

 

(4) Party A shall raise the wage of Party B in a reasonable manner according to its management efficiency and relevant systems established by local labor authority, such as wage guideline, guidance wage levels, labor costs and other information. Party B’s wage increase shall be determined in accordance with (agreement on collective wage consultation, measures for internal wage increase).

 

Other agreements between Party A and Party B regarding wages:            .

 

Article 13 If Party B is idle due to insufficient production tasks or other reasons of Party A, Party A shall pay to Party B the living expenses of RMB           month or which shall be determined according to                 .

 

VII. Social Security and Other Insurance Benefits

 

Article 14 Party A and Party B shall follow applicable national policies regarding social security, and pay social security fee according to law. Party A shall withhold and remit such fee payable by Party B from the latter’s wage.

 

Article 15 Party A shall pay the social security fee for Party B according to law, and communicate information on payment of annual social security fee to employees to receive their supervision.

 

Article 16 If a work-related injury occurs to Party B, Party A shall be responsible for timely rescue or provide all possible assistances, and shall, within specified time limit, apply to competent labor authority for identification of work-related injury, and perform its obligations when Party B goes through formalities of work capacity appraisal according to law to enjoy medical treatment of work-related injury.

 

Article 17 Party A shall effect supplementary pension insurance (enterprise annuity) and supplementary medical insurance for Party B, with the standards as follows:                                                                                                  .

 

Article 18 Party A shall follow applicable national laws regarding employee benefits, and agrees to provide Party B with the following benefits:

 

 

 

VIII. Labor Protection, Working Conditions and Protection Against Occupational Hazards

 

Article 19 Party A shall provide a workplace that complies with national labor health standards in accordance with applicable national and local regulations on labor protection, with an aim to protect Party B’s safety and health at work. If there is any potential occupational hazard during Party B’s work, Party A shall inform Party B of it truthfully, and protect Party B’s health and relevant rights in accordance with the Law of the People’s Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Occupational Diseases .

 

  5  

 

 

Article 20 Party A shall, according to regulations of relevant authorities and Party B’s position, provide Party B with all necessary labor protection products, and arrange Party B to go through a physical examination for free every            (year /quarter/month).

 

Article 21 Party A shall do a good job in labor protection and healthcare for employees in accordance with relevant national and local provisions.

 

Article 22 Party B has the right to turn down illegal or coercive risky operation instructions of Party A. Moreover, with regard to any behavior of Party A and its administrative staff that disregards the safety and health of Party B, Party B has the right to criticize Party A for such behavior and report it to competent authorities.

 

IX. Non-competition, Confidentiality and Training Service Agreement

 

Article 23 Based on friendly negotiation, both parties agree on Subparagraph                       below:

 

A. If Party B’s work involves trade secrets or intellectual property of Party A that shall be kept confidential, Party A may conclude a confidentiality or non-competition agreement with Party B according to law in advance (with such non-competition and confidentiality agreements attached hereto as appendix).

 

B. If Party A provides Party B with professional and technical training at its cost and thus requires Party B to follow the service period policy, Party A shall gain consent from Party B prior to the training and conclude an agreement with it accordingly to specify the rights and obligations of both parties (with the service agreement on training attached hereto as appendix).

 

X. Rescinding and Termination of Contract and Economic Compensation

 

Article 24 Rescinding, termination and renewal of the Contract between both parties shall be implemented in accordance with the Labor Contract Law of the People's Republic of China and applicable national and local policies and regulations.

 

Article 25 Rescinding and termination of the Contract between both parties shall be implemented in accordance with Article 36, Article 37, Article 38, Article 39, Article 40, Article 41, Article 42, Article 43 and Article 44 of the Labor Contract Law of the People's Republic of China .

 

  6  

 

 

Article 26 If the Contract is rescinded or terminated according to Article 46 of the Labor Contract Law of the People's Republic of China , then Party A shall make economic compensation to Party B.

 

Article 27 If Party A rescinds or terminates the Contract not according to law, and if (1) Party B requires further execution of the Contract, Party A shall continue to execute the Contract, or if (2) Party B doesn’t require further execution of the Contract or it is impossible to continue to execute the Contract, Party A shall make economic compensation to Party B in the amount that is twice the compensation standard specified in applicable laws.

 

If Party B rescinds or terminates the Contract not according to law and causes losses to Party A, Party B shall make compensation accordingly.

 

Article 28 At the time of rescinding or terminating the Contract, Party A shall issue the certificate to rescind or terminate the Contract (labor relation) according to applicable laws and regulations, and go through formalities of transferring record and social security relations for Party B within fifteen days.

 

Article 29 Party B shall carry out work handover as per agreement between both parties. If any economic compensation is necessary, Party B shall make such compensation at the time of handover.

 

XI. Other Agreements between Both Parties

 

Article 30 Party A and Party B agree to add the following article to this Contract:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XII. Settlement of Labor Disputes and Miscellaneous

 

Article 31 If any dispute arising from execution of the Contract between Party A and Party B, Party B may submit it to the labor dispute mediation committee for mediation. If it cannot be solved in this way, the dispute shall be submitted to local labor dispute arbitration committee for arbitration. If either party has disagreement with the arbitration award, it may bring a lawsuit to local people's court upon receiving the arbitration award.

 

Article 32 The appendices hereto are as follows:

 

1.

 

2.

 

3.

 

  7  

 

 

Article 33 If there is any matter not mentioned herein or any contradiction between the Contract and applicable national or local regulations in the future, such matter or relevant matter shall be handled according to applicable national or local regulations.

 

Article 34 The Contract shall take effect on the day it is executed by Party A and Party B via signature or affixing the seal. The Contract is made in duplicate, with each party holding one respectively.

 

Party A (Common Seal)

Party B (Signature or Seal):

 

WANG Hong (Signature)

   

 

Legal Representative (Person-in-charge) or Entrusted Agent:

 

(Signature or Seal)

 

QI Wen (Seal)

 

 

Date of signing: March 1, 2015

 

  8  

 

 

Modification of the Labor Contract

 

 

   The following modifications are hereby made to the Labor Contract based on friendly negotiation between Party A and Party B:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Party A (Common Seal)                                Party B (Signature or Seal):    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Legal Representative (Person-in-charge) or Entrusted Agent:

 

   (Signature or Seal)

 

   Date of signing:

 

 

 

 

 

  9  

 

 

Instructions on Filling

 

I. Both parties shall read the Contract carefully before signing it. The Contract shall have legal effect and followed by both parties once it is executed by them.

 

II. The Contract will take effect only when it is executed by Party A’s Legal Representative (or Entrusted Agent) and by Party B in person via signature or affixing the seal, and bears the common seal (or Special Seal for Labor Contract) of Party A.

 

III. Blank columns herein shall be completed based on friendly negotiation between both parties and shall comply with applicable laws, regulations and rules; if there is no need to fill in a blank column, please use “/”.

 

IV. There are 3 types of working-hour plans, namely, standard, comprehensive and flexible working-hour plan.

 

If Party A believes some positions shall comply with comprehensive or flexible working-hour plan, Party A shall only adopt such plans when they are approved by competent labor authority.

 

V. Matters not mentioned herein can be addressed by means of supplementary agreement, which shall be attached hereto as appendix and executed together with the Contract.

 

VI. The Contract shall be completed in a careful, legible, concise and accurate manner, and it is not allowed to make alteration at discretion.

 

VII. After execution of the Contract (including its appendices), Party A and Party B shall each hold a copy of the Contract for future reference.

 

 

10

 

 

Exhibit 14.1  

 

CHINA LENDING CORPORATION
CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

 

ETHICS AND INTEGRITY: DOING WHAT IS RIGHT

 

All directors and associates (including officers) of the China Lending Corporation (the “Company”) must act with honesty and integrity in all matters. Day-to-day observance of this Code will create an attractive, healthy working environment for all personnel consistent with the Company’s core values, and further project a positive image of the Company to customers, suppliers and the public at large.

 

Observance of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics means that you must:

 

Read, understand and agree to comply with the Code

 

Follow applicable laws and regulations wherever you are and in all circumstances

 

Never engage in behavior that could harm the Company or the Company’s reputation

 

Report suspected violations of the Code or law by directors, associates, Company agents or contractors, or yourself to

 

- A supervisor

 

- The head of your department

 

- The Company’s Secretary

 

Seek guidance from one of the persons listed above

 

Cooperate with Company investigations into Code matters or possible violations of law

 

Every associate and director of the Company should cooperate in assuring that any violation of this Code is brought to the attention of the appropriate person. The Company will take appropriate steps to maintain the confidentiality of the reporting person’s identity, to the extent that it can do so consistent with the Company’s obligations to investigate and remedy the matter and, if appropriate, to report the matter to government officials. The Company will not tolerate retaliation or retribution against any associate or director for providing information or assisting in an investigation that the associate or director reasonably believed constituted a violation of the Code or of any law.

 

Only the Board of Directors may waive provisions of this Code with respect to directors and executive officers of the Company and only the Board of Directors may change any provision of this Code. All waivers of this Code for directors and executive officers, or changes to this Code, must be publicly disclosed (to the extent required) in a manner that complies with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market and other applicable laws and regulations.

 

  1  

 

 

An associate or director found to have violated this Code will be subject to appropriate disciplinary action, ranging from warnings to termination or removal. Compliance with this Code will be included as part of any applicable performance review.

 

The Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the interpretation and enforcement of this Code. Subject to the Audit Committee’s ultimate authority: (i) each manager (“responsible manager”) will be responsible for monitoring the enforcement of this Code as it pertains to associates working on his or her team and (ii) the Company’s Secretary will be responsible for monitoring (a) enforcement of this Code and its procedures as they pertain to directors, officers and responsible managers and (b) the steps taken by each of the responsible managers to enforce the Code. Any questions regarding possible breaches or violations of this Code that are not resolved by the Company’s Secretary must be directed to the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

This Code is not an employment contract. By issuing this Code, the Company has not created any contractual rights. This Code is in addition to other detailed policies that the Company currently has in effect or which it may adopt in the future. All associates and directors should read, understand and comply with any applicable detailed policies.

 

SPIRIT And purpose OF THIS CODE

 

While this Code deals with major areas of concern, it cannot cover every situation which may arise. Associates and directors are expected to exercise their own best judgment and discretion, keeping in mind the high standards to which the Company is committed. In addition to the guidelines presented in this Code, there are at least three other ways of determining if a behavior or activity is appropriate or should be avoided:

 

Common sense. The appropriateness of a practice or activity should generally be guided by common sense and good business judgment. If it does not feel like the right thing to do, then it probably is not.

 

Public scrutiny. Take the public scrutiny test: If you would not want to read about your action on the front page of the newspaper, then do not do it.

 

When in doubt – ask! Your supervisor, the responsible manager at your location, and the Secretary are resources available to help you do the right thing.

 

The purpose of the Code is to deter wrongdoing and to promote: (i) honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships; (ii) full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission and in other public communications the Company makes; (iii) compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; (iv) the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code to the appropriate persons; and (v) accountability for adherence to the Code.

 

  2  

 

 

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

 

The Company’s business must be conducted in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Failure to obey all applicable laws and regulations violates this Code and may subject both the Company and individuals to criminal or civil liability, as well as disciplinary action by the Company.

 

Fair Dealings with Others

 

The Company promises to deal fairly with all Company personnel, and expects that its associates and directors will deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and external advisers. No one should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair-dealing practice.

 

COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS

 

Because the Company’s common stock is publicly traded, the Company discloses information regarding the Company’s business activities and operations to the public on a regular basis. If you are aware of material information regarding the Company which has not been disclosed to the public (e.g., facts which may affect the market price for the Company’s securities and investors’ decisions to trade therein), you must keep that information in strictest confidence. You must also refrain from buying or selling or influencing the decisions of others to buy or sell Company securities until such information has been publicly disclosed by the Company and the appropriate time has elapsed to allow investors to react to the information. You are also required to comply with the Company’s Insider Trading Policy that applies to all associates and directors. Copies of the policy are distributed to all new associates and directors and you may request additional copies from the Company’s Secretary.

 

You should also never trade based on nonpublic information or “tips” relating to the securities of the Company’s competitors and business associates. It is a violation of this Code and of applicable securities laws for any associate or director to buy or sell securities in another company based on material nonpublic information obtained from the Company about the other company. Contact the Company’s Secretary if you have questions about this policy.

 

CONTACTS WITH THE MEDIA, THE PUBLIC OR ATTORNEYS

 

Press releases and contact with news media, securities analysts or investment bankers with respect to Company-related matters must be made only through or at the direction of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company. If you are contacted by the media, you should notify the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer or your responsible manager. If an attorney or other third party, whether on behalf of a person, another company or the government, contacts an associate regarding the Company, you should refer him or her to the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer. An associate should never answer questions or supply documents to the media, outside attorneys, securities analysts or similar outsiders without the prior approval of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer.

 

  3  

 

 

If an associate receives a summons, legal complaint, subpoena, or other similar legal document concerning the Company, the associate should immediately consult with the Secretary in order to ensure that the Company responds appropriately.

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

Associates and directors owe a duty of loyalty to the Company and the Company’s business interests. Associates and directors are prohibited from engaging in business opportunities in which the Company may be interested for their personal benefit or gain. Associates and directors should never (i) take personal advantage of any business opportunity that typically would be pursued by, or would be of interest to, the Company; (ii) take personal advantage of any other business opportunity that the Company may want to take advantage of if the opportunity is discovered using Company property, business contacts or information, or that the associate or director becomes aware of because of his or her relationship with the Company or (iii) compete with or otherwise disadvantage the Company.

 

Associates may participate in outside activities that do not create an actual or apparent conflict with the Company’s interests. Potential or suspected conflicts of interest must be appropriately disclosed for determination and handling. Examples of conflicts of interest include, but are not limited to:

 

Giving Company business or prospective business to another company because a family member or personal friend works at that company

 

Outside activities that could influence an associate’s on-the-job ability to make objective decisions that are in the Company’s best interests

 

Hiring or having a reporting relationship with a relative

 

Accepting gifts, entertainment, favors or other gratuities from persons doing business or seeking to do business with the Company (gratuities of nominal value of less than $200, if consistent with local business custom and practice, are permissible)

 

It is permissible for associates and directors to accept or provide normal and customary business entertainment, consistent with the Company’s travel and expense reimbursement policy

 

Acceptance of cash from vendors, consultants or third parties for any reason is prohibited without express permission from the Company

 

  4  

 

 

COMPANY INFORMATION

 

Company information and data are highly valuable assets. Company assets include all proprietary information that is not generally available to or known by the public, and it includes information in any format: written, electronic, visual or oral. It may also include information that the Company develops, purchases or licenses, and information the Company receives from others.

 

Company personnel are responsible for safeguarding Company information (and information provided to the Company by another person or company) from theft or misuse. Company personnel should never directly or indirectly:

 

Disclose any Company information to others, including other associates, unless they have a legitimate need to know it to perform their jobs and, if they are not associates of the Company, have agreed to maintain its confidentiality

 

Use Company information for any purpose other than its intended use

 

Copy any documents containing Company information, or remove any documents or other records or copies from the work area, except as required to perform their jobs properly

 

Dispose of Company information inappropriately

 

You should contact the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer before agreeing to disclose Company information, including product designs, research, financial data, or other information that is available to you as a result of your employment or relationship with the Company.

 

USE OF COMPANY PROPERTY

 

Use of Company property, services, or resources for personal benefit is prohibited. All uses of Company property must be for valid business purposes and, except as described below, exclusively for the Company’s benefit. Company property includes buildings, office space, equipment, computers, software, corporate funds and office supplies as well as technologies, concepts, intellectual property, product development strategies and projects, business strategies and plans, customer lists, personnel data, marketing and sales plans, Company phone directories, organization charts, product cost data, product pricing, financial data and all proprietary information about the Company’s business and associates. Misappropriation or diversion of Company property, funds and resources is prohibited and subject to disciplinary action.

 

The Company’s information systems, including communications systems, magnetic media, e-mail, voice mail, and Intranet, Extranet and Internet access systems are the Company’s property and must be used only for business activities. However, incidental personal use is permissible if it does not consume more than a trivial amount of resources, does not interfere with productivity, does not preempt any business activity, and is otherwise appropriate, reasonable and consistent with the Company’s business values and this Code. The Company reserves the right at any time to access, read, monitor, inspect and disclose the contents of, postings to, and downloads from, all of the Company’s information systems, subject to the requirements of applicable local laws.

 

  5  

 

 

No one may use the Company’s information systems at work to access, view, post, store, transmit, download, or distribute any profane, obscene, derogatory, harassing, offensive or inappropriate materials. Additionally, no associate may use these systems to send Company information or copyrighted documents that are not authorized for transmittal or reproduction.

 

USE OF SOCIAL MEDIA

 

Social media includes multi-media and social networking websites such as YouTube, Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, blog postings and other social networking channels. The guidelines noted throughout the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics also apply to associate’s and director’s activities in social media, both Company sponsored and personal use at it relates to The Company. Guidelines specific to participation in social media include the following:

 

Unless you have been authorized by the Company, you cannot speak on behalf of The Company in social media channels. Do not portray yourself as a spokesperson, even an “unofficial” spokesperson, on issues relating to the Company.

 

When participating in social media activities, be responsible, ethical and respectful. Communications may be seen by a large number of people (NRC associates, vendors, clients, competitors, etc.) and once posted online can be virtually impossible to delete.

 

You are legally responsible for the content you publish on any social networking medium. Caution should be exercised regarding exaggeration, colorful language, guesswork, obscenity, copyrighted materials, legal conclusions and derogatory remarks and characterizations.

 

When commenting on business matters, unless authorized to speak on behalf of the Company, you must state the views expressed are your own and not those of The Company.

 

When in conversations that relate to our business or our industry, you must identify yourself as working for The Company. In some countries, including the United States, there may be personal liability under Federal Trade Commission regulations if you don’t.

 

Social media content must not disclose information that is confidential or proprietary to the Company, including non-public financial or operational information.

 

You must follow all applicable laws and regulations such as privacy protection (HIPPA) and intellectual property laws.

 

Social media activity should not violate any other applicable policy of the Company, including those set forth in the Employee Handbook.

 

  6  

 

 

The Company monitors social network sites daily to identify and avoid risk and protect its brand and reputation.

 

For additional information or questions contact the Company’s Secretary or Marketing department.

 

ANTITRUST COMPLIANCE

 

The Company adheres to a policy of strict conformity with applicable U.S. and local antitrust and competition laws. These laws prohibit companies from engaging in unfair, anti-competitive practices. Due to the severe fines and penalties that can be imposed on the Company and associates (including imprisonment for individuals), it is imperative that the Company avoid even the appearance of a violation of antitrust or competition laws. The Company must never enter any illegal formal, written agreements, or engage in acts that create informal, unwritten illegal agreements. All questions about this policy should be directed to the Secretary.

 

EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY AND AFFIRMATIVE ACTION POLICY

 

The Company adheres to a policy of strict conformity with employment laws in the United States and in other jurisdictions in which the Company conducts business. It is the Company’s policy to employ and advance in employment qualified persons without discrimination against any associate or applicant for employment because of any characteristic protected by applicable law. The Company recruits, hires, trains and promotes without regard to a person’s race, religion, sex, national origin, disability, age, status as a veteran, or any other characteristic protected by applicable law. This includes providing reasonable accommodation for associates’ disabilities or religious beliefs and practices.

 

If you have additional questions related to this policy, please contact your supervisor, the responsible manager at your location, or the Secretary.

 

GENERAL ANTI-HARASSMENT POLICY

 

The Company expects the workplace to be a professional work environment free from physical, psychological, verbal and non-verbal harassment based on any legally protected characteristics. These protected characteristics may include, but are not limited to, an individual’s gender, race, color, national origin, religion, age, ancestry, disability, sexual orientation, marital status, veteran status or use of family medical leave or workers’ compensation benefits.

 

The Company will not tolerate any forms of harassment, whether by a supervisor, an associate, a director, an outside vendor or consultant. Nor will the Company tolerate any form of retaliation against any associate or any other person for making a complaint in good faith, or cooperating in the investigation of a complaint. Complaints of harassment will be promptly and impartially investigated. Any associate who believes that he or she has been the subject of harassment or has witnessed harassment is required to report this immediately to his or her supervisor, or to the Secretary.

 

  7  

 

 

ACCURACY, RETENTION AND DISPOSAL OF RECORDS

 

Each associate is responsible for maintaining accurate and reasonably detailed documents, reports and other records for the appropriate retention periods, as required by Company policy and applicable laws and regulations. No one may falsify or improperly alter any information contained in the Company’s records. Where litigation or a government investigation is anticipated or ongoing, Company documents and records must never be destroyed until the Secretary advises that the investigation has been concluded.

 

For questions about record retention, contact the Secretary, particularly if any litigation, investigation, or administrative action is (or may be) threatened or pending.

 

FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING PRACTICES

 

Associates and directors must comply with the Company’s accounting rules, internal controls, and with generally accepted accounting principles, and also cooperate fully with the Company’s internal and external auditors. All funds, assets, transactions and payments must be accurately reflected and no false or misleading entries may be made on corporate records.

 

Payments for goods and services provided to the Company must be payable to the person or company legally entitled to receive payment. All invoices must accurately reflect the items and services being purchased or sold and the prices being paid. Generally, discounts must be included in the price or otherwise stated on the invoice. If the discount is not known at the time of the sale to a U.S.-based customer, then specific information must be provided about the discount to the customer on an annual basis. Except with the advice of the Chief Financial Officer, no payment may be made to a party in a country other than the one in which the party resides, maintains a place of business, or has delivered the goods or provided the services for which payment is made.

 

PRODUCT QUALITY AND QUALITY ASSURANCE

 

It is the policy of the Company to have established procedures, facilities and processes consistent with good practices and current regulations to assure the quality and legality of its products and services as they are distributed or provided to the final user or consumer. It is the responsibility of each associate to follow the specifications and procedures that are set up to accomplish this objective. Each associate is responsible for investigating and reporting to a responsible manager any quality problem discovered within the Company or from final user or customer complaints.

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

The Company considers innovation and new product development as critical to its business. Associates are expected to contribute, as appropriate, to the research and development of new technologies and new products. Associates must document all discoveries and ideas and promptly report such discoveries and ideas to designated persons in the Company. Associates must preserve and protect intellectual property rights in the Company’s discoveries and ideas by maintaining them in secrecy within the Company until public disclosure is authorized. Associates should ensure that appropriate confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements are executed prior to communicating such discoveries and ideas to those outside the Company. Associates are also required to assist the Company in the pursuit of patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights for such discoveries and ideas.

 

  8  

 

 

To the full extent permitted by law, associates are required to assign to the Company all interest in their discoveries, inventions, ideas, trademarks, patents and patent applications on such discoveries and copyrighted material which are developed during their relationship with the Company and are related to any business or activity of the Company. The Company will enforce its rights in valuable intellectual property, such as patentable inventions, copyrightable works, and trademarks, in all countries where the Company deems it appropriate and, where appropriate, to use prescribed notices of such rights on products, product literature and advertising. Associates and directors must report any infringement of the Company’s intellectual property rights coming to their attention.

 

It is the Company’s policy never to knowingly infringe the intellectual property rights of others. Associates are expected to take appropriate steps to implement this policy by, for example, instituting timely searches for conflicting patents or trademarks before utilizing a newly-developed technology or trademark.

 

ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY

 

The Company is committed to ensuring that its workplaces are safe and its products and services are of high quality. The Company expects its personnel to conduct operations, produce products and provide services with full adherence to the Company’s commitment to the environment and the health, safety, and well-being of its associates and customers, as well as the communities it serves. That commitment means complying with regulatory and legal requirements in the U.S. and overseas; reporting unsafe working conditions; using resources efficiently; recycling as appropriate; and handling and disposing of all materials and waste according to applicable laws and Company policies. Maintaining secure operations and facilities safeguards the Company’s associates, its property, its customers, and the communities the Company serves.

 

POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

The Company encourages individual participation in the political process; however, no associate should create the impression of speaking or acting on the Company’s behalf without specific authorization. It is up to each associate to abide by all laws relating to political contributions, and to make such contributions as individuals, not as representatives of the Company. Associates cannot contribute any Company money, property, time or services (directly or indirectly) to any political candidate or political party, unless making such a contribution is permitted by local law and the associate has the prior consent of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer. Written pre-authorization from the Company’s Chief Financial Officer is required before an associate can make or seek reimbursement for a political contribution to a foreign political party or candidate for public office.

 

  9  

 

 

LOBBYING AND LEGISLATIVE CONTACTS

 

The Company, through its senior management, may publicly offer comments or recommendations with respect to laws or governmental actions, and take public positions on issues that affect the Company’s business. Under some circumstances, a written or personal contact with a government official may subject the person making the contact or the Company to registration and reporting requirements under applicable lobbying laws. Any associate intending to contact a government official regarding any attempt to propose, defeat or modify any law, regulation or rule affecting the Company should obtain prior written approval for such activity from the responsible manager and the Secretary.

 

RELATIONSHIPS WITH GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS AND ASSOCIATES

 

It is unlawful to give anything of value to a public official or associate in return for that official’s influence, actions or testimony. It is also unlawful to engage in any activity that will benefit a public official or associate, directly or indirectly, if the activity results in, or is a reward for, that person’s influence, actions or testimony.

 

No associate should ever make a gift (e.g., meal, entertainment, or nominal token item) to a government official or associate without obtaining prior, express approval from the Secretary. With prior approval, meals and refreshments that are reasonable and directly related to business discussions may be permissible.

 

Compliance with the FCPA and Local Antibribery Laws

 

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) makes it a crime to offer, give or promise anything of value to (1) a foreign official, (2) a foreign political party or party official, or (3) a candidate for foreign political office, for the purpose of obtaining business or securing any improper advantage. “Foreign officials” under the FCPA include:

 

Persons acting in an official capacity for a non-U.S. government, including a non-U.S. state agency, enterprise or organization

 

Persons acting on behalf of a public international organization such as the United Nations, World Bank or IMF

 

Associates of businesses owned by non-U.S. governments or agencies

 

Any candidate for political office or official of a non-U.S. political party

 

Any relatives or close family/household members of the above non-U.S. officials

 

  10  

 

 

It is the policy of the Company that no associate, director, agent or partner acting in connection with Company business may offer or give anything of value to an official or a third party, knowing that all or part of the payment will be directly or indirectly offered, given or promised to the official, political party or candidate for any prohibited purpose.

 

Certain limited “facilitating payments” may be permissible in some localities in order to secure routine governmental action to which the Company is legally entitled. For example, it may be permissible for a nominal payment to be made to secure the issuance of a license, mail delivery, or the processing of a visa. Before making a facilitating payment, you should contact the Secretary to ensure that the proposed facilitating payment is lawful under the FCPA and local law, and that it is properly recorded.

 

Further, associates should consult with the Secretary when hiring an overseas agent or consultant, or when entering a joint venture with a non-U.S. partner to ensure that appropriate antibribery due diligence is performed on that agent, consultant or joint venture partner, as applicable.

 

In order to learn more about the FCPA and local antibribery laws, as well as “red flags” that require consultation before proceeding, contact the Secretary.

 

GOVERNMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS

 

While it is the Company’s policy to cooperate in the administration of all laws and regulations to which it is subject, such cooperation must be conducted in a manner that does not unduly interfere with the business of the Company nor jeopardize its legitimate interests. Associates who receive notice of any governmental investigation involving the Company or any request to testify in a legal proceeding with regard to the Company should promptly notify the responsible manager and the Secretary. If a governmental investigator requests an interview or information, the contact should be reported to the Secretary; the investigator should be requested to put the inquiry in writing in order that it may be answered appropriately by proper persons, preferably acting with the advice of legal counsel.

 

code of ethics for the chief executive officer and the senior financial and accounting officers

 

As described above, all associates, including the Senior Financial Officers, are expected to maintain high ethical standards of conduct and to comply with applicable laws and governmental regulations. In this regard, the Company requires all associates, including the Senior Financial Officers, to adhere to such other rules, codes and guidelines as the Company may from time to time adopt. As used herein, “Senior Financial Officers” means, collectively, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller, or persons performing similar functions.

 

The following section codifies certain additional standards adopted by the Company to which the Senior Financial Officers will be held accountable and certain specific duties and responsibilities applicable to the Senior Financial Officers. As the professional and ethical conduct of the Senior Financial Officers is essential to the proper conduct and success of the Company’s business, the Senior Financial Officers must adhere to the standards, duties and responsibilities set forth below.

 

  11  

 

 

General Standards

 

The Company and the Company’s Board of Directors will hold each Senior Financial Officer accountable for adhering to and advocating the following standards to the best of his or her knowledge and ability:

 

Act in an honest and ethical manner, including in connection with the handling and avoidance of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

Comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of federal, state and local governments (both United States and foreign) and other appropriate private and public regulatory agencies;

 

Proactively promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission and in other public communications the Company makes, including, without limitation, providing other Company associates with information that is accurate, complete, objective, relevant, timely and understandable and acting in good faith, with due care, competence and diligence, without misrepresenting material facts or allowing such Senior Financial Officer’s independent judgment to be subordinated; and

 

Proactively promote ethical and honest behavior within the Company, including, without limitation, the prompt reporting of violations of, and being accountable for adherence to, this Code.

 

Specific Duties and Responsibilities

 

In adhering to and advocating the standards set forth above, each Senior Financial Officer shall fulfill the following duties and responsibilities to the best of his or her knowledge and ability:

 

Consistent with the general requirements set forth under the heading “Conflicts of Interest,” each Senior Financial Officer shall handle all conflicts of interest between his or her personal and professional relationships in an ethical and honest manner, and shall disclose in advance to the Company’s Secretary (or, if the Senior Financial Officer is also the Secretary, the Chair of the Audit Committee of the Company) any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to an actual or apparent conflict of interest between the Company and such Senior Financial Officer. To the extent that an actual or apparent conflict of interest is deemed to exist, the Company’s Secretary shall report the relevant details of such conflict of interest to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee shall thereafter take such action with respect to the conflict of interest as it shall deem appropriate. It is the general policy of the Company that conflicts of interest should be avoided whenever practicable. For purposes of this section, a “conflict of interest” will be deemed to be present when an individual’s private interest interferes in any way, or even appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole.

 

  12  

 

 

Each Senior Financial Officer will use his or her best efforts to ensure the timely and understandable disclosure of information that, in all material respects, is accurate, complete, objective and relevant in all reports and documents the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission or in other public communications that the Company makes. As part of this undertaking, each Senior Financial Officer will periodically consider the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s “internal controls” and “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such terms are defined or used in Securities and Exchange Commission rules).

 

Each Senior Financial Officer will use his or her best efforts to ensure compliance in all material respects by such Senior Financial Officer and the Company with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

Each Senior Financial Officer shall respect the confidentiality of information acquired in the course of his or her work and shall not disclose such information, except when the Senior Financial Officer believes he or she is authorized or legally obligated to disclose the information. No Senior Financial Officer may use confidential information acquired in the course of his or her work for his or her personal advantage.

 

Each Senior Financial Officer shall responsibly use and exercise judicious control over all assets and resources of the Company that such Senior Financial Officer employs or that the Company has entrusted to such Senior Financial Officer.

 

No Senior Financial Officer may take or direct or allow any other person to take or direct any action to fraudulently influence, coerce, manipulate or mislead the Company’s independent auditing firm.

 

No Senior Financial Officer may engage the Company’s independent auditing firm to perform audit or non-audit services without the Audit Committee’s (or its designee’s) preapproval in accordance with the Audit Committee’s charter.

 

  13  

 

 

Reporting Violations

 

If any person believes that a Senior Financial Officer has violated the provisions of this section or the Company has or is about to violate a law, rule or regulation, or a Senior Financial Officer believes that he or she is being asked to violate the provisions of this section or any law, rule or regulation in the performance of his or her duties for the Company, then the matter should be promptly reported to the Company’s Secretary (or if the Senior Financial Officer is also the Secretary, the Chair of the Audit Committee). The Company’s Secretary (or Audit Committee Chair) will take appropriate steps to maintain the confidentiality of the reporting person’s identity, to the extent that the Company’s Secretary (or Audit Committee Chair) can do so consistent with the Company’s obligations to investigate and remedy the matter and, if appropriate, to report the matter to government officials. The Company’s Secretary (or Audit Committee Chair) also will promptly report the matter in question to the Audit Committee. Persons may report violations of the provisions of this section on an anonymous basis by calling the confidential associate hotline number 866-394-4109. The Company will not tolerate retaliation or retribution against a person for providing information or assisting in an investigation the person reasonably believed constituted a violation of the provisions of this section.

 

Interpretation and Enforcement

 

Each Senior Financial Officer will be held accountable for his or her adherence to the provisions of this section by the Company’s Board of Directors and appropriate committees thereof. A Senior Financial Officer’s failure to adhere to these provisions will be subject to appropriate disciplinary action, ranging from warnings to termination or removal.

 

 

 

14 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

CHINA LENDING CORPORATION

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
     
Adrie Global Holdings Limited   British Virgin Islands
     
China Feng Hui Financial Holding Group Co., Limited   Hong Kong
     
Feng Hui Ding Xin (Beijing) Financial Consulting Co., Limited   People’s Republic of China
     
Xinjian Feng Hui Jing Kai Direct Lending Limited   People’s Republic of China
     
Urumqi Feng Hui Direct Lending Limited (through VIE contracts)   People’s Republic of China

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Investors of
Adrie Global Holdings Limited

 

Report on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Adrie Global Holdings Limited (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in investor’s equity and cash flows for the years then ended and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditors’ Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards as established by the Auditing Standards Board (United States) and in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP
New York, New York
May 6, 2016

 

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
cONSOLIDATED Balance Sheets

 

    December 31,  
    2015     2014  
ASSETS            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 6,732,601     $ 116,132  
Loans receivable – third parties, net of allowance for loan losses of $2,197,571 and $1,207,549 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively     137,602,481       119,547,411  
Loans receivable – related parties, net of allowance for loan losses of $11,137 and $123,235 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively     1,102,593       12,200,230  
Interest and fee receivable     673,626       631,389  
Cost method investment     3,851,071        
Property and equipment, net     116,298       19,967  
Deferred tax assets     243,440        
Amount due from a related party     1,653,839        
Other assets     374,387       322,045  
Total Assets   $ 152,350,336     $ 132,837,174  
                 
LIABILITIES AND INVESTORS’ EQUITY                
Liabilities                
Short-term bank loans   $     $ 7,321,835  
Loans from a cost investment investee     15,404,285        
Secured loan     24,739,282       16,156,850  
Dividends payable     6,623,843       5,723,970  
Taxes payable     1,235,241       2,079,766  
Deferred tax liabilities           21,494  
Other current liabilities     977,831       200,786  
Total liabilities   $ 48,980,482     $ 31,504,701  
                 
Investors’ Equity                
Common Stock (par value $0.00000005 per share, 20,000,000 shares authorized; 20,000,000 and 20,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively)   $ 1     $ 1  
Additional paid-in capital     94,723,963       94,188,868  
Statutory reserves     4,667,254       3,243,069  
Retained earnings     6,064,526       272,313  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)/ income     (2,085,890 )     3,628,222  
Total Investors’ Equity     103,369,854       101,332,473  
Total Liabilities and Investors’ Equity   $ 152,350,336     $ 132,837,174  

 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

Certain of the assets of the VIEs can be used only to settle obligations of the consolidated VIEs. Conversely, liabilities recognized as a result of consolidating these VIEs do not represent additional claims on the Company’s general assets.

 

2

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
CONSOLIDATED Statements of INCOME and Comprehensive Income

 

    For The Years Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Interest income            
Interests and fees on loans   $ 27,641,209     $ 17,592,593  
Interests and fees on loans-related parties     531,559       1,159,974  
Interests on deposits with banks     5,883       8,519  
Total interest and fee income     28,178,651       18,761,086  
                 
Interest expense                
Interest expenses on short-term bank loans     (425,139 )     (979,050 )
Interest expenses and fees on secured loan     (2,302,136 )     (689,393 )
Interest expenses on loans from related parties     (61,542 )     (98,775 )
Interest expenses on loans from a cost investment investee     (1,101,871 )      
Total interest expense     (3,890,688 )     (1,767,218 )
                 
Provision for loan losses     (2,166,110 )     (584,348 )
Net Interest Income     22,121,853       16,409,520  
                 
Non-interest income     13,212        
                 
Non-interest expense                
Salaries and employee surcharge     (917,159 )     (604,223 )
Business taxes and surcharge     (1,449,993 )     (1,050,052 )
Other operating expenses     (2,790,192 )     (1,349,142 )
Total non-interest expense     (5,157,344 )     (3,003,417 )
                 
Income Before Tax     16,977,721       13,406,103  
Income tax expense     (2,857,907 )     (2,092,776 )
Net Income   $ 14,119,814     $ 11,313,327  
                 
Other comprehensive income                
Foreign currency translation adjustments     (5,714,112 )     (172,627 )
Comprehensive Income   $ 8,405,702     $ 11,140,700  
                 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted     20,000,000       20,000,000  
Earnings per share – Basic and diluted   $ 0.71     $ 0.57  

 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

3

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
CONSOLIDATED Statements of CHANGES IN Investors’ EquitY

 

    Share capital     Additional paid-in capital     Statutory reserves     Retained earnings     Accumulated Other comprehensive income     Total  
Balance as of January 1, 2014   $ 1       45,493,103     $ 2,065,537     $ 1,201,165     $ 3,800,849     $ 52,560,655  
Issuance of paid-in
capital
            48,695,765                         48,695,765  
Net income for the
year
                      11,313,327             11,313,327  
Transfer to statutory reserves                 1,177,532       (1,177,532 )            
Dividends to investors                       (11,064,647 )           (11,064,647 )
Foreign currency translation loss                             (172,627 )     (172,627 )
Balance as of December 31, 2014   $ 1       94,188,868     $ 3,243,069     $ 272,313     $ 3,628,222     $ 101,332,473  
                                                 
Gain on disposal of loans receivable to a related party           535,095                         535,095  
Net income for the year                       14,119,814             14,119,814  
Transfer to statutory reserves                 1,424,185       (1,424,185 )            
Dividends to investors                       (6,903,416 )           (6,903,416 )
Foreign currency translation loss                             (5,714,112 )     (5,174,112 )
Balance as of December 31, 2015   $ 1       94,723,963     $ 4,667,254     $ 6,064,526     $ 2,085,890     $ 103,369,854  

 

See notes to the financial statements

 

4

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
CONSOLIDATED Statements of Cash Flows

 

    For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2015     2014  
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:            
Net income   $ 14,119,814     $ 11,313,327  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                
Depreciation     39,415       13,366  
Gain on disposal of property and equipment     (12,971 )      
Deferred tax benefit     (274,924 )     (17,818 )
Provision for loan losses     2,166,110       584,376  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Interest and fee receivable     (79,061 )     (276,050 )
Other assets     (72,426 )     (272,189 )
Taxes payable     (764,741 )     933,663  
Other current liabilities     820,988       201,238  
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities     15,942,204       12,479,913  
                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:                
Originated loans disbursement     (237,371,565 )     (207,805,457 )
Repayment of loans from customers     212,716,218       149,367,851  
Purchase of property and equipment     (156,847 )      
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment     28,898        
Payment for a cost method investment     (4,013,614 )      
Proceeds from disposal of loans receivable to a related party     6,737,574        
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities     (22,059,336 )     (58,437,606 )
                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:                
Proceeds from issuing capital     1       48,695,765  
Proceeds from short-term bank borrowings     5,619,060       7,322,193  
Repayment of short-term bank borrowings     (12,843,565 )     (15,457,962 )
Proceeds from secured loan     25,783,457          
Repayment of secured loan     (15,942,076 )     16,157,639  
Proceeds from loans from a cost investment investee     16,054,457        
Payments of dividends     (5,647,881 )     (10,965,833 )
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities     13,023,453       45,751,802  
                 
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents     (289,852 )     117,706  
                 
Net Increase/(Decrease) In Cash and Cash Equivalents     6,616,469       (88,185 )
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year     116,132       204,317  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year   $ 6,732,601     $ 116,132  
                 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information                
Cash paid for interest expense   $ 3,846,128     $ 1,721,476  
Cash paid for income tax   $ 3,648,094     $ 1,534,198  

 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

5

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited (“ADRIE,” and together with its subsidiaries and variable interest entity (“VIE”) the “Company”), was incorporated under the laws of British Virgin Islands on November 19, 2014. The Company, through its subsidiaries and VIE engages in the business of providing loan facilities to micro, small and medium sized enterprises and sole proprietors in Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region (“Xinjiang Province”) of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”).

 

On February 11, 2015, ADRIE incorporated China Feng Hui Financial Holding Group Co., Limited (“Feng Hui Holding”) in Hong Kong with registered capital of HKD 1. Feng Hui Holding operates through two wholly-owned subsidiaries: Xinjiang Feng Hui Jing Kai Direct Lending Limited (“Jing Kai”) and Feng Hui Ding Xin (Beijing) Financial Consulting Co., Limited (“Ding Xin”).

 

On May 14, 2015, Feng Hui Holdings established Jing Kai under the laws of the PRC with registered capital of $80,000,000. Feng Hui Holding has no operations of its own to date.

 

On May 20, 2015, Feng Hui Holding established Ding Xin with registered capital of $1,000,000. Ding Xin is engaged in the business of financial consulting services.

 

Urumqi Feng Hui Direct Lending Limited (“Feng Hui”) is a company established under the laws of the PRC on June 12, 2009. and its investors as of December 31, 2015 consisted of nine PRC companies and seven PRC individuals. Feng Hui is a microcredit company primarily engaged in providing direct loan services to small-to-medium sized enterprises, farmers and individuals in Xinjiang Province, PRC.

 

In accordance with US GAAP, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the variable interest holder (e.g., a contractual counterparty or capital provider) deemed to have the controlling financial interest(s) in the VIE. The primary beneficiary is the reporting entity (or member of a related party group) that has both of the following characteristics:

 

a)       The power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance; and

 

b)       The obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

 

Currently, Feng Hui is consolidated as a VIE of Ding Xin by a series of VIE Agreements with Ding Xin.

 

Contractual Arrangements between Ding Xin, Feng Hui, and Feng Hui’s Shareholders

 

On July 16, 2015, Ding Xin, Feng Hui and/or Feng Hui’s shareholders have executed the following agreements and instruments, pursuant to which China Lending Group, through its subsidiary Ding Xin, controls Feng Hui: Share Pledge Agreement, Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Exclusive Option Agreement and Power of Attorney (“VIE Agreements”). Each of the VIE Agreements is described below, and became effective upon their execution therein.

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

Pursuant to the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement between Feng Hui and Ding Xin, Ding Xin provides Feng Hui with comprehensive business support, technical services and consulting services relating to its day-to-day business operations and management, on an exclusive basis.

 

For services rendered to Feng Hui by Ding Xin under this agreement, Ding Xin is entitled to collect a service fee calculated based on the complexity, required time, contents and commercial value of the consulting services provided by Ding Xin. Ding Xin will calculate and sum up the service fees and correspondingly issue a notice to Feng Hui. Feng Hui will pay such service fees to the bank accounts as designated by Ding Xin within 10 working days from the receipt of such notice.

 

The Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement shall remain in effect for five years unless it is terminated by Ding Xin at its discretion with 30-days prior notice. Feng Hui does not have the right to terminate the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement unilaterally. Ding Xin may at its discretion unilaterally extend the term of the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement. This agreement grants Ding Xin the position as the primary beneficiary who is entitled to absorb losses and to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to Feng Hui.

 

6

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

 

Share Pledge Agreement

 

Under the Share Pledge Agreement between the Feng Hui shareholders and Ding Xin, the 16 Feng Hui shareholders pledged all of their equity interests in Feng Hui to Ding Xin to guarantee the secured indebtedness caused by failure of performance of Feng Hui’s and the Feng Hui shareholders’ obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Exclusive Option Agreement and Power of Attorney. Under the terms of the Share Pledge Agreement, any dividend or bonus received by Feng Hui in respect of the Pledged Equity shall be deposited into an account designated by Ding Xin. The Feng Hui shareholders also agreed that upon occurrence of any event of default, as set forth in the Share Pledge Agreement, Ding Xin is entitled to dispose of the pledged equity interest in accordance with applicable PRC laws. The Feng Hui shareholders further agreed not to dispose of the pledged equity interests or take any actions that would prejudice Ding Xin’s interest.

 

The Share Pledge Agreement shall be effective until all obligations under the other VIE Agreements have been performed by Feng Hui, when the VIE Agreements are terminated or when the secured indebtedness has been satisfied in full. Under the terms of the agreement, in the event that Feng Hui or its investors breach their respective contractual obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Ding Xin, as pledgee, will be entitled to certain rights, including, but not limited to, the right to collect dividends generated by the pledged equity interests and absorbs expected losses. This agreement grants Ding Xin the position as the primary beneficiary who is entitled to absorb losses and to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to Feng Hui.

 

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

Under the Exclusive Option Agreement, the Feng Hui shareholders irrevocably granted Ding Xin (or its designee) an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, once or at multiple times, at any time, part or all of their equity interests in Feng Hui. The option price is equal to the lowest price permissible by PRC laws.

 

The Exclusive Option Agreement will remain effective for a term of five years and may be renewed at Ding Xin’s discretion.

 

Power of Attorney

 

Under the Power of Attorney, each Feng Hui shareholder authorized Ding Xin to act on the shareholder’s behalf as his, her or its exclusive agent and attorney with respect to all rights as a shareholder of Feng Hui, under PRC laws and the Articles of Association of Feng Hui, including but not limited to attending shareholder meetings and voting to approve the sale or transfer or pledge or disposition of shares in part or in whole or to designate and appoint the legal representative, directors, and supervisors of Feng Hui. When Ding Xin executes such shareholders’ rights, it should obtain all the current Ding Xin directors’ approval by the resolution of board of directors.

 

The Power of Attorney shall be continuously valid with respect to each Feng Hui shareholder from the date of execution of the Power of Attorney, so long as such Feng Hui shareholder is a shareholder of Feng Hui. Ding Xin is entitled to terminate the Power of Attorney unilaterally at its discretion by the written notice to Feng Hui.

 

The effective period of the VIE agreements is from July 16, 2015 to July 15, 2020. The VIE agreements can be renewed by written confirmation by Ding Xin to Feng Hui before their expiration. The extension length can be decided by Ding Xin solely. Once renewed, all the aforesaid agreed terms shall be unconditionally accepted by Feng Hui. Each VIE agreement can only be terminated if all parties thereto agree in writing to terminate the VIE agreement or if Ding Xin delivers to Feng Hui a notice of termination at least 30 days in advance of the termination effective date. Feng Hui has no right to terminate the VIE agreements unilaterally. Under this agreement, Ding Xin processes the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the Feng Hui’s economic performance.

 

Upon a series of VIE Agreements, currently, substantially all of ADRIE’s consolidated assets are held, and its consolidated revenues and income are generated, by Feng Hui, its consolidated variable interest entity that is controlled by contractual arrangements. Feng Hui is based in Urumqi, the capital city and business hub of Xinjiang Province, and most of Feng Hui’s lending activities are to enterprises and individual proprietors based there. The consolidated VIE’s assets may be used as collateral for the VIE’s obligation and the creditors of consolidated VIE have no recourse to the general credit of the primary beneficiary.

 

7

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

 

As of December 31, 2015, the group structure of Adrie Group is as follow:

 

 

Consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 included ADRIE, Feng Hui Holding, Jin Kai, Ding Xin and Feng Hui. The balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in investors’ equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were retrospectively adjusted to furnish comparative information, and included Feng Hui Holding, Jin Kai, Ding Xin and Feng Hui. ADRIE recognized the acquired entities’ assets and liabilities at their carrying amounts in the accounts of the acquired entities at the date of the capital transaction under common control. After the completion of the capital transactions, the group mainly conducts business through Feng Hui. The number of shares in the computation of earnings per share has been retrospectively stated to reflect that 20,000,000 shares were issued and outstanding as of the beginning of each year.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and VIE are prepared and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank deposits with original maturities of three months or less, which are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use the Company maintained accounts at banks and have not experienced any losses from such concentrations.

 

Loans receivable, net

 

Loans receivable primarily represent loan amount due from customers. Loans receivable are recorded at unpaid principal balances and allowance that reflects the Company’s best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected. The loans receivable portfolio consists of corporate loans and personal loans (See Note 4).

 

8

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is increased by charges to income and decreased by charge offs (net of recoveries). Recoveries represent subsequent collection of amounts previously charged-off. The increase in allowance for loan losses is the netting effect of “reversal” and “provision” for both business and personal loans. If the ending balance of the allowance for loan losses after any charge offs (net of recoveries) is less than the beginning balance, it will be recorded as a “reversal”; if it is larger, it will be recorded as a “provision” in the allowance for loan loss. The netting amount of the “reversal” and the “provision” is presented in the statements of income and comprehensive income

 

The Company recognizes a charge-off when management determines that full repayment of a loan is not probable. The primary factor in making that determination is the potential outcome of a lawsuit against the delinquent debtor. The Company will recognize a charge-off when the Company loses contact with the delinquent borrower for more than nine months or when the court rules against the Company to seize the collateral asset of the delinquent debt from either the guarantor or borrower. In addition, when the recoverability of the delinquent debt is highly unlikely, the senior management team will go through a stringent procedure to approve a charge-off.

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level believed to be reasonable by management to absorb probable losses inherent in the portfolio as of each balance sheet date. The allowance is based on factors such as the size and current risk characteristics of the portfolio, an assessment of individual loans and actual loss, delinquency, and/or risk rating record within the portfolio (Note 5). The Company evaluates its allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis or more often as necessary.

 

Interest and fee receivable

 

Interest and fee receivable are accrued and credited to income as earned but not received. The Company determines a loan past due status by the number of days that have elapsed since a borrower has failed to make a contractual interest or principal payment. Accrual of interest is generally discontinued when either (i) reasonable doubt exists as to the full, timely collection of interest or principal or (ii) when a loan interest or principal becomes past due by more than 90 days. Additionally, any previously accrued but uncollected interest is reversed. Subsequent recognition of income occurs only to the extent payment is received, subject to management’s assessment of the collectability of the remaining interest and principal. Loans are generally restored to an accrual status when it is no longer delinquent and collectability of interest and principal is no longer in doubt and past due interest is recognized at that time.

 

Cost method investment

 

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 325-20, “Investments-Other: Cost Method Investments” (“ASC 325-20”), the Company carries the cost method investments at cost and only adjusts for other-than-temporary impairment and distributions of earnings. Management regularly evaluates the impairment of the cost method investments based on performance and financial position of the investee as well as other evidence of market value. Such evaluation includes, but is not limited to, reviewing the investee’s cash position, recent financing, projected and historical financial performance, cash flow forecasts and financing needs.

 

Property and equipment

 

The property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The depreciation is computed on a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets with 5% salvage value. Estimated useful lives of property and equipment are stated in Note 7.

 

The Company eliminates the cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or otherwise retired from the accounts and includes any gain or loss in the statement of income. The Company charges maintenance, repairs and minor renewals directly to expenses as incurred; major additions and betterment to equipment are capitalized.

 

9

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

The Company applies the provisions of ASC No. 360 Subtopic 10, “Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“ASC 360-10”) issued by the FASB. ASC 360-10 requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable through the estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. Whenever any such impairment exists, an impairment loss will be recognized for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value.

 

The Company tests long-lived assets, including property and equipment and finite lived intangible assets, for impairment at least annually or more frequently upon the occurrence of an event or when circumstances indicate that the net carrying amount is greater than its fair value. Assets are grouped and evaluated at the lowest level for their identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. The Company considers historical performance and future estimated results in its evaluation of potential impairment and then compares the carrying amount of the asset to the future estimated cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds estimated expected undiscounted future cash flows, the Company measures the amount of impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to its fair value. The estimation of fair value is generally measured by discounting expected future cash flows as the rate the Company utilizes to evaluate potential investments. The Company estimates fair value based on the information available in making whatever estimates, judgments and projections are considered necessary. There were no impairment losses in the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Fair values of financial instruments

 

ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments” (“Topic 825”), requires disclosure of fair value information of financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheets, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instruments. Topic 825 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial assets and liabilities from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

 

Level 1   inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

Level 2   inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

 

Level 3   inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value.

 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, financial instruments of the Company were primarily comprised of cash, loans receivable, accrued interest receivables, cost method investment, other receivables, short-term bank loans, secured loans and loans from a cost investment investee, deposits payables and accrued expenses, which were carried at cost on the balance sheets, and carrying amounts approximated their fair values because of their generally short maturities.

 

Foreign currency translation and transactions

 

The reporting currency of the Company is United States Dollars (“$”), which is also the Company’s functional currency. The PRC subsidiaries and VIE maintain their books and records in its local currency, the Renminbi Yuan (“RMB”), which is their functional currencies as being the primary currency of the economic environment in which these entities operate.

 

10

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

Transactions in foreign currencies other than functional currencies are initially recorded at the functional currency rate ruling at the date of transaction. Any differences between the initially recorded amount and the settlement amount are recorded as a gain or loss on foreign currency transaction in the statements of income. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are translated at the functional currency rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Any differences are taken to profit or loss as a gain or loss on foreign currency translation in the statements of income.

 

In accordance with ASC Topic 830, “Foreign Currency Matters,” the Company translated the assets and liabilities into US dollars using the rate of exchange prevailing at the applicable balance sheet date and the statements of income and cash flows are translated at an average rate during the reporting period, as set forth in the following tables. Adjustments resulting from the translation are recorded in investors’ equity as part of accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

    December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Balance sheet items, except for equity accounts     6.4917       6.1460  

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Items in the statements of income and comprehensive income, and statements of cash flows     6.2288       6.1457  

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, management reviews these estimates using the currently available information. Changes in facts and circumstances may cause the Company to revise its estimates. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the financial statements include: (i) the allowance for loan losses; (ii) accrual of estimated liabilities; (iii) contingencies and litigation; and (iv) deferred tax liabilities and assets.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, service has been performed, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured, on the following:

 

1)       Interest income on loans. Interest on loan receivables is accrued monthly in accordance with their contractual terms and recorded in accrued interest receivable. The Company does not charge prepayment penalty from customers. Additionally, any previously accrued but uncollected interest is reversed and accrual is discontinued, when either (i) reasonable doubt exists as to the full, timely collection of interest or principal or (ii) when a loan becomes past due by more than 90 days.

 

2)       Consultancy services on loans. The Company receives fees from consultancy services in full at inception and records as unearned income before amortizing it throughout the period of services.

 

Non-interest expenses

 

Non-interest expenses primarily consist of salary and benefits for employees, traveling cost, entertainment expenses, depreciation of equipment, office rental expenses, professional service fee, office supply, etc., and are expensed as incurred.

 

11

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

Income tax

 

Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant taxing authorities. As part of the process of preparing financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements at each year-end and tax loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applicable for the differences that are expected to affect taxable income.

 

The Company adopts a more likely than not threshold and a two-step approach for the tax position measurement and financial statement recognition. Under the two-step approach, the first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained, including resolution of related appeals or litigation process, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not have any uncertain tax position.

 

Comprehensive income

 

Comprehensive income includes net income and foreign currency adjustments. Comprehensive income is reported in the statements of income and comprehensive income.

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, as presented on the balance sheets are the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

Operating leases

 

The Company leases its principal office under a lease agreement that qualifies as an operating lease. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of comprehensive income on a straight line basis over the lease periods.

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to loss contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business, that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, government investigations and tax matters. In accordance with ASC No. 450 Subtopic 20, “Loss Contingencies”, the Company records accruals for such loss contingencies when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

 

Recently issued accounting standards

 

In May of 2014, the FASB issued ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“Topic 606”). Topic 606 clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue and develops a common revenue standard for U.S. GAAP and IFRS. Simultaneously, Topic 606 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Accounting Standards Codification. The core principle of the guidance requires an entity to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the five steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early application is not permitted. This amendment shall be applied retrospectively either to each prior reporting periods or with the cumulative effect of initially applying this amendments recognized at the date of initial application. There is no impact on the consolidated financial statements for current reporting periods since early adoption is not permitted. The Group is in process of evaluating the cumulative effect on the consolidated financial statements of adopting this guidance so as to transit to the new revenue recognition guidance in the year of 2016.

 

12

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-17, “Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40).” This standard requires management to evaluate for each annual and interim reporting period whether it is probable that the reporting entity will not be able to meet its obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. If the entity is in such a position, the standard provides for certain disclosures depending on whether or not the entity will be able to successfully mitigate its going concern status. This guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those years. Early application is permitted. The Company does not anticipate that this adoption will have a significant impact on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes” (“ASU 2015-17”). To simplify presentation, ASU 2015-17 requires that all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet. As a result, each jurisdiction will now only have one net noncurrent deferred tax asset or liability. ASU 2015-17 does not change the existing requirement that only permits offsetting within a jurisdiction — that is, companies are still prohibited from offsetting deferred tax liabilities from one jurisdiction against deferred tax assets of another jurisdiction. ASU 2015-17 is effective for public business entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted. An entity can elect to adopt ASU 2015-17 either (1) prospectively for all deferred tax assets and liabilities, or (2) retrospectively by reclassifying the comparative balance sheet. If applied prospectively, an entity is required to include a statement that prior periods were not retrospectively adjusted. If applied retrospectively, an entity is also required to include quantitative information about the effects of the change on prior periods. The Company does not anticipate that this adoption will have a significant impact on its financial statements since the Company does not separate current and noncurrent assets and liabilities on the balance sheet.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842).” This standard requires entities that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The standard is effective for fiscal years and the interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The guidance is required to be applied by the modified retrospective transition approach. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this new guidance on its financial position, results of operations and disclosures.

 

3. Risks

 

(a) Credit risk

 

Credit risk is one of the most significant risks for the Company’s business and arise principally in lending activities.

 

Credit risk is controlled by the application of credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. The Company manages credit risk through in-house research and analysis of the Chinese economy and the underlying obligors and transaction structures. To minimize credit risk, the Company requires collateral in the form of rights to cash, securities or property and equipment.

 

The Company identifies credit risk collectively based on industry, geography and customer type. This information is monitored regularly by management.

 

13

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

3. Risks (cont.)

 

In measuring the credit risk of lending loans to corporate customers, the Company mainly reflects the “probability of default” by the customer on its contractual obligations and considers the current financial position of the customer and the exposures to the customer and its likely future development. For individual customers, the Company uses standard approval procedures to manage credit risk for personal loans.

 

(b) Liquidity risk

 

The Company is also exposed to liquidity risk which is risk that it is unable to provide sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet its commitments and business needs. Liquidity risk is controlled by the application of financial position analysis and monitoring procedures. When necessary, the Company will turn to other financial institutions and the owners to obtain short-term funding to meet the liquidity shortage.

 

(c) Foreign currency risk

 

A majority of the Company’s operating activities and a significant portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities are denominated in RMB, which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions take place either through the Peoples’ Bank of China (“PBOC”) or other authorized financial institutions at exchange rates quoted by PBOC. Approval of foreign currency payments by the PBOC or other regulatory institutions requires submitting a payment application form together with suppliers’ invoices and signed contracts. The value of RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market.

 

4. Loans Receivable, Net

 

The interest rates on loans issued ranged between 8% and 24% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Loans receivable consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Business loans   $ 41,794,907     $ 46,692,158  
Personal loans     99,118,875       86,386,267  
Total loan receivable     140,913,782       133,078,425  
Allowance for loan losses                
Collectively assessed     (1,401,061 )     (1,330,784 )
Individually assessed     (807,647 )      
Allowance for loan losses     (2,208,708 )     (1,330,784 )
Loans receivable, net   $ 138,705,074     $ 131,747,641  

 

The Company originates loans to customers located primarily in Urumqi City, Xinjiang Province. This geographic concentration of credit exposes the Company to a higher degree of risk associated with this economic region.

 

All loans are short-term loans that the Company has made to either business or individual customers. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had 36 and 30 business loan customers, and 125 and 65 personal loan customers, respectively. Most loans are either guaranteed by a third party whose financial strength is assessed by the Company to be sufficient or secured by collateral. Allowance for loan losses is estimated on a quarterly basis in accordance with probable based on an assessment of specific evidence indicating doubtful collection, historical experience, loan balance aging and prevailing economic conditions.

 

14

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

4. Loans Receivable, Net (cont.)

 

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, a provision of $2,166,110 and $584,348 were charged to the statement of income, respectively. $642,178 and $0 write-offs against allowances have occurred for these years, respectively.

 

Interest on loans receivable is accrued and credited to income as earned. The Company determines a loan’s past due status by the number of days that have elapsed since a borrower has failed to make a contractual loan payment. Accrual of interest is generally discontinued when either (i) reasonable doubt exists as to the full, timely collection of interest or principal or (ii) when a loan becomes past due by more than 90 days.

 

The following table presents nonaccrual loans with aging over 90 days by classes of loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively:

 

    December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Business loans   $ 10,468,752     $ 955,093  
Personal loans     4,254,664       1,301,660  
    $ 14,723,416     $ 2,256,753  

 

The following table represents the aging of loans as of December 31, 2015 by type of loan:

 

    1-89 Days
Past Due
    90-179 Days
Past Due
    180-365 Days
Past Due
    Over 1 year
Past Due
    Total
Past Due
    Current     Total
Loans
 
Business loans   $     $ 9,698,538     $ 770,214     $     $ 10,468,752     $ 31,326,155     $ 41,794,907  
Personal loans           4,254,664                   4,254,664       94,864,211       99,118,875  
    $     $ 13,953,202     $ 770,214     $     $ 14,723,416     $ 126,190,366     $ 140,913,782  

 

The following table represents the aging of loans as of December 31, 2014 by type of loan:

 

    1-89 Days
Past Due
    90-179 Days
Past Due
    180-365 Days
Past Due
    Over 1 year
Past Due
    Total
Past Due
    Current     Total
Loans
 
Business loans   $     $     $ 406,769     $ 548,324     $ 955,093     $ 45,737,065     $ 46,692,158  
Personal loans           1,301,660                   1,301,660       85,084,607       86,386,267  
    $     $ 1,301,660     $ 406,769     $ 548,324     $ 2,256,753     $ 130,821,672     $ 133,078,425  

 

Analysis of loans by collateral

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio by collateral as of December 31, 2015:

 

    Business loans     Personal loans     Total  
Guarantee backed loans   $ 16,505,692     $ 30,525,132     $ 47,030,824  
Pledged assets backed loans     5,593,296       65,289,524       70,882,820  
Collateral backed loans     19,695,919       3,304,219       23,000,138  
    $ 41,794,907     $ 99,118,875     $ 140,913,782  

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio by collateral as of December 31, 2014:

 

    Business loans     Personal loans     Total  
Guarantee backed loans   $ 4,930,036     $ 73,442,890     $ 78,372,926  
Pledged assets backed loans     36,230,068       11,218,679       47,448,747  
Collateral backed loans     5,532,054       1,724,698       7,256,752  
    $ 46,692,158     $ 86,386,267     $ 133,078,425  

 

Most guarantee backed loans were guaranteed by investors of the Company. (See note 20).

 

15

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

4. Loans Receivable, Net (cont.)

 

Collateral Backed Loans

 

A collateral backed loan is a loan in which the borrower puts up an asset under their ownership, possession or control, as collateral for the loan. An asset usually is land use rights, inventory, equipment or buildings. The loan is secured against the collateral and we do not take physical possession of the collateral at the time the loan is made. We will verify ownership of the collateral and then register the collateral with the appropriate government entities to complete the secured transaction. In the event that the borrower defaults, we can then take possession of the collateral asset and sell it to recover the outstanding balance owed. If the sale proceeds of the collateral asset is not sufficient to pay off the loan in full, we will file a lawsuit against the borrower and seek judgment for the remaining balance.

 

Pledged Asset Backed Loans

 

Pledged assets backed loans are loans with pledged assets. The pledged assets are usually certificates of deposit. Lenders take physical possession of the pledged assets at the time the loan is made and do not need to register them with government entities to secure the loan. If the borrower defaults, we can sell the assets to recover the outstanding balance owed.

 

Both collateral loans and pledged loans are considered secured loans. The amount of a loan that lenders provide depends on the value of the collateral pledged.

 

Guarantee Backed Loans

 

A guaranteed loan is a loan guaranteed by a corporation or high net worth individual. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, guaranteed loans make up 33.4% and 58.9% of our direct loan portfolio, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company pledged $44,512,224 and $3,302,961 gross loans receivable for loans Feng Hui borrowed from third parties (See Note 10 and Note 11), which consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Business loans   $ 13,241,523     $ 813,537  
Personal loans     31,270,700       2,489,424  
Total pledged loans receivable   $ 44,512,223     $ 3,302,961  

 

5. Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated. Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance. The allowance is based on the Company’s past loan loss history, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

The allowance is calculated at portfolio-level since our loans portfolio is generally comprised of smaller balance homogenous loans and is collectively evaluated for impairment.

 

For the purpose of calculating portfolio-level reserves, we have grouped our loans into two portfolio segments: Business and Personal. The allowance consists of the combination of a quantitative assessment component based on statistical models, a retrospective evaluation of actual loss information to loss forecasts, value of collateral, pledged asset and guarantee, and could include a qualitative component based on management judgment.

 

In estimating the probable loss of the loan portfolio, the Company also considers qualitative factors such as current economic conditions and/or events in specific industries and geographical areas, including unemployment levels, trends in real estate values, peer comparisons, and other pertinent factors such as regulatory guidance. Finally, as appropriate, the Company also considers individual borrower circumstances and the condition, and fair value of the loan collateral, pledged asset and guarantee, if any.

 

16

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

5. Allowance for Loan Losses (cont.)

 

The Company considers the loans backed by collateral, pledged asset and guarantee are of the same importance in determining allowance for loans loss.

 

In addition, the Company calculates the provision amount as below:

 

  1. General Reserve — is based on total loan receivable balance and to be used to cover unidentified probable loan loss.
     
  2. Special Reserve — is fund set aside covering losses due to risks related to a particular country, region, industry, company or type of loans. The reserve rate is decided based on management estimate of loan collectability. The loan portfolio did not include any loans outside of the PRC.

 

Generally, the primary factors for the evaluation of allowance for loan losses consist of business performance, financial position, cash flow and other operational performance of the debtors. Among these, cash flow of the debtors is the primary funding source for repayment for determining the allowance for loan losses and any collateral, pledged asset or guarantee is considered as a secondary funding source for repayment.

 

Besides the repayment ability and willingness to repay, China Lending Group evaluates the allowance for loan losses of collateral backed loans based on whether the fair value of the collateral if the repayment is expected to be provided by the collateral is sufficient or not. For loans with pledged assets, the net realizable value of pledged assets for pledged backed loans will be estimated to see if they have sufficient coverage on the loans. For the guarantee backed loans, China Lending Group evaluates the allowance for loan losses based on the combination of the guarantee including the fair value and net realizable value of guarantor’s financial position, credibility, liquidity and cash flow.

 

As of December 31, 2015, the percentage of collateral, pledged asset, and guarantee backed loans were 16.3%, 50.3% and 33.4% respectively. As of December 31, 2014, the percentage of collateral, pledged asset, and guarantee backed loans were 5.5%, 35.7% and 58.9%, respectively.

 

The valuation assessment of collateral and pledged assets was based on the valuation report issued by a valuation firm or the Company’s internal risk control department. The assets values were generally 50% to 60% of the fair value of collateral and pledged assets. The valuation will be updated for the loan period over one year in case of renewals and repeat customers. However, China Lending Group’s average loan term is less than 7 months, the value of the collateral and pledged assets, and guarantee backing the loans will be reviewed and monitored on a monthly basis through site visits. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, 11.28% and 18.32% of collateral backed and pledged backed loan were under valuation assessment by a valuation firm. The assessment of the remaining loans was performed by the Company’s internal risk control department.

 

China Lending Group issues guarantee-backed loans in accordance with its loan management policy, and each guarantee-backed loan will undergo standard assessment procedures for willingness and ability of the guarantor to perform under its guarantee. China Lending Group accepts guarantees provided by three types of guarantors: professional guarantee companies, corporations and individuals.

 

In assessing the willingness and ability of a professional guarantee company to perform under a guarantee, the Company consider factors including its guarantee licenses, size of registered capital, corporate governance, internal audit system, risk management and compensation system, risk and reserve, length of operation history especially cooperation history with China Lending Group, its default costs and other pertinent factors such as the loan size backed by guarantee over its net assets.

 

In assessing the of willingness and ability of a corporate guarantor to perform under a guarantee, the Company consider factors including nature of its businesses, size of registered capital, annual revenues, continuous profitability in the past three years, stability and adequacy of income and cash flows, clean credit history, current liabilities, willingness to accept credit monitoring by China Lending Group, its default costs and other pertinent factors such as the loan size backed by guarantee over its net assets.

 

17

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

5. Allowance for Loan Losses (cont.)

 

In assessing the willingness and ability of an individual guarantor to perform under a guarantee, the Company consider factors including their residency, whether being able to provide permanent residential addresses, marital status, occupations, legitimacy and stability of incomes, assets and liabilities, clean credit history, no criminal history, their default costs and other pertinent factors such as the loan size backed by guarantee over their net assets.

 

The global economic environment became worse during the past and the current fiscal years. Such economic environment has caused liquidity problem for many companies, which also increased the frequency on defaulting the repayments by debtors, hence the increases of special reserve for loan losses.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, $807,647 and $nil were charged as specific reserve with categories ranged from 5%-25% and 0%, respectively.

 

While management uses the best information available to make loan loss allowance evaluations, adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions or changes in accounting guidance.

 

The following tables present the activity in the allowance for loan losses and related recorded investment in loans receivable by classes of the loans individually and collectively evaluated for impairment as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

    Business loans     Personal loans     Total  
Beginning balance   $ 466,921     $ 863,863     $ 1,330,784  
Charge-offs     (642,178 )           (642,178 )
Write-off in loans sold to a related party (see Note 20)     (32,109 )     (502,986 )     (535,095 )
Provisions     1,311,620       854,490       2,166,110  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     (50,675 )     (60,238 )     (110,913 )
Ending balance     1,053,579       1,155,129       2,208,708  
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment     642,051       165,596       807,647  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 411,528     $ 989,533     $ 1,401,061  

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014

 

    Business loans     Personal loans     Total  
Beginning balance   $ 268,201     $ 482,363     $ 750,564  
Charge-offs                  
Provisions     200,168       384,180       584,348  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     (1,448 )     (2,680 )     (4,128 )
Ending balance     466,921       863,863       1,330,784  
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment                  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 466,921     $ 863,863     $ 1,330,784  

 

6. Loan impairment

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for corporate and personal loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

 

18

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

6. Loan impairment (cont.)

 

An allowance for loan losses is established for an impaired loan if its carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value. Currently, estimated fair values of substantially all of the Company’s impaired loans are measured based on the estimated fair value of the loan’s collateral which approximates to the carrying value due to the short term nature of the loans. The impaired amounts of personal loans were $4,254,664 and $nil as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The impaired amounts of business loans were $10,468,752 and $nil as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

Loans with modified terms are classified as troubled debt restructurings if the Company grants such borrowers concessions and it is deemed that those borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty. Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring generally involve a temporary below market rate reduction in interest rate or an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date. Non-accrual troubled debt restructurings are restored to accrual status if principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six consecutive months after modification. Loans classified as troubled debt restructurings are designated as impaired. Due to the nature of the Company’s operation and the concessions granted, the troubled debt restructuring designation will not be removed until the loan is paid off or otherwise disposed of. The Company reported its first troubled debt restructuring in December 31, 2015. The Company has not removed any loan classified as a troubled debt restructuring from that classification.

 

The Company allows a one-time loan extension based on an ancillary company policy with a period up to the original loan period, which is usually within twelve months. According to the Company’s loan management policy, granting initial one-time extension requires a new underwriting and credit evaluation. Borrowers are required to submit extension application 10 days before expiration of the original loan. Then the company’s loan service department will investigate whether material changes have happened to the borrower’s business which may impact its repayment ability. The company’s risk management department will reevaluate the loan. If the company decides to grant one-time extension, an extension agreement will be executed between the borrower and the company, plus commitment letter from guarantor to agree the loan extension and extend the guarantee duration. In evaluating the extension and underwriting new loans, China Lending Group will request that borrowers obtain guarantees from state-owned or public guarantee companies. Even though the Company allows a one-time loan extension with a period up to the original loan period, which is usually within twelve months. Such extension is not considered to be a troubled debt restructuring because the Company does not grant a concession to borrowers. The principal of the loan remains the same and the interest rate is fixed at the current interest rate at the time of extension. 17 loans of $14.9 million and 9 loans of $10.7 million were granted one-time extension in years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which accounted for 6.3% and 5.24% of total loans made for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

In addition, the troubled debt restructuring amounts of personal loans were $1,035,168 and $nil as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively after providing one-time concession on interest amounting to $26,627 and providing an allowance for loan loss amounting to $26,998. The trouble debt restructuring amounts of business loans were $3,080,857 and $nil as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, after providing one-time concession on interest amounting to $22,175 and providing an allowance for loan loss amounting to $73,129.

 

A loan is considered to be a troubled debt restructuring loan when that is restructured or modified for economic or legal reasons, where these conditions are present: 1) The Company grants a concession that it otherwise would not consider and 2) The borrower is having financial difficulties. Under unusual circumstance, in order to reduce the potential losses on troubled debt, the Company may consider granting concession to borrowers with financial difficulties which has significant delay or significant shortfall in amount of payments. In order to deter troubled debt restructurings, stringent scrutiny and approval from the Company’s Loan Review Committee is required prior to the granting of concession on troubled debt.

 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no receivable derecognized for the real estate related investment obtained from collateral.

 

19

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

7. Property and Equipment

 

The Company’s property and equipment used to conduct day-to-day business are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is calculated using straight-line method over the estimated useful life below:

 

    Useful Life   December 31,  
    years   2015     2014  
Furniture and fixtures   5   $ 4,208     $ 325  
Vehicles   4     143,229       56,145  
Electronic equipment   3     16,256       13,615  
Less: accumulated depreciation         (47,395 )     (50,118 )
Property and equipment, net       $ 116,298     $ 19,967  

 

Depreciation expense totaled $39,415 and $13,366 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

8. COST METHOD INVESTMENT

 

    December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Beginning balance   $     $  
Addition     3,851,071        
Less: impairment loss            
Ending balance   $ 3,851,071     $  

 

In January 2015, the Company made a commitment to invest 5% of the paid-in capital in Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd. (“Microcredit Refinancing”). Microcredit Refinancing is a newly formed micro refinancing company in the PRC with total registered capital of RMB 1,000,000,000 (approximately $154,042,855). As at December 31, 2015, Microcredit Refinancing had paid-in capital of RMB 500,000,000 (approximately $77,021,427), and the Company had invested RMB 25,000,000 (approximately $3,851,071) in Microcredit Refinancing. Such investment is accounted for under the cost method as the Company does not have significant influence over Microcredit Refinancing. The cost of this investment approximated $3,851,071 as of December 31, 2015.

 

An impairment charge is recorded if the carrying amount of the equity investment exceeds its fair value and this condition is determined to be other-than-temporary. The Company performs an impairment test on its cost method investment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, by considering current economic and market conditions, operating performance, development stages and technology development, and engaging an independent third-party valuation firm to estimate the fair value of cost method investment, as appropriate. The Company recorded no impairment charge to the carrying value of its investments under the cost method for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

9. Short-term Bank Loans

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s short-term bank loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

            December 31,     December 31.  
Bank name   Interest rate   Term   2015     2014  
Shanghai Pudong Development Bank   Fixed annual rate of 7.8%   From March 21, 2014 to March 21, 2015   $     $ 3,254,149  
Shanghai Pudong Development Bank   Fixed annual rate of 7.8%   From April 15, 2014 to April 15, 2015           4,067,686  
            $     $ 7,321,835  

 

20

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

9. Short-term Bank Loans (cont.)

 

Interest expense incurred on the above short-term bank loans was $145,400 and $474,342 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The loans were guaranteed by the Company’s investors and related parties. (See Note 20)

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, Feng Hui was granted loans from China Merchants Bank which were entrusted by a former related party of Feng Hui, Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd (“Changhe”), who was an investor of Feng Hui before May 5, 2015. After Changhe ceased to be Feng Hui’s investor, it entrusted Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank to grant Feng Hui more loans. The interest expense incurred on loans provided by Changhe were $347,668 and $98,775 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company repaid all matured bank loans as of December 31, 2015.

 

Lender Name   Entrust Bank Name   Interest Rate   Term   Amount  
Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   China Merchants Bank   Fixed annual rate of 12%   From January 27, 2015 to December 26, 2015   $ 1,605,446  
                     
Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank   Fixed annual rate of 10%   From July 23, 2015 to December 22, 2015   $ 4,013,614  
                     
Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   China Merchants Bank   Fixed annual rate of 12%   From April 11, 2014 to October 10, 2014   $ 1,627,154  

 

The loans granted through China Merchants Bank were guaranteed by the Company’s investors and related parties. (See Note 20)

 

10. Secured LoanS

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s secured loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

            December 31,     December 31,  
Lender name   Interest rate   Term   2015     2014  
China Great Wall Assets Management Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 12%   From August 25, 2014 to August 24, 2015   $     $ 16,156,850  
China Great Wall Assets Management Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 12%   From May 29, 2015 to May 28, 2016     9,365,806        
China Great Wall Assets Management Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 11.5%   From October 29, 2015 to October 28, 2016     15,373,476          
            $ 24,739,282     $ 16,156,850  

 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the secured loan has maturity terms within 1 year. Interest expense incurred on the secured loan was $2,302,136 and $689,393 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

The secured loan was guaranteed by investors of the Company (See Note 20), and Feng Hui pledged $11,830,491 and $3,302,961 loans receivable from its customers as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, to secure these loans for the lender.

 

21

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

11. loans FROM A COST INVESTMENT INVESTEE

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s loans from Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co. Ltd., financing company in which the Company has a cost-basis investment (see Note 8), as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co. Ltd.   $ 15,404,285     $  
                 

The following table summarizes the terms and the December 31, 2015 balances of the Company’s loans from Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.:

 

Lender name   Interest rate   Term   December 31,
2015
 
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 12.0%   From August 10, 2015 to August 9, 2016   $ 770,214  
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 12.0%   From August 24, 2015 to August 23, 2016     770,214  
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 12.0%   From August 25, 2015 to August 24, 2016     3,080,857  
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 12.0%   From September 1, 2015 to August 31, 2016     3,080,857  
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 12.0%   From September 23, 2015 to September 22, 2016     7,702,143  
            $ 15,404,285  

 

Interest expense incurred on the above loans for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $1,101,871. The proceeds from these loans were used to fund Feng Hui’s operations. Feng Hui pledged loans receivable totaled $32,681,732 for these loans as of December 31, 2015, and Feng Hui’s investors provided guarantee for these loans. (See note 20)

 

12. OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

Other current liabilities as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of:

 

    December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Interest payable   $ 551,492     $ 71,771  
Stamp duty payable           2,398  
Accruals     236,701        
Other payables     189,638       126,617  
    $ 977,831     $ 200,786  

 

13. Other Operating Expense

 

Other operating expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of:

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Depreciation and amortization   $ 40,259     $ 13,366  
Guarantee fee     217,725       227,955  
Legal and professional expenses     1,520,930       260,345  
Office related expenses     265,928       447,090  
Travel and entertainment     283,405       107,098  
Rental expense           42,256  
Fees on loans     461,945       251,032  
Total   $ 2,790,192     $ 1,349,142  

 

22

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

14. Employee Retirement Benefit

 

The Company has made employee benefit contribution in accordance with Chinese relevant regulations, including retirement insurance, unemployment insurance, medical insurance, work injury insurance and birth insurance. The Company recorded the contribution in the salary and employee charges when incurred. The contributions made by the Company were $62,793 and $18,134 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

15. Distribution of Profit

 

Feng Hui, the VIE of the Company, declared dividends of RMB 68,000,000 (approximately $11,064,647) for the year ended December 31, 2014 to its investors on February 13, 2015, which were prepaid on January 30, 2015 based on the management account as of December 31, 2014, and RMB 43,000,000 (approximately $6,903,416) for the year ended December 31, 2015 to its investors on January 13, 2016, which were paid on March 10, 2016. According to the Share Exchange Agreement the Company entered into on January 11, 2016 (See Note 23), Feng Hui may not distribute more than 50% of its net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 to its investors.

 

16. COMMON STOCK

 

The Company was established on November 19, 2014 with share capital of $1, which consisted of one share with a par value of $1 per share.

 

On April 14, 2015, the Company redeemed the one share and issued 20,000,000 shares with par value of $0.000000005 per share to various investors that were affiliates of investors of Feng Hui.

 

On December 17, 2015, the Company redeemed 571,428 shares and issued 571,428 with par value of $0.000000005 per share to each of the remaining investors on a pro rata basis.

 

As of December 31, 2015, a list of the Company’s investors and ultimate beneficial owners is as follows:

 

Investor Name   No. of
Shares
    Share
%
    Place of Incorporation   Name of Beneficial Owner (D)=Director
RUIHENG GLOBAL LIMITED     6,093,333       30.4667 %   BVI   QI, Wen (D)
YANGWEI GLOBAL LIMITED     3,390,000       16.9500 %   BVI   LI, Jingping (D)
FAVOUR PLUS GLOBAL LIMITED     1,000,000       5.0000 %   BVI   PAN, Chunju (D) ZHAO, Ming
QIXIANG GLOBAL LIMITED     920,000       4.6000 %   BVI   SHI, Feng (D) FENG, Mengshi
YIMAO ENTERPRISES LIMITED     1,100,000       5.5000 %   BVI   YANG, Zhisan (D) JIANG, Guidong YANG, Yali
JIYI GLOBAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED     1,980,000       9.9000 %   BVI   LIANG, Zandong (D)
CHANGMAN LIMITED     963,333       4.8167 %   BVI   WANG, Qing (D) FENG, Shuangping GUO, Xiaoyan
ZHAN ZHAO LIMITED     1,253,333       6.2667 %   BVI   JIN, Cheng (D) LI, Xincai WANG, Peixiang MA, Shiyao SUN, Ningbo
TAVISTOCK GLOBAL LIMITED     333,334       1.6667 %   BVI   ZHANG, Jianfeng (D)
ZHONG YUN HOLDINGS LIMITED     490,000       2.4500 %   BVI   ZHENG, Yongde (D)
JIEGUAN LIMITED     510,000       2.5500 %   BVI   SHI, Xiaofang (D)
MULTIDEAL LIMITED     1,000,000       5.0000 %   BVI   CHEN, Hong (D)
XINGLIN LIMITED     966,667       4.8333 %   BVI   LIU, Yuanqing (D)
                        YANG, Yaping
TOTAL     20,000,000       100.00 %        

 

23

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

17. Statutory Reserves

 

In accordance with PRC regulations, the subsidiaries and VIE of the Company in the PRC are required to provide a statutory reserve, which is appropriated from net income as reported in the Company’s statutory accounts. The Company is required to allocate 10% of its annual after-tax profit to the statutory reserve until such reserve has reached 50% of its respective registered capital based on the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. The statutory reserves can only be used for specific purposes and are not distributable as cash dividends. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, statutory serves did not reach 50% of the Company’s registered capital.

 

The details of statutory reserves for each PRC subsidiary as set below:

 

As of December 31, 2015

 

    Jing Kai     Ding Xin     Feng Hui  
Registered capital   $ 80,000,000     $ 1,000,000     $ 94,723,963  
After-tax profits for the year           1,732,960       12,508,894  
Statutory reserve           173,296       4,493,958  

 

As of December 31, 2014

 

    Feng Hui  
Registered capital   $ 94,188,868  
After-tax profits for the year     11,313,327  
Statutory reserve     3,243,069  

 

18. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively:

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Net income attributable to the common shareholders   $ 14,119,814     $ 11,313,327  
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding     20,000,000       20,000,000  
Effect of dilutive securities            
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding     20,000,000       20,000,000  
Earnings per share:                
Basic   $ 0.71     $ 0.57  
Diluted   $ 0.71     $ 0.57  

 

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing the net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share were the same as basic earnings per share due to the lack of dilutive items in the Company for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

19. TAXATION

 

ADRIE is incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with zero income tax rate. ADRIE did not generate taxable income in the British Virgin Islands for the period from November 19, 2014 (date of inception) to December 31, 2015.

 

Feng Hui Holding was incorporated in Hong Kong and is subject to Hong Kong profits tax at 16.5%. No provision for Hong Kong income or profit tax has been made as the Company has no assessable profit for the period from February 11, 2015 (date of inception) to December 31, 2015 because the Company has no operation in Hong Kong.

 

24

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

19. TAXATION (cont.)

 

Jing Kai was incorporated in the PRC. Jing Kai did not generate taxable income in the PRC for the period from May 14, 2015 (date of inception) to December 31, 2015.

 

Ding Xin was incorporated in the PRC. Ding Xin generated taxable income in the PRC for the period from May 20, 2015 (date of inception) to December 31, 2015, which is subject to PRC income tax at a rate of 25%.

 

Feng Hui was incorporated in the PRC. Feng Hui generated taxable income in the PRC for the year ended December 31, 2015. As stipulated by the Taxation Law of PRC, Feng Hui is subjected to PRC income tax at a rate of 25%. Feng Hui is a qualified enterprise engaged in industry list of Western Development Strategy and is therefore entitled to preferential tax rate of 15%.

 

The Company evaluates the level of authority for each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measures the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. For the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits.

 

The Company does not anticipate any significant increase to its liability for unrecognized tax benefit within the next 12 months. The Company will classify interest and penalties related to income tax matters, if any, in income tax expense.

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Income tax expense is comprised of:            
Current income tax   $ 3,132,831     $ 2,074,742  
Deferred income tax (benefit)/expense     (274,924 )     18,034  
Total provision for income taxes   $ 2,857,907     $ 2,092,776  

 

Deferred income taxes are recognized for tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements at each year-end and tax loss carryforwards. Deferred income tax was measured using the enacted income tax rates for the periods in which they are expected to be reversed. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the following approximate deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented below:

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Operating loss carryforward   $     $  
Accrued interest receivable     (1,340 )     (1,774 )
Accrued interest payable     82,724        
Allowance for loan losses     121,476        
Accruals     40,580       (19,720 )
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)   $ 243,440     $ (21,494 )

 

The Company had no net operating loss carryforward as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The management considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining the realizability of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2015. Management considered carry back availability, the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income during the reversal periods, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Management also considered recent history of taxable income, trends in the Company’s earnings and tax rate, positive financial ratios, and the impact of the downturn in the current economic environment (including the impact of credit on allowance and provision for loans receivable) of the Company. Based upon its assessment, management believes that a valuation allowance was not necessary as of December 31, 2015.

 

25

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

19. TAXATION (cont.)

 

The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were 16.8% and 15.6%, respectively. The reconciliation between the effective income tax rate and the PRC statutory income tax rate of 15% and 25% respectively are as follows:

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014  
PRC statutory tax rate     25.0 %     25.0 %
Effect of preferential income tax rate     (8.7 )%     (10.0 )%
Effect of different income tax rate in other jurisdictions     0.2 %      
Effect of non-deductible expenses     0.5 %      
Others     (0.1 )%     0.6 %
Effective tax rate     16.9 %     15.6 %

 

The enterprise income tax payable was as follows:

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Income Tax Payable   $ 913,607     $ 1,445,007  
                 

20. Related Party Transactions AND BALANCES

 

1) Nature of relationships with related parties

 

Name   Relationships with the Company
Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Nolde Equity Investment Limited Partnership   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Shuangcheng Equity Investment Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Yongji Commercial Trading Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Shenghe Dairy Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Ruide Lighting Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Puyuan Logistics Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Liu Yuanqing   A non-controlling investor
Guo Xiaoyan   A non-controlling investor
Chen Hong   A non-controlling investor
Zhang Jianfeng   A non-controlling investor
Ma Shiyao   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Xinrui Hongcheng Commercial Trading Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Ronghui Brother Investment Co.; Ltd   A non-controlling investor (until August 28, 2014)
Urumqi Changhe Credit Guarantee Co., Ltd   A non-controlling investor (until May 5, 2015)
Li Jingping   General manager of the Company and a non-controlling investor
Qi Wen   Legal representative of the Company and a non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Xinheng Guarantee Co., Ltd.   A related company of a non-controlling investor (until May 5, 2015)
Liu Shaohua   A management of a non-controlling investor (until May 5, 2015)

 

26

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

20. Related Party Transactions AND BALANCES (cont.)

 

Name   Relationships with the Company
Pan Chunju   A management of a non-controlling investor
Li Yuehua   A management of a non-controlling investor (until August 28, 2014)
Zheng Yongde   A management of a non-controlling investor
Wang Xijuan   A management of a non-controlling investor
Han Guifen   A management of a non-controlling investor
Shi Xiaofang   A management of a non-controlling investor
Liu Peng   A management of a non-controlling investor (until August 28, 2014)
Wang Qing   A management of a non-controlling investor
Li Xincai   A management of a non-controlling investor
Shi Feng   A management of a non-controlling investor
Jin Cheng   A management of a non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Century Lily Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   A related company of a non-controlling investor
Turpan Zhongxin Microfinance Co., Ltd.   A related company of a non-controlling investor
Wujiaqu Zhongyin Huifeng Microfinance Co., Ltd.   A related company of a non-controlling investor
 Xinjiang Fenghui Zhengxin Asset Management Co., Ltd.   A related company of non-controlling investors
Qiao Yonggang   Staff of the Company
Wang Hong   Staff of the Company

 

2) Related party transactions

 

A. Loans to related parties — Loans to the investors and related parties of the Company, and outstanding balances were as follows:

 

    Loans to Related Parties During the Years Ended December 31,     Loans Receivable from Related Parties As Of December 31,  
Related Party Name   2015     2014     2015     2014  
                         
Pan Chunju   $     $ 3,286,851     $     $ 976,245  
Han Guifen     1,284,357       1,627,154             1,627,075  
Shi Xiaofang           2,814,976             2,814,839  
Wang Qing           1,537,660              
Li Xincai           1,627,154             1,627,075  
Shi Feng           1,627,154             1,627,075  
Wang Hong     1,160,737             1,113,730        
Li Yuehua           2,349,610             2,349,496  
Liu Peng           1,301,723             1,301,660  
    $ 2,445,094     $ 16,172,282     $ 1,113,730     $ 12,323,465  

 

Interest income derived from the above loans to related parties were $531,559 and $1,159,974 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These loans were made in the normal course of the Company’s lending operation. The interest rates on the above loans ranged between 19.44% and 21.36% and 10% and 24% for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, a general allowance for loan losses of $11,137 and $123,235 was provided for the loans receivable from related parties.

 

27

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

20. Related Party Transactions AND BALANCES (cont.)

 

B. Loans from a related party — Loans from a former investor of Feng Hui that were outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

Creditor   Entrust Bank Name   Interest Rate   Term   Amount  
Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   China Merchants Bank   Fixed annual rate of 12%   From January 27, 2015 to December 26, 2015   $ 1,605,446  
                     
Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   China Merchants Bank   Fixed annual rate of 12%   From April 11, 2014 to October 10, 2014   $ 1,627,154  

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, China Merchants Bank granted Feng Hui loans which were entrusted by a former related party of Feng Hui, Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd (“Changhe”), who was an investor of Feng Hui before May 5, 2015. The interest expense incurred on loans provided by Changhe when it was an investor of Feng Hui was $61,542 and $98,775 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company repaid all matured bank loans as of December 31, 2015. These loans were guaranteed by Qi Wen, Li Jingping and Xinjiang Xinheng Guarantee Co., Ltd.

 

C. Guarantees

 

–        Guarantees of the loans receivable of the Company provided by investors and related parties of the Company, and outstanding balances were as follows:

    For the Year Ended
December 31,
    December 31,     December 31,  
Investors and related parties   2015     2014     2015     2014  
Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.   $ 37,899,756     $ 17,270,612     $ 30,357,225     $ 17,269,769  
Xinjiang Nolde Equity Investment Limited Partnership           5,154,824             4,772,210  
Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.     6,132,802       12,366,370       585,363       3,579,564  
Xinjiang Shuangcheng Equity Investment Co., Ltd.           3,132,271              
Xinjiang Yongji Commercial Trading Co., Ltd.     16,452,607       8,965,618       12,474,390       8,965,181  
Xinjiang Shenghe Dairy Co., Ltd.     2,408,169       8,542,558             4,799,870  
Xinjiang Ruide Lighting Co., Ltd.     2,729,258       7,354,736             7,354,377  
Li Jingping           12,870,788             1,073,869  
Liu Yuanqing     321,089       146,444              
Qi Wen     907,077       7,395,415       870,342       7,395,054  
Xinjiang XinruiHongcheng Commercial Trading Co., Ltd.           3,498,381             3,498,210  
Xinjiang Xinheng Guarantee Co., Ltd.           13,098,589             12,284,413  
Xinjiang Century Lily Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.     10,226,689             2,649,537        
Turpan Zhongxin Microfinance Co., Ltd.     6,646,545             1,848,514        
Wujiaqu Zhongyin Huifeng Microfinance Co., Ltd.     8,508,862             2,507,818        
Qiao Yonggang     481,634                    
Li Xincai     2,568,713               2,464,686          
Jin Cheng     1,160,737               1,113,730          
    $ 96,443,938     $ 99,796,606     $ 54,871,605     $ 70,992,517  

 

28

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

20. Related Party Transactions AND BALANCES (cont.)

 

–        Guarantees of the short-term bank loans of the Company provided by the Company’s investors were as follows:

 

Bank name   Loan amount   Term   Investors and related parties
Shanghai Pudong Development Bank   $ 3,254,149   From March 21, 2014 to March 21, 2015   Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.
              Qi Wen
              Li Jingping
Shanghai Pudong Development Bank   $ 4,067,686   From April 15, 2014 to April 15, 2015   Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.
              Qi Wen
              Li Jingping
    $ 7,321,835        

 

–        Guarantees of the secured loans and loans from a cost investment investee of the Company provided by investors and related parties of the Company were as follows:

 

Lender name   Loan amount   Term   Investors and related parties
China Great Wall Assets Management Co. Ltd.   $ 16,156,850   From August 25, 2014 to August 24, 2015   Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.
              Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.
              Qi Wen
China Great Wall Assets Management Co. Ltd.   $ 9,365,806   From May 22, 2015 to May 21, 2016   Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.
              Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.
              Qi Wen
              Li Jingping
              Zhao Ming
China Great Wall Assets Management Co. Ltd.   $ 15,373,476   From October 29, 2015 to October 28, 2016   Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.
              Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.
              Qi Wen
              Li Jingping
              Zhao Ming
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 770,214   From August 10, 2015 to August 9, 2016   Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 770,214   From August 24, 2015 to August 23, 2016   Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 3,080,857   From August 25, 2015 to August 24, 2016   Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 3,080,857   From September 1, 2015 to August 31, 2016   Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 7,702,143   From September 23, 2015 to September 22, 2016   Qi Wen
              Li Jing Ping
    $ 56,300,417        

 

29

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

20. Related Party Transactions AND BALANCES (cont.)

 

D. Amount due from a related party

 

The following is a summary of amounts due from related parties as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2014  
Xinjiang Feng Hui Zhengxin Assets Management Co., Limited   $ 1,653,839     $  
                 

E. Sale of loans receivable to a related party

 

On November 26, 2015, the Company sold loan receivables totaling RMB 56,100,000 (approximately $9,006,000) to Xinjiang Feng Hui Zhengxin Assets Management Co., Limited (“Zhengxin”) for RMB 56,100,000 (approximately 9,006,000) without recourse and received in return fixed cash payments totaling RMB 45,363,776 (approximately $7,282,000) as of December 31, 2015. The fair value of loan receivables at the time sold was RMB 52,767,000 (approximately $8,471,000) and the Company has recognized a capital gain of RMB 3,333,000 (approximately $535,000) in additional paid-in capital. As of December 31, 2015, the outstanding amount due from Zhengxin was RMB 10,736,224 (approximately $1,654,000), which was received from Zhengxin in January 2016.

 

21. Concentration of Credit Risks

 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company held cash of $6,732,601 and $116,132, respectively, that was uninsured by the government authority. To limit exposure to credit risk relating to deposits, the Company primarily places cash deposits only with large financial institutions in the PRC with acceptable credit ratings.

 

The Company’s operations are carried out in the PRC. Accordingly, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be influenced by the political, economic and legal environments in the PRC as well as by the general state of the PRC’s economy. The business may be influenced by changes in governmental policies with respect to laws and regulations, anti-inflationary measures, currency conversion and remittance abroad, and rates and methods of taxation, among other things.

 

No customer accounted for more than 10% of total loan balance as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

22. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Operating lease

 

The Company did not have any operating lease as of December 31, 2015.

 

Legal proceedings

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Company was involved in four lawsuits with its loan customers for the claim of delinquent balances of $5.34 million. These cases have been adjudicated by the Court in favor of the Company and one of these cases with an aggregated claim of $92,426 is in the process of enforcement. The remaining three cases with an aggregated claim of $5.25 million have not been settled.

 

30

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

23. Subsequent Event

 

Contingencies

 

During the period from January 1, 2016 to the date of this report, the Company was involved in one lawsuit, which is related to its loan business. The Company initiated legal proceedings to collect delinquent loan balance from the borrowers. The case with an aggregated claim of $2.66 million still at the initial stage of the litigation and remain unresolved.

 

Merger acquisition

 

On January 11, 2016, Adrie Global Holdings Limited, the shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited, Li Jingping, as representative of the shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited, DT Asia Investments Limited (“DT Asia”) and DeTiger Holdings Limited, as the representative of the shareholders of DT Asia, entered into a Share Exchange Agreement pursuant to which, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, DT Asia will effect an acquisition of Adrie Global Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries by acquiring from the shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited, all outstanding interests of Adrie Global Holdings Limited for a purchase price of $200 million. In exchange for all of the shares of Adrie Global Holdings Limited, DT Asia will issue 20 million ordinary shares, with eight million of such shares (the “Escrow Shares”) being held in escrow and subject to forfeiture (1) should the post-combination company fail after the closing to meet certain minimum financial performance targets or (2) as a result of indemnification claims by DT Asia. One-third of the Escrow Shares shall be released upon the post-combination company obtaining certain specified adjusted consolidated net income targets in each of the calendar years 2016, 2017 and 2018.

 

Immediately following the closing of the exchange, the board of directors of the post-combination company will consist of five directors, three of whom shall be designated by Adrie Global Holdings Limited and two shall be designated by DT Asia. The exchange will be accounted for as a “reverse acquisition” since, immediately following completion of the transaction, the shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited immediately prior to the exchange will have effective control of Adrie Global Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries, the post-combination company, through its ____% ownership interest in the combined entity, assuming no further share redemptions following the DT Asia special meeting of shareholders held on March 31, 2016, described below (or 80.8%, in the event of $69.9 million of share redemptions), and its designation of all of the senior executive positions. For accounting purposes, Adrie Global Holdings Limited will be deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the transaction and, consequently, the transaction will be treated as a recapitalization of Adrie Global Holdings Limited ( i.e. , a capital transaction involving the issuance of shares by DT Asia for the shares of Adrie Global Holdings Limited). Accordingly, the consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations of Adrie Global Holdings Limited will become the historical financial statements of Adrie Global Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries, and DT Asia’s assets, liabilities and results of operations will be consolidated with Adrie Global Holdings Limited beginning on the acquisition date. No step-up in basis or intangible assets or goodwill will be recorded in this transaction.

 

The obligation of the parties to complete the exchange is subject to the fulfillment of certain, customary closing conditions, including the approval of the Share Exchange Agreement by a majority of the shareholders of DT Asia Investments Limited, the expiration or termination of the regulatory waiting periods, that upon closing DT Asia Investments Limited has at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets, the execution of a registration rights agreement and lock-up, non-competition, non-solicitation agreements and the sale of an aggregate of $24 million of DT Asia Investments Limited’s Series A preferred stock in a private placement to certain investors.

 

31

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2015 AND 2014

 

23. Subsequent Event (cont.)

 

Special Meeting Approving Extension

 

At DT Asia’s special meeting of shareholders held on March 31, 2016, DT Asia’s shareholders approved a proposal to extend the date before which DT Asia must complete the exchange from April 6, 2016 to July 6, 2016 (the “Extension”). In connection with the special meeting, 5,255,657 of DT Asia’s ordinary shares not held by DeTiger Holdings Limited and other DT Asia affiliates (the “public shares”) (approximately 77% of the outstanding public shares) were validly presented to DT Asia for redemption.

 

The Extension is subject to the receipt by DT Asia from DeTiger Holdings Limited of approximately $96,000 (the “Contribution”). The Contribution is equal to $0.06 for each of the 1,604,406 public shares of DT Asia that were not redeemed in connection with the Extension and which will be deposited into DT Asia’s trust account for the benefit of holders of the remaining public shares. If DeTiger Holdings Limited does not make the Contribution, DT Asia will abandon the Extension and redeem all public shares for their pro rata portions of the funds currently in the trust account and, promptly following such redemption, dissolve and liquidate. After receipt of the Contribution and redemption of the public shares in connection with the Extension, the pro rata portion of the funds available in the trust account for the public shares that were not redeemed in connection with the Extension will increase from approximately $10.20 per share to approximately $10.26 per share.”

 

32

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
cONSOLIDATED Balance Sheets

 

    March 31,
2016
    December 31, 2015  
    (Unaudited)        
ASSETS            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 572,581     $ 6,732,601  
Loans receivable – third parties, net of allowance for loan losses of $4,034,840 and $$2,197,571 at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively     144,934,056       137,602,481  
Loans receivable – related parties, net of allowance for loan losses of $11,210 and $11,137 at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively     1,109,825       1,102,593  
Interest and fee receivable     753,804       673,626  
Cost method investment     3,876,330       3,851,071  
Property and equipment, net     113,777       116,298  
Deferred tax assets     475,222       243,440  
Amount due from a related party           1,653,839  
Other assets     679,986       374,387  
Total Assets   $ 152,515,581     $ 152,350,336  
                 
LIABILITIES AND INVESTORS’ EQUITY                
Liabilities                
Short-term bank loans   $ 5,426,861     $  
Loans from a cost investment investee     15,505,318       15,404,285  
Secured loan     21,800,478       24,739,282  
Dividends payable           6,623,843  
Taxes payable     1,328,607       1,235,241  
Other current liabilities     674,776       977,831  
Total liabilities   $ 44,736,040     $ 48,980,482  
                 
Investors’ Equity                
Common Stock (par value $0.00000005 per share, 20,000,000 shares authorized; 20,000,000 and 20,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively)   $ 1     $ 1  
Additional paid-in capital     94,723,963       94,723,963  
Statutory reserves     4,667,254       4,667,254  
Retained earnings     9,752,821       6,064,526  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (1,364,498 )     (2,085,890 )
Total Investors’ Equity     107,779,541       103,369,854  
Total Liabilities and Investors’ Equity   $ 152,515,581     $ 152,350,336  

 

See notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

Certain of the assets of the VIEs can be used only to settle obligations of the consolidated VIEs. Conversely, liabilities recognized as a result of consolidating these VIEs do not represent additional claims on the Company’s general assets.

 

33

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
CONSOLIDATED Statements of INCOME and Comprehensive Income

 

    For The Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2016     2015  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
Interest income            
Interests and fees on loans   $ 8,612,548     $ 5,696,296  
Interests and fees on loans-related parties     51,262       534,170  
Interests on deposits with banks     2,276       1,408  
Total interest and fee income     8,666,086       6,231,874  
                 
Interest expense                
Interest expenses on short-term bank loans     (124,619 )     (135,162 )
Interest expenses and fees on secured loan     (723,502 )     (484,832 )
Interest expenses on loans from related parties           (34,638 )
Interest expenses on loans from a cost investment investee     (463,777 )     (35,263 )
Total interest expense     (1,311,898 )     (689,895 )
                 
Provision for loan losses     (1,797,465 )     22,013  
Net Interest Income     5,556,723       5,563,992  
                 
Non-interest income     95       13,393  
                 
Non-interest expense                
Salaries and employee surcharge     (233,638 )     (130,355 )
Business taxes and surcharge     (371,475 )     (350,069 )
Other operating expenses     (344,738 )     (393,547 )
Total non-interest expense     (949,756 )     (873,971 )
                 
Income Before Tax     4,606,967       4,703,414  
Income tax expense     (918,672 )     (863,554 )
Net Income   $ 3,688,295     $ 3,839,860  
                 
Other comprehensive income                
Foreign currency translation adjustments     721,392       435,455  
Comprehensive Income   $ 4,409,687     $ 4,275,315  
                 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted     20,000,000       20,000,000  
Earnings per share – Basic and diluted   $ 0.18     $ 0.19  

 

See notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

34

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
CONSOLIDATED Statements of Cash Flows

 

    For The Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2016     2015  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:            
Net income   $ 3,688,295     $ 3,839,860  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                
Depreciation     8,965       9,324  
Gain on disposal of property and equipment           (13,149 )
Deferred tax (benefit)/expenses     (226,979 )     13,968  
Provisions/(reversals) for loan losses     1,797,465       (22,013 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Interest and fee receivable     (74,705 )     (569,845 )
Amount due from a related party     1,641,499        
Other assets     (182,930 )     111,022  
Taxes payable     84,075       (1,040,820 )
Other current liabilities     (305,160 )     17,906  
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities     6,430,525       2,346,253  
                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:                
Originated loans disbursement     (83,221,466 )     (78,756,266 )
Repayment of loans from customers     75,084,474       80,957,585  
Purchase of property and equipment     (5,727 )     (151,325 )
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment           29,295  
Payment for a cost method investment           (4,068,746 )
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities     (8,142,719 )     (1,989,457 )
                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:                
Proceeds from short-term bank borrowings     5,351,273       4,068,746  
Repayment of short-term bank borrowings           (7,323,742 )
Repayment of secured loan     (3,057,870 )      
Proceeds from loans from a cost investment investee           9,764,989  
Payments of dividends     (6,574,421 )     (5,725,461 )
Net Cash (Used in)/ Provided by Financing Activities     (4,281,018 )     784,532  
                 
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents     (166,808 )     4,923  
                 
Net (Decrease)/ Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents     (6,160,020 )     1,146,251  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period     6,732,601       116,132  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period   $ 572,581     $ 1,262,383  
                 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information                
Cash paid for interest expense   $ 1,316,771     $ 656,397  
Cash paid for income tax   $ 479,913     $ 1,412,781  

 

See notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

35

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited (“ADRIE,” and together with its subsidiaries and variable interest entity (“VIE”) the “Company”), was incorporated under the laws of British Virgin Islands on November 19, 2015. The Company, through its subsidiaries and VIE engages in the business of providing loan facilities to micro, small and medium sized enterprises and sole proprietors in Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region (“Xinjiang Province”) of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”).

 

On February 11, 2015, ADRIE incorporated China Feng Hui Financial Holding Group Co., Limited (“Feng Hui Holding”) in Hong Kong with registered capital of HKD 1. Feng Hui Holding operates through two wholly-owned subsidiaries: Xinjiang Feng Hui Jing Kai Direct Lending Limited (“Jing Kai”) and Feng Hui Ding Xin (Beijing) Financial Consulting Co., Limited (“Ding Xin”).

 

On May 14, 2015, Feng Hui Holdings established Jing Kai under the laws of the PRC with registered capital of $80,000,000. Feng Hui Holding has no operations of its own to date.

 

On May 20, 2015, Feng Hui Holding established Ding Xin with registered capital of $1,000,000. Ding Xin is engaged in the business of financial consulting services.

 

Urumqi Feng Hui Direct Lending Limited (“Feng Hui”) is a company established under the laws of the PRC on June 12, 2009, and its investors as of March 31, 2016 consisted of nine PRC companies and seven PRC individuals. Feng Hui is a microcredit company primarily engaged in providing direct loan services to small-to-medium sized enterprises, farmers and individuals in Xinjiang Province, PRC.

 

In accordance with US GAAP, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the variable interest holder (e.g., a contractual counterparty or capital provider) deemed to have the controlling financial interest(s) in the VIE. The primary beneficiary is the reporting entity (or member of a related party group) that has both of the following characteristics:

 

a)       The power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance; and

 

b)       The obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

 

Currently, Feng Hui is consolidated as a VIE of Ding Xin by a series of VIE Agreements with Ding Xin.

 

Contractual Arrangements between Ding Xin, Feng Hui, and Feng Hui’s Shareholders

 

On July 16, 2015, Ding Xin, Feng Hui and/or Feng Hui’s shareholders have executed the following agreements and instruments, pursuant to which China Lending Group, through its subsidiary Ding Xin, controls Feng Hui: Share Pledge Agreement, Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Exclusive Option Agreement and Power of Attorney (“VIE Agreements”). Each of the VIE Agreements is described below, and became effective upon their execution therein.

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

Pursuant to the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement between Feng Hui and Ding Xin, Ding Xin provides Feng Hui with comprehensive business support, technical services and consulting services relating to its day-to-day business operations and management, on an exclusive basis.

 

For services rendered to Feng Hui by Ding Xin under this agreement, Ding Xin is entitled to collect a service fee calculated based on the complexity, required time, contents and commercial value of the consulting services provided by Ding Xin. Ding Xin will calculate and sum up the service fees and correspondingly issue a notice to Feng Hui. Feng Hui will pay such service fees to the bank accounts as designated by Ding Xin within 10 working days from the receipt of such notice.

 

36

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

 

The Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement shall remain in effect for five years unless it is terminated by Ding Xin at its discretion with 30-days prior notice. Feng Hui does not have the right to terminate the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement unilaterally. Ding Xin may at its discretion unilaterally extend the term of the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement. This agreement grants Ding Xin the position as the primary beneficiary who is entitled to absorb losses and to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to Feng Hui.

 

Share Pledge Agreement

 

Under the Share Pledge Agreement between the Feng Hui shareholders and Ding Xin, the 16 Feng Hui shareholders pledged all of their equity interests in Feng Hui to Ding Xin to guarantee the secured indebtedness caused by failure of performance of Feng Hui’s and the Feng Hui shareholders’ obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Exclusive Option Agreement and Power of Attorney. Under the terms of the Share Pledge Agreement, any dividend or bonus received by Feng Hui in respect of the Pledged Equity shall be deposited into an account designated by Ding Xin. The Feng Hui shareholders also agreed that upon occurrence of any event of default, as set forth in the Share Pledge Agreement, Ding Xin is entitled to dispose of the pledged equity interest in accordance with applicable PRC laws. The Feng Hui shareholders further agreed not to dispose of the pledged equity interests or take any actions that would prejudice Ding Xin’s interest.

 

The Share Pledge Agreement shall be effective until all obligations under the other VIE Agreements have been performed by Feng Hui, when the VIE Agreements are terminated or when the secured indebtedness has been satisfied in full. Under the terms of the agreement, in the event that Feng Hui or its investors breach their respective contractual obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Ding Xin, as pledgee, will be entitled to certain rights, including, but not limited to, the right to collect dividends generated by the pledged equity interests and absorbs expected losses. This agreement grants Ding Xin the position as the primary beneficiary who is entitled to absorb losses and to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to Feng Hui.

 

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

Under the Exclusive Option Agreement, the Feng Hui shareholders irrevocably granted Ding Xin (or its designee) an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, once or at multiple times, at any time, part or all of their equity interests in Feng Hui. The option price is equal to the lowest price permissible by PRC laws.

 

The Exclusive Option Agreement will remain effective for a term of five years and may be renewed at Ding Xin’s discretion.

 

Power of Attorney

 

Under the Power of Attorney, each Feng Hui shareholder authorized Ding Xin to act on the shareholder’s behalf as his, her or its exclusive agent and attorney with respect to all rights as a shareholder of Feng Hui, under PRC laws and the Articles of Association of Feng Hui, including but not limited to attending shareholder meetings and voting to approve the sale or transfer or pledge or disposition of shares in part or in whole or to designate and appoint the legal representative, directors, and supervisors of Feng Hui. When Ding Xin executes such shareholders’ rights, it should obtain all the current Ding Xin directors’ approval by the resolution of board of directors.

 

The Power of Attorney shall be continuously valid with respect to each Feng Hui shareholder from the date of execution of the Power of Attorney, so long as such Feng Hui shareholder is a shareholder of Feng Hui. Ding Xin is entitled to terminate the Power of Attorney unilaterally at its discretion by the written notice to Feng Hui.

 

The effective period of the VIE agreements is from July 16, 2015 to July 15, 2020. The VIE agreements can be renewed by written confirmation by Ding Xin to Feng Hui before their expiration. The extension length can be decided by Ding Xin solely. Once renewed, all the aforesaid agreed terms shall be unconditionally accepted by Feng Hui. Each VIE agreement can only be terminated if all parties thereto agree in writing to terminate the VIE agreement or if Ding Xin delivers to Feng Hui a notice of termination at least 30 days in advance of the termination effective date. Feng Hui has no right to terminate the VIE agreements unilaterally. Under this agreement, Ding Xin processes the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the Feng Hui’s economic performance.

 

37

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

 

Upon a series of VIE Agreements, currently, substantially all of ADRIE’s consolidated assets are held, and its consolidated revenues and income are generated, by Feng Hui, its consolidated variable interest entity that is controlled by contractual arrangements. Feng Hui is based in Urumqi, the capital city and business hub of Xinjiang Province, and most of Feng Hui’s lending activities are to enterprises and individual proprietors based there. The consolidated VIE’s assets may be used as collateral for the VIE’s obligation and the creditors of consolidated VIE have no recourse to the general credit of the primary beneficiary.

 

As of March 31, 2016, the group structure of Adrie Group is as follow:

 

 

Unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 included ADRIE, Feng Hui Holding, Jin Kai, Ding Xin and Feng Hui. The unaudited balance sheets as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the unaudited statements of income and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 were retrospectively adjusted to furnish comparative information, and included Feng Hui Holding, Jin Kai, Ding Xin and Feng Hui. ADRIE recognized the acquired entities’ assets and liabilities at their carrying amounts in the accounts of the acquired entities at the date of the capital transaction under common control. After the completion of the capital transactions, the group mainly conducts business through Feng Hui. The number of shares in the computation of earnings per share has been retrospectively stated to reflect that 20,000,000 shares were issued and outstanding as of the beginning of each year.

 

Merger acquisition

 

On January 11, 2016, Adrie Global Holdings Limited, the shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited, Li Jingping, as representative of the shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited, DT Asia Investments Limited (“DT Asia”) and DeTiger Holdings Limited, as the representative of the shareholders of DT Asia, entered into a Share Exchange Agreement pursuant to which, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, DT Asia will effect an acquisition of Adrie Global Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries by acquiring from the shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited, all outstanding interests of Adrie Global Holdings Limited for a purchase price of $200 million. In exchange for all of the shares of Adrie Global Holdings Limited, DT Asia will issue 20 million ordinary shares, with eight million of such shares (the “Escrow Shares”) being held in escrow and subject to forfeiture (1) should the post-combination company fail after the closing to meet certain minimum financial performance targets or (2) as a result of indemnification claims by DT Asia. One-third of the Escrow Shares shall be released upon the post-combination company obtaining certain specified adjusted consolidated net income targets in each of the calendar years 2016, 2017 and 2018.

 

38

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

 

Immediately following the closing of the exchange, the board of directors of the post-combination company will consist of five directors, three of whom shall be designated by Adrie Global Holdings Limited and two shall be designated by DT Asia. The exchange will be accounted for as a “reverse acquisition” since, immediately following completion of the transaction, the shareholders of Adrie Global Holdings Limited immediately prior to the exchange will have effective control of Adrie Global Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries, the post-combination company, through its 81.6% ownership interest in the combined entity, assuming no further share redemptions following the DT Asia special meeting of shareholders held on March 31, 2016, described below (or 87.3%, in the event of 1,604,406 shares redemptions), and its designation of all of the senior executive positions. For accounting purposes, Adrie Global Holdings Limited will be deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the transaction and, consequently, the transaction will be treated as a recapitalization of Adrie Global Holdings Limited (i.e., a capital transaction involving the issuance of shares by DT Asia for the shares of Adrie Global Holdings Limited). Accordingly, the consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations of Adrie Global Holdings Limited will become the historical financial statements of Adrie Global Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries, and DT Asia’s assets, liabilities and results of operations will be consolidated with Adrie Global Holdings Limited beginning on the acquisition date. No step-up in basis or intangible assets or goodwill will be recorded in this transaction.

 

The obligation of the parties to complete the exchange is subject to the fulfillment of certain, customary closing conditions, including the approval of the Share Exchange Agreement by a majority of the shareholders of DT Asia Investments Limited, the expiration or termination of the regulatory waiting periods, that upon closing DT Asia Investments Limited has at least $5,000,001 in net tangible assets, the execution of a registration rights agreement and lock-up, non-competition, non-solicitation agreements and the sale of an aggregate of $24 million of DT Asia Investments Limited’s Series A preferred stock in a private placement to certain investors.

 

Special Meeting Approving Extension

 

At DT Asia’s special meeting of shareholders held on March 31, 2016, DT Asia’s shareholders approved a proposal to extend the date before which DT Asia must complete the exchange from April 6, 2016 to July 6, 2016 (the “Extension”). In connection with the special meeting, 5,255,657 of DT Asia’s ordinary shares not held by DeTiger Holdings Limited and other DT Asia affiliates (the “public shares”) (approximately 77% of the outstanding public shares) were validly presented to DT Asia for redemption.

 

The Extension is subject to the receipt by DT Asia from DeTiger Holdings Limited of approximately $96,000 (the “Contribution”). The Contribution is equal to $0.06 for each of the 1,604,406 public shares of DT Asia that were not redeemed in connection with the Extension and which will be deposited into DT Asia’s trust account for the benefit of holders of the remaining public shares. If DeTiger Holdings Limited does not make the Contribution, DT Asia will abandon the Extension and redeem all public shares for their pro rata portions of the funds currently in the trust account and, promptly following such redemption, dissolve and liquidate. After receipt of the Contribution and redemption of the public shares in connection with the Extension, the pro rata portion of the funds available in the trust account for the public shares that were not redeemed in connection with the Extension will increase from approximately $10.20 per share to approximately $10.26 per share.”

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of presentation

 

The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and VIE are prepared and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

39

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

The interim financial information as of March 31, 2016 and for three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 have been prepared without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and pursuant to Regulation S-X. Certain information and footnote disclosures, which are normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, have been omitted pursuant to those rules and regulations. The interim consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto, included in the Company’s audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

 

In the opinion of management, all adjustments (which include normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2016, its results of operations and its cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, as applicable, have been made. The unaudited interim results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full fiscal year or any future periods.

 

The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its VIE and subsidiaries, including the wholly-foreign owned enterprises (“WFOEs”).

 

All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank deposits with original maturities of three months or less, which are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use the Company maintained accounts at banks and have not experienced any losses from such concentrations.

 

Loans receivable, net

 

Loans receivable primarily represent loan amount due from customers. Loans receivable are recorded at unpaid principal balances and allowance that reflects the Company’s best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected. The loans receivable portfolio consists of corporate loans and personal loans (See Note 4).

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is increased by charges to income and decreased by charge offs (net of recoveries). Recoveries represent subsequent collection of amounts previously charged-off. The increase in allowance for loan losses is the netting effect of “reversal” and “provision” for both business and personal loans. If the ending balance of the allowance for loan losses after any charge offs (net of recoveries) is less than the beginning balance, it will be recorded as a “reversal”; if it is larger, it will be recorded as a “provision” in the allowance for loan loss. The netting amount of the “reversal” and the “provision” is presented in the statements of income and comprehensive income

 

The Company recognizes a charge-off when management determines that full repayment of a loan is not probable. The primary factor in making that determination is the potential outcome of a lawsuit against the delinquent debtor. The Company will recognize a charge-off when the Company loses contact with the delinquent borrower for more than nine months or when the court rules against the Company to seize the collateral asset of the delinquent debt from either the guarantor or borrower. In addition, when the recoverability of the delinquent debt is highly unlikely, the senior management team will go through a stringent procedure to approve a charge-off.

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level believed to be reasonable by management to absorb probable losses inherent in the portfolio as of each balance sheet date. The allowance is based on factors such as the size and current risk characteristics of the portfolio, an assessment of individual loans and actual loss, delinquency, and/or risk rating record within the portfolio (Note 5). The Company evaluates its allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis or more often as necessary.

 

40

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

Interest and fee receivable

 

Interest and fee receivable are accrued and credited to income as earned but not received. The Company determines a loan past due status by the number of days that have elapsed since a borrower has failed to make a contractual interest or principal payment. Accrual of interest is generally discontinued when either (i) reasonable doubt exists as to the full, timely collection of interest or principal or (ii) when a loan interest or principal becomes past due by more than 90 days. Additionally, any previously accrued but uncollected interest is reversed. Subsequent recognition of income occurs only to the extent payment is received, subject to management’s assessment of the collectability of the remaining interest and principal. Loans are generally restored to an accrual status when it is no longer delinquent and collectability of interest and principal is no longer in doubt and past due interest is recognized at that time.

 

Cost method investment

 

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 325-20, “Investments-Other: Cost Method Investments” (“ASC 325-20”), the Company carries the cost method investments at cost and only adjusts for other-than-temporary impairment and distributions of earnings. Management regularly evaluates the impairment of the cost method investments based on performance and financial position of the investee as well as other evidence of market value. Such evaluation includes, but is not limited to, reviewing the investee’s cash position, recent financing, projected and historical financial performance, cash flow forecasts and financing needs.

 

Property and equipment

 

The property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The depreciation is computed on a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets with 5% salvage value. Estimated useful lives of property and equipment are stated in Note 7.

 

The Company eliminates the cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or otherwise retired from the accounts and includes any gain or loss in the statement of income. The Company charges maintenance, repairs and minor renewals directly to expenses as incurred; major additions and betterment to equipment are capitalized.

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

The Company applies the provisions of ASC No. 360 Subtopic 10, “Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“ASC 360-10”) issued by the FASB. ASC 360-10 requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable through the estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. Whenever any such impairment exists, an impairment loss will be recognized for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value.

 

The Company tests long-lived assets, including property and equipment and finite lived intangible assets, for impairment at least annually or more frequently upon the occurrence of an event or when circumstances indicate that the net carrying amount is greater than its fair value. Assets are grouped and evaluated at the lowest level for their identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. The Company considers historical performance and future estimated results in its evaluation of potential impairment and then compares the carrying amount of the asset to the future estimated cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds estimated expected undiscounted future cash flows, the Company measures the amount of impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to its fair value. The estimation of fair value is generally measured by discounting expected future cash flows as the rate the Company utilizes to evaluate potential investments. The Company estimates fair value based on the information available in making whatever estimates, judgments and projections are considered necessary. There were no impairment losses in the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

41

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

Fair values of financial instruments

 

ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments” (“Topic 825”), requires disclosure of fair value information of financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheets, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instruments. Topic 825 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial assets and liabilities from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

 

Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

 

Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value.

 

As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, financial instruments of the Company were primarily comprised of cash, loans receivable, accrued interest receivables, cost method investment, other receivables, short-term bank loans, secured loans and loans from a cost investment investee, deposits payables and accrued expenses, which were carried at cost on the balance sheets, and carrying amounts approximated their fair values because of their generally short maturities.

 

Foreign currency translation and transactions

 

The reporting currency of the Company is United States Dollars (“$”), which is also the Company’s functional currency. The PRC subsidiaries and VIE maintain their books and records in its local currency, the Renminbi Yuan (“RMB”), which is their functional currencies as being the primary currency of the economic environment in which these entities operate.

 

Transactions in foreign currencies other than functional currencies are initially recorded at the functional currency rate ruling at the date of transaction. Any differences between the initially recorded amount and the settlement amount are recorded as a gain or loss on foreign currency transaction in the statements of income. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are translated at the functional currency rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Any differences are taken to profit or loss as a gain or loss on foreign currency translation in the statements of income.

 

In accordance with ASC Topic 830, “Foreign Currency Matters,” the Company translated the assets and liabilities into US dollars using the rate of exchange prevailing at the applicable balance sheet date and the statements of income and cash flows are translated at an average rate during the reporting period, as set forth in the following tables. Adjustments resulting from the translation are recorded in investors’ equity as part of accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

    March 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
    (Unaudited)        
Balance sheet items, except for equity accounts     6.4494       6.4917  

 

42

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

    For The Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2016     2015  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
Items in the statements of income and comprehensive income, and statements of cash flows     6.5405       6.1444  

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, management reviews these estimates using the currently available information. Changes in facts and circumstances may cause the Company to revise its estimates. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the financial statements include: (i) the allowance for loan losses; (ii) accrual of estimated liabilities; (iii) contingencies and litigation; and (iv) deferred tax liabilities and assets.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, service has been performed, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured, on the following:

 

1)       Interest income on loans. Interest on loan receivables is accrued monthly in accordance with their contractual terms and recorded in accrued interest receivable. The Company does not charge prepayment penalty from customers. Additionally, any previously accrued but uncollected interest is reversed and accrual is discontinued, when either (i) reasonable doubt exists as to the full, timely collection of interest or principal or (ii) when a loan becomes past due by more than 90 days.

 

2)       Consultancy services on loans. The Company receives fees from consultancy services in full at inception and records as unearned income before amortizing it throughout the period of services.

 

Non-interest expenses

 

Non-interest expenses primarily consist of salary and benefits for employees, traveling cost, entertainment expenses, depreciation of equipment, office rental expenses, professional service fee, office supply, etc., and are expensed as incurred.

 

Income tax

 

Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant taxing authorities. As part of the process of preparing financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements at each year-end and tax loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applicable for the differences that are expected to affect taxable income.

 

The Company adopts a more likely than not threshold and a two-step approach for the tax position measurement and financial statement recognition. Under the two-step approach, the first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained, including resolution of related appeals or litigation process, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company did not have any uncertain tax position.

 

43

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

Comprehensive income

 

Comprehensive income includes net income and foreign currency adjustments. Comprehensive income is reported in the statements of income and comprehensive income.

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, as presented on the balance sheets are the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

Operating leases

 

The Company leases its principal office under a lease agreement that qualifies as an operating lease. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of comprehensive income on a straight line basis over the lease periods.

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to loss contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business, that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, government investigations and tax matters. In accordance with ASC No. 450 Subtopic 20, “Loss Contingencies”, the Company records accruals for such loss contingencies when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

 

Recently issued accounting standards

 

In May of 2014, the FASB issued ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“Topic 606”). Topic 606 clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue and develops a common revenue standard for U.S. GAAP and IFRS. Simultaneously, Topic 606 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Accounting Standards Codification. The core principle of the guidance requires an entity to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the five steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early application is not permitted. This amendment shall be applied retrospectively either to each prior reporting periods or with the cumulative effect of initially applying this amendments recognized at the date of initial application. There is no impact on the consolidated financial statements for current reporting periods since early adoption is not permitted. The Group is in process of evaluating the cumulative effect on the consolidated financial statements of adopting this guidance so as to transit to the new revenue recognition guidance in the year of 2016.

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2015-17, “Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40).” This standard requires management to evaluate for each annual and interim reporting period whether it is probable that the reporting entity will not be able to meet its obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. If the entity is in such a position, the standard provides for certain disclosures depending on whether or not the entity will be able to successfully mitigate its going concern status. This guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those years. Early application is permitted. The Company does not anticipate that this adoption will have a significant impact on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

44

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes” (“ASU 2015-17”). To simplify presentation, ASU 2015-17 requires that all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet. As a result, each jurisdiction will now only have one net noncurrent deferred tax asset or liability. ASU 2015-17 does not change the existing requirement that only permits offsetting within a jurisdiction — that is, companies are still prohibited from offsetting deferred tax liabilities from one jurisdiction against deferred tax assets of another jurisdiction. ASU 2015-17 is effective for public business entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted. An entity can elect to adopt ASU 2015-17 either (1) prospectively for all deferred tax assets and liabilities, or (2) retrospectively by reclassifying the comparative balance sheet. If applied prospectively, an entity is required to include a statement that prior periods were not retrospectively adjusted. If applied retrospectively, an entity is also required to include quantitative information about the effects of the change on prior periods. The Company does not anticipate that this adoption will have a significant impact on its financial statements since the Company does not separate current and noncurrent assets and liabilities on the balance sheet.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842).” This standard requires entities that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The standard is effective for fiscal years and the interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The guidance is required to be applied by the modified retrospective transition approach. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this new guidance on its financial position, results of operations and disclosures.

 

3. Risks

 

(a) Credit risk

 

Credit risk is one of the most significant risks for the Company’s business and arise principally in lending activities.

 

Credit risk is controlled by the application of credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. The Company manages credit risk through in-house research and analysis of the Chinese economy and the underlying obligors and transaction structures. To minimize credit risk, the Company requires collateral in the form of rights to cash, securities or property and equipment.

 

The Company identifies credit risk collectively based on industry, geography and customer type. This information is monitored regularly by management.

 

In measuring the credit risk of lending loans to corporate customers, the Company mainly reflects the “probability of default” by the customer on its contractual obligations and considers the current financial position of the customer and the exposures to the customer and its likely future development. For individual customers, the Company uses standard approval procedures to manage credit risk for personal loans.

 

(b) Liquidity risk

 

The Company is also exposed to liquidity risk which is risk that it is unable to provide sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet its commitments and business needs. Liquidity risk is controlled by the application of financial position analysis and monitoring procedures. When necessary, the Company will turn to other financial institutions and the owners to obtain short-term funding to meet the liquidity shortage.

 

(c) Foreign currency risk

 

A majority of the Company’s operating activities and a significant portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities are denominated in RMB, which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions take place either through the Peoples’ Bank of China (“PBOC”) or other authorized financial institutions at exchange rates quoted by PBOC. Approval of foreign currency payments by the PBOC or other regulatory institutions requires submitting a payment application form together with suppliers’ invoices and signed contracts. The value of RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market.

 

45

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

4. Loans Receivable, Net

 

The interest rates on loans issued ranged between 8% ~24% and 10% ~ 24% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Loans receivable consisted of the following:

 

    March 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    (Unaudited)        
Business loans   $ 51,414,085     $ 41,794,907  
Personal loans     98,675,846       99,118,875  
Total loan receivable     150,089,931       140,913,782  
Allowance for loan losses                
Collectively assessed     (1,475,191 )     (1,401,061 )
Individually assessed     (2,570,859 )     (807,647 )
Allowance for loan losses     (4,046,050 )     (2,208,708 )
Loans receivable, net   $ 146,043,881     $ 138,705,074  

 

The Company originates loans to customers located primarily in Urumqi City, Xinjiang Province. This geographic concentration of credit exposes the Company to a higher degree of risk associated with this economic region.

 

All loans are short-term loans that the Company has made to either business or individual customers. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company had 45 and 36 business loan customers, and 134 and 125 personal loan customers, respectively. Most loans are either guaranteed by a third party whose financial strength is assessed by the Company to be sufficient or secured by collateral. Allowance for loan losses is estimated on a quarterly basis in accordance with probable based on an assessment of specific evidence indicating doubtful collection, historical experience, loan balance aging and prevailing economic conditions.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, a provision of $1,797,465 and a reversal of $22,013 were charged to the statement of income, respectively. No write-offs against allowances have occurred for these periods, respectively.

 

Interest on loans receivable is accrued and credited to income as earned. The Company determines a loan’s past due status by the number of days that have elapsed since a borrower has failed to make a contractual loan payment. Accrual of interest is generally discontinued when either (i) reasonable doubt exists as to the full, timely collection of interest or principal or (ii) when a loan becomes past due by more than 90 days.

 

The following table presents nonaccrual loans with aging over 90 days by classes of loan portfolio as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively:

 

    March 31,     December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    (Unaudited)        
Business loans   $ 10,382,361     $ 10,468,752  
Personal loans     2,656,061       4,254,664  
    $ 13,038,422     $ 14,723,416  

 

46

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

4. Loans Receivable, Net (cont.)

 

The following table represents the aging of loans as of March 31, 2016 by type of loan:

 

    1-89 Days Past Due     90-179 Days Past Due     180-365 Days Past Due     Over 1 year Past Due     Total Past Due     Current     Total Loans  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
Business loans   $     $     $ 10,382,361     $     $ 10,382,361     $ 41,031,724     $ 51,414,085  
Personal loans           1,086,923       1,569,138             2,656,061       96,019,785       98,675,846  
    $     $ 1,086,923     $ 11,951,499     $     $ 13,038,422     $ 137,051,509     $ 150,089,931  

 

The following table represents the aging of loans as of December 31, 2015 by type of loan:

 

    1-89 Days Past Due     90-179 Days Past Due     180-365 Days Past Due     Over 1 year Past Due     Total Past Due     Current     Total Loans  
Business loans   $     $ 9,698,538     $ 770,214     $     $ 10,468,752     $ 31,326,155     $ 41,794,907  
Personal loans           4,254,664                   4,254,664       94,864,211       99,118,875  
    $     $ 13,953,202     $ 770,214     $     $ 14,723,416     $ 126,190,366     $ 140,913,782  

 

Analysis of loans by collateral

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio by collateral as of March 31, 2016:

 

    Business loans     Personal loans     Total  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
Guarantee backed loans   $ 30,522,219     $ 20,755,419     $ 51,277,638  
Pledged assets backed loans     10,155,984       73,989,829       84,145,813  
Collateral backed loans     10,735,882       3,930,598       14,666,480  
    $ 51,414,085     $ 98,675,846     $ 150,089,931  

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s loan portfolio by collateral as of December 31, 2015:

 

    Business loans     Personal loans     Total  
Guarantee backed loans   $ 16,505,692     $ 30,525,132     $ 47,030,824  
Pledged assets backed loans     5,593,296       65,289,524       70,882,820  
Collateral backed loans     19,695,919       3,304,219       23,000,138  
    $ 41,794,907     $ 99,118,875     $ 140,913,782  

 

Most guarantee backed loans were guaranteed by investors of the Company. (See note 20).

 

Collateral Backed Loans

 

A collateral backed loan is a loan in which the borrower puts up an asset under their ownership, possession or control, as collateral for the loan. An asset usually is land use rights, inventory, equipment or buildings. The loan is secured against the collateral and we do not take physical possession of the collateral at the time the loan is made. We will verify ownership of the collateral and then register the collateral with the appropriate government entities to complete the secured transaction. In the event that the borrower defaults, we can then take possession of the collateral asset and sell it to recover the outstanding balance owed. If the sale proceeds of the collateral asset is not sufficient to pay off the loan in full, we will file a lawsuit against the borrower and seek judgment for the remaining balance.

 

Pledged Asset Backed Loans

 

Pledged assets backed loans are loans with pledged assets. The pledged assets are usually certificates of deposit. Lenders take physical possession of the pledged assets at the time the loan is made and do not need to register them with government entities to secure the loan. If the borrower defaults, we can sell the assets to recover the outstanding balance owed.

 

47

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

4. Loans Receivable, Net (cont.)

 

Both collateral loans and pledged loans are considered secured loans. The amount of a loan that lenders provide depends on the value of the collateral pledged.

 

Guarantee Backed Loans

 

A guaranteed loan is a loan guaranteed by a corporation or high net worth individual. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, guaranteed loans make up 34.2% and 33.4% of our direct loan portfolio, respectively.

 

As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company pledged $28,573,422 and $44,512,224 gross loans receivable for loans Feng Hui borrowed from third parties (See Note 10 and Note 11), which consisted of the following:

 

    March 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
    (Unaudited)        
Business loans   $ 9,607,170     $ 13,241,523  
Personal loans     18,966,252       31,270,700  
Total pledged loans receivable   $ 28,573,422     $ 44,512,223  

 

5. Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated. Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance. The allowance is based on the Company’s past loan loss history, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

The allowance is calculated at portfolio-level since our loans portfolio is generally comprised of smaller balance homogenous loans and is collectively evaluated for impairment.

 

For the purpose of calculating portfolio-level reserves, we have grouped our loans into two portfolio segments: Business and Personal. The allowance consists of the combination of a quantitative assessment component based on statistical models, a retrospective evaluation of actual loss information to loss forecasts, value of collateral, pledged asset and guarantee and could include a qualitative component based on management judgment.

 

In estimating the probable loss of the loan portfolio, the Company also considers qualitative factors such as current economic conditions and/or events in specific industries and geographical areas, including unemployment levels, trends in real estate values, peer comparisons, and other pertinent factors such as regulatory guidance. Finally, as appropriate, the Company also considers individual borrower circumstances and the condition and fair value of the loan collateral, pledged asset and guarantee, if any.

 

The Company considers the loans backed by collateral, pledged asset and guarantee are of the same importance in determining allowance for loans loss.

 

In addition, the Company calculates the provision amount as below:

 

1.       General Reserve — is based on total loan receivable balance and to be used to cover unidentified probable loan loss.

 

2.       Special Reserve — is fund set aside covering losses due to risks related to a particular country, region, industry, company or type of loans. The reserve rate is decided based on management estimate of loan collectability. The loan portfolio did not include any loans outside of the PRC.

 

Generally, the primary factors for the evaluation of allowance for loan losses consist of business performance, financial position, cash flow and other operational performance of the debtors. Among these, cash flow of the debtors is the primary funding source for repayment for determining the allowance for loan losses and any collateral, pledged asset or guarantee is considered as a secondary funding source for repayment.

 

48

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

5. Allowance for Loan Losses (cont.)

 

Besides the repayment ability and willingness to repay, China Lending Group evaluates the allowance for loan losses of collateral backed loans based on whether the fair value of the collateral if the repayment is expected to be provided by the collateral is sufficient or not. For loans with pledged assets, the net realizable value of pledged assets for pledged backed loans will be estimated to see if they have sufficient coverage on the loans. For the guarantee backed loans, China Lending Group evaluates the allowance for loan losses based on the combination of the guarantee, including the fair value and net realizable value of guarantor’s financial position, credibility, liquidity and cash flow.

 

As of March 31, 2016, the percentage of collateral, pledged asset, and guarantee backed loans were 9.8%, 56.0% and 34.2% respectively. As of December 31, 2015, the percentage of collateral, pledged asset, and guarantee backed loans were 16.3%, 50.3% and 33.4%, respectively.

 

The valuation assessment of collateral and pledged assets was based on the valuation report issued by a valuation firm or the Company’s internal risk control department. The assets values were generally 50% to 60% of the fair value of collateral and pledged assets. The valuation will be updated for the loan period over one year in case of renewals and repeat customers. However, China Lending Group’s average loan term is less than 7 months, the value of the collateral and pledged assets, and guarantee backing the loans will be reviewed and monitored on a monthly basis through site visits. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, 5.86% and 11.28% of collateral backed and pledged backed loan were under valuation assessment by a valuation firm. The assessment of the remaining loans was performed by the Company’s internal risk control department.

 

China Lending Group issues guarantee-backed loans in accordance with its loan management policy, and each guarantee-backed loan will undergo standard assessment procedures for willingness and ability of the guarantor to perform under its guarantee. China Lending Group accepts guarantees provided by three types of guarantors: professional guarantee companies, corporations and individuals.

 

In assessing the willingness and ability of a professional guarantee company to perform under a guarantee, the Company consider factors including its guarantee licenses, size of registered capital, corporate governance, internal audit system, risk management and compensation system, risk reserve, length of operation history especially cooperation history with China Lending Group, its default costs and other pertinent factors such as the loan size backed by guarantee over its net assets.

 

In assessing the willingness and ability of a corporate guarantor to perform under a guarantee, the Company consider factors including nature of its businesses, size of registered capital, annual revenues, continuous profitability in the past three years, stability and adequacy of income and cash flows, clean credit history, current liabilities, willingness to accept credit monitoring by China Lending Group, its default costs and other pertinent factors such as the loan size backed by guarantee over its net assets.

 

In assessing the willingness and ability of an individual guarantor to perform under a guarantee, the Company consider factors including their residency, whether being able to provide permanent residential addresses, marital status, occupations, legitimacy and stability of incomes, assets and liabilities, clean credit history, no criminal history, their default costs and other pertinent factors such as the loan size backed by guarantee over their net assets.

 

The global economic environment became worse during the past and the current fiscal years. Such economic environment has caused liquidity problem for many companies, which also increased the frequency on defaulting the repayments by debtors, hence the increases of special reserve for loan losses.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, $2,570,859 and $nil were charged as specific reserve with categories ranged from 5%-100% and 0%, respectively.

 

While management uses the best information available to make loan loss allowance evaluations, adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions or changes in accounting guidance.

 

49

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

5. Allowance for Loan Losses (cont.)

 

The following tables present the activity in the allowance for loan losses and related recorded investment in loans receivable by classes of the loans individually and collectively evaluated for impairment as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2016

 

    Business loans     Personal loans     Total  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
Beginning balance   $ 1,053,579     $ 1,155,129     $ 2,208,708  
Charge-offs                  
Provisions/(reversal)     1,595,502       201,963       1,797,465  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     29,447       10,430       39,877  
Ending balance     2,678,528       1,367,521       4,046,050  
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment     2,186,250       384,609       2,570,859  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 492,278     $ 982,912     $ 1,475,191  

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2015

 

    Business loans     Personal loans     Total  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
Beginning balance   $ 466,921     $ 863,863     $ 1,330,784  
Charge-offs                  
Provisions     (29,279 )     7,266       (22,013 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment     1,825       3,612       5,437  
Ending balance     439,467       874,741       1,314,208  
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment                  
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment   $ 439,467     $ 874,741     $ 1,314,208  

 

6. Loan impairment

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for corporate and personal loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

 

An allowance for loan losses is established for an impaired loan if its carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value. Currently, estimated fair values of substantially all of the Company’s impaired loans are measured based on the estimated fair value of the loan’s collateral which approximates to the carrying value due to the short term nature of the loans. The impaired amounts of personal loans were $2,128,880 and $4,254,664 as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The impaired amounts of business loans were $7,126,244 and $10,468,752 as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

50

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

6. Loan impairment (cont.)

 

Loans with modified terms are classified as troubled debt restructurings if the Company grants such borrowers concessions and it is deemed that those borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty. Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring generally involve a temporary below market rate reduction in interest rate or an extension of a loan’s stated maturity date. Non-accrual troubled debt restructurings are restored to accrual status if principal and interest payments, under the modified terms, are current for six consecutive months after modification. Loans classified as troubled debt restructurings are designated as impaired. Due to the nature of the Company’s operation and the interest concessions granted, the troubled debt restructuring designation will not be removed until the loan is paid-off or otherwise disposed of. The Company reported its first troubled debt restructuring in December 31, 2015. The Company has not removed any loan classified as a troubled debt restricting from that classification.

 

The Company allows a one-time loan extension based on an ancillary company policy with a period up to the original loan period, which is usually within twelve months. According to the Company’s loan management policy, granting initial one-time extension requires a new underwriting and credit evaluation. Borrowers are required to submit extension application 10 days before expiration of the original loan. Then the company’s loan service department will investigate whether material changes have happened to the borrower’s business which may impact its repayment ability. The company’s risk management department will reevaluate the loan. If the company decides to grant one-time extension, an extension agreement will be executed between the borrower and the company, plus commitment letter from guarantor to agree the loan extension and extend the guarantee duration. In evaluating the extension and underwriting new loans, China Lending Group will request that borrowers obtain guarantees from state-owned or public guarantee companies. Even though the Company allows a one-time loan extension with a period up to the original loan period, which is usually within twelve months. Under normal circumstances such extension is not considered to be a troubled debt restructuring because the Company does not grant a concession to borrowers. The principal of the loan remains the same and the interest rate is fixed at the current interest rate at the time of extension. One loan of $2.3 million and no loans were granted one-time extension for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which accounted for 2.8% and 0.0% of total loans made for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

The trouble debt restructuring amounts of personal loans were $1,041,957 and $1,035,168 as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, having provided allowance for loan loss amounting to $330,262 and $26,998, respectively. The trouble debt restructuring amounts of business loans were $3,101,064 and $3,080,857 as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, having provided loan loss amounting to $775,266 and $73,129, respectively. The March 31, 2016 troubled debt restructuring amounts were the exact balances brought forward from December 31, 2015 after adjustment in foreign exchange. The increase in allowances in the troubled debt restructuring both in personal loans and business loans in March 31, 2016, as compared to that of December 31, 2015, was mainly attributable to the information regarding four loans that management believes are isolated and involve unique circumstances, including having a loan and its collateral being in an industry in which the Company does not typically engage, a problem with a bridge loan where a bank reversed its oral commitment to lend to a borrower after a short bridge period, a private guarantor that had less capital and liquidity than the Company had been led to believe and a loan collateralized by collateral that the borrower no longer had proper title to and where the borrower committed fraud by applying for the loan before the title to the collateral was transferred. These issues are isolated and management believes they are not indicative of future systemic issues and has addressed these types of issues appropriately going forward.

 

As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, there were no receivable derecognized for the real estate related investment obtained from collateral.

 

A loan is considered to be a troubled debt restructuring loan when that is restructured or modified for economic or legal reasons, where these conditions are present: 1) The Company grants a concession that it otherwise would not consider and 2) The borrower is having financial difficulties. Under unusual circumstance, in order to reduce the potential losses on troubled debt, the Company may consider granting concession to borrowers with financial difficulties which has significant delay or significant shortfall in amount of payments. In order to deter troubled debt restructurings, stringent scrutiny and approval from the Company’s Loan Review Committee is required prior to the granting of concession on troubled debt.

 

51

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

7. Property and Equipment

 

The Company’s property and equipment used to conduct day-to-day business are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is calculated using straight-line method over the estimated useful life below:

 

    Useful Life
years
  March 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
        (Unaudited)        
Furniture and fixtures   5   $ 6,100     $ 4,208  
Vehicles   4     144,168       143,229  
Electronic equipment   3     20,230       16,256  
Less: accumulated depreciation         (56,721 )     (47,395 )
Property and equipment, net       $ 113,777     $ 116,298  

 

Depreciation expense totaled $8,965 and $9,324 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

8. COST METHOD INVESTMENT

 

    March 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
    (Unaudited)        
Beginning balance   $ 3,876,330     $  
                 
Addition           3,851,071  
Less: impairment loss            
Ending balance   $ 3,876,330     $ 3,851,071  

 

In January 2015, the Company made a commitment to invest 5% of the paid-in capital in Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd. (“Microcredit Refinancing”). Microcredit Refinancing is a newly formed micro refinancing company in the PRC with total registered capital of RMB 1,000,000,000 (approximately $155,053,183). As at March 31, 2016, Microcredit Refinancing had paid-in capital of RMB 500,000,000 (approximately $77,526,592), and the Company had invested RMB 25,000,000 (approximately $3,876,330) in Microcredit Refinancing. Such investment is accounted for under the cost method as the Company does not have significant influence over Microcredit Refinancing. The cost of this investment approximated $3,876,330 as of March 31, 2016.

 

An impairment charge is recorded if the carrying amount of the equity investment exceeds its fair value and this condition is determined to be other-than-temporary. The Company performs an impairment test on its cost method investment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, by considering current economic and market conditions, operating performance, development stages and technology development, and engaging an independent third-party valuation firm to estimate the fair value of cost method investment, as appropriate. The Company recorded no impairment charge to the carrying value of its investments under the cost method for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

52

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

9. Short-term Bank Loans

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s short-term bank loans as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

Bank name   Interest rate   Term   March 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
            (Unaudited)        
Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank   Fixed annual rate of 10.0%   From January 7, 2016 to August 6, 2016   $ 1,550,532     $  
Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank   Fixed annual rate of 10.0%   From January 7, 2016 to January 6, 2017     1,550,532          
Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank   Fixed annual rate of 10.0%   From January 7, 2016 to August 6, 2016     2,325,797        
            $ 5,426,861     $  

 

Interest expense incurred on the above short-term bank loans was $124,619 and $135,162 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The loans were guaranteed by the Company’s investors and related parties. (See Note 20)

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, Feng Hui was granted loans from China Merchants Bank which were entrusted by a former related party of Feng Hui, Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd (“Changhe”), who was an investor of Feng Hui before May 5, 2015. After Changhe ceased to be Feng Hui’s investor, it entrusted Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank to grant Feng Hui more loans. The interest expenses incurred on loans provided by Changhe were $34,638 for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2016, Feng Hui was granted loans from Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank which were entrusted by Changhe and Urumqi Economic Development Zone Zhengxin Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd. (“Zhengxin”). The interest expenses incurred on loans provided by Changhe and Zhengxin were $89,014 and $35,605 for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

Lender Name   Entrust Bank Name   Interest Rate   Term   Amount  
                (Unaudited)  
Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   China Merchants Bank   Fixed annual rate of 12%   From January 27, 2015 to December 26, 2015   $ 1,605,446  
Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank   Fixed annual rate of 10%   From July 23, 2015 to December 22, 2015   $ 4,013,614  
Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   China Merchants Bank   Fixed annual rate of 12%   From April 11, 2014 to October 10, 2014   $ 1,627,154  
Urumqi Economic Development Zone Zhengxin Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank   Fixed annual rate of 10%   From January 7, 2016 to August 6, 2016   $ 1,528,935  
Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank   Fixed annual rate of 10%   From January 7, 2016 to January 6, 2017   $ 1,528,935  
Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank   Fixed annual rate of 10%   From January 7, 2016 to August 6, 2016   $ 2,293,403  

 

The loans granted through China Merchants Bank were guaranteed by the Company’s investors and related parties. (See Note 20)

 

53

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

10. Secured LoanS

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s secured loans as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

Lender name   Interest rate   Term   March 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
            (Unaudited)        
China Great Wall Assets Management Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 12%   From May 29, 2015 to May 28, 2016   $ 6,326,170     $ 9,365,806  
China Great Wall Assets Management Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 11.5%   From October 29, 2015 to October 28, 2016     15,474,308       15,373,476  
            $ 21,800,478     $ 24,739,282  

 

As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the secured loan has maturity terms within 1 year. Interest expense incurred on the secured loan was $723,502 and $484,832 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

The secured loan was guaranteed by investors of the Company (See Note 20), and Feng Hui pledged $9,582,287 and $11,830,491 loans receivable from its customers as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, to secure these loans for the lender.

 

11. loans FROM A COST INVESTMENT INVESTEE

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s loans from Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co. Ltd., financing company in which the Company has a cost-basis investment (see Note 8), as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

    March 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
    (Unaudited)        
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co. Ltd.   $ 15,505,318     $ 15,404,285  

 

The following table summarizes the terms and the March 31, 2016 balances of the Company’s loans from Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.:

 

Lender name   Interest rate   Term   March 31, 2016  
            (Unaudited)  
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 12.0%   From August 10, 2015 to August 9, 2016   $ 775,266  
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 12.0%   From August 24, 2015 to August 23, 2016     775,266  
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 12.0%   From August 25, 2015 to August 24, 2016     3,101,064  
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 12.0%   From September 1, 2015 to August 31, 2016     3,101,064  
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co. Ltd.   Fixed annual rate of 12.0%   From September 23, 2015 to September 22, 2016     7,752,658  
            $ 15,505,318  

 

Interest expense incurred on the above loans for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $463,777. The proceeds from these loans were used to fund Feng Hui’s operations. Feng Hui pledged loans receivable totaled $18,990,914 for these loans as of March 31, 2016, and Feng Hui’s investors provided guarantee for these loans. (See note 20)

 

54

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

12. OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

Other current liabilities as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 consisted of:

 

    March 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
    (Unaudited)        
Interest payable   $ 559,783     $ 551,492  
Accruals     38,763       236,701  
Other payables     76,230       189,638  
    $ 674,776     $ 977,831  

 

13. Other Operating Expense

 

Other operating expense for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 consisted of:

 

    For the three months ended
March 31,
 
    2016     2015  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
Depreciation and amortization   $ 8,522     $ 9,324  
Guarantee fee           57,966  
Legal and professional expenses     83,688       181,139  
Office related expenses     72,549       19,826  
Travel and entertainment     37,712       7,827  
Fees on loans     142,267       117,465  
Total   $ 344,738     $ 393,547  

 

14. Employee Retirement Benefit

 

The Company has made employee benefit contribution in accordance with Chinese relevant regulations, including retirement insurance, unemployment insurance, medical insurance, work injury insurance and birth insurance. The Company recorded the contribution in the salary and employee charges when incurred. The contributions made by the Company were $11,115 and $20,497 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

15. Distribution of Profit

 

Feng Hui, the VIE of the Company, declared dividends of RMB 43,000,000 (approximately $6,903,416) for the year ended December 31, 2015 to its investors on January 13, 2016, which were paid on March 10, 2016.

 

16. COMMON STOCK

 

The Company was established on November 19, 2014 with share capital of $1, which consisted of one share with a par value of $1 per share.

 

On April 14, 2015, the Company redeemed the one share and issued 20,000,000 shares with par value of $0.000000005 per share to various investors that were affiliates of investors of Feng Hui.

 

On December 17, 2015, the Company redeemed 571,428 shares and issued 571,428 with par value of $0.000000005 per share to each of the remaining investors on a pro rata basis.

 

As of March 31, 2016, a list of the Company’s investors and ultimate beneficial owners is as follows:

 

55

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

16. COMMON STOCK (cont.)

 

Investor Name   No. of Shares     Share %     Place of Incorporation   Name of Beneficial Owner (D)=Director
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)          
RUIHENG GLOBAL LIMITED     6,093,333       30.4667 %   BVI   QI, Wen (D)
YANGWEI GLOBAL LIMITED     3,390,000       16.9500 %   BVI   LI, Jingping (D)
FAVOUR PLUS GLOBAL LIMITED     1,000,000       5.0000 %   BVI   PAN, Chunju (D) ZHAO, Ming
QIXIANG GLOBAL LIMITED     920,000       4.6000 %   BVI   SHI, Feng (D) FENG, Mengshi
YIMAO ENTERPRISES LIMITED     1,100,000       5.5000 %   BVI   YANG, Zhisan (D) JIANG, Guidong YANG, Yali
JIYI GLOBAL INVESTMENTS LIMITED     1,980,000       9.9000 %   BVI   LIANG, Zandong (D)
CHANGMAN LIMITED     963,333       4.8167 %   BVI   WANG, Qing (D) FENG, Shuangping GUO, Xiaoyan
ZHAN ZHAO LIMITED     1,253,333       6.2667 %   BVI   JIN, Cheng (D) LI, Xincai WANG, Peixiang MA, Shiyao SUN, Ningbo
TAVISTOCK GLOBAL LIMITED     333,334       1.6667 %   BVI   ZHANG, Jianfeng (D)
ZHONG YUN HOLDINGS LIMITED     490,000       2.4500 %   BVI   ZHENG,Yongde (D)
JIEGUAN LIMITED     510,000       2.5500 %   BVI   SHI, Xiaofang (D)
MULTIDEAL LIMITED     1,000,000       5.0000 %   BVI   CHEN, Hong (D)
XINGLIN LIMITED     966,667       4.8333 %   BVI   LIU, Yuanqing (D) YANG, Yaping
TOTAL     20,000,000       100.00 %        

 

17. Statutory Reserves

 

In accordance with PRC regulations, the subsidiaries and VIE of the Company in the PRC are required to provide a statutory reserve, which is appropriated from net income as reported in the Company’s statutory accounts. The Company is required to allocate 10% of its annual after-tax profit to the statutory reserve until such reserve has reached 50% of its respective registered capital based on the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. The statutory reserves can only be used for specific purposes and are not distributable as cash dividends. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, statutory serves did not reach 50% of the Company’s registered capital.

 

The details of statutory reserves for each PRC subsidiary as set below:

 

As of March 31, 2016

 

    Jing Kai     Ding Xin     Feng Hui  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
Registered capital   $ 80,000,000     $ 1,000,000     $ 94,723,963  
After-tax profits for the year           1,621,038       2,137,008  
Statutory reserve           173,296       4,493,958  

 

56

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

17. Statutory Reserves (cont.)

 

As of December 31, 2015

 

    Jing Kai     Ding Xin     Feng Hui  
Registered capital   $ 80,000,000     $ 1,000,000     $ 94,723,963  
After-tax profits for the year           1,732,960       12,508,894  
Statutory reserve           173,296       4,493,958  

 

18. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively:

 

    For the three months ended March 31,  
    2016     2015  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
Net income attributable to the common shareholders   $ 3,688,295     $ 3,839,860  
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding     20,000,000       20,000,000  
Effect of dilutive securities            
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding     20,000,000       20,000,000  
Earnings per share:                
Basic   $ 0.18     $ 0.19  
Diluted   $ 0.18     $ 0.19  

 

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing the net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share were the same as basic earnings per share due to the lack of dilutive items in the Company for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

19. TAXATION

 

ADRIE is incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with zero income tax rate. ADRIE did not generate taxable income in the British Virgin Islands for the period from November 19, 2014 (date of inception) to March 31, 2016.

 

Feng Hui Holding was incorporated in Hong Kong and is subject to Hong Kong profits tax at 16.5%. No provision for Hong Kong income or profit tax has been made as the Company has no assessable profit for the period from February 11, 2015 (date of inception) to March 31, 2016 because the Company has no operation in Hong Kong.

 

Jing Kai was incorporated in the PRC. Jing Kai did not generate taxable income in the PRC for the period from May 14, 2015 (date of inception) to March 31, 2016.

 

Ding Xin was incorporated in the PRC. Ding Xin generated taxable income in the PRC for the period from May 20, 2015 (date of inception) to March 31, 2016, which is subject to PRC income tax at a rate of 25%.

 

Feng Hui was incorporated in the PRC. Feng Hui generated taxable income in the PRC for the three months ended March 31, 2016. As stipulated by the Taxation Law of PRC, Feng Hui is subjected to PRC income tax at a rate of 25%. Feng Hui is a qualified enterprise engaged in industry list of Western Development Strategy and is therefore entitled to preferential tax rate of 15%.

 

The Company evaluates the level of authority for each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measures the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits.

 

57

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

19. TAXATION (cont.)

 

The Company does not anticipate any significant increase to its liability for unrecognized tax benefit within the next 12 months. The Company will classify interest and penalties related to income tax matters, if any, in income tax expense.

 

    For the three months ended March 31,  
    2016     2015  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
Income tax expense is comprised of:            
Current income tax   $ 1,145,651     $ 846,278  
Deferred income tax (benefit)/ expense     (226,979 )     17,276  
Total provision for income taxes   $ 918,672     $ 863,554  

 

Deferred income taxes are recognized for tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements at each year-end and tax loss carryforwards. Deferred income tax was measured using the enacted income tax rates for the periods in which they are expected to be reversed. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the following approximate deferred tax assets and liabilities as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are presented below:

 

    March 31,
2016
    December 31, 2015  
    (Unaudited)        
Accrued interest receivable           (1,340 )
Accrued interest payable     81,743       82,724  
Allowance for loan losses     387,665       121,476  
Accruals     5,814       40,580  
Deferred tax assets   $ 475,222     $ 243,440  

 

The Company had no net operating loss carryforward as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The management considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining the realizability of deferred tax assets at March 31, 2016. Management considered carry back availability, the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income during the reversal periods, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Management also considered recent history of taxable income, trends in the Company’s earnings and tax rate, positive financial ratios, and the impact of the downturn in the current economic environment (including the impact of credit on allowance and provision for loans receivable) of the Company. Based upon its assessment, management believes that a valuation allowance was not necessary as of March 31, 2016.

 

The effective tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 were 19.9% and 18.4%, respectively. The reconciliation between the effective income tax rate and the PRC statutory income tax rate of 15% and 25% respectively are as follows:

 

    For the three months ended March 31,  
    2016     2015  
    (Unaudited)        
PRC statutory tax rate     25.0 %     25.0 %
Effect of preferential income tax rate     (8.7 )%     (10.0 )%
Effect of different income tax rate in other jurisdictions     0.5 %      
Effect of non-deductible expenses     0.4 %      
Others     3.6 %     3.4 %
Effective tax rate     19.9 %     18.4 %

 

58

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

19. TAXATION (cont.)

 

The enterprise income tax payable was as follows:

 

    March 31,
2016
    December 31, 2015  
    (Unaudited)        
Income Tax Payable   $ 1,034,164     $ 913,607  
                 

20. Related Party Transactions AND BALANCES

 

1)       Nature of relationships with related parties

 

Name   Relationships with the Company
Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Nolde Equity Investment Limited Partnership   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Shuangcheng Equity Investment Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Yongji Commercial Trading Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Shenghe Dairy Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Ruide Lighting Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Puyuan Logistics Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Liu Yuanqing   A non-controlling investor
Guo Xiaoyan   A non-controlling investor
Chen Hong   A non-controlling investor
Zhang Jianfeng   A non-controlling investor
Ma Shiyao   A non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Xinrui Hongcheng Commercial Trading Co., Ltd.   A non-controlling investor
Urumqi Changhe Credit Guarantee Co., Ltd   A non-controlling investor (until May 5, 2015)
Li Jingping   General manager of the Company and a
non-controlling investor
Qi Wen   Legal representative of the Company and a
non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Xinheng Guarantee Co., Ltd.   A related company of a non-controlling investor
(until May 5, 2015)
Liu Shaohua   A management of a non-controlling investor
(until May 5, 2015)
Pan Chunju   A management of a non-controlling investor
Zheng Yongde   A management of a non-controlling investor
Wang Xijuan   A management of a non-controlling investor
Han Guifen   A management of a non-controlling investor
Shi Xiaofang   A management of a non-controlling investor
Wang Qing   A management of a non-controlling investor
Li Xincai   A management of a non-controlling investor
Shi Feng   A management of a non-controlling investor
Jin Cheng   A management of a non-controlling investor
Xinjiang Century Lily Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   A related company of a non-controlling investor

 

59

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

20. Related Party Transactions AND BALANCES (cont.)

 

Name   Relationships with the Company
Turpan Zhongxin Microfinance Co., Ltd.   A related company of a non-controlling investor
Wujiaqu Zhongyin Huifeng Microfinance Co., Ltd.   A related company of a non-controlling investor
 Xinjiang Fenghui Zhengxin Asset Management Co., Ltd.   A related company of non-controlling investors
Qiao Yonggang   Staff of the Company
Wang Hong   Staff of the Company

 

2)       Related party transactions

 

A.       Loans to related parties – Loans to the investors and related parties of the Company, and outstanding balances were as follows:

 

    Loans made to Related Parties     Loans Receivable from Related Parties  
    During the three months ended March 31,     As of
March 31,
    As of December 31,  
Related Party Name   2016     2015     2016     2015  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)        
Han Guifen   $     $ 1,301,999     $     $  
Wang Hong                 1,121,035       1,113,730  
    $     $ 1,301,999     $ 1,121,035     $ 1,113,730  

 

Interest income derived from the above loans to related parties were $51,262 and $147,063 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These loans were made in the normal course of the Company’s lending operation. The interest rates on the above loans ranged between nil~nil and 19.44%~21.36% for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, a general allowance for loan losses of $11,210 and $11,137 was provided for the loans receivable from related parties.

 

B.       Loans from a related party – Loans from a former investor of Feng Hui that were outstanding during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

Creditor   Entrust Bank Name   Interest Rate   Term   Amount  
                (Unaudited)  
Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.   China Merchants Bank   Fixed annual rate of 12%   From January 27, 2015 to December 26, 2015   $ 1,605,446  

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, Feng Hui was granted loans from China Merchants Bank which were entrusted by a former related party of Feng Hui, Urumqi Changhe Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd (“Changhe”), who was an investor of Feng Hui before May 5, 2015. After Changhe ceased to be Feng Hui’s investor, it entrusted Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank to grant Feng Hui more loans. The interest expenses incurred on loans provided by Changhe were $34,638 for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2016, Feng Hui was granted loans from Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank which were entrusted by Changhe and Urumqi Economic Development Zone Zhengxin Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd. (“Zhengxin”). The interest expenses incurred on loans provided by Changhe and Zhengxin were $89,014 and $35,605 for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

60

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

20. Related Party Transactions AND BALANCES (cont.)

 

C.       Guarantees

 

-         Guarantees of the loans receivable of the Company provided by investors and related parties of the Company, and outstanding balances were as follows:

 

    For the three months ended March 31,     March 31,     December 31,  
Investors and related parties   2016     2015     2016     2015  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)        
Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.   $ 17,250,975     $ 6,347,243     $ 24,859,677     $ 30,357,225  
Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.           5,663,694             585,363  
Xinjiang Yongji Commercial Trading Co., Ltd.     5,736,564       3,499,121       13,993,550       12,474,390  
Xinjiang Shenghe Dairy Co., Ltd.           2,441,247              
Xinjiang Ruide Lighting Co., Ltd.           2,766,747              
Liu Yuanqing           325,500              
Qi Wen           919,536             870,342  
Xinjiang Century Lily Financing Guarantee Co., Ltd.     8,484,061       1,464,748       10,464,539       2,649,537  
Turpan Zhongxin Microfinance Co., Ltd.           3,580,496       310,106       1,848,514  
Wujiaqu Zhongyin Huifeng Microfinance Co., Ltd.     764,468       1,952,998       775,266       2,507,818  
Qiao Yonggang           488,249              
Li Xincai                 2,480,851       2,464,686  
Jin Cheng                 1,121,035       1,113,730  
    $ 32,236,068     $ 29,449,579     $ 54,005,024     $ 54,871,605  

 

-         Guarantees of the short-term bank loans of the Company provided by the Company’s investors were as follows:

 

Bank name   Loan amount     Term   Investors and related parties
    (Unaudited)          
Shanghai Pudong Development Bank   $ 3,254,149     From March 21, 2014 to March 21, 2015   Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.
                Qi Wen
                Li Jingping
Shanghai Pudong Development Bank   $ 4,067,686     From April 15, 2014 to
April 15, 2015
  Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.
                Qi Wen
                Li Jingping
Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank   $ 1,550,532     From January 7, 2016 to August 6, 2016   Li Jingping
Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank   $ 1,550,532     From January 7, 2016 to January 6, 2017   Li Jingping
Tianshan Rural Commercial Bank   $ 2,325,797     From January 7, 2016 to August 6, 2016   Li Jingping
                 
    $ 12,748,696          

 

61

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

20. Related Party Transactions AND BALANCES (cont.)

 

-        Guarantees of the secured loans and loans from a cost investment investee of the Company provided by investors and related parties of the Company were as follows:

 

Lender name   Loan amount     Term   Investors and related parties
    (Unaudited)          
China Great Wall Assets Management Co. Ltd.   $ 6,326,170     From May 22, 2015 to May 21, 2016   Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.
                Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.
                Qi Wen
                Li Jingping
                Zhao Ming
China Great Wall Assets Management Co. Ltd.   $ 15,474,308     From October 29, 2015 to October 28, 2016   Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.
                Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd.
                Qi Wen
                Li Jingping
                Zhao Ming
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 775,266     From August 10, 2015 to August 9, 2016   Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 775,266     From August 24, 2015 to August 23, 2016   Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 3,101,064     From August 25, 2015 to August 24, 2016   Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 3,101,064     From September 1, 2015 to August 31, 2016   Xinjiang Huajun Energy Saving Equipment Co., Ltd
Xinjiang Microcredit Refinancing Co., Ltd.   $ 7,752,658     From September 23, 2015 to September 22, 2016   Qi Wen
                Li Jing Ping
    $ 37,305,965          

 

D.       Amount due from a related party

 

The following is a summary of amounts due from related parties as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

 

    March 31,
2016
    December 31, 2015  
    (Unaudited)        
Xinjiang Feng Hui Zhengxin Assets Management Co., Limited   $     $ 1,653,839  
Xinjiang Puzhao Technology Development Co., Ltd.     10,066       10,001  
      10,066       1,663,840  

 

62

 

 

Adrie Global Holdings Limited
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2016

 

20. Related Party Transactions AND BALANCES (cont.)

 

E.       Sale of loans receivable to a related party

 

On November 26, 2015, the Company sold loan receivables totaling RMB 56,100,000 (approximately $9,006,000) to Xinjiang Feng Hui Zhengxin Assets Management Co., Limited (“Zhengxin”) for RMB 56,100,000 (approximately 9,006,000) without recourse and received in return fixed cash payments totaling RMB 45,363,776 (approximately $7,282,000) as of March 31, 2016. The fair value of loan receivables at the time sold was RMB 52,767,000 (approximately $8,471,000) and the Company has recognized a capital gain of RMB 3,333,000 (approximately $535,000) in additional paid-in capital. As of March 31, 2016, the outstanding amount due from Zhengxin was RMB 10,736,224 (approximately $1,654,000), which was received from Zhengxin in January 2016.

 

21. Concentration of Credit Risks

 

As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company held cash of $572,581 and $6,732,601, respectively, that was uninsured by the government authority. To limit exposure to credit risk relating to deposits, the Company primarily places cash deposits only with large financial institutions in the PRC with acceptable credit ratings.

 

The Company’s operations are carried out in the PRC. Accordingly, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be influenced by the political, economic and legal environments in the PRC as well as by the general state of the PRC’s economy. The business may be influenced by changes in governmental policies with respect to laws and regulations, anti-inflationary measures, currency conversion and remittance abroad, and rates and methods of taxation, among other things.

 

No customer accounted for more than 10% of total loan balance as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

 

22. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Operating lease

 

The Company did not have any operating lease as of March 31, 2016.

 

Legal proceedings

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company was involved in three lawsuits with its loan customers for the aggregated claim of delinquent balances of $7.10 million. As of March 31, 2016, two of the cases with an aggregated claim of $4.42 million had been meditated by the Court in favor of the Company. The remaining case with an aggregated claim of $2.68 million had not been adjudicated by the Court yet.

 

23. Subsequent Event

 

Contingencies

 

For the period from April 1, 2016 to the date of this report, the Company was involved in one lawsuit, which is related to loan business. The Company is the plaintiff asking for the recovery of delinquent loan balance from the customer. This case with a claim of $2.68 million has been adjudicated by the Court.

 

 

63

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements give effect to the Business Combination under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”). The Business Combination will be accounted for as a “reverse acquisition” since, immediately following completion of the transaction (assuming (i) the automatic conversion of 7,212,316 rights of DT Asia into approximately 721,231 ordinary shares at the closing of the Business Combination, and (ii) the issuance of 8 million Escrow Shares, subject to forfeiture, but excluding the effect of any outstanding DT Asia warrants and options), the shareholders of Adrie immediately prior to the Business Combination will have effective control of China Lending Corporation, the post-combination company, through its 81.6% ownership interest in the combined entity, assuming no share redemptions (87.3% in the event of maximum share redemptions) and its designation of all of the senior executive positions. For accounting purposes, Adrie will be deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the transaction and, consequently, the transaction will be treated as a recapitalization of Adrie (i.e., a capital transaction involving the issuance of shares by DT Asia for the shares of Adrie).

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2016 combines the unaudited historical consolidated balance sheet of Adrie as of March 31, 2016, the date of the latest available interim financial information for Adrie, with the audited historical balance sheet of DT Asia as of March 31, 2016, giving effect to the Business Combination and the transactions contemplated thereto as if they had been consummated as of March 31, 2016.

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended March 31, 2016, due to different fiscal period ends, combines the unaudited historical consolidated results of operations of Adrie for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016 with the audited historical statement of operations of DT Asia for the year ended March 31, 2016 giving effect to the Business Combination and the transactions contemplated thereto as if they had been consummated as of April 1, 2015.

 

The following unaudited pro forma information is further adjusted to reflect the April 1, 2016 redemption of 5,255,657 ordinary shares in connection with the Extension Meeting, as if such redemptions had occurred as of March 31, 2016.

 

The historical financial information has been adjusted to give effect to pro forma events that are related and/or directly attributable to the Business Combination, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The adjustments presented on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an accurate understanding of the combined company upon consummation of the Business Combination.

 

The historical financial statements of Adrie and DT Asia have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and presented in US Dollars. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements included herein are prepared under US GAAP and presented in US Dollars. Following the consummation of the Business Combination, the combined entity intends to prepare its consolidated financial statements under US GAAP and present such consolidated financial statements in US Dollars.

 

The historical financial information of Adrie was derived from the unaudited financial statements of Adrie for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 and the audited financial statements of Adrie for the year ended December 31, 2015 included elsewhere in this Proxy. The pro forma condensed financial statements included Adrie and its subsidiaries because there were business transactions for these entities starting from August 1, 2015. Adrie conducts its business primarily through its variable interest entity (“VIE”), Feng Hui, and Adrie’s consolidated subsidiaries, which include XWFOE and Consulting. The historical financial information of DT Asia was derived from the audited financial statements of DT Asia for the year ended March 31, 2016 included in the definitive proxy statement filed on June 21, 2016 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. This information should be read together with Adrie and DT Asia’s audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes, “China Lending Group’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Other Information Related to DT Asia — DT Asia’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information included in the definitive proxy statement filed on June 21, 2016 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  1  
 

  

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is for illustrative purposes only. The financial results may have been different had the companies always been combined. You should not rely on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information as being indicative of the historical results that would have been achieved had the companies always been combined or the future results that the combined company will experience. China Lending Group and DT Asia have not had any historical relationship prior to the Business Combination. Accordingly, no pro forma adjustments were required to eliminate activities between the companies.

 

  2  
 

 

China Lending Corporation
(formerly DT Asia Investments Limited)
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet
As of March 31, 2016
(Unaudited)

 

    Note A     Note B     Scenario (1)     Scenario (2)  
    Balance Sheet of DT Asia Investment Limited as of March 31, 2016 Historical     Balance Sheet of Adrie Global Holdings Limited as of March 31, 2016 Historical     Pro Forma Adjustments Assuming No Redemption     Pro Forma Balance Sheet As Adjusted (assuming no     Pro Forma Adjustments Assuming Maximum Redemption     Pro Forma Balance Sheet As Adjusted (assuming maximum  
    Audited     Unaudited     Adjustment     Note 2     redemption)     Adjustment     Note 2     redemption)  
ASSETS                                                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 53,115     $ 572,581     $ 16,579,777       1     $ 24,855,473     $ (16,461,205 )     10     $ 8,394,268  
                      (100,000 )     2                                  
                      (3,950,000 )     8                                  
                      11,700,000       9                                  
Loans receivable – third parties, net of allowance for loan losses $4,034,840           144,934,056                     144,934,056                     144,934,056  
Loans receivable – related parties, net of allowance for loan losses $11,210           1,109,825                     1,109,825                     1,109,825  
Interest and fee receivable           753,804                     753,804                     753,804  
Equity investment, at cost           3,876,330                     3,876,330                     3,876,330  
Property and equipment, net           113,777                     113,777                     113,777  
Deferred tax assets           475,222                     475,222                     475,222  
Other assets     73,233       679,986                     753,219                     753,219  
Cash and cash equivalents held in trust account     70,091,214             (53,607,701 )     3                            
                      96,264       3                                  
                      (16,579,777 )     1                                  
Total Assets   $ 70,217,562     $ 152,515,581     $ (45,861,437 )           $ 176,871,706     $ (16,461,205 )           $ 160,410,501  
                                                                 
LIABILITIES AND INVESTORS’ EQUITY                                                                
Liabilities                                                                
Short-term bank loans   $     $ 5,426,861     $             $ 5,426,861     $             $ 5,426,861  
Loans from a cost investment investee           15,505,318                     15,505,318                     15,505,318  
Secured loan           21,800,478                     21,800,478                     21,800,478  
Taxes payable           1,328,607                     1,328,607                     1,328,607  
Other current liabilities     96,671       674,776                     771,447                     771,447  
Amount due to related parties     17,482                           17,482                     17,482  
Redeemed ordinary shares payable     53,607,701               (53,607,701 )     3                            
Convertible promissory note – related party     500,000             (500,000 )     13                            
                      (51,650 )     12                                  
                      51,650       13                                  
Promissory note – related party     687,989                           687,989                     687,989  
Deferred legal fees     100,000             (100,000 )     2                            
Total Liabilities     55,009,843       44,736,040       (54,207,701 )             45,538,182                     45,538,182  
                                                                 
Commitments and Contingencies                                                                
Ordinary Shares, no par value; subject to possible redemption; 1,000,756 (at redemption value of $10.20 per share) at March 31, 2016     10,207,711             (10,207,711 )     3                            
                                                                 
Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares                                                                
Preferred Shares, no par value, unlimited shares                     12,000,000       9                                  
authorized                 (300,000 )     9       11,700,000                     11,700,000  
                                                                 
Shareholders’ Equity                                                                
Ordinary Shares, no par value; unlimited shares authorized                       3,5,7,13                            
Paid-in capital           1       (1 )     4                            
Additional Paid-in capital     6,590,114             10,207,711       3       106,577,947       (16,461,205 )     10       90,116,742  
                      96,264       3                                  
            94,723,963       (94,723,963 )     4                            
                      94,723,964       4                                  
                      7,399,830       5                                  
                      (7,399,830 )     5                                  
                      (1,590,106 )     6                                  
                      686,000       7                                  
                      (4,636,000 )     8                                  
                      51,650       12                                  
                      (51,650 )     13                                  
                      500,000       13                                  
Statutory reserves           4,667,254                     4,667,254                     4,667,254  
Accumulated deficit     (1,590,106 )           1,590,106       6                            
Retained earnings           9,752,821                     9,752,821                     9,752,821  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss           (1,364,498 )                   (1,364,498 )                   (1,364,498 )
Total Common Shareholders’ Equity     5,000,008       107,779,541       6,853,975               119,633,524       (16,461,205 )             103,172,319  
                                                                 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity   $ 70,217,562     $ 152,515,581     $ (45,861,437 )           $ 176,871,706     $ (16,461,205 )           $ 160,410,501  
                                                                 
Ordinary Shares outstanding (including escrow shares) as of March 31, 2016     8,927,331       20,000,000       (4,410,826 )     3, 5, 7, 13       24,516,505       (1,604,406 )     10       22,912,099  

 

 

(A) Derived from the audited historical balance sheet of DT Asia as of March 31, 2016.

(B) Derived from the unaudited historical consolidated balance sheet of Adrie Global Holdings Limited as of March 31, 2016.

 

See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements

 

  3  
 

 

China Lending Corporation
(formerly DT Asia Investments Limited)
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statement of Operations
For the Year ended March 31, 2016

 

    Note A     Note B     Scenario (1)     Scenario (2)  
    Condensed Statement of Operations of DT Asia Investment Limited for the year ended March 31, 2016 Historical     Consolidated Statement of Operations of Adrie Global Holdings Limited for the twelve months ended March 31, 2016 Historical     Pro Forma Adjustments Assuming No Redemption     Pro Forma Statement of Operations As Adjusted (assuming no     Pro Forma Adjustments Assuming Maximum Redemption     Pro Forma Statement of Operations As Adjusted (assuming maximum  
    Audited     Unaudited     Adjustment     Note 2     redemption)     Adjustment       Note 2     redemption)  
Interest income                                                  
Interests and fees on loans   $     $ 30,557,461     $             $ 30,557,461     $             $ 30,557,461  
Interests and fees on loans from related parties           48,651                     48,651                     48,651  
Interests on deposits with banks     106,770       6,751       (106,770 )     11       6,751                     6,751  
Total interest and fee income     106,770       30,612,863       (106,770 )             30,612,863                     30,612,863  
                                                                 
Interest expense                                                                
Interest expenses on short-term bank loans           (414,596 )                   (414,596 )                   (414,596 )
Interest expenses and fees on secured loan           (2,540,806 )                   (2,540,806 )                   (2,540,806 )
Interest on loans from related parties           26,904                     26,904                     26,904  
Interest expenses on other loans           (1,530,385 )                   (1,530,385 )                   (1,530,385 )
Total interest expense           (4,512,691 )                   (4,512,691 )                   (4,512,691 )
                                                                 
Provision for loan losses           (3,985,588 )                   (3,985,588 )                   (3,985,588 )
                                                                 
Net Interest Income     106,770       22,114,584       (106,770 )             22,114,584                     22,114,584  
                                                                 
Non-interest income           (86 )                   (86 )                   (86 )
                                                                 
Non-interest expense                                                                
Salaries and employee surcharge           (1,020,442 )                   (1,020,442 )                   (1,020,442 )
Business taxes and surcharge           (1,471,399 )                   (1,471,399 )                   (1,471,399 )
General and administrative expenses     (1,450,019 )           882,828       11       (567,191 )                   (567,191 )
Other operating expenses           (2,741,383 )     483,581       11       (2,257,802 )                   (2,257,802 )
Total non-interest expense     (1,450,019 )     (5,233,224 )     1,366,409               (5,316,834 )                   (5,316,834 )
                                                                 
Income Before Taxes     (1,343,249 )     16,881,274       1,259,639               16,797,664                     16,797,664  
Income tax expense           (2,913,025 )                   (2,913,025 )                   (2,913,025 )
                                                                 
Net Income     (1,343,249 )     13,968,249       1,259,639               13,884,639                     13,884,639  
                                                                 
Other comprehensive income                                                                
Foreign currency translation adjustments           (5,428,175 )                   (5,428,175 )                   (5,428,175 )
Comprehensive Income   $ (1,343,249 )   $ 8,540,074     $ 1,259,639             $ 8,456,464     $             $ 8,456,464  
                                                                 
Undistributed earnings (loss)   $ (1,343,249 )   $ 13,968,249     $ 1,259,639             $ 13,884,639     $             $ 13,884,639  
                                                                 
UEL allocable to Series A Convertible Preferred Shares                 960,000       14       960,000                     960,000  
UEL allocable to Ordinary Shares   $ (1,343,249 )   $ 13,968,249     $ 299,639             $ 12,924,639                   $ 12,924,639  
                                                                 
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding: (Note 3)                                                                
Basic     8,927,331       20,000,000       (12,410,826 )     3, 5, 7, 13       16,516,505       (1,604,406 )             14,912,099  
Diluted     8,927,331       20,000,000       (12,410,826 )     3, 5, 7, 13       16,516,505       (1,604,406 )             14,912,099  
                                                                 
Undistributed Earnings (loss) per share – Basic                                                                
Series A Convertible Preferred Shares                                                        
Basic earnings per share   $ (0.15 )   $ 0.70                     $ 0.78                     $ 0.87  
                                                                 
Diluted earnings per share   $ (0.15 )   $ 0.70                     $ 0.78                     $ 0.87  

 

 

(A) Derived from the audited historical condensed statements of operations of DT Asia for the year ended March 31, 2016.

(B)      Derived from the unaudited historical consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income of Adrie Global Holdings Limited for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, and the audited historical consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income of Adrie Global Holdings Limited for the year ended December 31, 2015. (see Note 4)

 

See notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements

  

  4  
 

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

 

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

1. Description of Transactions

 

On October 6, 2014, the Company sold 6,000,000 Units in its Public Offering and 320,000 Units in private placements at an offering price of $10.00 per Unit, and on October 14, 2014 the Company sold an additional 860,063 Units of its Over-Allotment Units and 32,253 Units in private placements. Additionally, we sold 2,058,007 warrants privately to our Sponsor. Each Unit consists of one ordinary share, one right (“Right(s)”), and one warrant (“Warrant”). Each Right entitles the holder to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one ordinary share upon consummation of an Initial Business Combination. Each Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one-half of one ordinary share at a price of $12.00 per full share commencing on the Company’s completion of its Initial Business Combination and expiring five years from the completion of the Company’s Initial Business Combination.

 

Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, DT Asia will acquire 100% of the issued and outstanding equity interests of China Lending Group, which is comprised of Adrie Global Holdings Limited (“Adrie”), which conducts its business through its variable interest entity (“VIE”), Urumqi Feng Hui Direct Lending Limited (“Feng Hui”), and its consolidated subsidiaries, which include XWFOE and Consulting, from the shareholders of Adrie (the “Transaction”). We refer to Adrie and its consolidated subsidiaries and variable interest entity hereafter collectively as “China Lending Group”. China Lending Group will become wholly-owned subsidiaries and variable interest entity of DT Asia.

 

Upon the consummation of the Transaction, Adrie shareholders will receive 20,000,000 ordinary shares (“Purchased Shares”) of DT Asia. However, 8,000,000 Purchased Shares will be deposited in an escrow account (“Escrow Earn-out Shares”) and, together with related dividends, will be forfeitable or released subject to the achievement of earn-out targets and to the payment of indemnification obligations as set forth in the Exchange Agreement. During the time held in the escrow account, each holder of Escrow Earned-out Shares has the right to vote and is entitled to dividend based on its pro rata share subject to adjustment for the forfeiture based on earned out targets and to the payment of indemnification obligations.

 

In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, it is contemplated that DT Asia will conduct a private placement of at least 1,000,000 Series A Convertible Preferred Share at a purchase price of $12 per share with an annual dividend of 8% per annum prior to the closing of the Transaction and will receive gross proceeds of at least $12,000,000 from this private placement. Assuming a $12,000,000 raise, it is contemplated that each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Share will initially be convertible into one DT Asia ordinary share, subject to certain limitations, at an initial conversion price of $12 per share, for an aggregate of 1,000,000 DT Asia ordinary shares.

 

On September 13, 2015, DT Asia issued a Convertible Promissory Note (“Note”) with a principal amount of up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (“Convertible Principal”) to its sponsor, DeTiger Holdings Limited (“DeTiger”), and on December 1, 2015, the Note was amended to allow for an additional $400,000 to be drawn down. On February 5, 2016, the Note was further amended to allow for an additional $500,000 to be drawn down, making the total Note principal amount of up to $1.4 million. Payment on all of the Note is due on the earlier of: (i) July 6, 2016 and (ii) the date on which the Company consummates its Business Combination (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated articles and memorandum of association). Pursuant to the terms of the Note, until the maturity date, up to $1,400,000 can be drawn down in one or more installments of at least $1,000 each. On June 14, 2016, the Note was amended to allow for an additional $200,000 to be drawn down. No interest is accruing on the unpaid principal balance of this Note. Upon consummation of the Business Combination and at DeTiger’s option, at any time prior to payment in full of the principal balance of this Note, DeTiger may elect to convert all or any portion of the $500,000 Convertible Principal into that number of Units equal to: (i) the portion of the principal amount of the Note being converted, divided by (ii) $10.00. Each Unit shall have the same terms and conditions as the private units issued simultaneously with the Company’s IPO. As of June 15, 2016, the Company has drawn down a total amount of $1,600,000.

 

On March 31, 2016, DT Asia held its special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting of shareholders, DT Asia’s shareholders approved, among other things, a proposal to extend the date before which the Company must complete a business combination from April 6, 2016 to July 6, 2016 (the “Extension”). In connection with the special meeting, 5,255,657 of the Company’s public shares (approximately 77% of the outstanding public shares) were validly presented to the Company for redemption.

 

  5  
 

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

 

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

1. Description of Transactions  (cont.)

 

The Extension is subject to the receipt by DT Asia from DeTiger Holdings Limited (“Sponsor”) of approximately $96,000 (the “Contribution”), which amount is equal to $0.06 for each of the 1,604,406 public shares of the DT Asia that were not redeemed in connection with the Extension and which will be deposited into the DT Asia’s trust account for the benefit of holders of the remaining public shares. The Sponsor has funded the Contribution within the required time. After receipt of the Contribution and redemption of the public shares in connection with the Extension, the pro rata portion of the funds available in the trust account for the public shares that were not redeemed in connection with the Extension have increased from approximately $10.20 per share to approximately $10.26 per share.

 

As a result of the Transaction, considering 5,255,657 of the Company’s public shares that elected for redemption in annual shareholder meeting on March 31, 2016, and assuming that no more shareholders of DT Asia elect to redeem their shares into cash, the former holders of Adrie will own approximately 81.6% of DT Asia’s ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after the Transaction, and the other DT Asia shareholders will own approximately 18.4% of DT Asia’s outstanding ordinary shares. If all of the public shares are redeemed into cash assuming maximum redemptions, the former holders of Adrie will own approximately 87.3% and the other DT Asia shareholders will own approximately 12.7% of DT Asia’s ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after the Transaction.

 

These ownership percentages assume (i) the automatic conversion of 7,212,316 rights of DT Asia into approximately 721,231 ordinary shares at the closing of the Business Combination, (ii) the issuance of 8 million Escrow Earn-out Shares, subject to forfeiture, and (iii) no conversion of any Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issuable in the PIPE Preferred Investment into a contemplated 1 million ordinary shares, but exclude the effect of any outstanding DT Asia warrants and options. However, if we assume the conversion of all of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issuable in the PIPE Preferred Investment into a contemplated 1 million ordinary shares, assuming that no more shareholders of DT Asia elect to redeem their shares into cash, the former holders of Adrie will own approximately 78.4% of DT Asia’s ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after the Transaction, and the other DT Asia shareholders will own approximately 21.6% of DT Asia’s outstanding ordinary shares. If all of the public shares are redeemed into cash assuming maximum redemptions, the former holders of Adrie will own approximately 83.6% and the other DT Asia shareholders will own approximately 16.4% of DT Asia’s ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after the Transaction.

 

The Transaction will be accounted for as a “reverse merger” and recapitalization at the date of the consummation of the transaction since the shareholders of Adrie will own at least 81.6% of the outstanding ordinary shares of DT Asia immediately following the completion of the Transaction (even if no more holder of DT Asia ordinary share seeks redemption rights) and China Lending Group’s operations will be the operations of DT Asia following the Transaction. Accordingly, Adrie will be deemed to be the accounting acquirer in the transaction and, consequently, the transaction is treated as a recapitalization of China Lending Group. As a result, the assets and liabilities and the historical operations that will be reflected in the DT Asia financial statements after consummation of the Transaction will be those of China Lending Group and will be recorded at the historical cost basis of China Lending Group. DT Asia’s assets, liabilities and results of operations will be consolidated with the assets, liabilities and results of operations of China Lending Group upon consummation of the Transaction.

 

DT Asia cannot predict how many of its public shareholders will elect to redeem their shares to cash. As a result, it has elected to provide pro forma financial statements under two different assumptions which produce significant differences in cash and shareholders’ equity. The actual results are likely to be in between two scenarios shown, but there can be no assurance that will be the case.

 

Separate pro forma information has been presented assuming the following circumstances:

 

Scenario (1): No further redemptions by public shareholders of DT Asia. The Adrie shareholders will receive 20,000,000 DT Asia’s ordinary shares with voting rights (including the 8,000,000 Escrow Earn-out Shares subject to forfeiture, along with related dividends) and own approximately 81.6% of DT Asia’s ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after the Transaction, and the other DT Asia shareholders will own approximately 18.4% of DT Asia’s outstanding ordinary shares.

 

  6  
 

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

 

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

1. Description of Transactions  (cont.)

 

Scenario (2): Maximum redemptions. The shareholders of 1,604,406 of DT Asia’s public shares will elect to redeem their shares into cash as permitted by DT Asia’s Memorandum and Articles of Association. The Adrie shareholders will own approximately 87.3% of DT Asia’s ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after the Transaction and the other DT Asia shareholders will own approximately 12.7% of DT Asia’s outstanding ordinary shares.

 

Due to immaterial impact on the exercise of warrants and underwriter’s options towards the overall presentation, the effects of warrants and options are excluded in the ownership percentages calculation in both Scenario (1) and (2) above.

 

2.  Pro Forma Adjustments to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2016, Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statement of Operations for the Year ended March 31, 2016

 

(1)     To liquidate investments held in trust by DT Asia.

 

(2)     To record payment of deferred legal fee payable of $100,000.

 

(3)     To reflect the results from the DT Asia meeting of shareholders on March 31, 2016:

 

(a)     The sponsor contributes $96,264 in cash;

 

(b)     The Trust distributes the fund in the amount of $53,607,701 to the shareholders of 5,255,657 ordinary shares that has presented to the Company for redemption;

 

(c)     The remaining balance in ordinary shares subject to redemption would be transferred to permanent equity.

 

(4)     To reflect the recapitalization of China Lending Group’s paid-in capital and additional paid-in capital amounting $1 and $94,723,963 respectively through the issuance of 20,000,000 DT Asia’s ordinary shares, out of which 8,000,000 shares are being held in escrow subject to forfeiture if the earn-out targets as stipulated in the Exchange Agreement are not met. The $94,723,963 paid-in capital represents the RMB600 million registered capital of Feng Hui and RMB3.3 million of additional paid in capital generated from the sale of loans receivable to related party by Feng Hui.

 

(5)     To record the issuance of 721,231 ordinary shares to the 7,212,310 right holders in exchange for their rights at 10 rights per ordinary share, the value of this issuance is calculate based on the pro rata portion of the funds available in the trust account for the public shares as of April 1, 2016 at $10.26 per ordinary share for a total amount of $7,399,830, however, due to the fact that both debit and credit of the transaction are from the same additional paid-in capital account, the net effect on the additional paid-in capital is nil.

 

(6)     To reclassify the DT Asia historical accumulated deficit of $1,590,106 to additional paid-in capital.

 

(7)     To reflect the issuance of 68,600 ordinary shares at 10.00 per share to EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. (“EBC”) to settle up to 25% of management advisory compensation in lieu of cash payment at the closing of the business combination, pursuant to the EBC advisory agreement signed in September 2014. The management advisory compensation amounting $2.744 million is calculated based on 4% of $68.6 million, the total amount raised at IPO. Total value of the issuance of shares equals to 25% of $2.744 million or $686,000, which is reflected as a credit within additional paid-in capital.

 

(8)     To reflect the settlement of legal, accounting, consulting and advisory services amounting $4,636,000 out of which $3,950,000 was by cash payment, the balance was settled by ordinary shares (see Note (7) above).

 

  7  
 

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

 

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

2. Pro Forma Adjustments to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2016, Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statement of Operations for the Year ended March 31, 2016  (cont.)

 

(9)     To reflect the proceeds from sale of 1,000,000 Preferred Shares at $12.00 per share net of estimated issuance costs at 2.5% of proceeds and the corresponding increase in Preferred Share at the closing of the Transaction.

 

(10)   To reflect the use of cash and the corresponding reduction in ordinary shares and additional paid-in capital in connection with the redemption of ordinary shares held by DT Asia shareholders exercising redemption rights for 1,604,406 at $10.26 per share amounting to $16,461,205.

 

(11)   To reflect the removal of non-recurring charges directly related to the Transaction including the following:

 

(a)     Interest on deposits with banks derived from cash and cash equivalents held in trust account in the amount of $106,770;

 

(b)     The following legal fees and professional fees and expenses associated with this Transaction.

 

    DT Asia     Adrie  
For the year ended and twelve months ended March 31, 2016            
Legal fees and audit fees   $ 744,195     $ 483,581  
Other professional fees     138,633        
Total   $ 882,828     $ 483,581  

 

(12)   To reflect the intrinsic value of beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) on Convertible Promissory Note issued by DT Asia on September 13, 2015 convertible, in whole or in part, at the option of the holder at $10 per Unit, each Unit consists of 1 ordinary share, 1 Right and 1 Warrant pursuant to the Promissory Note Agreement included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K on September 17, 2015.

 

(13)   To reflect the assumed conversion of Promissory Note, based on the holder’s intention, in the amount of $500,000 to ordinary shares at the closing of the Transaction and the accounting treatment of the respective BCF upon conversion.

 

(14)   To reflect the assumed twelve months of dividends at 8% per annum to PIPE investors

  

  8  
 

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

 

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

3. Earnings Per Share

 

As the Transaction is being reflected as if it had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net income (loss) per share assumes that the shares issuable relating to the Transaction were outstanding for the entire period presented. If the maximum number of shares are redeemed, this calculation is retroactively adjusted to eliminate such shares for the entire period. Similarly, if shares are assumed to be repurchased, this calculation is retroactively adjusted to eliminate such shares for the entire period. Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted is calculated as follows:

 

    Scenario (1)
Combined
(Assuming No
Redemption)
    Scenario (2)
Combined
(Assuming
Maximum Redemption)
    Note 2  
DT Asia shares held by Sponsor     322,253       322,253          
DT Asia shares held by Underwriter     30,000       30,000          
DT Asia public shares electing cash redemption           (1,604,406 )     10  
DT Asia public shares outstanding – IPO     6,860,063       6,860,063          
DT Asia shares outstanding – Founders     1,715,015       1,715,015          
DT Asia shares validly presented for redemption at the shareholders meeting on March 31, 2016     (5,255,657 )     (5,255,657 )     3  
DT Asia shares issued in merger to Adrie’s investors     20,000,000       20,000,000       4  
DT Asia shares issued in merger to Adrie’s investors subject to forfeiture – Escrow Earned-out Shares     (8,000,000 )     (8,000,000 )     4  
DT Asia shares issued in merger to DT Asia Right Holders     721,231       721,231       5  
DT Asia shares issued to Convertible Promissory Note payee upon conversion     55,000       55,000       13  
DT Asia shares issued as advisory fee to EarlyBirdCapital     68,600       68,600       7  
Ordinary shares outstanding     16,516,505       14,912,099          

 

The computation of diluted income per share excludes i) the effect of 9,270,323 warrants to purchase approximately 4,635,160 ordinary shares, and ii) the underwriter’s option to purchase 600,000 Units because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

 

4. Conforming Interim Periods

 

The Company’s fiscal year end is March 31 while the Adrie fiscal year end is December 31. The latest public financial information for the Company is its annual fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 while Adrie’s latest available interim period is its first quarter for the three month period ended March 31, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined interim period results presented herein include the results for the latest twelve month periods of the Company and Adrie. Accordingly, the Adrie historical financial information for the statement of operations covering the twelve month period ended March 31, 2016 has been derived by adding the unaudited results for the three month period ended March 31, 2016 to the audited results for the year ended December 31, 2015 and deducting the unaudited results for the three months ended March 31, 2015 as follows:

 

(a)   (b)   (c) = (a)-(b)   (d)   (e) = (c)+(d)
Twelve months ended December 31,
2015
  Three months ended March 31,
2015
  Nine months ended December 31,
2015
  Three months ended March 31,
2016
  Twelve months ended March 31,
2016
                 

 

5. Comparative Per Share Information

 

The following table sets forth historical comparative share information for China Lending Group and DT Asia and unaudited pro forma combined share information after giving effect to the Business Combination, assuming (i) that no holders of public shares exercise their redemption rights and (ii) that holders of 1,604,406 public shares as of April 6, 2016 exercise their redemption rights. The historical information should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Financial Information of China Lending Group” and “Selected Historical Financial Information of DT Asia” included elsewhere in the definitive proxy statement filed on June 21, 2016 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the historical financial statements of China Lending Group and DT Asia included elsewhere in the definitive proxy statement filed on June 21, 2016 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The unaudited pro forma combined share information is derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and related notes included elsewhere in the definitive proxy statement filed on June 21, 2016 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  9  
 

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

 

CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

5. Comparative Per Share Information  (cont.)

 

The unaudited pro forma combined share information does not purport to represent what the actual results of operations of China Lending Group and DT Asia would have been had the Business Combination been completed or to project China Lending Group’s and DT Asia’s results of operations that may be achieved after the Business Combination. The unaudited pro forma book value per share information below does not purport to represent what the value of China Lending Group and DT Asia would have been had the Business Combination been completed nor the book value per share for any future date or period.

 

The pro forma book value per share information was computed as if the Business Combination and the related financing transactions had been completed on March 31, 2016. The pro forma earnings from continuing operations information for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016 was computed as if the Business Combination and the related financing transactions had been completed on April 1, 2015.

 

The historical book value per share is computed by dividing total common shareholders’ equity by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at the end of the period. The pro forma combined book value per share is computed by dividing total pro forma common shareholders’ equity by the pro forma number of shares of common stock outstanding at the end of the period. The pro forma earnings from continuing operations per share of the combined company is computed by dividing the pro forma income from continuing operations available to the combined company’s common shareholders by the pro forma weighted-average number of shares outstanding over the period.

 

    Adrie (Historical)     DT Asia (Historical)     Pro Forma Assuming No Redemption (Unaudited)     Pro Forma Assuming Redemption of 1,604,406 Shares (Unaudited)  
                         
As of and for the year ended March 31, 2016                        
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding-Basic and Diluted     20,000,000 (1)     8,927,331 (2)     16,516,505 (3)     14,912,099 (3)
Basic and diluted earnings from continuing operations per share   $ 0.70     $ (0.15 )   $ 0.78     $ 0.87  
Shares outstanding     20,000,000 (1)     8,927,331 (2)     24,516,505 (4)     22,912,099 (4)
Book value per share   $ 5.39     $ 0.56     $ 4.88     $ 4.50  

 

 

Note:

 

(1) Based on the historical number of shares authorized and issued in Adrie Global Holdings Limited as of March 31, 2016.

(2) Based on the historical number of shares issued and outstanding in DT Asia Investments Limited as of March 31, 2016.

(3) See Notes 3 Earnings Per Share in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements”.

(4) Including 8,000,000 forfeitable Escrow Earn-Out shares.

 

 

 

10